人​。

d'a
See Satin P313 23479
WILLIAM L. OLEMENTS
ahupun
BOUND BY WORSFOLD.
RYDYA

97 Esquemeling and Ringrose.
1684-85. English
Bucaniers of America; or, a True Ac-
count of the most remarkable Assaults
committed upon the Coasts of the
West Indies by the Bucaniers, wherein
are contained more especially the Ex-
ploits of Sir Henry Morgan; the sec-
ond volume containing the Dangerous
Voyage of Capt. Bartholomew Sharp.
Portraits, maps and views. Four parts
complete in one volume. 4to, newly
and elegantly bound in full crimson
levant, gilt back, panelled sides, full
gilt edges, by Worsfold. London,
$150.00
An exceptionally fine large copy of the
First Edition of this very rare book. The
second issue was printed the same year,
being entirely reset in smaller type. This
famous old book stirred up great strife at
the time it was published. Sir Henry Mor-
gan brought suit for libel and secured dam-
ages for £200 in the King's Bench Court.
Copies of the early editions are rare, and
especially so with all the copper portraits
of the old sea rovers.




1 22 23

S? HEN: MORGAN
Part. 2.. Page: 60.

BUCANIERS
OF
AMERICA:
Or, a true
ACCOUNT
OF THE
Moſt remarkable Affaults
Committed of late years upon the Coaſts of
The Weſt Indies,
By the Bucaniers of Jamaica and Tortuga,
Both ENGLISH and FRENCH
Wherein are contained more eſpecially,
The unparalleld Exploits of Sir Henry Morgan, our En-
gliſh Jamaican Hero, who fack'd Puerto Velo,burnt Panama,&c.
Written originally in Dutch, by John Efquemeling, one of the
Bucaniers, who was preſent at thoſe Tragedies ; and thence
tranſlated into Spaniſh, by Alonfo de Bonne-maiſon, Doctor of
Phyſick, and Practitioner at Amſterdam.
Now faithfully rendred into Engliſh.
LONDON:
Printed for William Crooke, at the Green Dragon with-
out Temple-bar. 1 68.4.

2ЯТИ OUa
Touran IT
A
Argobia
100 torso
olanoda oorkouts
ID
Isaiah 17 de
9ܢܠ ܕܐܠܐ
the
ไธนา วงแหนมสด 1 4. ชาว11
3. Tida
**** uaiready as

THE
Winehelsea
Tranſlator
TO THE
R E A D E R.
T T
TEOD
Doia
He preſent Volume, both for it's Curioſi-
ty, and Ingenuity, I dare recommend
unto the perufal of our Engliſh Nation,
whoſe glorious Actions it containeth.
What relateth unto the curioſity hereof, this Piece,
both of Natural and Humane Hiſtory, was no fooner
publiſhed in the Dutch Original, than it was
ſnatch t up for the most curious Library's of Hol-
land; it was Tranſlated into Spaniſh; ( two Ima
preſſions thereof being ſent into Spain in one year)
it was taken notice of by the learned Academy of
Paris ; and finally recommended as worthy our e-
fteem, by the ingenious Author of the Weekly
Memorials for the Ingenious, printed here at Lon-
don about two years ago. Neither all this undeſer-
vedly, ſeeing it enlargeth our acquaintance of Natu-
ral Hiftory, ſo much
prized and enquired for, by
the Learned of this preſent Age, with ſeveral obſer-
vations not eaſily to be found in other accounts alrea-
A 2
dy

To the READER.
dy received from America : and beſides, it informa
eth us (with huge novelty) of as great and boldt.
attempts, in point of Military conduct and valour,
as ever were performed by mankind ; without ex-
cepting, bere, either Alexander the Great, or Ju-
lius Cæfar, or the rest of the Nine Worthy's of
Fame. Of all which actions, as we cannot but con-
feß our ſelves to have been ignorant hitherto, (the
very name of Bucaniers being, as yet, known but
anto few of the Ingenious; as their Lives, Laws,
Converſation, are in a manner unto none) ſo
can they not chooſe but be admixed, ont of this in-
genuous Author, by whoſoever is curious to learn
various revolutions of humane affairs. But,
more eſpecially, by our Engliſh Nation; as unto
whom theſe things. more narrowly do appertain.
We having bere more then half the Book filled with
the unparalleld, if not unimitable, adventures and
Heroick exploits of our own Couniry-men, and Re-
lations ; whoſe undaunted, and exemplary courage;
when called upon by our King and Country, we
ongbt to emulate.
From wbence it bath proceeded, that nothing of
this kind was ever, as yet, publiſhed in England, I
cannot eaſily determine; except, as ſome will ſay,
from ſome ſecret Ragion di Stato. Let the reaſon
be as t'will ; this is certain, ſo much the more we
are obliged unto this preſent Author, who though a
Stranger unto our Nation, yet with that candour
and
ز

To the READER
and Fidelity bath recorded our A&tions, as to render
the Metal of our true Engliſh Valour to be the more
believed and feared abroad, than if i beſe things bad
been divulged by our felves at home. From bence
peradventure will other Nations learn, that the En-
gliſh People are of their Genius more inclinable to act
than to write ; ſeeing as well they as we have lived
anacquainted with theſe a&tions of our Nation, until
ſuch time as a foreign Author to our Country came to
tell them
Beſides the merit of this Piece for its curioſity, e-
norber point of no leß eſteem, is the truth and finderi
ty wherewith every thing ſeemeth to be penned. No
greater ornament or dignity can be added unto Hifto-
ry, either humane or natural, than truth. All other
embelliſhments, if this be failing, are of little or no
eſteem ; vif this be delivered, are eit ber needleſ or
fuperfluous. What concerneth this requiſite in our
Author, bis Lines do every-where declare the faith-
fulneſ and ſincerity of his mind. He writeth not by
hearſay, but was an eye-witneſ, as be fomewhere
telleth you, unto all and every one of the bold and ha-
zardous attempts which he relateth. And theſe he
deliveretb with ſuch candour of ftile, fuch ingenuity
of mind, ſuch plainneſ of words, ſuch conciſeneſs of
periods, ſo much.deveſted of Rhetorical Hyberboles,
or the leaſt flouriſhes of Eloquence, ſo hugely void
of Pasſion or national Reflections, as that he ſtrong-
ly-perſwadeth all-along to the credit of what he faith';
yea;

To the REA DE Á.
yea, raiſeth the mind of the Reader to believe theſe
things far greater than what he hath ſaid ; and
baving read him, leaveth onely this ſcruple or con-
cern behind, that you can read him no longer. In a
word, ſuch are his deſerts, that ſome perſons perad-
venture would not ſtickle to compare him to the Fa-
ther of Hiftorians, Philip de Comines : at leaft,
thus much may be ſaid, with all truth imaginable,
that be reſembleth ibat great Author in many of his
excellent qualities.
I know ſome perſons have objected againſt the
greatneſs of theſe prodigions Adventures, intimating
that the reſiſtance our Bucaniers found in America,
was cverz-where but ſmall. For the Spaniards,
ſay they', in the Weſt-Indies, are become of late years
nothing lefs, but rather much more degenerate than
in Europe. The contimual Peace they have enjoyed
in thoſe parts, the defect of Military Diſcipline, and
European Souldiers for their Coinmanders, such
contributing hereunto. But wore eſpecially, and a- .
bove all other Rcafons, the very Luxury of the Soil
and Riches, the extream beat of thoſe Countries, and
infinence of the Stars being fuch, as totally inclineth
their bodies into an infinite effeminacy and cowar-
dize of minds.
Vito theſe Reaſons I ball onely anſwer in brief,
This Hiſtory will convince themto be manifeſtly falfe.
For us to the continual Peace bere alleadged, we
know that no Peace could ever be eſtabliſhed beyond
the

To the READER.
the Line, ſince the firſt poffefſion of the Weſt-In-
dies by the Spaniards, till the burning of Panama.
At that time, or few months before, Sir William
Godolphin by his prudent negotiation in quality of
Embaſadour for our moſt Gracious Monarch, did
conclude at Madrid a Peace to be obſerved even be-
yond the Line, and through the whole extent of the
Spaniſh Dominions in the Weſt-Indies. This tranf--
a&tion gave the Spaniards new cauſes of complaints
againſt our proceedings, that no ſooner a Peace had
been eſtabliſbed for thoſe parts of America, but over
Forces had taken and burnt both Chagre, St. Catha-
rine, and Panama. But our Reply was convincing,
That whereas eight or ten months had been allowed by
Articles for the publiſhing of the faid Peace through
all the Dominions of both Monarchies in America,
thoſe Heftilities had been committed, not onely with-
out orders from his Majeſty of England, but alſo
within the ſpace of the ſaid eight or ten months of
time. Until that time the Spaniſh Inhabitants of
America being, as it were, in a perpetual War with
Europe, certain it is, that no Coafts nor Kingdoms
in the World have been more frequently infeſted nor
alarmd with the invaſions of ſeveral Nations, than
theirs. Thus from the very beginning of their Con-
queſts in America, both Engliſh, French, Dutch,
Portugueſe, Swedes, Danes, Curlanders, and all
other Nations that navigate the Ocean, have fre-
quented the Weſt-Indies, and filled them with their
Rob

To the READER,
Robberies and Afaults. From theſe occaſions hanje
tley been in continual watch and ward, and kept
their Militia in conſtant exerciſe, as alſo their Gar-
riſons pretty well provided and paid; as fearing e-
very ſail they diſcover'd at Sea, to be Pirats of one
Nation or another. But much more eſpecially, fince
that Curaſao, Tortuga, and Jamaica have been in-
habited by English, French, and Durch, and bred
up that Race of Hunts-men, than which, no other
ever was more deſperate, nor möre mortal Enemies
to the Spaniards, called Bucaniers. Nom fall we
ſay, that theſe people, through too long continuation.
of Peace, have utterly aboliſhed the exerciſes of War,
having been all-along inceſſantly vexeer with the
Tumults and Alarms thereof?
In like manner is it falſe, to accuſe their defect of
Military Diſcipline for want of European Comman-
ders. For who knoweth not that all places, both
Military and Civil, through thoſe vaſt Dominions
of the Weſt-Indies, are provided out of Spain
And thoſe of the Militia moſt commonly given unto
expert Commanders trained up from their infancy in
the Wars of Europe, either in Africa, Milan, Sicily,
Naples, or Flanders, fighting againſt either Engliſh,
French, Dutch, Portugueſe, or Moors? Yea, their
very Gariſons, if you ſearch them in thoſe parts will
beradventure be found to be ſtock'd three parts to
four with Souldiers both born and bred in the King-
dom of Spain.
From

To the READER.
From thefe Confiderations it may be inferr’d,what
little difference ought to be allowed betwixt the Spa-
niſh Souldiers, Inhabitants of the Weſt-Indies, and
thoſe of Europe. And how little the Soil or Climat
hath influenced or cauſed their Courage to degenerate
towards cowardize or baſeneſs of mind. As if the
very ſame Arguments, deduced from the nature of
that Climate, did not equally militate againſt the va-
lour of os famous Bucaniers, and repreſent this te
be of as degenerate Metal as theirs.
But nothing can be more clearly evinced, than is
the Valour of the American Spaniards, either Soul-
diers or Officers, by the ſequel of this Hiſtory. What
men ever fought more deſperately than the Garriſon
of Chagre? Their number being 314, and of all
theſe, only thirty remaining; of which number ſcarce
ten were unwounded ; and among them,not one Officer
found alive? Were not 600 killed upon the ſpot at
Panama, 500 at Gibraltar, almoſt as many more at
Puerto del Principe, all dying with their Arms in
their hands, and facing bravely the Enemy for the
defence of their Country and private Concerns ? Did
not thoſe of the Town of San Pedro both fortifie
themſelves, lay ſeveral Ambuſcades, and laſtly ſell
their lives as dear as ever any European Souldier
could do; Lolonois being forced to gain ſtep by ſtep
bis advance unto the Town, with huge loſs both of
bloud and men? Many other inſtances might be pro-
duced out of this compendious Volume,ºf the generou
res
a

To the READERT
reſiſtance the Spaniards made in ſeveral places though
Fortune favoured not their Arms. todently
Next, as to the perſonal Valour of many of their
Commanders, what man ever behaved bimſelf more
briskly than the Governour of Gibraltar, than the
Governour of Puerto del Principe, both dying ført
the defence of their Towns ; than Don Alonſo del
Campo, and others? Or what Examples ean eahly
parallel the deſperate courage of the Governor of
Chagre? who, though the Palizada's were fired, the
Terraplens were funk into the Ditch, the Breaches
were entred, the Houſes all burnt about him, the
whole Caſtle taken, bis Men all killed, yet wonld not
admit of any quarter, but choſe rather to die under
bis Arms, being ſhot into the brain, than ſurrender
himſelf as a Priſoner unto the Bucaniers. What
Lion ever fought to the laſt gaſp more obſtinately
than the Governour of Puerto Velo? who ſeeing
the Town enter'd by ſurprizal in the night, one chief
Caſtle blown up into the Air, all the other Forts and
Caſtles taken, bis own aſſaulted ſeveral ways, borb
Religious men and women placed at the front of the
Enemy to fix the Ladders againſt the Walls;
Spared not to kill as many of the ſaid Religious per-
fons as be could. And at Taft, ibe Walls being fca-
led, the Caſtle enter'd and taken, all his own nien o-
vercome by fire and food, who had calf down their
Arms, and begged mercy from the Enemy: pet would
admit of none for his own life. Yes, with brown
bands
yet

To the READER.
hands killed everal of bis Sonldiers
to force Niemi to
ſtand to their Arms, though all were loft. Yea,
though his own Wife and Daughter begged of bim
spon wheir knees that he would ſave his life by cra-
ving quarter, though the Enemy deſired of him the
fame thing'; yet would hearken to no cries nor per-
ſwaſions, but they were forced to kill him, combating
wib bis Arms in his bands, being not otherwiſe com
ble to take him Priſoner, as they were deſirous to do.
Shall theſe men be ſaid to be influenced with Cowar-
dize, who thus asted to the very laſt Scene of their
own Tragedies? Or ball we ratber. Jay, obat they
wanted not Courage, but Fortune? It being cer-
tainly true, that bewbo is killed in a Battel, may be
equally couragions with him that killethal And ibat
whoſoever derogateth from the Valour of the Spani-
ards in we Weft-Indies, dirimlaeth in like wanner
the Courage of the Bucaniers, his own Country-men,
who have ſeemed to a&t beyond mortal men in Ame-
rica.
Now, to ſay ſomething concerning John Eſqueme-
ling, the firſt Author of this Hiſtory. I take him to
be a Dutch-man, or at leaſt born in Flanders
, not-
withſtanding that the Spaniſl Tranſlation repreſen-
teth bim to be Native of the Kingdom of France.
His printing this Hiftory originally in Dutch, which
doubtleſs muſt be his native Tongue, who otherwiſe
was but an illiterate man, together with the very
found of bis name, convincing me ibereunto. True it
is,

To the READER.
at
is, he ſet ſail from France, and was ſome years
Tortuga ; but neither of theſe two Arguments,
drawn from the Hiſtory, are prevalent. For were
be a French-man born, how came he to learn the
Dutch Language ſo perfe&tly as to prefer it to his
own ? Eſpecially that not being ſpoken at Tortuga
nor Jamaica, where he reſided all the while.
I hope I have made this Engliſh Tranſlation
ſomething more plain and correct, than the Spaniſh.
Some few notorious Faults either of the Printer or
of the Interpreter, I am ſure I have redreſſed. But
the Spaniſh Tranſlator complaining much of the in-
tricacy of Stile in the Original ( as flowing from a
perſon who, as hath been ſaid, was no Scholar) as
he was pardonable, being in great hafte, for not rena
dring his own Verſion ſo diſtinct and elaborate as he
could deſire ; ſo muft I be excuſed from the one, that
is to ſay, Elegancy, if I have cautiouſly declined the
other, I mean Confufion.
BUCA-
(
(1) nos

2011 MOO
BUCANIERS
OF
AMERICA
PART I.
CH A P. I.
The Author ſettetb forth towards the We
ſtern Illands in the Service of the Weſt
India Company of France. They meet
with an Engliſh Frigat. And arrive at
the Iſland of Tortuga.
1
OS
EE fet fail from Havre de Grace,
in France, in a Ship called St.
John, the ſecond day of May, in
the yeát 1666. Our Veſſel was equippt with
eight and twenty Guns, twenty Mariners, and
two hundred and twenty Paflengers; includ-
ing, in this number, thoſe, whom the Compa-
ny ſent as free Paſſengers, as being in their fer-
W.
B
vice

2
Bucaniers of America.
vice. Soon after we came to an anchor under
the Cape of Berflor, there to joyn other ſeven
Ships of the ſame Weſt India Company, which
were to come from Diep, under the Convoy of
a Man of War, mounted with ſeven and thir-
ty Guns, and two hundred and fifty men. Of
theſe Ships two were bound for Senegal, five
for the Cariby Iſlands, and ours for the Ifland of
Tortuga. In the ſame place there gather'd un-
to us, about twenty fail of other Ships, that
were bound for Nem-found land, with ſome
Dutch Veſſels, that were going for Nants, Ro-
chel, and St. Martins.' So that in all we made
a Fleet of thirty fail
. Here we prepared to
fight, putting our felves into a convenient po-
ſture of defence, as having notice, that four
Engliſh Frigats, of threeſcore Guns each, did
lie in wait for us, about the Iſle of Ornay. Our
Admiral the Chevalier Sourdis, having diſtribu-
ted, what Orders he thought convenient, we
fet fail from thence with a favourable gale of
wind. Prefently after, ſome miſts ariſing, theſe
totally impeded the Engliſh Frigats, from difco-
vering our Fleet at Sea. We ſteer'd our courſe,
as near as we could under the Coaſt of France, for
fear ofthe Enemy. As we failed along, we met
a Veſſel of Oftend, who complained, unto our
Admiral, that a French Privateer had robbd
him that very morning. This complaint be-
ing heard, we endeavoured to purſue the faid Pi-
rate;

Bucaniers of America.
3
ز
rate; but our labour was in vain, as not being
able to overtake him. Idem
Our Fleet, as we went along, cauſed no ſmall
fears and alarms, unto the Inhabitants of the
coaſts of France; thefe judging us to be Eng-
liſh, and that we faught ſome convenient place
for landing. To allay their frights, we ufed
to hang out our Colours; but notwithſtand-
ing they would not truſt us. After this we
came to an anchor in the Bay of Conquet, in Bri-
tany, nigh unto the Ifle of Heyſant; there to take
in water, Having ſtord our felves with freſh
Proviſions at this place, we proſecuted our Voy-
age, deſigning to paſs by the Ras of Fonteneau,
and not expofe our felves to the Sorlingues, fea-
ring the Engliſh Veſſels, that were cruſing
there-abouts to meet us. This River Ras is
of a current very ſtrong and rapid, which rowl-
ing over many Rocks, difgorgeth it felf into
the Sea, on the coaſt of France, in the latitude
of eight and forty degrees, and ten minutes.
For which reaſon this paſſage is very dange-
rous ; all the Rocks as yet, being not thorough-
ly known as
ci bəpildo
Here, I ſhall not omit to mention the cere- Baptiſm uſed
mony, which at this paſſage, and ſome other by the French
places, is uſed by the Mariners, and by them
called Baptiſm, altho it may ſeem, either little
to our purpoſe, or of no uſe. The Maſters
Mate cloathed himſelf with a ridiculous fort of
gars
at Sea,
B2

4
Bucaniers of America.
garment, that reached unto his feet, and on
his head he put a futable Cap, which was made
very burleſque. In his right hand he placed a
naked wooden fword; and, in his left, a pot full
of ink. His face was horribly blackt with foot,
and his neck adorn'd with a Collar of many
little pieces of wood. Being thus apparelled,
he commanded to be call'd before him every
one of them, who never had paſſed that dan-
gerous place before. And then cauſing them to
kneel down in his preſence, he made the ſign
of the Croſs upon their foreheads, with ink;
and gave each one a ſtroke on the ſhoulders
with his wooden fword. Mean while the ſtan-
ders by did caſt a Bucket of water, upon every
mans head; and this was the concluſion of the
ceremony. But, that being ended, every one
of the Baptiſed, is obliged to give a Bottle of
Brandy for his offering ; placing it nigh the
main Maft, and without ſpeaking a word; e-
ven thoſe, who have no ſuch liquor, being not
excuſed from this performance. In caſe the
Veſſel never paſſed that way before, the Cap-
tain is obliged to diſtribute ſome Wine among
the Mariners, and other people, in the Ship.
But, as for other gifts, which the newly bap-
tized do frequently offer, they are divided a-
mong the old Sea-men; and, of them, they
make a Banquet, among themſelves.
Ceremony of The Hollanders likewiſe do uſe to baptize
fuch
1100
tbe. Dutch

Bucaniers of America.
5
ſuch as never paſſed that way before. And
not only at the paſſage abovementioned, but
alſo at the Rocks called Berlingues, nigh the
coaſt of Portugal, in the latitude of thirty nine
degrees, and forty minutes, ( as being a paf-
fage very dangerous, eſpecially by night, when,
through the obſcurity thereof, the Rocks are
not diſtinguiſhable, by reaſon the Land is very
high, ) they uſe fome ſuch ceremony. But,
their manner of Baptizing is much diſtinct from
that we have deſcribed above, performed by
the French. He therefore, that is to be baptiz-
ed, is faſťned and hoiſed up three times at the
main yard's end, as if he were a Criminal. If he
be hoiſed the fourth time, in the name of the
Prince of Orange, or of the Captain of the Veſſel,
his honour is more than ordinary. Thus they
are dipped, every one, ſeveral times in the main
Ocean. But he that is the firſt dipp’d, hath the
honour of being faluted with a Gun. Such
as are not willing to fall, are bound to pay
twelve
pence,
for their ranfom : if he be an
Officer in the Ship, two ſhillings : and if a
Paſſenger, according to their pleaſure. In
caſe the Ship did never paſs that way before,
the Captain is bound to give a ſmall Run-
let of Wine ; which if he doth not perform,
the Mariners may cut off the Stem of the Vef-
fel
. All the profit, which accrueth by this ce-
remony, is kept by the Maſters Mate; who af-
u
ter.

6
Bucaniers of America.
ter reaching their Port, doth uſually lay it out
in wine, which is drank amongſt the ancient
Seamen. Some will ſay this ceremony was in-
ftituted by the Emperour Charls the Fifth ; how-
foever it is not found amongſt his Laws. But
here I leave theſe cuſtomes of the Sea ; and ſhall
return unto our Voyage.
Having paſſed the River Rai, we met with
very good weather, untill we came to the Cape
of Finis-Terræ. Here a huge Tempeſt of wind
ſurprized us, and ſeparated our Ship from the
reſt, that were in our company. This ſtorm
continued for the ſpace of eight days : In the
which time it would move compaflion to fee
how miferably the Paſſengers were tumbled
to and fro, on all ſides of the Ship ; info-
much, as the Mariners, in the performance of
their duty, were compelld to tread upon them
every where. This uncouthfom weather be-
ing ſpent, we had again the uſe of very fa-
vourable gales, untill we came unto the Tro-
pick of Cancer. This Tropick is nothing elſe,
but an imaginary circle, which Aſtrologers
have invented in the Heavens ; and ſerveth as
a period to the progreſs of the Sun towards the
North-pole. It is placed in the latitude of
three and twenty degrees
, and thirty minutes,
Another Ce under the line. Here we were baptized the fe-
cond time, after the ſame manner as before.
baptiſm, ,
The French do alwayes perform this Ceremony
yemonious
at

Bucaniers of America,
7
this Tropick ; as alſo under the Tropick of
Capricornus, towards the South. In this part
of the World, we had very favourable wea-
ther, at the which we were infinitely gladded,
by reaſon of our great neceſſity of water. For Neceflity of
freſh water.
at this time, that Element already was ſo ſcarce
with us, that we were ſtinted unto two half
pints, by man, every day.
Being about the latitude of Barbadas, we
met an Engliſh Frigat, or Privateer ; who firſt
began to give us chaſe. But finding himſelf
not to exceed in ſtrength, did preſently ſteer a-
way from us. This flight gave us occafion to
purſue the faid Frigat, as we did, ſhooting at
him feveral Guns, of eight pound carriage.
But at length he eſcaped, and we returned to
our courſe. Not long after we came within
fight of the Iſle of Martinica. Our endea- the Caribbe
vours were bent unto the coaſt of the Iſle of Iſlands.
St. Peter. But theſe were fruſtrated, by reaſon
of a ſtorm, which took us hereabouts. Hence
we refolved to ſteer to the Hand of Guadalupe.
Yet neither this Illand could we reach, by rea-
ſon of the ſame ſtorm, and thus we directed
our courſe unto the Iſle of Tortuga ; which was
the very ſame land we were bound unto. We
paſſed along the coaſt of the Iſle of Punta Rica,
which is extreamly delicious, and agreeable to
the view ; as being adorned with beautiful
trees and woods, even to the tops of the Moun-
ta:ns.
Arrival at

8
Bucaniers of America.
Arrival at
tains. After chis, we diſcovered the Iſland Hi-
Spaniola (of which I ſhall give a deſcription in
this Book ) and we coaſted about it, until we
came unto the Iſle of Tortuga, our deſired Porr.
the Iſle of Here we anchor'd the ſeventh day of July, in
Fortuga.
the ſame year ; not having loſt one man in
the whole Voyage. We unladed the goods,
that belonged unto the Company of the Weſt
Indies; and ſoon after, the Ship was ſent to
Cal de Sac, with ſome paſſengers.
CH A P. II.
100
Deſcription of the Iſland of Tortuga : Of
the Fruits and Plants there growing.
How the French ſettled there, at two ſe-
veral times, and cast out the Spaniards,
first Masters thereof The Author of
this Book was twice ſold in the Said
Ipand.
T!
He Iſland of Tortuga is ſituated on the
North ſide of the famous and great I-
fland, called Hiſpaniola, nigh unto the Conti-
nent thereof, and in the altitude of twenty de-
grees and thirty minutes. Its juſt extent is three-
dcore Leagues about. The Spaniards,who gave
name
Deſcription
of the Iſle of
Tortuga.
Bucaniers of America.
09

name unto this Iſland called it ſo, from the
ſhape of the land, which in ſome manner reſem-
bleth a great Sea Tortoiſe, called by them Tor-
tuga de mar. The Country is very mountai-
nous, and full of Rocks, yet notwithſtanding
hugely thick of lofty trees, that ceaſe not to
grow upon the hardeſt of thoſe Rocks, witla-
out partaking of a fofter foil. From hence
it cometh that their Roots, for the greateſtpart,
are ſeen all over, entangled among the Rocks,
not unlike unto the branching of Ivy againſt Vote
our Walls. That part of this Iſland, which
ſtretcheth towards the North, is totally diſinha-
- ZUITE
bited. The reaſon is, firſt, becauſe it hath
proved to be very incommodious, and un-
healthy :' And fecondly, for the ruggedneſs of
the coaſt
, that giveth no acceſſe unto the ſhoar,
unleſs among Rocks, almoſt unacceſſible. For
this cauſe it is populated only on the Southern
part, which hath one only Port, that may be
eſteemed indifferently good. Yet this harbour
hath two ſeveral entries, or channels, which
afford paſſage unto Ships of ſeventy Guns ;
the Port it ſelf being without danger, and ca-
pable, of receiving a great number of Veſſels.
That part which is inhabited, is divided into
four other parts ; of which the firſt is called the
Lom-land, or Low-country. This is the cheifelt,
among the reſt, becauſe it containerh the Port
aforeſaid. The Town is called Cayona , and
С
here,
IO
Bucaniers of America.

here, do live the chiefeſt, and richeſt Planters
of the Iſland. The ſecond part is called the
Middle plantation. Its Territory, or foil, is hi
therto almoſt new, as being only known to be
good for the culture of Tobacco. The third is
named Ringot. Theſe places are fcituated to
wards the Weſtern part of the Iſland. The fourth,
and laft, is called The Mountain, in which place
were made the firſt plantations, that were culti-
vated upon this Hand. 1910 II: 1910
Of the Trees,
As to the Wood, that groweth on the Iſland,
obat grow at we have already ſaid, that the Trees are excee-
Tortuga.
ding tall, and pleaſing to the fight; whence
no man will doubt, but they may be applied,
unto ſeveral uſes, with great benefit. Such is
the yellow Saunder, which Tree, by the inhabi-
tants, of this Country, is called Bois de chan-
del, or, in Engliſh, Candle-wood, being it bur-
neth like a Candle, and ferveth them with light,
while they uſe their fiſhery in the Night. Here
groweth alſo, Lignum Sanctum, by others cal-
Guaiacum. Its vertues are very well known;
more eſpecially unto them, who obſerve not
the fixth Commandment, and are given to all
manner of impure copulations, l'hyfitians,
drawing from hence, under ſeveral compoſiti-
ons, the greateſt antidote, for all Venerel dir
cafes, as alſo for cold, and viſcous humours.
The trees, likewiſe, that afford Gummi Elemiy
grow here in great abundance. In like man-
ner

Bucaniers of America. I
I1
Medicinal
ner dath Radix Chine, or China Roots. Yet this
is not fo good, as that, which cometh from
other parts of the Weſtern world. It is very
white, and ſofts and ferveth for pleaſant food
unto the wild Bores, when as they can find
nothing elſe. This Iſland alſo is not defici-
ent in Aloes, nor an infinite number of other
medicinal herbs, which may pleaſe the curio-
fity of ſuch, as are given to their contempla- Herbs.
tion. Moreover, for the building of Ships , Wood for
or any other fort of Architecture, here are building:
found, in this fpot of Neptune, ſeveral forts
of Timber very convenient. 0 The Fruits, like- Fruits.
wiſe, which hereri abundantly grow, are no-
thing inferior, as to their quantity, or quali-
ty, unto what the adjacent Tands produce. I
ſhall name only fome of the moſt ordinary
and common. Such are Magniot , Potato's,
Acajou apples, Yannas, Bacones, Paquayes, Ca-
roſoles , Mamayns, Ananaes, and diverfe other
forts; which not to be tedious, I omit to fpe-
cifie. Here grow likewiſe in huge number,
thoſe trees called Palmito's or Palmites , from
Palmito,s
whence is drawn a certain juyce, which ferveth
the inhabitants inſtead of Wine ; and whoſe
leaves, do cover their houſes, inſtead of tyles.
In this Iſland aboundeth alſo, with dayly in- Wild Bores:
creaſe, the Wild-Bora. The Governour hath
prohibited the hunting of them with dogs ;
fearing, leaſt, the Iſland being but ſmall, the
whole
>
C2

12
Bucaniers of America.
whole race of thoſe Animals, in ſhort time
ſhould be deſtroy'd. The reaſon why he thought
convenient, to preſerve thoſe Wild Beaſts, was
that in caſe of any invaſion of an external
enemy, the inhabitants might fuftain them-
ſelves, with their food. Eſpecially were they
once conſtrained to retire unto the VVoods
and Mountains. By this means he judg’d,
ed they were enabled, to maintain any i ſuddain
aflault, or long perſecution. Yet this fort of
Game is almoſt impeded by its felf, by reaſon
of the many Rocks, and precipices which for the
caur greateſt part, are covered with little fhrubs, very
Green, and thick y from whence the huntſmen
have oftimes precipitated themſelves, and left
us the fad experience
, and grief, of many me-
morable diſaſters. rl g vlno smurt ile
At a certain time of the year there reforteth
unto this Iſland of Tortuga huge flocks of Wild-
Pigeons.
Pigeons : At which ſeaſon the inhabitants feed
on them very plentifully, having more then
they can conſume, and leaving totally to their
repoſe all other forts of Fowl, both V Vild and
Tame, to the intent, that in abſence of the
Pigeons, theſe may ſupply their place. But
as nothing in the Univerſe, though never ſo
pleaſant, can be found, but what hath fome-
thing of bitterneſs joyned to it
, the very fym
bol of this truth we ſee in the aforeſaid Pige-
ons. For thef, the ſeafon being paſt where-
cloth
in
Great flocks
of Wild

Bucaniers of America.
13
Land-Crabs
in God hath appointed them, to afford deli-
cious food unto thoſe people, can ſcarce be
touched with the tongue, they become ſo
extreamly Lean, and bitter even to admi-
ration. The reaſon of this bitterneſs, is at-
tributed unto a certain feed, which they cat
about that time , even as bitter as Gall. A-
อใจราย
ได้
bout the Sea ſhoars, every where are found to
great multitudes of Crabs, belonging both to
the Land, and Sea; and both forts very big. and Sea-
Theſe are good to feed Servants and Slaves, Crabs
who find them very pleafing to the pallat,
yet withall, very hurtful to the light. Beſides
which fymptom, being eaten too often, they
alſo cauſe great giddineſs in the head, with
much weakneſs of the Brain, infomuch, that
very frequently they are deprived of Sight ,
for the ſpace of one quarter of an hour.
The French having eſtabliſhed themſelves in Sent Boats
the Iſle of St. Chriſtopher, planted there a fort
of Trees, of which at preſent, there poſſibly
may be greater quantities. VVith the Tin Ilands.
ber
of thofe Trees, they made Long-boats, and
Hoy's, which they fent from thence VVeſtward
being well man'd, and victualled, to diſcover
other Iſlands. Theſe ſetting Sail from St.
Chriſtopher's, came within fight of the Hand
of Hiſpaniola, where at length they arrived
with abundance of joy. Having landed, they
marched into the Country, where they found
C3
huge
The French
towards the
Wet to diſ-
cover other
-

14
Bucaniers of America.
into Tortu-
ga:
huge quantities of Cattle, ſuch as were, Cows
Bulli, Horſes, and Wild-Bores. But finding no
great profit in thoſe animals unleſs they could
encloſe them, and knowing, likewiſe the Inand,
to be pretty well peopled by the Spaniards,
they thought it convenient to enterprize upon
First entry and ſeize the land of Tortuga. This they per-
of the French formed without any difficulty, there being up-
on the Illand no more, then ten, or twelve
Spaniards, to guard it. Theſe few men let the
French come in peaceably, and poſſeſs the
Iſand, for the ſpace of ſix months, without a-
ny trouble. In the mean while they paffed,
and repaſſed, with their Canows unto Hiſpani-
ola from whence they tranſported many peo-
ple, and at laſt began to plant the whole Iſle
of Tortuga. The few Spaniards, remaining there
Caperceiving the French to encreaſe their number
dayly began at laſt, to repine at their profpe-
rity, and grudge them the poſſeſſion, they
had freely given. Hence they gave notice
unto others, of their own Nation, their
Neighbours, who fent ſeveral great Boats well
arm'd and man'd, to diſpoſſeſs the French of
that Ifland. This expedition ſucceeded accor-
ding to their deſires. For the new poſſeſſors
feeing the great number of Spaniards, that
came againit them, fled with all they had
unto the V Voods. And hence by Night, they
wafted over with Canows, unto the Iſle of
Hiſpa-

Bucaniers of America.
15
Hiſpaniola
. This they more eaſily performed
as having no Women nor Children, with them,
nor any great ſubſtance to carry away. Here
they alſo retired into the V Voods, both to
ſeek themſelves food, and from tlience with
ſecrecy, to give intelligence unto others, of
their own faction; as judging for certain, that
within a little while, they ſhould be in a ca-
pacity to hinder the Spaniards, from fortify-
ing in Tortuga.
Mean while the Spaniards of the greater and ready
Ifland ceaſed not to ſeek after their new gueſts
the French, with intent to root them out of
the VVoods, if poftible, or cauſe them to pe-
riſh with hunger. But this their deſign ſoon
failed, having found that the French were ma-
fters both of good Guns, Powder, and Bullers.
Here therefore, the fugitives waited for a cer-
tain opportunity, wherein they knew the Spa-
niards were to come, from Tortuga, witharmes
and great number of men, to joyn with thofe of
the greater Ifand for their deſtruction. When
this occafion proffer'd they i'th mean while
deſerting the woods where they were, returned Ibe: French
unto Tortuga, and diſpoſſeſſed the ſmall num- return unos
of Spaniards, that remained at home. Having Tortuga.
ſo done, they fortified themfelves, the beſt
they could; thereby to prevent, the return
of the Spaniards, in cafe, they ſhould attempt
it. Moreover, they fent immediately unto
onsols
the

16
Bucaniers of America
of St.
a Fort.
They petition the Governour of St. Chriſtophers, craving his
nour to him aid and relief; and demanding of him, to
fend them a Governour, the better to be
Chriſtophers united, among themſelves, and ſtrengthened
on all occaſions. The Governour of St.
Chriſtophers received their petition with ex-
preffions of much ſatisfaction, and without
any delay, fent unto them Monſieur le Paſſeur
in quality of a Governour; together with a
Ship full of men, and all other things neceſſa-
They build ry, both for their eſtabliſhment and defence.
No ſooner had they received this recruit,
but the Governour commanded a Fortreſs to
be built upon the top of a high Rock; from
whence he could hinder the acceſs of any Ships
or other Veſſels, that ſhould deſign to enter
the Port. Unto this Fort no other acceſs could
be had, then by almoſt climbing through a
very narrow paſſage, that was capable only of
receiving two perſons, at once ; and thoſe not
without difficulty. In the middle of this rock
was a great cavity, which now ſerveth for a ſtore-
houſe: And beſides here was great convenience
for raiſing a battery. The Fort being finiſhed the
Governour commanded two Guns to be moun-
ted; which could not be performed without
huge toil and labour. As alſo, a houſe to
be built, within the Fort ; and afterwards, the
narrow way that led unto the ſaid Fort, to be
broken and demoliſhed, leaving no other
afcent

Bucaniers of America.
afcent thereunto, then by a Ladder. Within
the Fort guſheth out a plentiful Fountain of
freſh Water, which perpetually runneth with a
pure and Cryſtalline Stream; fufficient to re-
freſh a Garriſon of a Thouſand Men. Being
poſſeſſed of theſe conveniences, and the fecu-
rity theſe things might promiſe, the French
began to people the Inand, and each of them
to ſeek their living; fome by the exerciſe of
hunting, others by planting Tobacco, and o-
thers by cruſing, and robbing, upon the coaſts
of the Spaniſh Iflands; which trade is continued
by them unto this day.nl od good
The Spaniards, notwithſtanding, could not
behold, but with jealous eyes, the dayly in- The Spani-
creaſe of the French in Tortuga ; fearing leaſt to Tortuga
in time they might by them, be difpoffelled al- the ſecond
fo of Hiſpaniola. Thus taking an opportuni-
ty, (when many of the French were abroad
at Sca, and others employ'd in hunting) with
eight hundred Men in ſeveral Canows, they
landed again in Tortuga, almoſt without being
perceived by the French. But finding that
the Governour had cut down many Trees, for
the better diſcovery of an Enemy, in caſe of
any aſſault ; as alſo that nothing of conſe-
quence could be done without great Guns, they
conſulted about the fitteſt place for raiſing a
Battery. This place was ſoon concluded, to
be the Top of a Mountain, which was in Sight;
Tous
D
ſceing
time,

18
Bucaniers of America.
fecing that from thence alone, they could le-
vel their Guns at the Fort, which now did lie
open unto them, ſince the cutting down of the
Trees, by the new poffeffors. Hence they re-
ſolved, to open a way, for carriage of fome
pieces of Ordnance to the Top. This Moun-
tain is fomewhat high, and the upper part there-
of plain, from whence the whole Ifland may
be view'd. The fides thereof are very rugged
by reaſon an huge number of unacceſlible
Rocks do ſurround it every where. So that
the aſcent was very difficult
, and would always
have been the ſame, had not the Spaniards
undergone the immenfe Labour, and Toil of
making the way aforementioned, as I ſhall
now relate.
The Spaniards had in their company many
Slaves, and Indians, labouring Men, whom
they call Matates, or in Engliſh, balf yellow
Men, Unto thcfet hey gave orders, with Iron
The Spanion Tools, to dig a way through the Rocks. This
a way in the they performed with the greateſt fpeed imagi-
nable. And through this way by the help of
many Ropes, and Pullies they at laſt, made
ſhift to get up two Sole Canon pieces
wherewith they made a Battery, and intended
next day to batter the Fort. Mean while
the French were not ignorant of theſe deſigns.
But rather prepared themſelves for a defence
( while the Spaniards were bufied about the
battery
Mountain..
2
Bucaniers of America
19

ted.
battery ) fending notice every where to their
companions,and requiring their help. Thus the
Hunters of the Iſland, all joyned together, and
with them all the Pirats, who were not alrea-
dy too far from home. Theſe landed by night
at Tortuga, leaſt they ſhould be ſeen by the
Spaniards And under the fame obſcurity of
the Night,they all together by a back way clim- Are aſſaulted
bed up the Mountain, where the Spaniards were andprecipita-
pofted : Which they more eaſily could per-
form as being acquainted with thoſe Rocks.
They came thither at the very inſtant, that
the Spaniards, who were above, where prepa-
ring, to ſhoot at the Fort , not knowing in
the leaſt of their coming. Here they ſet upon
them, at their backs, with ſuch fury, as for
ced the greateſt part to precipitate themſelves
.
from the top to the bottom, and daſh their
Bodys in pieces. Few or none eſcaped this
attacque, for if any remained a live,they were
all put to the Sword, without giving quarter
to the meaneſt. Some Spaniards did ſtill keep
the bottom of the Mountain, but theſe hear- The reft fly,
ring the Shreek's, and crys of them, that were the Iſle for
killd, and believing fome tragical revolution ever.
to be above, fled immediately towards the Sea,
deſpairing, through this accident, to ever re-
gain the Iſle of Zortuga.
The Governours of this lfland did always
behave themſelves, as proprietors, and abſolute
D 2
Lords,

20
Bucaniers of America
Lords thereof until the year 1664. At which
time the Weſt India Company of France took
pofſeflion thereof, and fent thither for their
Governour, Monſieur Ogeron. Theſe planted
the Colony for themſelves, by the means of
their Factors, and Servants, thinking to drive
fome conſiderable trade, from thence, with
the Spaniards, even as the Hollanders do from
Curaſao. But this deſign did not anſwer their
expectation. For with other Nations they
could drive no trade, by reaſon they could not
eſtabliſh any ſecure commerce from the begin-
ning with their own. Foraſmuch, as at the firſt
inftitution of this Company in France, they
inade an agreement with the Pirats, Hunters,
and Planters, firſt poffeffours, of Tortuga, that
theſe ſhould buy all their neceſſaries, from the
faid Company, taking them upon truſt
. And
although this agreement was put in executi-
tion, yet the Factors of the Company, foon
after found that they could not recover either
Monys, or returns, from thoſe people. Info
much, as they were conſtrained to bring ſome
Tine 17elt In. armed men into the Iſland, in behalf of the
diaCompany Company, for to get in ſome of their pay-
But neither this endeavour, nor any
other could prevail, towards the ſettling a fé-
cure trade with thoſe of the Iſand. And here-
upon the Company recalled their Factors
giving them orders to fell all that was their
own,
beavetb Tor-
fuga.
ments
>
Bucaniers of America.

own, in the ſaid Plantation, both the Servants;
belonging to the Company (which were ſold ,
fome for twenty, others for thirty, pieces of
eight) as alſo , all other Merchandizes , and
proprieties, which they had there. With this
reſolution all their deſigns fell to the ground.
In this occaſion I was alſo ſold, as being The Amber
à Servant under the ſaid Company; in whoſe is fold.
ſervice I came out of France. But my fortune
was very bad. For I fell into the hands of the
moſt cruel Tyrant, and perfidious man, that
ever was born of Woman; who was then Go-
vernour, or rather Lieytenant General of that
Iand. This Man did treat me with all the
hard uſages imaginable ; yea with that of hun-
ger, with which I thought to have periſhed in-
evitably. Withal he was willing to let me buy
my freedom, and liberty; but not under the
the rate of three hundred pieces of eight, I
not being Maſter of one, at that time in the
whole world. At laſt through the manifold
miſeries I endured, as alſo affliction of mind,
I was thrown into a dangerous Fic of Sick-
nefs. This misfortune, being added to the reſt
of my calamities, was the cauſe of my happi-
neſs. For my wicked Maſter, ſeeing my con-
dition, began to fear, leaſt he ſhould loſe his
monies with my Life. Hereupon he fold me
the fecond time, unto a Chirurgion, for the Heis fold
price of ſeventy pieces of eight. Being in the the ſecond
rhyl
hands
D3

Bucaniers of America
hands of this fecond mafter, I began, foon
after to recover my health, through the good
uſage I received from him, as being much
more humane, and civil, then that of my
firſt Patron. He gave me both Cloathes and
very good food, and after that I had ferved
him but one year, he offered me my liberty;
Wo with only this condition, that I ſhould pay
him one hundred pieces of eight, when I was
in a Capacity of VVealth, fo to do. VVhich
He getteth
kind propoſal of his, I could not chooſe but
bis freedom
accept with infinité Joy, and gratitude of
mind.
Being now at Jiberty, though like unto A-
dam, when he was firit Created by the hands
of his maker, that is naked, and deftitute, of
all human neceſſaries, nor knowing how to
get my living, I determined to enter into the
wicked Order of the Pirates, or Robbers at Sea.
Into this Society, I was received, with common
confent both of the Superior, and Vulgar
ſort, and among them I continued until the
year 1672. Having afſifted them in all their
deſigns, and attempts, and ſerved them in ma-
ny notable exploits, of which hereafter, I ſhall
the Reader a true account, I returned un-
my own Native Country. But before I begin
to relate the things abovementioned, I fhall
fay fomething, for the ſatisfaction of ſuch
as are curious, of the Iſland Hiſpaniola, which
lyeth
Turneth
Pirate,
give

Bucaniers of America. 13
23
Iyeth towards the VVeſtern parts of America, .
as alſo give my Reader a brief deſcription
thereot, according to my ſlender ability, and
experience,
С НА Р.
bus to go voso
SO134og900g000000%
Tobnovo to oblading
-obowa
sonuplatio adtobus modo
24
Bucaniers of America.

Correa
CS VI
GUSAYPAL
BENTUK
GHA P. III.
Deſcription of the great and famous I
pand of Hiſpaniola.
T
he very large and rich Iſland called Hiſpani-
ola, lieth fituate in the altitude of ſeventeen
degrees, and an half. The greateſt part, there-
of extendeth from Eaſt to Weſt, twenty
grees, Southern latitude. The circumference
is
de-

Bucaniers of America.
25
is of three hundred Leagues the length one
hundred and twenty; its breadth almoſt fif-
ty; being more or leſs, broad or narrow, at
certain .places.ru I ſhall not need here to in-
fert, how this Iſland was at firſt diſcoyered;
it being known unto the World, that it was
Diſeаvered
performed by the means of Chriſtopher Colum- by Colut-
bus, in the year 1492; being fent, unto this bus.
purpoſe; by: Ferdinand, the Catholicky then
King of Spainon. From which time, unto this
preſent, the Spaniards have been continually
poffeffors thereof. There be upon this 1-
fland, many very good, and ſtrong Cities, 12 tonia
ogsit
Towns, and Hamlets; as alſo it aboundeth in
a great number of pleafant , and delicious,
Country Houſes, and Plantations: All which
are owing unto the care, and induſtry, of the
Spaniards, its inhabitants. idsiai odo lo disa
Thechief City, and Metropolis of this Iland, Qualities of
is called Santo Domingo; being dedicated un- Santo.Do.
St. Dominick, from whom it deriveth this name. mingo.
It is ſituated towards the South, in a place
which affordeth a moſtexcellent proſpect. The
Country round about being embelifhed, with
innumerable rich plantations, as alſo verdant
Meadows, and fruitful Gardens; all which
do produce plenty, and variety, of excellent,
and pleaſant fruits, according to the nature
of chofe Countries. The Governour of the summer
Iſland maketh his reſidence in this City; which
SIN
1S

26
Bucaniers of America.
Tiago
is as it were, the Store houſe of all the other ci-
ties, Towns and Villages; which from hence
do export, and provide themfelves, with all
neceflaries whatfoever for human Life. And
ver hath it this particularity, above many o-
ther Cities in other places, that it entertaineth
nos no external commerce with any other Nation
- then its own, the Spaniards. The greateſt
part of the inhabitants are rich, and ſubſtan-
tial Merchants, or ſuch as are ſhop-keepers, and
do fell by retail:
Another City of this Iſland, is named San
City of St.
Z iago, or in Engliſh, St. James, as being con-
ſecrated unto the Apoſtle of that Name.
This is an open place
, without either Walls,
or Caſtle; fituate in the altitude of nineteen
degrees of Southern latitude.
The greateſt
part of the inhabitants thereof are Hunters,
Tot and Planters; the adjacent territory, and foil
,
be on being very proper for the ſaid exerciſes of its
conftitution. The City is furrounded with
large, and delicious Fields
, as much pleaſing
to the view, as thoſe of Santo Domingo: And
theſe abound with all forts of Beaſts, both
VVild, and Tame ; from whence are ta’ne an
huge number of Skins, and Hides, that afford
unto the Owners, a very conſiderable traf-
fick. gobos
OS 200 Lab
City of Nu.
Towards the Southern parts of this Ifland
is ſeen another City called Nueſtra Sennora de
Alta
eftra Senno-
ra de Alta
Gracia,

Bucaniers of America
27
Savon
Alta Gracia. The territory hereof produceth
great quantities of Cacco, which occaſionech
the inhabitants, to make great ſtore of the rich-
eft fort of Chocolat. Here groweth alſo much
Ginger, and Tobacco; and much Tallow is prepa-
red of the Beaſts, which here abouts are hunted.
The inhabitants of this beautiful Iſland of Iſle of
Hiſpaniola, often go, and come in their Canows,
unto the Iſle of Savona, not far diſtant from
thence, where is their chief fiſhery; eſpecially of
Tortoiſes. Hither thoſe Filh do conſtantly re-
fort in huge multitudes, at certain feaſons of
the year, there to lay their eggs, burying them
in the ſands of the shore. Thus by the heat
of the Sun, which in thoſe parts is very ardent,
they are hatched, and continue the propaga-
tion of their Speeies. This Iſland of Savona
hath little, or nothing that is worthy conſi-
deration, or may merit any particular deſcrip-
tion, as being ſo extreamly barren, by rea-
ſon of its Sandy Soil. True it is, that here
groweth ſome ſmall quantity of Lignum San&t-
um or Guajacum ; of whoſe uſe we have already
ſaid ſomething in another place. Sody of
VVeſtwards of the City of Santo Domin- The Town
go is alſo ſituated another great village called of Ako
by the Name of El Pueblo de Aſo, or the
Town of Alo. The inhabitants of this Town
drive a great commerce, and traffick , with
thoſe of another Village, which is placed in
the
E 2

28
Bucaniers of America. I
Goave.
the very middle of the Iſland, and is called
San Juan de Goave, or St. John of Goave. This
Town of St. place is environ'd with a magnificent proſpect
John of of Gardens, Woods,and Meadows. Its territory
extendech above twenty Leagues inlength; and
grazeth an huge number of Wild Bulls, and
Cows. In this village ſcarce dwell any others,
then Hunters, and Butchers; who flay the beaſts
that are killed. Theſe are for the moſt part
a mungrel ſort of people of ſeveral Bloods.
Some of which are born of white European
people and Negros, and theſe are called Mu-
latos. Others are born of Indians, and white
people; and ſuch are termed Meſticos. But o-
thers are begotten of Negros, and Indians ,
and theſe alſo have their peculiar Name, be-
ing called Alcatraces. Belides which forts of
people
, there be feveral other ſpecies, and races,
both here and in other places of the Weſt Indies.
Of whom this account may be given, that
the Spaniards love better the Negro Women,
in thoſe Weſtern parts, or the tawny Indi-
an Females, thaan their own white European
race. When as peradventure, the Negros and In-
dians have greater inclinations to the white wo-
men ; or thoſe that come near them, the tawny,
then their own. From the faid villageare expor-
ted yearly, vaſt quantitiesof Tallow, and Hides;
they exerciſing no other traffick, nor toil. For
as to the Lands, in this place, they are not
culti-

Bucaniers of America.
29
Convenience
ola,
cultivated, by reaſon of the exceffive dryneſs
of the foil. Theſe are the chiefeſt places, that
the Spaniards pofſefs, in this Iſland, from the
Cape of Lobos, towards St. John de Goave, un-
to the Cape of Samana, nigh the Sea, on the
North-fide; and from the Eaſtern part, towards
the Sea, called Punta de Eſpada. All the reſt
of the Iſland, is poſſeſled by the French; who
are alſo Planters, and Hunters.
This Iſland hath very good Ports for ſhips of Harbaurs
from the Cape of Lobos, to the Cape of Tibu- in Hifpani-
ron, which lyeth on the Weſtern ſide thereof.
In this ſpace of Land there be no lefs, then
four Ports, which exceed in goodneſs, largneſs,
and ſecurity, even the very beſt of England.
Beſides theſe, from the Cape of Tiburon, unto
the Cape of Donna Maria, there be two very
excellent Ports, and from this Cape, unto the
Cape of St. Nicols, there be no leſs, then twelve
others. Every one of theſe Ports, hath alſo
the confluence of two or three good Rivers,
in which are found ſeveral ſorts of Fiſh, very
pleaſing to the palate; and alſo in great plen-
ty. The Country hereabouts, is ſufficiently
watered, with large, and profound Rivers,
and Brooks ; fo that this part, of the land
may eaſily be cultivated, without any great
fear of drougths; it being certain, that bet-
ter ſtreams are not to be found, in any part
of the World. The Sea coaſts, and Shoars,
E 3
are
30
Bucaniers of America.

their eggs
are alſo very pleaſant ; unto which the Tor-
toiſes reſort, in huge numbers; there to lay
.
This Iſland was formerly very well peopled,
on the North fide thereof, with many Towns
and Villages. But theſe being ruined by the
Hollanders, were at laſt, for the greateſt part
deſerted by the Spaniards.
pachetare CHAP. IV. tada so
Of the Fruits, Trees, and Animals, that
are found at Hiſpaniola:
T
"He ſpacious fields of this Iſland, docom-
monly extend themſelves,to the length of
.
fiveor ſix leagues. The beauty whereof is ſo plea-
ſing to the Eye,that,together with the great vari-
ety of their natural productions, they infinite-
ly applaud, and captivate the ſenſes of the
contemplator. For here at once, they not on-
ly, with diverſity of objects recreate the fight
but with many of the ſame, do alſo pleaſe the
ſmell, and with moſt contribute abundancy of
delights unto the taſte. With fundry diver-
fities alſo they flatter and excite the appetite;
but more eſpecially with the multitude of 0
Orenges and renges, and Lemons: Here growing both ſweet
Lemons.
and

Bucaniers of America,
31
and fower, and thoſe that participate of both
taſtes, and are only pleaſantly tartiſh. Beſides
which here abundantly grow ſeveral other
forts of the fame fruit, ſuch as are called Ci-
trons, Toronjas, and Limas; in Engliſh not im-
perly called Crab-Lemons. True it is, that as
to the Lemons, they exceed not here the big-
neſs of an Hens egg; which ſmallneſs diſtin-
guiſhech them, from thofe of Spain moſt fre-
quently uſed in theſe our Northern Countries.
The Date Trees, which here are ſeen to cover salm-trees
the whole extent of very ſpacious plains , are
exceedingly tall in their proportion ; which
notwithſtanding doth not offend, but rather
delight the view. Their highth is obſerved to be
from 150. unto 200. feet ; being wholly deſtitute
of Branches unto the very tops. Here it is
there groweth a certain pleaſant white ſubſtance
not unlikeunto, that of white Cabbage, from
whence the Branches, and leaves, do ſprout,
and in which alſo the feed, or Dates are con-
tained. Every Month, one of thoſe branches
falleth to the ground, and at the ſame time,
another ſprouteth out. But the feed ripeneth
not, but once in the year, The Dates are
food extreamly covered by the Hedge-Hogs.
The white ſub tance, growing at the top of the
Tree, is uſed by the Spaniards, after the fama
manner, for common fuſtenance, as Cabbage
in Europe ; they cutting it into ſlices, and boy-
ling

32
Bucaniers of America.
The white
Subſtance of
the Palmi-
ling it, in their Ollas, with all ſorts of meat.
The leaves of this ſort of Date Tree, are feven
or cight foor in length, and three or four in
breadth; being very fit to cover houſes with-
al. For they defend, from Rain, cqually with
the beſt Tiles, though never fo rudely hud-
dl’d together. They make uſe of them alſo to
wrap up ſmoaked Fleſh withal ; and to make
a certain ſort of Buckets, wherewith to carry
Water; though no longer durable than the
ſpace of fix, feven, or eight days. The Cabba-
ges
of theſe trees, for fo we may call them,
are of a greeniſh colour, on the out fide,
Tree very though inwardly very white, from whence may
uſeful.
be ſeparated a ſort of rind, which is very like
unto parchment, being fit to write upon, as we
do upon Paper. The bodies of thefe Trees
are of an huge bulk or thickneſs, which two
Men can hardly compaſs with their Arms.
And yet they cannot properly be termed Woody,
but only three or four inches deep, in thick-
neſs; all the reſt of the internal part being ve-
ry foft. Infomuch that paring off thoſe three,
or four inches of woody fubſtance, the remain-
ing part of the Body, may be fliced like un-
to new Cheeſe. They wound them three or
four foot above the Root, and making an in-
cifion, or broach in the body, from thence
gentlydiſtilleth a fort of Liquor, which in ſhort
time, by fermentation, becometh as ſtrong,
as

Bucaniers of Amerca.
33
as the richeſt wine, and which dotli eaſily in Palm-17ine
ebriate, if not uſed with Moderation. The
French call this ſort of Palm-trees Frank-Palms,
and they only grow, both here, and elſewhere,
in ſaltiſh grounds. sldibernians, so wito
Beſides theſe Palm-trees, of which we have
made mention, there be alſo in Hiſpaniola four
other ſpecies of Palms, which are diſtinguiſhed
by the Names of Latanier, Palma Efpinoſa or
Prickle-palm, Palma a chapelet or Roſary-palm,
Palma-Vinoſa or Wine. Palm, The Latanier-palm Latanier-
is not ſo tall, as the Wine-palm : Although it palm.
hath almoſt, the ſame ſhape , only that the
leaves are very like unto the Fans our Women
uſe. They grow moſtly in gravelly, and ſandy
ground, their circumference being of ſeven foot
more or leſs. The body hath many prickles
or thorns, of the length of half a foot, very
ſharp and pungent. It produceth its feed af-
ter the ſame manner with that abovemen-
tioned, which likewiſe ferveth for food unto the
Wild beaſts.
Another fort of thefe Palm-trees is called
Prickle-Palm as we ſaid before, by reaſon it is Prickle-palm
infinitely full of prickles, from the Root unto
the very leaves thereof much more then the
precedent. With theſe prickles, ſome of the
barbarous Indians uſe to torment their priſo-
ners at War, whom they take in battel. They
tye them unto atree, and then taking theſe
F
thorns
34
Bucaniers of America.

thorns, they put them into little pellets of
cotton, which they dip in oyl, and thus ſtick them
in the ſides of the miſerable Priſoners, as thick
as the brizles of an hedg. hog; which of ne-
ceſſity cauſe an incredible torment unto the
Patient. After wards, they ſet them on Fire,
and if the tormented Priſoner fingerh in the
midſt of his torments and flames, he is eſteem-
ed as a valiant and couragicus Soldier, who
neither feareth his Enemies, nor their torments.
But if on the contrary, he cryeth out they
elteen him but as a Poltron or Coward, and
unworthy of any memory. This cuſtom was
told me by an Indian who ſaid he had ufed
his Enemies thus oftentimes. The like cruel-
ties unto theſe many Chriſtians have feen,
while they lived among thoſe barbarians. But
returning unto the Prickle-palm, I thall only tell
you, that this palm-tree is in this only diffe-
rent from the Latanier, that the leaves are like
unto thoſe of the Frank-palm. Its feed is like
unto that of the other palm-trees, being only
much bigger and rounder, almost as a farthing,
and inwardly full of little kernels, which are
as pleaſing to the tate, as our Wallnurs in
Europe. This tree groweth for the most part
in the Marſhes, and low grounds of the
Sea-coat. Then
Nonton and
The Wine-palm, is ſo called from the abun-
dance of Wine, which is gathered from hence.
2011
This
Wing-palm

Bucaniers of America.
35
This palm groweth in high and rocky
Mountains, not exceeding in tallne ſs the heigth
of forty or fifty foot: But yet of an extraor-
dinary ſhape or form. For from the root ,
unto the half of its proportion, it is only three
or four inches thick. But upwards fomething
above the two thirds of its higth, it is as
big, and as thick, as an ordinary bucket or
Milk Pail. Within it is full of a certain mat-
ter, very like unto the tender ſtalk of a white
cabbage, which is very juicy of a liquor that
is much pleaſing to the palate. This liquor
after fermentation, and ſettling of the grounds,
reduceth it ſelf into a very good and clear
wine, which is purchaſed with no great indu-
ſtry. For having wounded the tree with an
ordinary hatchet, they make a ſquare inciſion
or orifice, in it, through which they bruiſe the
ſaid matter, until it be capable of being ſqueefed
out, or expreſſed with the hands, they nee-
ding no other inſtrument, then this. "V Vith
the leaves they make certain veſſels, not on-
ly to ſettle and purifie, the aforementioned li-
quor, but alſo to drink in. It beareth its friut
like unto other palms ; but of a very ſmall
ſhape; being not unlike unto Cherries. The
taſte hereof, is very good;but of dangerous con-
fequence unto the threat, where it caufeth
huge and extream pains , that produce ma-
lignant Quinzies in them, that eat it.
The
F 2

36
Bucaniers of America.
Rosary.palm The Palm a Chapelet, or Roſary-palm, was
thus called both by the French, and Spani-
ards, becauſe its feed is very fit to make Roſa-
ries or Beads, to fay prayers upon, the beads
being ſmall, hard and capable of being eafi-
ly bored, for that uſe. This fourth ſpecies
groweth on the tops of the higheſt Mountains
and is of an exceflive tallneſs; but withall
very ſtrait; and adorned with very few leaves.
Here groweth alſo in this Iſland a certain
Apricot-frees ſort of Apricott-trees, whoſe fruit equalleth in
bigneſs, that of our ordinary Melons. The
colour is like unto Aſhes, and the taſte, the ve-
ry fame with that of our Apricotts in Europe,
the inward ſtones of this fruit, being of the
bigneſs of an Hens egg. On theſe the wild-
Bores do feed very deliciouſly, and fatten even
to admiration.
The trees called Caremites, are very likeun,
to our Pear-trees, whoſe fruits reſemble much
our Damaſcene plums or Pruants of Europe,
being of a very pleaſant and agreeable taſte, and
almoſt as ſweet as milk. This fruit is black
on the inſide, and the Kernels thereof, fome-
times only two in number, ſometimes three,
others five; of the bigneſs of a Lupine. This
plum affordeth no leſs pleaſant food unto the
wild-Bores,then the Apricotts abovementioned,
only that it is not ſo commonly to be found
upon the Iſland, nor in ſuch quantity, as thoſe
The
Caremite
are

Bucaniers of America
37
b The Genipa-trees are feen every where, all Genipa-tree.
over this Illand , being very like unto our
Cherry-tress, although it's branches are more
dilated. The fruit, hereof, is of an aſh-colour,
of the bigneſs of two fift's, which interiourly,
is full of many prickles, or points, that are
involved under a thin membran , 'or skin ;
the which, if not taken away, at the time of
eating , caufeth great obſtructions, and gri-
pings of the
belly. Before this fruit groweth Genipa-inka
ripe, if preſſed, it affordeth a juice, as black
as ink, being fit to write withal upon paper.
But the letters diſappear within the ſpace of
nine days, the paper remaining as white, as if
it never had been written upon. The wood
of this tree is very ſtrong, folid, and hard;
good to build Ships withal
, feeing it is obſer-
ved, to laſt many years in the water, without
putrefaction.
Beſides theſe, divers other forts of trees,
are natives unto this delicious Iſland, that
produce very excellent, and pleaſant fruits. Of
theſe I ſhallo mit to name feveral, knowing
there be entire volums of learned Authors,
that have both deſcribed, and ſearched them
with greater attention, and curioſity, then my
own. Notwithſtanding, I ſhall continue, to
make mention of ſome few more, in particular,
Such are the Cedars; which trees, this part of
the world produceth, in .prodigious quantity.
Thel
Cedarso

38
Bucaniers of America.
Canon's how
att ni The French Nation calleth them Acajou: And
they find them very ufeful, for the building
of Ships, and Canom's. Theſe Canows are
like unto little wherry-boats, being made of one
only tree, excavated, and fitted for the Sea.
They are withal fo ſwift, as for that very pro-
they are made.
perty, they may be called Neptunes poſt-horſes.
The Indians make thefe Canows without the
uſe of any iron inſtruments ; by only bur-
ning the trees, at the bottom, nigh unto the
root ; and afterwards, governing the fire,
with ſuch induſtry, as nothing is burnt more
then what they would have. Some of them
have hatchets, made of flint, wherewith they
ſcrape, or pare, off, whatſoever was burnt too
far.. And, thus, by the fole inftrument of fire,
they know how to give them that ſhape,
which rendereth them capable of Navigating
threeſcore, or fourſcore leagues, with ordi-
nary ſecurity.
As to Medicinal productions, here is to be
found the tree, that affordeth, the Gum Elemi,
uſed in our Apothecaries Shops. Likewiſe Gua-
iacum or Lignum San&tum ; Lignun Aloes, or
Aloe-woods Caſſia Lignea, China-roots, with fe-
veral others. The tree called Mapou , beſides
that it is medicinal, is alſo uſed for making of
Canow's as being very thick. Yet is it much in-
feriour unto the Acajou, or Cedar, as being
Mapou. .
fomeching ſpongy, whereby it fucketh in
boda
much
Medicinal
trees.

Bucaniers of America.
39
much water, which rendreth it dangerous in
Navigation. The tree called Acoma hath its
wood very hard, and heavy, of the colour of
Palm. Theſe qualities render it very fit to
make Oars for the ſugar-mils. Here are alſo
in great quantities, Braſilete, or braſil-wood, and
th t which the Spaniards call Mancanilla.
Braſil wood is now very well known in the
Brafil.wood.
Provinces of Holland, and the Low Countries.
By another name it is called, by the
Spaniards, Lenna de Peje palo. It ſerveth
only or chiefly, for dying, and what belong-
eth to that trade. It groweth abundantly a-
long the Sea coaſts, of this Idland; eſpecially in
two places called Facmel, and Jaquina. Thefe
are two commodious Ports or Bays; capable
of receiving Ships of the greateſt bulk.
The tree called Mancanilla, or Dwarf apple-
tree, groweth nigh unto the Sea Shoar ; being
naturally fo low, that its branches, though
never ſo ſhort, do always touch the water.
It beareth a fruit, fomething like, unto our
ſweet fented apples; which notwithſtanding
is of a very venemous quality. For theſe ap-
ples being eaten by any perſon, he inſtantly
changeth colour, and ſuch an huge thirſt doch
feize him as all the Water of the Thames can-
not extinguiſh, he dying raving-mad within a
licle while after. But what is more the Fiſh
that eat as it often happeneth, of this fruit
ز
Mancinilla
very vene.
mous.
are

40
Bucaniers of America.
Ycais.
are alſo poyſonous. This tree affordeth, alle
a liquor, both thick, and white; like unto the
Fig-tree; which, if touched by the hand, raif-
eth bliſters, upon the skin, and theſe are ſo
red in colour, as if it had been deeply ſcald-
ded, with hot water. One day, being hugely
tormented with Moſquitos or gnats, and as yet,
unacquainted with the nature of this tree, I
cut a branch thereof, to ſerve me inſtead of
a fan; but all my face ſwelled the next day,
and filled with bliſters, as if it were burnt to
ſuch a degree , that I was blind for three
days.
Ycao is the name of another fort of tree, fo
called by the Spaniards, which groweth by
the ſides of Rivers. This beareth a certain
fruit, not unlike, unto our bullice, or damſon
plums. And this food is extreamly coveted
by the wild boar, when at its perfect maturi-
ty; with which they fitten as much as our
hogs, with the ſweeteſt acorn's of Spain. Theſe
trees love fandy ground : Yet are ſo low, that,
their branches being very large, they take up
a great circumference, almoſt couched upon
Abelcoſe tree. the ground. The trees named Abelcoſes bare
fruit
of like colour, with the Ycaos abovemen-
tioned, but of the bigneſs of Melons; the
feeds, or kernels, being as big as eggs. The
ſubſtance of this fruit is yellow, and
of a plea-
fant taſte; which the pooreſt , among the
French

Bucaniers of America
41
trees.
French, do cat, inſtead of bread; the wild-
Bore not caring at all for this fruit. Theſe
trees grow very tall, and thick ; being ſome
what like unto our largeſt ſort of Pear-
As to the Infe&ts, which this Ifland produ- Flies.
ceth, I ſhall only take notice of three forts of
Flies, which exceſſively torment all human
bodies; but more eſpecially fuch, as never be-
fore, or but a little while, were acquainted
with thefe Countries. The firſt fort of theſe
flies are as big as our common horſe flies in
Europe. And theſe darting themſelves upon
mens bodies, do there ſtick, and fuck their
blood, till they can no longer flie. Their
importunity obligeth to make, almoſt, con-
tinual uſe of branches of trees, wherewith to
fan them away. The Spaniards in thoſe parts
call them Moſquito's, or Gnats ; but the French Moſquitos.
give them the name of Maranguines. The fe- Second fpe-
cond fort
, of theſe Infects, is no bigger then a cies of Flies:
grain of ſand. Theſe make no buzzing noiſe,
as the precedent ſpecies doth; for which rea-
ſon it is leſs avoidable,as being able alſo, through
its ſmalnefs, to penetrate the fineſt linnen, or
cloth. The Hunters are forced to anoint their
faces , with hogs-greece , thereby to defend
themſelves from the ſtings of theſe little Ani-
mals. By night, in their Huts, or Cottages,
they conſtantly, for the fame purpoſe burn
G
the
42
Bucaniers of America.

the leaves of Tobacco, without which ſmoke
they were not able to reſt. True it is, that
in the day time, they are not very trouble-
ſome, in caſe any Wind be ſtirring; for this,
though never ſo little, cauſeth them to diffi-
Tbird ffress, pate. The Gnats, of the third Species, ex-
ceed not the bigneſs of a grain of Muſtard.
Their colour is Red. Theſe ſting not at all,
but do bite fo ſharpely upon the Fleſh, as to cre-
ate little Ulcers therein. From whence it of-
ten cometh, that the Face ſwelleth, and is ren-
dred hideous to the view, through this incon-
venience. Theſe are chiefly troublefome by
day, even from the beginning of the Morning,
until Sun-fetting; after which time, they take
up their reſt, and permit humane Bodies to
do the ſame. The Spaniards gave theſe In-
fects the Name of Rojados ; and the French
that of Calarodes.
Cochinillas. The Inſects, which the Spaniards call Cochi-
nillas, and the English Glow-worms are alſo to
be found in theſe parts. Thefe are very like
unto ſuch, as we have in Europe, unleſs that
they are fomewhat bigger and longer then
ours. They have two little ſpecks on their
heads, which by Night give ſo much light,
that three or four of thofe Animals, being
together upon a tree, it is not diſcernable, at
a diſtance from a bright ſhining Fire. I had
on a certain time, at once three of theſe Co-
chinillas

Bucaniers of America. 43
chinillas , in my Cottage, which there conti-
nued until paſt midnight, ſhining ſo bright-
ly, that without any other Light, I could ca-
ſíly read in any Book, although of never ſo
ſmall a print. I attempted to bring fome of
theſe Infects into Europe , when I came from
thoſe parts, but affoon as they came into a
colder climate, they dyed by the way. They
loft alſo their ſhining, upon the change of Air
even before their death. This ſhining is ſo
great, according to what I have related, that
the Spaniards, with great reaſon, may well call
them from their luminous quality, Moſcas de
fuego, that is to fay; Fire-flies.
There be alſo in Hiſpaniola an exceflive num-
ber of Grillones, or Crickets. Theſe are of an Crickets,
extraordinary magnitude , if compared unto
ours; and ſo full of noiſe, that they are ready
to burſt themſelves with ſinging, if any per-
fon cometh near them. Here is no leſſer num-
ber of Reptils, ſuch as Serpents are, and others.
But by a particular providence of the Crea- Serpents,
Snakes.
tor, theſe have no poyfon. Neither do they
any other harm, then unto what fowl they
can catch. But more eſpecially, unto Pullets,
Pigeons, and others of this kind. Oftimes
theſe Serpents, or Snakes, are uſeful in hou.
fes to cleanſe them of Rats, and Mice. For
with great cunning, they counterfeit their
Shreeks, and hereby both deceive and catch
them
G 2

44
Bucaniers of America.
them at their pleaſure. Having taken them,
they in no wiſe eat the guts of theſe Vermin,
but only fuck their blood at firſt. Afterwards
throwing away the guts, they ſwallow almoſt
entire the reſt of the body; which as it ſhould
ſeem, they readily digeſt into ſoft excrements,
Fly-catchers. of which they diſcharge their bellies. Another
fort of Reptils belonging to this Iſland, is cal-
led by the name of Cazadores de Moſcas, or
Fly-catchers
. This name was given unto this
Reptil by the Spaniards, by reaſon they never
could experiment, it lived upon any other food
then flies. Hence itcannot be ſaid, this crea-
ture cauſeth any harm unto the Inhabitants,
but rather benefit; feeing it confumeth by its
continual exerciſe of hunting the vexatious and
troubleſome flies.
Land-Tortoi.
Land-Tortoiſes here be alſo in great quanti-
ses.
tics. Theſe moſtly breed in mud, and feilds
that are overflown with water. The Inhabi-
tants eat them, and teſtifie they are very
Spiders
good food. But a fort of Spiders, which is
here found, is very hideous. Theſe are as big as
an ordinary egg ; and their feet as long as
thoſe of the biggeſt Sea-crabs. Withal, they
are very hairy and have four black teeth,
like unto thoſe of a Rabbet, both in bigneſs,
and ſhąpe. Notwithſtanding their bitings are
not venomous; although they can bite very
Sharp, and do uſe it very commonly. They
breed

Bucaniers of Amerca. 45
he
breed for the moſt part in the roofs of houſes.
This Iſland alſo is not free from the Infect cal- Millēpedes.
led in Latin Millepes, and in Greek Scolopen-
dria, or Many-feet: Neither is it void of Scor-
pions. Yet by the providence of nature, nei-
ther the one nor the other, beareth the leaſt
fufpicion of poyfon. For although they ceaſe
not to bite, yet their wounds require not the
application of any medicament, for their cure.
And although their bitings cauſe fome infla-
mation, and ſwelling at the beginning : how-
ever theſe Symptoms diſappear of their own
accord. Thus in the whole circumference of
Hiſpaniola, no Animalis found that produceth
the leaſt harm with its venom.
After the Infects abovementioned, I ſhall Cocodriles: -
not omit to ſay ſomething of that terrible
Beaſt, called Cayman. This is a certain ſpecies
of Cocodrile, wherewith this Iſland very plen-
tifully aboundech. Among theſe Caymanes ,
ſome are found to be of a corpulency, very
horrible to the ſight. Certain it is, that ſuch
have been ſeen, as had no leſs then threeſcore
and ten foot in length, and twelve in breadth.
Yet more marvellous, then their bulk, is their. Subtility of
cunning and fubtilty, wherewith they pur- the Cayman --
chaſe their food. Being hungry they place
themſelves nigh the ſides of Rivers ; more e-
ſpecially at the Fords, where Cattel come to
drink or wade over, Here they lie with-
out

46
Bucaniers of America.
out any motion, nor ſtirring any part of their
body, reſembling an old tree fallen into the
River, only floating upon the waters, whe-
ther theſe will carry them. Yer they recede
not far from the bank-ſides, but continually
lurch in the fame place, waiting till fome wild
Bore, or falvage Cow cometh to drink, or
refreſh themſelves, at that place. At which
point of time, with huge activity they af-
fault them, and ſeizing on them with no lefs
fiercenefs, they drag the prey into the water
and there ſtifle it. But what is more worthy
admiration, is, that three, or four days before
the Caymanes go upon this deſign, they eat
nothing at all. But diving into the River
they ſwallow one, or two hundred weight of
ſtones, ſuch as they can find. With theſe they
render themſelves more heavy, then before,
and make addition unto their natural ſtrength
(which in this animal is very great) thereby
to render their aſſault the more terrible and
ſecure. The prey being thus ſtifled, they fuf-
fer it to lie four or five days under water un-
touched. For they could not eat the leaſt bit
thereof, unleſs half rotten. But when it is ar-
rived at ſuch a degree of putrefaction, as is
moſt pleaſing to their palate, they devour it
with great appetite and voracity. If they can
lay hold on any hides of Beaſts
, ſuch as the
Inhabitants oftimes place in the feilds for dry-
ing

Bucaniers of America.
47
ing againſt the Sun, they drag them into the
water. Here they leave them for fome days,
well loaden with ſtones, till the hair falleth off.
Then they eat them with no leſs appetite,
then they would the animals themſelves, could
they catch them. I have ſeen my .
felf
many
times
, like things unto theſe I have related.
But beſides my own experience, many Writers
of natural things, have made entire Treatiſes
of theſe Animals, deſcribing not only their
fhape, magnitude, and other qualities, but al-
fo their voracity, and brutiſh inclinations ;
which, as I have told you are very ſtrange.com
A certain perſon of good reputation and cre- A Strange
dit, told me , that one day he was by the Relation of
River ſide, waſhing his Baraca, or Tent, where «Cayman.
in he uſed to lie in the feilds. As foon as he
began his work , a Cayman faſtned upon the
Tent, and with incredible fury, drag'd it un-
der water.
The man deſirous to fee if he
could ſave his Tent, pulled on the contrary
fide with all his ſtrength, having in his mouth
a Butchers knife, (wherewith as it happened
he was ſcraping the Canvas ) to defend him-
felf, in cafe of urgent neceflity. The Cayman
being angry at this oppoſition, vaulted upon
his body, out of the River, and drew him with
great celerity into the water, endeavouring
with the weight of his bulk, to ſtifle him un
der the banks. Thus finding himſelf in the
greateft
.

Bucaniers of America,
greateſt extremity almoſt cruſhed to death by
that huge and formidable Animal, with his
knife he gave the Caman ſeveral wounds in
the belly, wherewith he ſuddenly expir'd. Be-
ing thus deliver'd from the hands of immi-
nent fate, he drew the Cayman out of the
water, and with the ſame knife open'd the
body, to ſatisfie his own curioſity. In his
ftomack , he found nigh one hundred
weight of ſtones , each of them being almoſt
of the bigneſs of his fift.ru
The Cayma-
The Caymanes are ordinarily buſied in hunt-
nes perſecute ing and catching of flies'; which they eagerly
che devour. The occaſion is, becauſe clofe unto
their skin, they have certain little ſcales, which
ny
ſmell with a ſweet fent , fomething like unto
Musk. This aromatick odour is coveted by
the flies, and here they come to repoſe them-
ſelves and ſting. Thus they both perſecute
each other continually, with an incredible ha-
tred, and antipathy. Their manner of pro-
of procreating creating, and hatching their young ones, is as
of the Cay- follows. They approach the fandy banks of
ſome River, that lies expoſed to the rays of
the South Sun. Among theſe Sands they lay
their eggs, which afterwards, they cover with
their feet: And here they find them hatcht,
and with young generation, by the only heat
of the Sun. Theſe as ſoon as they are out of the
fhell, by natural inſtinct, run unto the water.
Many
Manner of
manes.

Bucaniers of America,
49
Many tinies thoſe eggs are deſtroyed by Birds
that find them out, as they ſcrape among
the Sands. Hereupon, the Femals of the
Caymanes , at ſuch times, as they fear the
coming of any flocks of Birds, do ofttimes
by night, ſwallow theſe their eggs , and
keep them in their ſtomack, till the danger is
over. And from time to time, they bury them
again in the Sand, as I have told you bring-
ing them forth again out of their belly, till
the ſeaſon is come, of being excluded the
Shell. At this time, if the Mother be nigh
at hand, they run unto her and play with her
as little Whelps would do with their Dams,
ſporting themſelves according to their own
cuſtom. In this ſort of ſport, they will often-
times run in and out of their Mothers belly,
even as Rabbers into their holes. This I have
feen them do many times, as I have ſpyed
them at play, with their Dam, over the wa-
ter, upon the contrary banks of ſome River.
At which time, I have often diſturb'd their
ſport by throwing a Stone that way, cauſing
them on a ſuddain, to creep into the Mothers
Bowels, for fear of fome imminent danger.
The manner of procreating of thoſe Animals
,
is always the ſame, ſuch as I have related
and at the ſame time of the year, for they
neither meddle, nor make with one another
but in the month of May. They give them not procreate
boow
H
in
3
The Cay
manes do
but in May.

So
Bucaniers of America.
B
in this Country, the name of Cocodriles ;
though in other places, of the Weſt-Indies ,
they go under the Name of Caymanes. 2 or
onto
to TT
гоор СНАР.
HA P. V. laid
Of all ſorts of quadruped Animals, and
Birds, that are found in this Iſland.
As alſo a relation of the French Bu-
caniers.
GO
Efides the Fruits, which this and pro-
duceth, whoſe plenty, as is held for
certain, furpafleth all the Illands of America,
it aboundeth alſo, very plentifully, in all ſorts
of quadruped Animals. Such are Horſes ,
Bulls, Cows, Wild-Bores, andothers very ufe-
full unto human kind, not only for common
fuftenance of Life, but alſo for cultivating of
the ground, and the management of a fuffi-
cient Commerce.to Os 000 dóirlw A
In this Ifand therefore are ſtill remaining
an huge number of Wild-Dogs. Theſe de
Wild-dogs: ftroy yearly, multitudes of all
ſorts of Cattle.
For no fooner hath a Cow brought forth her
Calf, or a Mare foaled, but there Wild-Maftives
come to devour the young breed, if they find
not fome reſiſtance from keepers, and other
Man domeſtick dogs. They run up and down the
Woods,

Bucaniers of America
51
Woods, and fields, commonly, in whole
troops of fifty, threeſcore, or more together.
Being withal, fo fierce, that they ofttimes will
aſſault an entire herd of Wild-Bores, not cea-
ſing to perſecute them, till they have at laſt,
overcome, and torn in pieces two, or three.
One day a French Bucanier cauſed me to ſee
a ſtrange action of this kind. Being in the
Fields hunting together, we heard a great noile
of Dogs, which had furrounded a Wild-bore.
Having tane dogs with us, we left them to the Notable acti-
cuſtody of our Servants; deſirous to ſee the on of the
Wild-dogs.
ſport, if poſſible
. Hence my Companion,
and I, each of us, climbed up into ſeveral
trees, both for ſecurity and proſpect. The
Wild-bore was all alone, and ſtanding againſt
a tree; with his tusks endeavoured to defend
himſelf from a great number of Dogs, that
2 best it
UNT
had enclos'd him: Having killed with his
teeth, and wounded, ſeveral of them. This
bloody fight continued about an hour ; the
Wild-bore, mean while, attempting many times
to cſcape. At laſt, being upon the flight, one
of thoſe Dogs, leaping on his back, faſtned
upon the teſticles, which at one pull, he tore
in pieces. The reſt of the Dogs, perceiving
the courage of their companion, faſtned like
wife upon the Bore, and preſently after killed
him. This being done, all of them, the firſt
only excepted, laid themfelves down upon the
oldtbane
H2
ground

52
Bucaniers of America.
ground, about the prey, and there peaceably
continued till he, the firſt andmoſt couragi-
cus of the troop, had eat as much as he could
devour. When this dog had ended his repaſt,
and left the dead beaſt, all the reſt fell in to
take their ſhare; till nothing was left that they
could devour. What ought we to infer
from this notable action ; performed by the
brutiſh ſenſe of wild animals: Only this, that
even Beaſts themſelves are not deſtitute of
11 knowledge; and that they give us documents
how to honour ſuch as have well deſerved; feeing
theſe being irrational animals, as they were,
did reverence, and refpect him, that expofed
his life to the greateſt danger, in vanquiſhing
couragiouſly the common enemy.
Perſecution of The Governour of Tortuga Mounfieur Ogeron,
the wild-dogs underſtanding that the Wild-dogs killed too
many of the Wild-bores, and that the Hun-
ters of that Ifand had much a do to find any,
fearing leaſt that common ſuſtenance of the
Ille ſhould fail , cauſed a great quantity of
poyſon, to be brought from France, there-
with to deſtroy the Wild-Maſtives. This was
performed in the year 1668, by comman-
ding certain horſes to be killed, and enve-
nom'd, and laid open in the woods and feilds,
at certain places, where moſtly Wild-dogs
uſed to reſort. This being continued for the
ſpace of fix months: there were killed an in-
bono
credible
in Tortuga.

Bucaniers of America.
53
credible number, in the ſaid time. And yet al
this induſtry was not ſufficient, to exterminate
and deſtroy the race; yea, ſcarce to make any
diminution thereof; their number appearing
to be almoſt as entire as before. Theſe Wild-
dogs are eaſily rendred tame among people,
even as tame as the ordinary dogs, we breed
in Houſes. Moreover the Hunters of thofe
parts, whenfoever they find a wild-bitch, with
young whelps, do commonly take away the
puppies, and bring them to their houſes, where
they experiment them, being grown up, to
hunt much better then other dogs.
But here the Curious Reader , may perad-
venture enquire, from whence or by what
accident, came ſo many wild-dogs into tliofe
Hands : The occaſion was; that the Spaniards
having poſſeſſed themſelves of theſe Illes',
found them much peopled with Indians.
Theſe were a barbarous fort of people, totally
given to fenfuality, and a brutith cuſtom of
life, hating all manner of labour, and only
inclined to run from place to place, killing,
and making war again't their Neighbours';
not out of any ambition to reign, but only
becauſe they agreed not with themſelves, in
fome common terms of language. Hence
perceiving the dominion of the Spaniards did
lay a great reſtriction upon their lazy and
brutith
cuſtoms, they conceived an incredible
odiumz

54
Bucaniers of America.
odium againſt them, fuch as never was to be
reconciled. But more eſpecially, becauſe they
ſaw them take poſſeſſion of their Kingdoms,
and dominions. Hereupon they made againſt
them all the reſiſtance, they were capable of,
oppoſing every where their deſigns to the ut-
moſt of their power. Until that the Spani-
ards, finding themſelves to be cruelly hated
by thoſe Indians, and no where ſecure from
their treachery's, reſolved to extirpate, and ru-
ine them every one. Eſpecially ſeeing they
could neither tame them by the civilities of
their cuſtoms, nor conquer them with the
Sword But the Indians, it being their ancient
cuſtom to make their Woods their chiefeſt pla-
ces of defence, at preſent made theſe their
refuge, whenever they fled from the Spaniards
that purſued them. Hereupon, thoſe firſt Con-
qucrours of the new World, made uſe of dogs,
tö range and ſearch the intricateſt thickets of
Woods and Foreſts for thoſe their implaca-
ble, and unconquerable Enemies. By theſe
means, they forced them, to leave their anci-
ent refuge, and ſubmit unto the Sword, ſeeing
no milder uſage would ſerve turn. Here-
upon they killed ſome of them, and quarter-
ing their bodies , placed them in the high-
ways; to the intent, that others might take
warning from ſuch a puniſhment, not to in-
cur the like danger. But this ſeverity proved
to

Bucaniers of Amerca.
55
to be of ill conſquence. For inſtead of fright-
ing them and reducing their mindes to a ci-
vil ſociety, they conceived fuch horrour of
the Spaniards, and their proceedings, that they
reſolved, to deteſt and fly their fight, for e-
ver. And hence the greateſt part dyed in Caves,
and ſubterraneous places, of the Woods and
Mountains. In which places, I my ſelf have
feen many times, great numbers of human
bones. The Spaniards afterwards, finding no
more Indians to appear about the Woods,
endeavoured to rid themſelves of the great
number of Dogs , they had in their hou-
fes. From whence theſe Animals, finding no
Maſters to keep them, betook themſelves un-
to the Woods, and Fields, there to hunt for
Food to preſerve their Lives. Thus by degrees
they became unacquainted with the Houſes
of their ancient Maſters, and at laſt grew wild.
This is the trueſt account I can give, of the
multitudes of wild-dogs, which are ſeen to this
day in theſe parts.
But beſides the Wild Maſtives abovemen- Wild-börfet:
tioned, here are alſo huge numbers of Wild-
Horfes, to be ſeen every where. Theſe run up
and down in whole herds, or flocks, all over
the Iſland of Hiſpaniola. They are but low
of Stature, ſhort bodyed, with great Heads,
long Necks, and big, or thick legs. In a word
they have nothing that is handſome in all
their

56
Bucaniers of America:
their ſhape. They are ſeen to run up and
down commonly in troops of two or three
hundred together ; one of them going always
before, to lead the Multitude. When they
meet any perſon, that travelleth through the
Woods or fields, they ſtand ſtill
, fuffering him
to approach, till he can almoſt touch them ;
and then ſuddainly ſtarting they betake them-
ſelves to flight, running away diſorderly, as
faft, as they are able. The Hunters catch them
with induſtry, only for the benefit of their
Skins. Although ſometimes they preſerve
their fleſh likewiſe which they harden with
Smoak; uſing it for provifions, when they
go to Sea.
Wild Bulls
and Cows.
Here would be alſo Wild-Bulls and cows, in
greater number, then at preſent, if by conti-
nuation of hunting, their race were not much
diminiſhed. Yet conſiderable profit is made
even to this day, by ſuch as make it their buſi-
nefs to kill them. The Wild-bulls are of a vaſt
corpulency, or bigneſs of body; and yet they
do no hurt unto any perſon, if they be not ex-
afperated, but left to their own repoſe. The
hides, which are taken from them, are from e-
leven , to thirteen foot long.
The diverſity of Birds, inhabiting the Air
of this Iſland, is ſo great, that I ſhould be
troubleſom, as well unto the Reader as my
ſelf, if I ſhould attempt to Muſter up their
Spes
Bucaniers of America
57

Wood-pul-
lets.
Species. Hence leaving aſide the prolix Ca-
talogue of their multitude, I ſhall content my
ſelf only to mention ſome few of the chiefeſt.,
Here is a certain fpecies of Pullets, in the woods,
which the Spaniards call by the Name of Pin-
tadas, the which the Inhabitants find without
any diſtinction, to be as good, as thoſe
which are bred in houſes. It is already known
unto every body, that the Parrots which we Parrots,
have in Europe, are tranſported, unto us, from
theſe parts of the World. From whence may
be inferred, that ſeeing ſuch a number of theſe
talkative Birds, are preſerved among us, not-
withſtanding the diverſity of climates,muchgrea-
ter multitudes are to be found, where the Air,
and temperament is natural unto them. The
Parrots make their Nefts in holes of Palmito trees
they build
which holes are before, made to their hand by their Nets
other Birds. The reafon is, for as much as they
are not capable of excavating any wood though
never ſo ſoft, as having their own bills too crook-
ed, and blunt. Hence provident nature hath
ſupplied chem with the labour, and induſtry of
another ſort of ſmall birds called Carpinteros, or Carpinters.
Carpinters. Theſe are no bigger then ſparrows,
yet notwithſtanding of ſuch hard and piercing
bills, that no iron inſtrument can be made more
apt to excavate any tree, though never ſo folid,
and hard. In the holes therefore fabricated be-
fore hand by thefe Birds, the Parrots get poffeffi- donna
I
on,
Parrots hope
Birds called

58
Bucaniers of America,
Soovi
on, and build their Nefts, as hath been ſaid.
Pigeons.
Pigeons of all fonts, are alcolhere, abun-
dantly provided, unto the Inhabitants, by hiin,
that created, in the beginning, i and provided
all things. For eating of them, thoſe of this
Illand, obferve the ſame feafons, we ſaid before,
ſpeaking of the Iſle of Tortuga. Betwixt the
Pigeons of both Hands little or no difference
is obſervable ; only that theſe of Hiſpaniola,
are ſomething fatter, and bigger, then thoſe.
Another fort of ſmall Birds, here are called
Cabreres Cabreros, or Goat-keepers. Theſe are very like
unto others called Heronſetas, and do chiefly
feed upon Crabs of the Sea. In theſe Birds
are found feven diſtinct bladders of Gall, and
hence their fleſh is as bitter unto the taſte, as
Crows,
Aloes. Crows or Ravens, more troubleſome un-
to the Inhabitants, than ufeful, do here make
a hideous noife, through the whole circum-
ference of the Hand. Their ordinary food is
the fleſh of Wild-Dogs, or upon the Carcaf-
fes of thoſe Beaſts, the Bucaniers kill and throw
away. Theſe clamorous Birds do no ſooner
hear the report of a fowling piece, or mus-
ket, but they gather from all ſides, into whole
flocks, and fill the Air and Woods, with their
unpleaſant Notes. They are in nothing diffe-
rent from thofe, we fee, in Europe.
It is now high time, to ſpeak of the French
French Na Nation, who inhabite a great part of this I-
tion in theſe
fland
arts.

Bucaniers of America.
59
fland. VVe have told, at the beginning of this
Book, after what manner, they came at firſt
into theſe parts. At preſent therefore, we
ſhall only deſcribe their manner of living, cu
ftoms, and ordinary employments. The diffe-
rent callings or profeffions, they follow ,
are generally, but three : Either to hunt, or
plant, or elſe to rove on the Sea in quality
of Pirats. It is a general, and ſolemn cuſtom
amongſt them all, to ſeek out for a Comrade,
or Companion, whom we may call Partner,
in their fortunes, with whom, they joyn
the whole flock of what they poffefs, towards
a mutual, and reciprocal gain. This is done
alſo by Articles drawn, and ſigned on both
fides ; according to what hath been agreed
between them. Some of theſe conſtitute their
furviving companion, abſolute heir unto
what is left, by the Death of the firſt of the
two. Others, if they be married, leave their
cftates unto their Wives and Children; others
unto other Relations. This being done, every
one applieth himſelf unto his calling ; which
is always one of the three aforementio
ned.
noticebo ob zbira
ei The Hunters are again ſubdivided, into two
ſeveral forts. For ſome of theſe are, only
given to hunt wild-Bulls,and Cows, others only
hunt Wild-Bores, -The firft of theſe two forts,
of Hunters , are called Bucaniers. Theſe not
long
Bucaniers.
I 2

6o?
Bucaniers of America.
long ago, were about the number of ſix hun-
dred upon this Iſland; but at preſent, there
are not reckoned to be above three hundred
more or leſs
. The cauſe hath been, the great
decreaſe of wild Cattle, through the domini-
ons of the French in Hiſpaniola; which hath
appeared to be ſo notable, that far from getting
any conſiderable gain, they at preſent are buc
poor, in this exerciſe. When the Bucaniers
go into the Woods, to hunt for wild Bulls ,
and Cows, they commonly, remain there,
the ſpace of a whole twelve month, or two
years, without returning home. After the
hunt is over, and the fpoil divided among
them, they commonly fail ur to the Ifle of
Tortuga, there to provide themſelves with Guns,
Powder, Bullets, and ſmall ſhot, with all o-
ther neceſſaries, againſt another going out, or
hunting. The reſt of their gains they ſpend
with great liberality, giving themſelves freely
unto all manner of vices, and debauchery.
Among which the firſt is that of drunkenneſs,
which they exerciſe, for the moſt part, with
Brandy. This they drink as liberally, as the
Spaniards do clear fountain Water. Some-
times they buy together a Pipe of Wine; this
they ſtave at the one end, and never ceaſe
drinking till they have made an end of it.
Thus they celebrate the Feſtivals of Bacchus
ſo long as they have any mony left. Nei-
ther

Bucaniers of Amerca.
61
ther do they forget at the ſame time the God-
defs Venus ; for whoſe beaſtly delights they
find more women, then they can make uſe of.
For all the Tavern keepers and Strumpets, wait
for the coming of theſe lewd Bucaniers, even
after the ſame manner, that they do at Amſter-
dam, for the arrival, of the Eaſt-India Fleet,
at the Texel. The faid Bucaniers are hugely
cruel, and tyrannical towards their Servants.
Inſomuch, that commonly theſe had rather be
Gally-flaves in the Streights, or faw Braſil-
wood, in the Raſp-houſes of Holland, then ſerve
ſuch barbarous maſters.
The ſecond ſort of Hunters hunt nothing
elſe, but Wild-bores. The fleſh of theſe they
falt, and being thus preſerved from corruption,
they fell it unto the Planters. Theſe Hunters
have alſo the ſame vicious cuſtoms of life, and
are as much addicted to all manner of de-
bauchery, as the former. But their manner of
hunting is quite different from what is practi-
ced in Europe. For theſe Bucaniers have certain
places, deſigned for hunting, where they live
for the ſpace of three or four months; and
ſometimes, though not often, a whole year.
Such places are called Deza Boulan ; and in theſe
with only the company of five, or fix friends,
who go along with them, they continue all the
time abovementioned, in mutual friendſhip.
The firſt Bucainers , we ſpoke of many times
inake
You

02
Bucaniers of America.
make an agreement with certain Planters, to
furniſh them with meat, all the whole year,
at a certain price. The payment hereof is of-
ten made with two or three hundred weight of
Tobacco, in the leaf. But the Planters com-
monly into the bargain, furniſh them likewiſe
with a Servant; whom they ſend to help. Un-
to the Servant they afford a fufficient quantity
of all neceſſaries for that purpofe, eſpecially of
powder, bullets, and fmall thot, to hunt with-
al. 70
The Planters began to cultivate, and plant
the Iſle of Tortuga, in the year 1598. The
firſt plantation was of Tobacco, the which
grew
to admiration; being likewiſe of very good
quality. Notwithſtanding, by reaſon of the ſmall
circumference of the Hiland, they were not
then able to plant but little. Eſpecially there
being many pieces of Land in that Ife, that
were not fit to produce Tobacco. They at-
tempted likewiſe to make Sugar, but by reaſon
of the great expences neceſſary to defray the
charges
, they could not bring it to any effect.
So that the greateſt part of the Inhabitants, as
we faid before, betook themſelves to the exerciſe
of hunting; and the remaining part unto that
of Piracy. At laſt the Hunters finding them-
felves ſcarce able to fubfift, by their firſt pro-
feſſion, began likewiſe to foek out lands that
might be rendred fit for culture; and in theſe
they
Bucaniers of America.
63

they alſo planted Tobacco. The firſt land, that
they chofe for this purpoſe, was Cal de Sac ;
whoſe territory extendeth towards the Southern
part of the Illand. This piece of gro'ind they
divided into ſeveral quarters, which were called,
the great Amea, Niep, Rochelois, the little Grave,
the great Grave, and the Augame. Here by little
and liccle, they increaſed fo much, that at
preſent, there are above two thouſand Planters, is nie die
ta
in thoſe fields. At the beginning, they endured
very much hardſhip; ſeeing that mean while they
were buried about their husbandry, they could
not go out of the Iſland, to ſeek proviſions.
This hardſhip was alſo increaſed by the neceſſi-
ty of grubbing, cutting down, burning; and
digging, whereby to extirpate the innumera-
ble roots of ſhrubs, and trees. For when the
French poſſeſſed themſelves of that Ifland, it
was wholly overgrown with Woods extream-
ly thick; theſe being only inhabited by an ex-
traordinary number of Wild-Bores. The me-
thod they took, to clear the ground was, to
divide themſelves into ſmall companies of two
or three perſons together, and theſe compa-
nies to feparate far enough from each other,
provided with a few hatchets, and fome quan-
tity of courſe provifion. With thefe things
they uſed to go into the Woods, and there
to build Huts for their habitation, only of a
few raſters, and boughs of trees. Their firft
bre
endeavour,

64
Bucaniers of America.
Totatos.
endeavour, was to root up the ſhrubs, and lit-
tle trees : Afterwards to cut down the great
ones. Theſe they gathered into heaps , with
their branches, and then ſet them on Fire ; ex-
cepting the roots, which laſt of all, they were
conſtrained to grub, and dig up after the beſt
manner, they could. The firſt feed, they com-
mitted to the ground, was Beans. Theſe in
The firſt fruit thoſe Countries, both ripen, and dry away, in
was Beans, the ſpace of fix Weeks.
The ſecond fruit, neceſſary unto humane
life, which here they tryed, was Potatos. Theſe
come not to perfection in leffer time, then
four, or five months. On theſe they moſt
commonly make their breakfaſts, every mor-
ning. They dreſs them no otherwiſe', then
boyling them in a kettle, with fair water. Af-
terwards they cover them with a cloath, for the
ſpace of half an hour ; by which manner of
drefiiing they become as ſoft as boyled Chef-
nutts. Of the faid Potatos, alſo they uſe to make
a drink, called Maiz. They cut them into ſmall
ſlices, and cover them with hot water. When
they are well imbib'd with water, they preſs
them through a courſe cloth; and the liquor ,
that cometh out, although ſomething thick,
they keep in veſſels, made for that purpoſe.
Here after ſetling two, or three days it begin-
nech to work; and having thrown off its lees,
is fit for drink. They ute it with great delight
and
Do sobre

Bucaniers of America. 65
and although the taſte hereof is ſomewhat
lower, yet is it very pleaſant, fubftantial, and
wholfom. The induſtry of this compoſition
is owing unto the Indians, as well as of many
others, which the ingenioſity of thoſe Barba-
rians cauſed them to invent, both for the pre-
fervation, and pleaſure of their own life.
The third fruit, the newly cultivated land af- Mandioca:
forded, was Mandioca, which the Indians, by
another name call Cazave. This is a certain
root which they plant ; but cometh not to per-
fection till after eight, or nine months; yea,
fometimes a whole year. Being throughly
ripe, it may be left in the ground, the ſpace
of eleven, or twelve months, without the leaſt
fufpition of corruption. But this time being
paſt, the faid roots muſt be converted unto uſe,
ſome way or another; otherwiſe they conceive
a total putrefaction. Of theſe roots of Caza-
ve, in thoſe Countries, is made a ſort of granu-
Jous flower or meal, extreamly dry, and
white,
which ſupplieth the want of common bread,
made of wheat ; whereof the fields are alto-
gether barren in that Ifand. For this purpoſe
they have in their houſes certain graters made
either of Copper or Tin, wherewith they grate
the aforementioned roots, even juſt as they
uſe to do Mirick in Holland. By the by, let
me tell you, Mirick is a certain root of a ve-
ry biting taft, not unlike unto ſtrong Muft-
K
ſtard,

66
Bucaniers of America,
very thin.
ſtard, wherewith they uſually make fauces
for fome forts of Filh. When they have gra-
ted as much Cazave roots, as will ſerve turn,
they put the gratings into bags, or facks,
made of courſe linnen, and preſs out all
the moiſture, until they remain very dry. Af-
terwards they pafs the gratings through a ſieve,
leaving them, after ſifting, very like unto ſaw-
duſt. "The meal being thus prepared, they lay
it upon planches of iron, which are made ve-
ry hot, upon which it is converted into a fort
of Cakes thin. Theſe Cakes are after
wards placed in the Sun, upon the tops of hou-
fes, where they are throughly, and perfectly
dryed. And Icaſt they ſhould loſe any part of
their meal, what did not paſs the fieve, is
made up into rowles, five or ſix inches thick.
Theſe are placed one upon another, and left
in this poſture , until they begin to corrupt.
Of this corrupted matter, they make a liquor,
by them called Veycou, which they find very
excellent, and certainly is not inferiour unto
our Engliſh beer.
Bananas are likewiſe another fort of fruit, of
which is made another excellent liquor, which
both in ſtrength, and pleaſantneſs of taſt
, máy
be compared unto the beſt wines of Spain.
But this liquor of Bananas, as it eaſily cauſeth
drunkennels, in ſuch as uſe it immode-
rately, fo doth it likwiſe, very frequently, in-
flame
Bananis.

Bucaniers of Amerca.
67
quench thirt.
Manner of
flame the throat, and produce dangerous di.
feaſes in that part. Guines agudos is alſo ano- Guines agu-
ther fruit, whereof they make drink. But this dos,
fort of liquour is not ſo ſtrong, as the pre-
cedent. Howbcit both the one, and the other,
are frequently mingled with water, thereby to
(After they had cultivated thefe plantations,
and filled them with all ſorts of roots, and fruts
neceſſary for humane life, they began to plant planting To-
Tobacco ; for trading. The manner of planting bacce.
this frequent commodity is, as followeth. They
make certain beds of carth, in the field ; no lar-
ger then of twelve foot ſquare. Theſe beds
they cover very well with Palmite-leaves, to
the intent, the rays of the Sun, may not touch
the earth wherein Tobacco is ſowed. They water
them likewiſe, when it doth not rain, as we do
our Gardens in Europe. When it is grown a-
bout the bigneſs of young lettuce, they tranf-
plant it into itreight lines, which they make in
other ſpacious fields; ſetting every plant at
the diſtance of three foot, from each other.
They obſerve likewiſe, the fitteſt ſeaſons of the
year for theſe things; which are commonly
from January, until the end of March ; theſe
being the Months, wherein moſt rains do fall
in thoſe countries. Tobacco ought to be weed-
ed very carefully, ſeeing the leaſt root of a-
ny other Herb, coming near it, is ſufficient to
osh
hinder site
K 2

68 Bucaniers of America.
hinder it's growth. When it is grown to the
heighth of one foot and a hialf, or thereabouts,
they cut off the tops, thereby to hinder the
ſtalks and leaves, from ſhooting too high up-
wards, to the intent the whole plant may re-
ceive greater ſtrength from the earth, which
affordeth unto it all it's vigour, and taſte. Mean
while it ripeneth, and cometh to full per-
fection, they prepare in their houſes certain a-
partments of fifty, or threeſcore foot in length,
and thirty, or forty, in breadth. Theſe they
fill with branches of trees, and rafters, and
upon them lay the green Tobacco to dry
When it is throughly dryed, they ſtrip off the
leaf from the ſtalks, and cauſe it to be rowled
up by certain people, who are employed in this
work, and no other. Unto theſe they afford,
for their labour, the tenth part of what they
Property of make up into Rowles
. This property is pe-
the Tobaeco- culiar unto Tobacco, which therefore I ſhall
plast,
not omit, that if while it is yet in the grounds
the leaf be pulled off from the ſtalk, it ſprou-
teth again, no leſs then four times in one
year. Here I ſhould be glad to give an ac-
count alſo of the manner of making Sugar ,
Indigo, and Gimbes ; but ſeeing theſe things
are not planted in thoſe parts, whereof we now
ſpeak, I have thought fit to paſs them over in
ſilence.
Sabjection of The French Planters, of the Iſle of Hif-
the planters of
Hiſpaniola.
paniola

Bucaniers of America.
69
paniola have always unto this preſent time been
ſubject unto the Governours of Tortuga. Yet
this obedience hath not been rendred, with-
out much reluctancy, and grudging, on their
fide. In the year 1664, the Weſt-India Com-
pany of France laid the foundations of a Colony
in Tortuga; under which Colony the Planters
of Hiſpaniola were comprehended, and nam-
ed, as ſubjects thereunto. This Decree dif-
guſted the ſaid Planters very much, they taking
it very ill to be reputed Subjects unto a private
Company of men, who had no authority to
make them fo. Eſpecially being in a Country,
which belonged not unto the dominions of
the King of France. Hereupon they reſolved,
to work no longer, for the ſaid Company.
And this reſolution of theirs was fufficient to
compel the Company to a total diſſolution
of the Colony. But at laſt the Governour of
Tortuga, who was pretty well ſtock’t with Plan-
ters, conceiving he could, more eaſily, force
them, then the Weſt-India Company, found
an invention whereby to draw them unto his
obedience. He promiſed them he would put
off their feveral forts of Merchandize , and
cauſe ſuch returns to be made, in lieu of their
goods from France, as they ſhould beſt like.
Withal, he dealt with the Merchants under
hand, that all Ships whatſoever, ſhould come
configned unto him, and no perſons ſhould
enter-

70
Bucaniers of America.
First arrival
entertain any correſpondence with thoſe Plan-
ters of Hiſpaniola ; thinking thereby to evite
many inconveniences, and compel them
through neceſſity, and want of all things, to
obey. By theſe means, he not only obtained
the obedience he deſigned from thoſe people;
but alſo that ſome Merchants
, who had pro-
miſed to deal with them, and viſit them,
now and then, no longer did it.cdnl as , ba
of the river Notwithſtanding, what hath been ſaid, in the
landers at year 1669, two Ships from Holland hap-
Hiſpaniola. pened to arrive at the Iſle of Hiſpaniola, with
all forts of Merchandize, neccflary in thoſe
parts. With theſe Ships preſently the Plan-
ters aforcfaid reſolved to deal, and with the
Dutch Nation for the future, thinking hereby
to withdraw their obedience from the Gover-
nour of Tortuga , and by fruſtrating his de-
ſigns, revenge themſelves of what they had
The Planters endured under his Government. Not long
after the arrival of the Hollanders, the Go-
vernour of Tortuga came to viſit the Planta-
tion of Hiſpaniola, in a veſſel very well arm’d.
But the Planters not only forbid him to come
a ſhore, but with their guns, alſo forced him
to weigh anchor, and retire faſter then he
came. Thus the Hollanders began to trade
with theſe people for all manner of things.
But ſuch Relations and friends as the Gover-
nour had in Hiſpaniola , uſed all the endea-
Rebel.
yours
Bucaniers of America.
71

vours they were capable of, to impede the
commerce. This being underſtood by the Plan-
ters, they ſent them word, that in caſe they
lay'd not aſide their artifices, for the bindrance of
the commerce, which was began with the Hollan-
ders, they ſhould every one aſſuredly, be torn in
peices. Moreover to oblige farther the Höl-
landers; and contemn the Governour, and
his party, they gave greater ladings unto the
two Ships, then they could deſire, with many
gifts, and preſents , unto the Officers, and
Mariners ; whereby they ſent them very well
contented to their own Country. The Hol-
landers came again, very punctually, accor-
ding to their promiſe, and found the Planters were
under a greater indignation then before, a.
gainſt the Governour. Either becauſe of the
great fatisfaction they had already conceived
of this commerce with the Dutch, or that by
their means they hoped to ſublift by then-
felves, without any further dependance upon
the French Nation. However it was fud.
dainly after, they ſet up another reſolution
ſomething more ſtrange; then the precedent.
The Tenor hereof was ; that they would go They reſolve
unto the Iſland of Tortuga, and cut the Go- to kill the
-
vernour in peices. Hercupen they gathered Governouera.
together, as many Canow's as they could, and
fet fail from Hiſpaniola, with deſign, not on-
ly to kill the Governour, but alio to poffefs
Dnir
them-

172
Bucaniers of America.
The Govera
themſelves of the whole Iſland. This they
thought, they could more eaſily perform, by
reaſon of all neceſſary aſſiſtance, which they
beleived would at any time, be ſent them from
Holland. By which means, they were already
determined in their minds, to erect themſelves
into a new Commonwealth, independent of the
Crown of France. But no ſooner had they be-
gan this great revolution of their little State,
when they received news of a war declared be-
tween the two Nations in Europe. This
wrought fuch a confternation in their minds,
as cauſed them to "give over that enterprize,
and retire without attempting any thing.
In the mean while the Governour of Tor-
norer craveth tuga ſent into France, for aid towards his own
ſecurity, and the reduction of thoſe people,
"unto their former obedience. This was grant-
ed him, and two men of war were fent unto
Tortuga with orders, to be at his commands.
Having received ſuch a conſiderable ſupport,
he ſent them very well equipped, unto the
Iſle of Hiſpaniola. Being arrived at the place,
they landed part of their forces, with a deſign
to force the people, to the obedience of whom
they much hated in their hearts. But the
Planters ſeeing the arrival of thoſe two Fri-
gats, and not being ignorant of their deſign,
fed into the woods; abandoning their houſes
and many of their goods, which they left be-
aid from the
Crown of
France.
hind.

Bucaniers of America. 73
hind. Theſe were immediately rifled, and
burnt, by the French without any compaſſion,
nor ſparing the leaſt Cottage they found. Af-
terwards the Governour began to relent in his
anger ; and let them know, by fome meſſen-
gers, that in caſe they would return unto his obe-
dience ; he would give ear unto fome accomodation
tion betwixt them. Hercupon the Planters, The Planters
finding themſelves deftitute of all human re- Surrender.
leif, and that they could expect no help from
any ſide ; furrendred unto the Governour up-
on Articles, which were made and ſigned on
both fides. But there were not too ſtrictly ob-
ſerv'd; for he commanded two of the cheifeſt
among them to be hanged. The refidue were
pardon'd; and withal he gave them free leave,
to trade with any Nation, whatſoever they found
moſt fit for their purpoſe
. With the grant of
this liberty, they began to recultivate their
Plantations, which gave them an huge quanti-
ty of very good Tobacco ; they ſelling year-
ly to the fumm of twenty or thirty, thou-
fand rowls.
In this Country the Planters have but very
few flaves. For want of which, they them-
ſelves, and ſome ſervants they have, are con-
ſtrained to do all the drudgery. Theſe Ser-
vants commonly oblige and bind themſelves
unto their Mafters , for the ſpace of three
years. But their Maſters forſaking all conſci-
DOO
L
ence,
80

74 Bucaniers of America.
ence and juſtice, oftentimes traffick with their
bodies, as with horſes at a Fair ; felling them
unto other Maſters, even juſt as they fell Ne-
gro's , brought from the coaſt of Guinea.
Yea, to advance this Trade, fome perſons there
are, who go purpoſely into France, (the ſame
Kid-nappers. happeneth in England, and other countries,
and Travelling through the Cities, Towns,
and Villages, endeavour to pick up young
men, or boys, whom they tranſport, by ma-
king them great promiſes. Theſe, having once
allured and convey'd them into the lilands,
I ſpeak of, they force to worklike horſes; the
toil they impofe upon them, being much har-
der, then what they uſually enjoyn unto the
Negro's , their ſlaves. For theſe they endea-
vour, in ſome manner to preſerve , as being
their perpetual bond-men but as for their
White Servants, they care not whether they
live or die, ſeeing they are to continue no lon-
ger then three years in their ſervice. Theſe
miſerable kidnapt people, are frequently ſub-
ject unto a certain diſeaſe, which in thoſe
parts, is called Coma; being a total privation
of all their ſenſes. And this diſtemper is
judged to proceed from their hard uſage, to-
gether with the change of their native climate
into that which is directly oppoſite. Often-
times it happeneth, that among theſe tranf-
ported people, ſuch are found as are perſons of
good
23

Bucaniers of America. 75
good quality, and tender education. And
theſe being of a Softer conſtitution, are more
ſuddainly ſurprized with the diſeaſe above-
mentioned, and with ſeveral others belong-
ing to thoſe Countries, then thofe who have
harder bodies, and have been brought up to
all manner of fatigue. Beſides the hard uſage
they indure, in their dyet, apparel, and repoſe;
many times they beat them fo cruelly, that
ſome of them fall down dead, under the
hands of their cruel Maſters. This I have of-
ten ſeen with my own eyes, not without great
grief and regret. Of many inſtances of this
nature, I ſhall only give you the following
Hiſtory, as being ſomthing more remarkable,
in its circumſtances
It happened that a certain Planter of thoſe
Cruelty of a
Countries, exerciſed ſuch cruelty towards one Planter to-
of his Servants, as caufed him to run away. Servant.
Having abſconded for ſome days in the woods
from the fury of his tyrannical Mafter, at laſt
he was taken, and brought back to the do-
minion of this wicked Pharao. No ſooner had
he
got
him into his hands, but he comman-
ded him to be tyed unto a tree. Here he
gave
him ſo many laſhes upon his nacked back, as
made his body run an entire ſtream of gore
blood, embruing therewith the ground about
the Tree. Afterwards to make the ſmart of
his wounds the greater, he anointed them with
juice
wards his
L 2

76
Bucaniers of America.
juyce of Lemmon mingled with ſalt and pepper,
being grounded ſmall together. In this miſer-
able poſture, he left him, tyed unto the tree,
for the ſpace of four and twenty hours. Theſe
being paſt, he commenc'd his puniſhment a-
gain, laſhing him as before, with ſo much cru-
elty, that the miſerable wretch, under this
torture, gave up the ghoſt, with theſe dying
words in his mouth : 1 beſeech the Almighty
God, Creator of beaven and earth, that he permit
the wicked Spirit, to make thee feel as many
torments, before thy death, as thou haft cauſed me
to feel before mine. A ſtrange thing and wor-
thy all aſtoniſhment, and admiration! Scarce
three or four days were paſt, after this hor-
rible fact, when the Almighty Judge, who
had heard the clamours of that tormented
Toy wretch, gave permiſſion unto the author of
W chwickedneſs, ſuddainly to poſſeſs the body of
that barbarous and inhumane Amirricide, who
tormented him unto death. Inſomuch that
thoſe tyrannical hands wherewith he had pu-
niſhed to death his innocent Servant, were the
tormentours of his own body. For with
them after a miſerable manner ,
he did beat
himſelf, and laccrate his own fleſh, till he
loſt the very ſhape of man, which nature had
given him ; not ceaſing to howl, and cry
without any reſt, either by day or night. Thus
he continued to do, until he died, in that con-
dition

Bucaniers of America.
77
dition of raving madneſs, wherein he ſurren--
dred his Ghoſt unto the fame ſpirit of dark-
nefs, who had tormented his body. Many
other examples of this kind, I could rehearſe,
but theſe not belonging unto our preſent diſ-
courſe, I ſhall therefore omit them.
The Planters that inhabit the Cariby Iſlands in the Cari-
are rather worfer, and more cruel unto their by Iſlands
Servants, then the precedent. In the Ifle of worse
Saint Chriſtopher dwelleth one, whoſe name is
Betteſa, very well known among the Dutch
Merchants, who hath killed above an hundred
of his Servants, with blows and ſtrips. The
Engliſh do the ſame with their Servants. And
the mildeſt cruelty they exerciſe towards them,
is, that when they have ferved ſix years of their
time (the years they are bound for among the
Engliſh , being ſeven compleat ) they uſe
them with ſuch cruel hardſhip, as forceth
them to beg of their Maſters to ſell them unto
others, although it be to begin another ſer-
vitude of ſeven years; or at leaſt three or four.
I have known many who after this manner,
ſerved fifteen, and twenty years, before they
could obtain their freedom. Another thing The Engliſh
very rigorous among that Nation, is a Law in uſe to ſell one
thoſe Illands, whereby if any man oweth unto another for
another above five and twenty ſhillings, Engliſh
mony, in caſe he cannot pay, he is liable to be
fold for the ſpace of fix or eight months.
I

78
Bucaniers of America.
I shall not trouble the patience of my Reader,
any longer with relations of this kind, as be-
longing unto another ſubject, different from
what I have propoſed to my felf in this hiftory.
Whereupon I ſhall take my beginning; from
hence, to deſcribe the famous actions and ex-
ploits, of the greateſt Pirates, of my time, du-
ring my reſidence in thoſe parts. Theſe I ſhall
endeavour to relate without the leaſt note of
paflion or partiality; yea , with that candor
which is peculiar both to my mind and ſtile.
Withal certifying my Reader, I ſhall give him
no ſtories taken from others, upon truſt or
hearſay ; but only thoſe enterpriſes , unto
which I was my ſelf an eye witneſs.
SMO
CHA P. VI.
Of the Origen of the most famous Pirates,
of the coaſts of America. A notable
exploit of Pierre le Grand,
VIS
have told you in the precedent Chapters
of this Book, after what manner I was
compell’d to adventure my life, among the
Pirates of America. Unto which fort of men,
I think
my
felf obliged to give this name, for
no

Bucaniers of America. 79
no other reaſon, but that they are not main-
tained, or upheld in their actions, by any So-
veraign Prince. For this is certain, that the
Kings of Spain, have upon ſeveral occaſions, The King of
ſent, by their Emballadours, unto the Kings plaineth a.
of France and England, complaining of the mo- gainſt the
leftations and troubles, thoſe Pirates did often l'irates.
cauſe upon the coaſts of America.
; even in the
calm of Peace. Unto whoſe Embaſſadours, it
hath always been anſwered: That ſuch men did
not commit thoſe acts of hoſtility and Piracy, as
ſubje&ts unto their Majeſties; and therefore his
Catholick. Majeſty might proceed againſt them ac-
cording as he ſhould find fit. The King of France
beſides what hath been ſaid, added unto this
anſwer: That he had no fortreſs nor Caftle, upon:
the Iſle of Hiſpaniola ; neither did he receive
one farthing of tribute from thence. Moreover
the King of England adjoyned : That he had
never given any Patents, or Commiſſions, unto thoſe
of Jamaica, for committing any hoſtility againſt
the ſubječts of his Catholick Majeſty. Neither
did he only give this bare anſwer, but alſo out
of his Royal deſire to pleaſure the Court of
Spain, recalled the Governour of Jamaica ,
placing another in his room. All this was not
fufficient to prevent the Pirates of thofe parts
from acting what miſchief they could to the
contrary. But before I commence the relation
of their bold and infolent actions, I ſhall fay fom
thing

80
Bucaniers of America.
The riſe of
Pierre le
Grand.
thing of their Origen, and moſt common ex-
erciſes; as alſo of the chiefeſt among them ,
and their manner of arming, before they go
out to Sea.
The firſt Pyrate, that was known upon the
Iſland of Tortuga, was named Pierre le Grand,
or Peter the Great. He was born at the Town of
Diep in Normandy. That action which ren-
dred him famous, was his taking of the Vice-
Admiral of the Spaniſh Flota, nigh unto the
Cape of Tiburon, upon the Weſtern ſide, of the
Iſland of Hiſpaniola. This bold exploit he
performed alone with one only boat; where-
in he had eight and twenty perſons, no more
to help him. What gave occaſion unto this
enterprize, was that until that time, the Spani-
ards had paſſed, and repaſſed, with all fecuri-
ty, and without finding the leaſt oppoſition,
through the Channel of Bahama. So that
Pierre le Grand fet out to Sea, by the Caycos,
where he took this great Ship, with almoſt all
facility imaginable. The Spaniards they found
aboard, were all ſet on Shore, and the Veffel
preſently fent into France. The manner how
this undaunted Spirit attempted, and took,
fuch an huge Ship, I ſhall give you out of the
Journal of a true, and faithful Author, in the
fame words, I read them. The Boat, faith he,
of Pierre le wherein Pierre le Grand was, with his compani-
ons had now been at Sea, a long time, without
Bold attempt
Grand,
find-
.. Bucaniers of America.
81

j
finding any thing, according to his intent of Pi-
racy, Jutable to make a prey. And now their pro-
viſions beginning to fail, they could keep them-
ſelves no longer upon the Ocean ; or they muſt of
neceſſity ſtarve. Being almoſt reduced to deſpair,
they eſpyed a great Ship, belonging unto the Spa-
niſh Flota , which had ſeparated from the reſt.
This bulkey Veſſel they reſolved to ſet upon; and
take or die in the attempt. Hereupon they
made ſail towards her, with deſign to view her
forength. And although they judged the veſſel
to be far above their forces, yet the covetouſneſs of
ſuch a prey, and the extremity of fortune, they
were reduced unto, made them adventure upon ſuch
an enterprize. Being now come ſo near that they
could not eſcape without danger of being all killed,
the Pirates joyntly made an oath unto their Cap-
tain Pierre le Grand, to behave themſelves cou-
ragiouſly in this attempt, without the leaſt fear or
fainting. True it is, that theſe Rovers had concei-
ved an opinion, they ſhould find the Ship unpro-
vided to fight; and that through this occafion they
Should maſter her by degrees. It was in the dusk
of the Evening, or ſoon after when this great a&ti-
on was performed. But before it was begun, they
gave orders unto the Chirurgeon of the boat, to bore
a hole i'tl' fides thereof; to the intent that their
own Veſſel ſinking under them, they might be com-
pelled to attack more vigorouſly, and endeavour
more haſtily to run aboard the great ship. This
M SILIA
was

82
... Bucaniers of America.
was performed accordingly; and without
any other arms then a Piſtol in one of their hands,
and a Sword in the other, they immediately clim-
bed up the ſides of the Ship, and ran altogether into
the great Cabin ; where they found the Captain,
with ſeveral of his companions, playing at Cards.
Here they ſet a Piſtol to his breaſt, commanding
him to deliver up the Ship unto their obedience.
The Spaniards ſeeing the Pirates aboard their
Ship, without ſcarce having ſeen them at Sea,
cryed out, 'Jeſus bleſs us ! Are theſe Divels, or
what are they? In the mean while, ſome of them
took poſſeffion of the Gun room, and ſeized the arnis
and Military affairs they found there ; killing as
many of the Ship, as made any oppoſition. By
which means the Spaniards preſently were compel-
led to ſurrender. That very day the Captain of
the Ship; had been told, by ſome of the Seamen,
that the boat, which was in view cruzing, was a
boat of Pirates. Onto whom the Captain flighting
their advice, made anſwer: “What then? Muſt I
be afraid of ſuch a pittiful thing, as that is
No, Nor though ſhe were a Ship as big, and as
'ſtrong as mine is. As foon as Pierre Le Grand
had taken this Magnificent prize, he detained in:
his ſervice, as many of the common Seamen, as he
hadneed
of, and the reſt he ſet on fbore. This being
done, he immediately, ſet ſail for France, carrying
with him all the riches, he found in that huge Veſſel:
I bere be continued ; withcut ever returning unto the
parts of America.
The
Bucaniers of America. 83

The Planters and Hunters'; of the Ife of The Inhabi-
Tortuga, had no fooner underſtood this happy tuga begin to
event, and the rich prize thoſe Pirates had ob- follom Páracy
tained, but they reſolved to follow their ex-
ample. Hereupon many of them, left their
ordinary exerciſes, and common imploys,
and uſed what means they could, to get
either
Boats or ſmall Veſſels, wherein to exerciſe Pi-
racy. But being not able either to purchaſe or
build them at Tortuga, at laſt they reſolved to
fet forth in their Canows, and ſeek them elle-
where. With theſe therefore, they cruzed at
firſt upon Cape de Alvarez, whereabouts the
Spaniards uſe much to trade from one City to
another, in ſmall boats. In theſe they carry
Hides, Tobacco, and other commodities, unto
1901 70
the Port of Havana; which is the Metropolis
of that Iſland ; and unto which the Spaniards
from Europe do frequently reſort. qui
2 Here abouts it was, that thoſe Pirates at the They take a
beginning, took a great number of Boats, la- great number
den with the aforefaid commodities. Theſe of Boats.
boats they uſed to carry to the Ife of Tortuga,
and there fell the whole purchaſe unto the
Ships that waited in the Port for their return,
or accidentally happened to be there. With
the gains of theſe prizes, they provided them-
felves with neceffaries, wherewithal to under-
take other voyages. Some of theſe voyages
were made towards the coaſt of Campeche, and
others
M 2

84
Bucaniers of America.
others, towards that of New-Spain. In both
10 To which places the Spaniards at that time, did
canis dan frequently exerciſe much commerce, and trade.
Upon thoſe coaſts, they commonly found great
number of trading veſſels , and many times
ſhips of great burthen. Two of the biggeſt
of theſe veſſels
, and two great ſhips, which the
Spaniards had laden with plate, in the Port of
Campeche, for to go unto Caracas, they took
in leſs then a months time, by cruzing to and
fro. Being arrived at Tortuga with theſe prizes,
and the whole people of the Illand, admiring
their progreſſes, eſpecially that withiri the ſpace
of two years, the riches of the Country, were
much increaſed, the number alſo of Pirates did
The number augment ſo faſt, that from theſe beginnings,
within a little ſpace of time, there were to be
increaſeth.
numbered in that ſmall Iſland and Port, above
twenty ſhips of this ſort of people. Hereupon
the Spaniards not able to bear their Robberies
med noen dun any longer, were conſtrained to put forth to
Sea two great Men of War, both for the de-
fence of their own coaſts, and to cruze upon the
enemies, Slobu plodu ons
bris
Go Olot od ni batin usb aqida
diw prb od or Boronas linnobioos no
mostly bobivon vos con obrado ning or
- abusos Indiwoodw , 2017 door biovo)
29 SVoV sodo lo omo OTOY
CHAP
brit rödvoje 3 do fino grlo abismos abort Gravid
ayonuo
of Pirates

Bucaniers of America.
85
B!
their bestsa
CHAP. VII.
PY
After what manner the Pirates arm their
Veſſels, and bom they regulate their
Voyages.
Efore the Pirates go out to Sea, they give How :be Pis
notice unto every one, that goeth upon rates arm
the voyage, of the day on which they ought
preciſely to imbarque. Intimating alſo unto
them, their obligation of bringing each man
in particular, ſo many pound of powder, and
bullet, as they think neceſſary for that expedi-
tion. Being all come on board, they joyn
together in Council, concerning what place
they ought firſt to go unto, wherein to get pro-
vifions? Eſpecially of fleſh : ſeeing they ſcarce
eat any thing elſe. And of this the
moſt com- nary food.
mon fort among them is Pork. The next
food is Tortoiſes, which they uſe to ſalt a little.
Sometimes they reſolve to rob ſuch, or ſuch
Hog-yards ; wherein the Spaniards often have
a thouſand heads of Swine together. They
come unto theſe places in the dark of the
night, and having beſet the Keepers lodge, they
force hiin to riſe, and give them as many.
heads, as they deſire 3. threatning withal to
kill
Their erdia
LONDO

86
Bucaniers of America.
ху опе. .
kill him in cafe he diſobeyeth their commands,
or maketh any noiſe. Yea, theſe menaces are
oftentimes, put in execution, without giving
any quarter unto the miſerable Swine keep-
ers, or any other perſon, that endeavoureth
to hinder their Robberies.
Having gotten proviſions of fleſh, fufficient
for their Voyage, they return unto their Ship.
Here their allowance, twice a day, unto eve-
Their allow- ry one, is as much as he can eat; without
ance unfo eve- either weight, or meaſure. Neither doth the
Steward of the Veſſel give any greater pro-
portion of fleſh, or any thing elſe unto the
Captain, then unto the meaneſt Mariner.
The ſhip being well victualld, they call ano-
ther Council, to deliberate, towards what
place they ſhall go, to ſeek their deſperate
fortunes? In this Council, likewiſe they a-
Articles they gree upon certain Articles, which are put in
agree upon a- writing, by way of bond, or obligation, the
ncong, them- which every one is bound to obſerve, and
felves
all of them, or the chiefeſt, do ſet their hands
unto. Herein they ſpecifie, and ſet down ve-
ry diſtinctly, what fums of Mony cach par-
ticular perfon ought to have for that voyage.
The fond, of all the payments, being the com-
mon ſtock, of what is gotten, by the whole ex-
pedition ; for otherwile it is the ſame law a-
mong theſe people, as with other Pirates, no
prey, no pay. In the firſt place, therefore they
mention

Bucaniers of America.
87
Ster.
mention, how much the Captain ought to
have for his Ship. Next the ſalary of the
Carpenter, or Shipwright, who careen'd, men- Every piece
ded, and rigg'd the Veſſel. This common- of eight is an
lyamountech
unto one hundred, or an hundred bout 5s.
and fifty pieces of eight; being according to
the agreement, more or leſs. Afterwards for
proviſions and victualling, they draw out of
the fame common ſtock, about two hundred
pieces of eight. Alſo a competent falary for
the Chyrurgeon, and his Cheſt of Medicaments,
which uſually is rated at two hundred, or two
hundred and fifty pieces of eight. Laſtly
they ftipulate in writing, what recompence
or reward each one ought to have, that is ei-
ther wounded, or maimed in his body, fuf-
fering the loſs of any Limb, by that voyage.
Thus they order for the loſs of a right Arm,
fix hundred pieces of eight, or fix flaves: For
the loſs of a left Arm, five hundred pieces of
of eight, or five ſlaves : For a right leg, five
hundred pieces of eight, or five flaves: For
the left leg, four hundred pieces of eight,
or four flaves: For an eye, one hundred pie-
ces of eight, or one flave : For a Finger of
the hand, the ſame reward, as for the eye. All
which fums of Mony, as I have ſaid before,
are taken out of the capital fum, or common
ftock, of what is gotten by their Piracy. For a
very exact,and equal, dividend, is made of the
remain-

88
Bucaniers of America.
remainder, among them all. Yet herein they
have alſo regard unto qualities, and places.
Thus the Captain, or chief Commander, is al-
lotted five, or fix portions to what the ordi-
nary Seamen have. The Maſters-Mate, only
two: And other Officers proportionable to
their employ. After whom they draw equal
parts from the higheſt, even to the loweſt Ma-
riner ; the boys not being omitted. For even
theſe draw halfa ſhare ; by reaſon, that when
they happen to take a better Vefſel, than their
own, it is the duty of the Boys, to ſet fire
unto the Ship or boat, wherein they are, and
then retire unto the prize, which they have
taken
They obſerve among themſelves, very good
orders. For in the prizes they take, it is fe-
They are ved
my faithful verely prohibited, unto every one to uſurp any
among them- thing in particular , unto themſelves. Hence
felves.
all they take, is equally divided, according to
what hath been ſaid before. Yea, they make a
folemn Oath to each other, not to abſcond, or
conceal the leaſt thing they find amongſt the
prey. If afterwards any one is found unfaith-
ful, and that hath contraven'd the ſaid oath,im-
mediately he is ſeparated, and turned out of the
fociety. Among themſelves they are very civil
and charitable to each other. Infomuch, that
if any wanteth what another hath, with great
liberality, they give it one to another. As foon
as
Bucaniers of America.
89

as theſe Pirates have taken any i Prize of
Ship, or Boat , the firſt thing they en-
deavour is to fet on ſhore the priſoners ;
detaining only fome few for their own help,
and ſervice. Unto whom alſo they give their
liberty, after the ſpace of two or three years,
They put in very frequently for refreſhment, Where they
at one Iſland, or another. But more eſpecial- refreſh there
felves.
ly into thoſe which lie on the Southern fide of
of the Iſle of Cuba. Here they careen their vef-
fels, and ith mean while, ſome of them go to
hunt, others to cruze upon the Seas , in Ca-
nows, ſeeking their fortune. Many times they
take the poor Fiſhermen of Tortoiſes, and car-
rying them to their habitations, they make
them work ſo long , as the Pirates are plea-
fed.
In the ſeveral parts of America, are found Four Species
four diſtinct Species of Tortoiſes. The firſt of Tortoiſes,
hereof, are ſo great, that every one reacheth
to the weight of two or three thouſand pound,
The ſcales of the ſpecies, are ſo foft, as that
eaſily they may be cut with a knife. Yet theſe
Tortoiſes are not good to be eaten. The fe-
cond ſpecies is of an indifferent bigneſs and
are green in colour. The ſcales of theſe are
harder then the firſt; and this fort is of a very
pleaſant taft. The third is very little different
in ſize and bigneſs from the ſecond ; unleſs
that it hath the head ſomthing bigger. This
N
third
12

90
Bucaniers of America:
Tbeir eggs.
third ſpecies is called by the French Cavana,
and is not good for food. The fourth is na-
med Caret, being very like unto the Tor-
toiſes we have in Europe. This ſort keepeth
moſt commonly among the 'Rocks, from
whence they crawl out, to ſeek their food,
on which is for the greateſt part, nothing but Ap-
ples of the Sea. Thoſe other ſpecies, above-
mentioned, feed upon graſs, which groweth in
the water, upon the banks of the ſand. Thefe
banks or ſhelv's for their pleaſant green, do
here reſemble the delightful Meadows of the
Vnited Provinces. Their eggs are almoſt like
unto thoſe of the Crocodile ; but without any
fhell, being only covered with a thin mem-
brane, or film. They are found in ſuch pro-
digious quantities , along the ſandy ſhores of
thofe Countries, that were they not frequent-
ly deſtroyed by birds, the Sea would infinitely
abound with Tortoiſes.
olans
W bere they
Thefe Creatures have certain cuſtomary
jay them. places, whither they repair every year, to lay
their eggs. The chiefeft of theſe places, are
the three Iſlands called Caymanes, ſituated in the
altitude of twenty degrees, and fifteen minutes,
Northern latitude ; being at the diſtance of
five and forty leagues, from the Iſle of Cuba,
on the Northern fide thereof.
It is a thing much deſerving conſideration,
how the Tortoiſes can find out theſe Idands.
For

Bucaniers of America.
94
For the greateſt part of them come from the
Gulf of Honduras; diſtant from thence, the
whole ſpace of one hundred and fifty leagues.
Certain it is, that many times the ſhips ha- va 2011
ving loſt their altitude, through the darkneſs dt claimint
of the weather, have ſteered their courſe only
by the noiſe of the Tortoiſes , ſwimming that
way, and have arrived unto thoſe Illes. When
their ſeaſon of hatching is paft, they retire to-
wards the Illand of Cuba; where be many good
places that afford them food. But the mean while
they are at the Iſlands of Caymanes , they eat
very little or nothing. When they have been
about the ſpace of one month in the Seas of
Cuba, and are grown fat, the Spaniards go out and
to fiſh for them; they being then to be taken in
ſuch abundance, that they provide with them
fufficiently, their Cities, Towns and Villages.
Their manner of taking them is, by making The manner
with a great nail a certain kind of dart. This of fiſhing for
they fix at the end of a long ſtick, or pole ; Tortoiſes.
with which they wound the Tortoiſes, as with
a dagger, whenfoever they appear above water,
to breath freſh air. bns 2001995 svisvato obur
The Inhabitants of New-Spain, and Can-
peche, lade their principal forts of Merchandi-
fes, in Ships of great bulk; and with theſe
they exerciſe their commerce to and fro.. The
veſſels from Campeche in winter time, ſet out
towards Caracas, Trinity Iſles, and that of Mar-
ention
garita.
N 2

92
Bucaniers of America,
Pirates do
Cruze.
garita. For in Summer the winds are contrary
though very favourable to return unto Cam-
pechez as they uſe to do, at the beginning of
Places where that feaſon. The Pirates are not ignorant of
commonly the theſe times ; as being very dextrous in ſearch:
ing out all places, and circumſtances, moſt fut-
able to their deſigns. Hence in the places,
and feafons aforementioned, they cruze upon
the faid Ships, for fome while. But in caſe
they can perform nothing, and that fortune
doth not favour them with ſome prize, or 0-
ther, after holding a Council thereupon, they
commonly enterprize things very deſperate.
Of theſe their reſolutions I ſhall give you one
Pierre Fran. inſtance very remarkable. One certain Pirate;
whoſe name was Pierre Francois, or Peter Fran-
cis, happened to be a long time at Sea with his
boat, and fix and twenty perſons, waiting for
the Ships that were to return from Maracaibo
towards Campeche. Noc being able to find
any thing, nor get any prey, at laſt he reſolved
to direct his courſe to Rancherias, which is nigh
unto the River, called de la Plata, in the alti-
tude of twelve degrees, and a half Northern la-
titude. In this place lieth a rich Bank of Pearl,
to the fiſhery whereof they yearly fend from
Cartagena, a Fleet of a dozen veſſels with a man
of war, for their defence. Every Vefſel hach at
leaſt a couple of Negros in it, who are very dex-
trous in diving, even to the depth of ſix fa-
thoms,
cois.

Bucaniers of America.
93
choms, within the Sea ; whereabouts they
find good ſtore of Pearls. Upon this Fleet of
Veſſels though ſmall, called the Pearl Fleet
Pierre Francois reſolved to adventure ; rather
then go home with empty hands. They ridat
Anchor, at that time, at the mouth of the Ri-
ver de la Hacha; the Man of War being ſcarce He goetli unter
half a league diſtant, from the ſmall Ships ; Ha Hacha,
and the wind very calm. Having efpyed them and ſetter
in this poſture, he preſently pull'd down his napon a fleet of
Pearl-fiſhers.
fails, and rowed along the coaſt, diſſembling to
be a Spaniſh Veſſel, that came from Maracaibo,
and only paſſed that way. But no ſooner was
he come unto the Pearl bank; when fuddain-
ly he aſſaulted the Vice-admiral of the ſaid
fleet
, mounted with eight Guns, and three-
ſcore men well arm'd, commanding them to
ſurrender. But the Spaniards running to their
arms, did to what they could to defend them-
felves , fighting for ſome while.; till at laſt Hi taketh
they were conſtrained to ſubmit unto the Pia the Vice Ada
rate. Being thus poſſeſſed of the Vice-Admiral,
he refolved next to adventure with ſome other
ſtratagem, upon the Man of War; thinking
thereby to get ſtrength ſufficient, to maſter the
reſt of the Fleets. With this intent he preſently. And deſigns
funk his own Boat in the River, and putting eh againſt
forth the Spaniſh Colours, weighed Anchor, Wars
with a little wind, which then began to ſtir ;
having with promiſes, and menaces, compelled
moft:
miral.

94
Bucaniers of America.
moſt of the Spaniards, to affift him in his de-
ſign. But no ſooner did the Man of War
perceive one of his Fleet to ſet ſail, when
he did fo too; fearing leaſt, the Mariners
fhould have any deſign to run away, with the
Veſſel, and riches they had on board. This
cauſed the Pirates, immediately to give over
that dangerous enterprize, as thinking them-
dott bris felves unable to encounter force to force,
2013 with the ſaid Man of War,that now came againſt
them. Hereupon, they attempted to get out
of the River, and gain the open Seas, with
the riches they had taken ; by making as
much fail, as poſſibly the veſſel would bear.
This being perceived, by the Man of War,
he preſently gave them chace. But the Pi-
rates, having laid on too much fail
, and a guſt
They loſe
sber main- of wind ſuddainly ariſing, had their Main-
mat. maſt blown down by the board, which dif-
abled them from proſecuting their eſcape.
This unhappy event much encouraged
thoſe that were in the Man of War ; they ad-
Vancing , and gaining upon the Pirates
every moment. By which means at laſt they
were overtaken. But theſe notwithſtanding,
finding themſelves ſtill with two and twenty
perfons found, the reſt being either killed or
wounded, reſolved to defend themſelves fo
long as it were poflible. This they performed
very couragiouſly for ſome while, until being
Son
there-


,
BARTOLOMEW
OS
PORTUGUES,
Part. 1. Pagė.95.

Bucaniers of America.
95
cles.
thereunto forced by the Man of War, they They fueren-
were compelled to furrender. Yet was not der unto the
this done without Articles, which the Spani, man of Wdr
ards were glad to allow them, as followech.
That they ſhould not uſe them as ſlaves, for-
cing them to carry or bring ſtones, or em Upon Artin
ploying them in other labours, for three or
four years, as they commonly employ their
Negros. But that they ſhould ſet them on
ſhore, upon free land; without doing them
any harm in their bodies. Upon theſe Articles
they deliver'd themſelves, with all that they
had taken ; which was worth only in Pearls,
to the value of above one hundred thouſand
peices of eight , beſides the veſſel, proviſions,
goods
, and other things. All which being put
together, would have made unto this Pirate,
one of the greateſt prizes , he could deſire.
Which he had certainly obtained, had it not
been for the loſs of his Main-maſt, as was ſaid
before.
Another bold attempt , not unlike unto Barthoic.
that which I have related, nor leſs remarkable; mew Por-
I ſhall alſo give you at preſent. A certain tuguesa
Pirate , born in Portugal, and from the name
of his Country, called Bartholomew Portugues,
was cruzing in his Boat from Jamaica (where-
in he had only thirty men, and four ſmall
guns) upon the Cape de Corriente, in the I-
land of Cuba. In this place he met with a great
Thip,

96
Bucaniers of America.
ſhip, that came from Maracaibo, and Cartagena,
bound for the Havana, well provided , with
twenty great guns, and threeſcore and ten
Men, between paſſengers and Mariners. This
fhip he preſently aſſaulted, but found as ſtrong-
ly defended by them that were on board. The
The Pirate eſcaped the firſt encounter, reſol-
ving to attacque her more vigorouſly then be-
fore, ſeeing he had ſuſtained no great damage
hitherto. This reſolution of his, he boldly
performed , renewing his aſſaults fo often,
till that after a long and dangerous fight, he
a
great spa. became Maſter of the great Veffel
. The Por-
erigo Trip. tugues loft only ten men, and had four woun-
ded, fo that he had ſtill remaining twenty
fighting men, whereas the Spaniards had double
the ſame number. Having poffeffed them-
felves of ſuch a Ship, and the wind being con-
trary to return unto Jamaica, they refolved to
ſteer their courſe towards the Cape of Saint
Antony, (which lieth on the Weſtern ſide of
the Iſle of Cuba) there to repair themſelves,
and take in freſh water, of which they had
great neceſſity, at that time.
Being now very near unto the Cape
abovementioned, they unexpectedly met with
three great Ships , that were coming from
Is taken and New-Spain, and bound for the Havana. By
kofeth his li. theſe as not being able to eſcape, they were
eaſily retaken both Ship, and Pirates. Thus
they

Bucaniers of America.
97
they were all made priſoners, through the ſud-
dain change of fortune, and found themſelves
poor, opprefs'd, and ſtript of all the riches
they had purchaſed fo little before
. The Cargole
of this ship conſiſted in one hundred, and
twenty thouſand weight of Cacao-nuts, the
cheifeſt ingredient of that rich liquor called
Chocolate, and threefcore and ten thouſand
peices of eight. Two days after this misfor-
tune, there happened to ariſe an huge and
dangerous tempeſt, which largely ſeparated the
the Ships from one another. The great Ver
fel, wherein the Pirates were, arrived at Cam-
peche;where many conſiderable Merchants came
to falute , and welcom the Captain thereof.
Theſe preſently knew the Portugues Pirate,
as being him who had committed innumera-
ble exceffive infolences upon thoſe coaſts,
not only infinite Murthers and Robberies, Heis brought
but alſo lamentable incendiums, which thoſe of peche.
Campeche, ſtill preſerved very freſh in their
memory.
Hereupon the next day after their arrival,
the Magiſtrates of the City fent ſeveral of their
Officers, to demand and take into cuſtody,
the criminal priſoners , from on board the
ſhip, with intent to puniſh them, according
to their deſerts. Yet fearing leaſt the Cap-
tain of thoſe Pirates ſhould eſcape out of their
hands on ſhore (as he had formerly done,
O
being

98 Bucaniers of America.
lows.
being once their priſoner in the City before,)
they judgʻd it more convenient to leave him
ſafely guarded on board the Ship, for that
1s condemned preſent. In the mean while they cauſed a
29 the Galo Gibbet to be created, whereupon to hang him
the very next day, without any other form of
proceſs, then to lead him from the Ship, un-
to the place of puniſhment. The rumour of
this future tragedy , was preſently brought
unto Bartholomew Portugues his ears
, whereby
he fought all the means he could to eſcape
that night. With this deſign he took cwo ear-
then Jars, wherein the Spaniards uſually car-
ry wine from Spain unto the Weſt-Indies,
and ſtopp'd them very well ; intending to uſe
them for ſwimming, as thoſe, who are unskil-
ful in that art, do calabacas, a ſort of pumkins
in Spain; and in other places empty bladders.
Having made this neceſſary preparation, he wait-
ed for the night, when all ſhould be at ſleep;
He killeth his
Centry, and even the Centry that guarded him. But
eſcapeth. feeing he could not eſcape his vigilancy, he
ſecretly purchaſed a knife, and with the ſame
gave him ſuch a mortal ftab, as fuddainly
depriv'd him of life, and the poſſibility of ma-
king any noiſe. At that inſtant, he commit-
ted himſelf to Sea, with thoſe two earthen
jarrs aforementioned, and by their help
and ſupport, though never having learnd
to ſwim, he reached the ſhare.. Being arri-
ved

Bucaniers of America.
99
him in
ved upon land, without any delay, he took his
refuge in the Woods, where he hid himſelf for
three days, without daring to appear, nor eat-
ing any other food then wild herbs.
Thoſe of the City failed not the next day,
to make a diligent ſearch for him in the woods, They fecek
where they concluded him to be. This ſtrict vain.
enquiry Portugues had the convenience to e-
ſpy from the hallow of a Tree, wherein he lay
abfconded. Hence perceiving them to re-
turn without finding, what they fought for,
he adventur'd to ſally forth towards the coaſts,
called del Golfo trijie, forty leagues diſtant
from the City of Campeche. Hither he ar- He goeth to
rived within a fortnight after his eſcape from the coaſts of
the Ship. In which ſpace of time, as alſo Golfo trifte.
afterwards, he endured extream hunger, thirſt,
and fears, of falling again into the hands of
the Spaniards. For during all this journy he
had no other proviſion with him, then a ſmall
Calabaca, with a little water: Neither did he
eat any thing elſe, then a few ſhell fiſh, which
he found among the Rocks, nigh the Sea-
ſhore. Befides that, he was compelld to paſs
as yet fome Rivers, not knowing well to
ſwim. Being in this diſtreſs, he found an old
board, which the waves had thrown upon the
fhore, wherein did ſtick a few great nailes.
Theſe he took and with no ſmall labour, whet-
ted againſt a ſtone, until that he had made
02
them

100
Bucaniers of America.
tliem capable of cutting like unto knives, tho
very imperfectly. With theſe, and no better
inſtruments, he cut down fome branches of
Trees, the which with twigs , and Ofiers he
joyn’d together, and made as well as he could,
a boat, or rather a wafte, wherewith he waf-
ted over the Rivers. Thus he arrived finally
at the Cape of Golfo trifte, as was faid before ;
where he happened to find a certain Veſſel of
Pirates, who were great Comrades of his own,
and were lately come from Jamaica.
He getteth
Unto theſe Pirates, he inſtantly related all
there, a boat. his adverſities, and misfortunes. And withal
demanded of them, they would fit him with a
boat, and twenty men.
With which com-
pany alone, he promiſed to return unto Cam-
peche , and aſſault the Ship, that was in the
River, by which he had been taken, and e-
fcaped fourteen days before. They eaſily
granted his requeſt, and equipped him a boat,
with the faid number of Men. With this ſmall
company he ſet forth towards the execution
of his deſign, which he bravely performed
eight days after he ſeparated from his Com-
rades at the Cape of Golfo triſte. For being
arrived at the River of Campeche, with an un-
daunted courage, and without any rumour of
noiſe, he aſſaulted the ship aforementioned.
Thoſe that were on board, were perſwaded,
this was a boat from land, that came to bring
contra

Bucaniers of America.
IOL
contra banda goods; and hereupon were not in
any poſture of defence. Thus the Pirates lay-
ing hold on this occaſion, aſſaulted them And retaketle
without any fear of ill fucceſs, and in ſhort the Ship by
ſpace of time, compelled the Spaniards to fur- which he was
render.
Being now Maſters of the Ship, they im-
mediatly weighed Anchor, and fet fail, deter-
mining to fly from the Port, leaſt they ſhould
obo
be purſued by other Veſſels. This they did onion
with extremity of joy, ſeeing themſelves pof-
feffours of ſuch a brave Ship. Eſpecially Por-
tugues, their Captain, who now by a ſecond
turn of fortunes wheel, was become rich, and
powerful again, who had been ſo lately in
that fame Veſſel, a poor miſerable priſoner ,
and condemned to the Gallows. With this
great purchaſe he deſigned in his mind grea-
ter things; which he might well hope to ob-
tain, ſeeing he had found in the Veſſel
great
quantity of rich Merchandiſe, ſtill remaining
on board, altho the plate had been tranſpor-
ted into the City. Thus he continued his
Voyage towards Famaica for ſome days.
But coming nigh unto the Ifle of Pinos
on the South-fide of the Iſland of He lófetl'tkie
Cuba , fortune ſuddainly turned her back form.
Ship in a
unto him once more, never to fhew him her
countenance again. For a horrible ſtorm a-
riſing at Sea occaſion d the Ship to ſplit a
gainſt

102
Bucaniers of America.
Roche
gainſt the Rocks or Banks called Fardines. In
fomuch that the Veſſel was totally loft, and
"And escapeth Portugues, with his Companions, eſcaped in a
in a Cenow. Canow. After this manner he arrived at Ja-
maica, where he remained no long time.
Being only there, till he could prepare himſelf
to ſeek his fortune anew, which from that time
proved alwayes adverſe unto him.
Nothing leſs rare and admirable than the
Brafilimo. precedent, are the Actions of another Pirate ;
who at preſent liveth at Jamaica, and who
hath, on fundry occaſions, enterprized and
atcheived, things very ſtrange. The place of
his birth was the City of Groninghen, in the
Vnited Provinces ; but his own proper Name is
not known : The Pirates, his Companions,
having only given him that of Roche Brafili-
ano, by reaſon of his long reſidence in the
Country of Braſil. From whence he was for-
ced to flie, when the Portuguifes retook thoſe
Countries, from the Weſt India Company of
Amſterdam ; ſeveral Nations then inhabiting at
Braſil ( as Engliſh, French, Dutch, and others)
being conſtrained to ſeek new Fortunes.
This Fellow at that conjuncture of time re-
tired unto Jamaica. Where being at a ſtand
how to get a livelyhood, he entred himſelf
into the Society of Pirates. Under theſe,
he ſerved in quality of a private Mariner for
{ome while. In which degree he behaved
him-

2
ROCK, BRASILIANO
Part 1. Page. 102.


Bucaniers of America.
103
Captain: 60
himſelf fo well, as made him both beloved
and reſpected by all; as one that deſerved to
be their Commander for the future. One day said
certain Mariners happend to engage in a dif-banda
fention with their Captain ; the effect whereof Ir chofen
was that they left the Boat. Braſiliano fol-
lowed the reſt, and by theſe was choſen for
their Conductor and Leader ; who alſo fitted
him out a Boat, or ſmall Veſſel, wherein he re-
ceived the Title of Captain.
Few days were paſt, from his being cho. He taketh **
fen Captain, when he took a great Ship, that great Ship.
was coming from New-Spain. On board of
which he found great quantity of plate ; and
both one and the other, he carried unto Fa-
maica. This action gave him renovvn, and
cauſed him to be both eſteemed and feared; e-
very one apprehending him much abroad,
Howbeit, in his domeſtick, and private affairs,
he had no good behaviour, nor government,
over himſelf; for in theſe he would oftentimes
fhew himſelf either brutiſh, or fooliſh. Many
times being in drink, he would run up and
down the ſtreets, beating or wounding whom
he met; no perſon daring to oppoſe him, or
make any reſiſtance.
Unto the Spaniards he always ſhewed him-
ſelf very barbarous, and cruel ; only out of
an inveterate hatred, he had againſt that Na-
tion. Of theſe he commanded ſeveral to be
roſted

104
Bucaniers of America.
Canon
roſted alive upon wooden ſpits ; for no other
crime, than that they would not ſhew him the
He Loſeth his places, or Hog-yards , where he might ſteal
Ship, and ef- Swine. After many of theſe cruelties, it hap-
capeth in a
pened as he was cruzing upon the coaſts of
Campeche, that a diſmal tempeſt ſuddainly fur-
prized him. This proved to be ſo violent, that
at laſt his Ship was wrackt, upon the coaſts ;
the Mariners only eſcaping with their Muf
quets, and ſome few bullets, and powder,
which were the only things they could fave,
of all that was in the Veffel The place where
the Ship was loſt, was preciſely between Cam-
peche, and the Golfo triſte. Here they got on
ſhore in a Canow, and marching along the
coaſt, with all the ſpeed they could, they di-
rected their courſe towards Golfo trifte; as be-
ing a place where the Pirates commonly uſe to
repair, and refreſh themſelves. Being upon
this Journy, and all very hungry, and thir-
Is purſued by fty, as is uſual in defert places, they were pur-
Spaniards. ſued by ſome Spaniards; being a whole troop
of an hundred horſemen. Braſiliano no fooner
perceived this imminent danger, then he ani-
mated his companions, telling them : We had
better fellow Soldiers, chooſe to die under our arms
fighting, as it becometh men of ccurage, then ſur-
render unto the Spaniards ; who in caſe they over-
come us, will take away our lives with cruel tor-
The Pirates were no more then thirty
222ents.
..
in

Bucaniers of America. 105
ain number ; who notwithſtanding, ſeeing their
brave Commander oppoſe himſelf with cou-
rage, unto the enemy, reſolved to do the like.
Hereupon they faced the troop of Spaniards,
and diſcharged their Muſquets againſt them ;
with fuch dexterity, as they almoſt kill'done
horſeman with every ſhot. The fight conci
nued for the ſpace of an hour, till at laſt the
Spaniards were put to flight, by the Pirates. Puttet theme
They ſtripp'd the dead, and took from them to flight.
what they thought moſt convenient for their
uſe. But ſuch as were not already dead; they
helped to quit the miſeries of life, with the ends
of their Muſquets.
Having vanquiſhed the Enemy, they all
mounted on ſeveral horſes, they found in the
field, and continued the Journy aforemen-
tioned ; Braſiliano having loft but two of his
Companions in this bloody fight, and had
two other wounded. As they proſecuted their
way, before they came unto the Port, they ef-
pyed a boat from Campeche, well man'd, that
rid at anchor, protecting a ſmall number of
Canows, that were lading wood. Hercupon,
they fent a detachment of lix of their Men, to
watch them; and theſe the next morning by
a wild poffeffed themſelves of the Canows. Ha-
ving given notice unto their Companions, they
went allon board, and with no great difficulty,
took alſo the Boat, or little Man of War, their
P
u Conyoy.

106
Bucaniers of America.
Novos and a
Convoy. Thus having rendred themſelves
They take a Maſters of the whole Fleet, they wanted only
Fleet of Cr proviſions, which they found but very ſmall
Boat of W'ar..
aboard thoſe Veſſels. But this defect was fup-
plied by the horſes, which they inſtantly kil-
led, and ſalted; with Salt, which, by good for-
tune, the Wood-cutters had brought with
them. Upon which victuals they made
ſhift to keep themſelves, until fuch time, as
they could purchaſe better.
Theſe very fame Pirates, I mean Braſiliano,
They take and his companions, took alſo another Ship,
Ship from
New-Spain.
that was going from New-Spain unto Mara-
caibo ; laden with divers forts of Merchandize,
and a very conſiderable number of peices of
eight, which were deſign'd to buy Cacao-nuts,
for their lading home. All theſe prizes they
earried into Jamaica, where they ſafely arri-
ved; and according to their cuſtom, waſted in
a few days, in Taverns and Stews, all they
had gotten, by giving themſelves to all man-
Pirates will ner of debauchery, with Strumpets, and
Spend 2000, Wine. Such of theſe Pirates are found who
of eight in will ſpend two or three thouſand peices of
ene, night.. eight, in one night, not leaving themſelves
peradventure a good ſhirt to wear, on their
backs, in the morning. Thus upon a certain
time, I ſaw one of them give unto a com-
mon Strumpet, five hundred peices of eight,
only that he might ſee her naked. My
YOYO
own

Bucaniers of America.
107
own Maſter would buy, in like occaſions,
a whole pipe of wine , and placing it in
the ſtreet, would force every one, that paſ-
fed by to drink with him; threatning alſo
to Piſtol them, in caſe they would not do it.
At other times he would do the ſame, with
Barrels of Ale, or Beer. And very often,
with both his hands, he would throw theſe
liquors about the ſtreets, and wer the
cloathes of ſuch as walked by, with-
out regarding, whether he ſpoild their
Apparrel, or not, were they Men, or Wo-
men.
Among themſelves, and to each other,
theſe Pirates are extreamly liberal, and
free. If any one of them hath loſt all his
goods, which often happeneth in their
manner of life, they freely give him, and
make him partaker of what they have.
In Taverns, and Ale houſes, they always have
great credit ; but in fuch houſes at Jamai-
ca, they ought not to run very deep in
debt, feeing the inhabitants of that Iſland,
do eaſily fell one another for debt. Thus
it happened unto my Patron, or Maſter,
to be fold for a debt of a Tavern, where-
in he had ſpent the greateſt part of his
mony. This Man had within the ſpace of
three months before, three thouſand peices
P2
of

103
Bucaniers of America,
Braſiliano
of eight in ready caſh; all which he wa-
fted in that ſhort ſpace of time, and became
fo poor, as I have told you. Ito
But now to return unto our diſcourſe, I
goetbo to Sex. muſt let my Reader know, that Braſiliano,
after having ſpent all that he had robb'd
was conſtrained to go to Sea again, to
feek his fortune once more. Thus he fet
forth towards the coaſt of Campeche, his
common place of rendezvous. Fifteen
days after his arrival there, he put himſelf
into a Ganow, with intent to efpy the Port
of that City, and ſee if he could rob any
Spanish Vefſel. But his fortune was ſo bad,
that both he and all his Men, were taken
And is made priſoners, and carried unto the preſence of
priſoner with the Governour. This Man immediately,
all bis men.
caſt them into a dungeon, with full inten-
tion to hang them every perfon. And
doubtleſs he had performed his intent, were
it not for a Stratagem, that Braſiliano u-
ſed, which proved fufficient to ſave their
lives. He writ therefore a Letter unto the
Governour, making him believe it came
from other Pirates, that were abroad, at
Sea; and withal telling him : He ſhould have
a care, how he uſed thoſe perſons he had in
bis cuſtody. For in caſe be cauſed them any
harme, they did Swear unto him., they would
never

Bucaniers of America.
109
- US
ex-
never give quarter, unto any perſon of the
Spaniſh Nation, that ſhould fall into their
hands.be bobov ylykb bo
Becauſe theſe Pirates had been many
times at Campeche, and in many other
Towns and Villages, of the Weſt-Indies;
belonging to the Spaniſh dominions, the
Governour began to fear, what mifcheif
they might cauſe by the means of their
companions abroad, in caſe he ſhould pu-
nith them. Hereupon he releaſed them out is ſet at lid
of priſon, exacting only an Oath of them, berty, and
before hand, that they would leave their
Sent inte
Spain.
erciſe of Piracy for ever. And withal he
ſent them as common Mariners, or Paf-
ſengers , in the Galoon's, to Spain. They
got in this Voyage all together five hun-
dred peices of eight ; whereby they tar-
ried not long there, after their arrival. But
providing themſelves with ſome few ne-
ceffaries, they all returned unto Jamaica,
within a little while. From whence they
ſet forth again to Sea, committing greater
Robberies and cruelties, then ever they had
done before. But more eſpecially, abuſing
the poor Spaniards, that happened to fall
into their hands, with all ſorts of cruelty
imaginable.
The Spaniards perceiving they could
gain

110
Bucaniers of America.
The Pirates
land invas
fions,
gain nothing upon this ſort of people,
nor diminiſh their number, which rather
increaſed dayly, reſolved to diminiſh the
number of their Ships, wherein they exer-
cifed trading to and fro. But neither this
reſolution was of any effect, or did them
any good ſervice. For the Pirates finding
begin to make not ſo many Ships at Sea, as before, began
to gather into
into greater Companies
and land upon the Spaniſh Dominions,
ruining whole Cities, Towns, and Villages;
and withal pillaging, burning, and
che carrying away , as much as they could
poffible.br
The firſt Pirate, who gave a beginning
unto theſe invaſions by Land, was named
Lewis Scot, who Sackt and Pillag'd the
City of Campeche. He almoſt ruind the
Town, Robbing, and deſtroying all he
could; and after he had put it to the ran-
fome of an exceſſive fumm of mony, he
Manfvelt. left it.
After Scot, came another named
Manſvelt, who enterpriſed to ſet footing
in Granada, and penetrate with his Piracies,
even unto the South Sea. Both which
things he effected, till that at laſt for
want of proviſion, he was conſtrained to
go
back. He aſſaulted Iſle of Saint Ca-
therine, which was the firſt lard he took,
and
Lewis Scot.

Bncaniers of America:
and upon it ſome few priſoners. Theſe
fhewed him the way towards Cartagena,
which is a principal City, ſituate in the
Kingdom of Nueva Granada. But the
bold attempts and actions, of John Davis, John Davisi
born at Jamaica, ought not to be forgotten
in this Hiſtory, as being fome of the moſt
remarkable thereof. Eſpecially his rare
prudence and valour, wherewith he beha-
ved himſelf in the aforementioned King-
dom of Granada. This Pirate having cru-
zed a long time in the Gulf of Pocatauro,
upon the Ships, that were expected from
Cartagena, bound for Nicaragua, and not
being able to meet any of the ſaid Ships,
reſolved at laſt, to land in Nicaragua ,
leaving his ship concealed about the
coaſt. OnsMimi yowesn't
This deſign he preſently put in execu- He landetb'in
tion. For taking fourſcore men, out of Nicaragua.
fourſcore and ten, which he had in all, (the
reſt being left to keep the Ship) he di-
vided them equally into three Canows. His
intent was to Rob the Churches, and rifle
the Houſes of the chiefeſt Citizens of the
aforeſaid Town of Nicaragua. Thus in the
obſcurity of the night , they mounted the
River, which leadeth to that City, Rowing
with Oars in their Canows. By day they
con:
a

Bucaniers of America.
concealed themfelves, and boats, under the
branches of Trees, that were upon the
banks. Theſe grow very thick, and in-
tricate, along the ſides of the Rivers, in
ative didol thoſe Countries, as alſo along the Sea
coaft. Under which likewiſe thoſe, who
remained behind, abfconded their Veffel,
leaſt they ſhould be ſeen, either by Fiſhermen,
or Indians. After this manner, they ar-
rived at the City the third night, where
the Centry, who kept the poſt of the Ri
ver, thought them to be Fishermen that
had been fiſhing in the Lake. And as the
greateſt part of the Pirates are skilful in the
Spaniſh Tongue , fo he never doubted
thereof, as foon as he heard them ſpeak.
They had in their Company an Indian,
who was run away from his Maſter, be-
cauſe he would make him a ſlave, after
They kill the
Centry of the having ſerved him a long time. This In-
City. dian went the firſt on ſhore, and ruſhing
at the Centry , he inſtantly killed him
Being animated with this ſucceſs , they
entred into the City, and went directly
And enter it. unto three or four Houſes of the chiefeſt
Citizens , where they knocked with dif-
fimulation. Theſe beleiving them to be
friends, opened the doors, and the Pirates
fuddainly poſſefling themſelves of the Hou-
fes,

Bucaniers of America.
113
ches.
fes, robb'd all the mony and plate, they
could find.
Neither did they ſpare the They Spare
Churches, and moſt facred things, all not the Chesra
which were pillaged and prophan'd, with-
out any reſpect, or veneration.
In the mean while great cries and lamen-
tation were heard about the Town, of
ſome, who had eſcaped their hands; by
which means the whole City was brought
into an uproar, and alarm. From hence
the whole number of Citizens rallied to-
gether, intending to put themſelves in de-
fence. This being perceived by the Pirates,
they, inſtantly, put themſelves to flight. They get a
carrying with them all that they had robb’d, many richen
and likewiſe fome Priſoners. Theſe they
led away ; to the intent, that if any of
them ſhould happen to be taken by the do
Spaniards, they might make uſe of them, for
ranſom. Thus they got unto their Ship,and
with all ſpeed imaginable put out to Sea; for-
cing the Priſoners
, before they would let them
go, to procure them as much fleſh, as they
thought neceſſary, for their Voyage to fa-
maica. But no ſooner had they weighed
Anchor, when they ſaw on ſhore a Troop
Are purſued
of about five hundred Spaniards, all being niards.
by 500. Spaso
very well armed, at the Sea-ſide. Againſt
theſe, they let flie ſeveral Guns, wherewith
bonite
Q
they

114
Bucaniers of America.
vain.
But all in they forced them to quit the fands, and
retire towards home, with no ſmall regret,
to ſee thoſe Pirates carry away fo much
plate of their Churches, and Houſes, tho
diſtant at leaſt forty leagues from the -
Sea.
Theſe Pirates Robb'd in this occaſion,
above four thouſand peices of eight in rea-
dy mony. Beſides great quantity of plate
They brought uncoyned, and many Jewels.
All which
away 50000. was computed to be worth the ſum of fifty
prices of eight. thouſand peices of eight, or more.
With
this great purchaſe, they arrived a Jamaica,
foon after the exploit. But as this fort of
people, are never Maſters of their mony,
but a very little while, fo were they ſoon
conſtrained to ſeek more, by the fame
John Davis means, they had uſed before. This ad-
is made. Ade venture, cauſed Captain Jalın Davis , pre-
fently after his return, to be choſen Admi-
ral of feven or eight Boats of Pirates; he
being now eſteemed by common confent,
an able Conductor for fuch enterprizes as
theſe were. He began the exercife of this
new Command by directing his Fleet to-
wards the coaſts of the North of Cuba,
there to wait for the Fleet, which was to
paſs from New-Spain. But, not being able
to find any thing by this deſign, they de
termined
miral of the
Pirates.
von

Bucaniers of America. 115
termined to go towards the coaſts of Flo-
rida. Being arrived there, they landed part He ranfack-
of their Men, and Sacked a ſmall City, eth the City
named Saint Auguſtine of Florida. The Auguftine.
Caſtle of which place, had a Garrifon of
two hundred Men. The which notwith-
ſtanding, could not prevent the pillage of
the City; they effecting it without receiv-
ing the leaſt damage from either Soldiers,
or Townſmen.
Hitherto we have ſpoken in the firſt part
of this Book, of the conſtitution of the
Iſlands of Hiſpaniola , and Tortuga , their
proprieties, and inhabitants, as alſo of the
fruits to be found in thofe Countries. In
the ſecond part of this work, we ſhall bend
our diſcourſe to deſcribe the actions of
two of the moſt famous Pirates, who com-
mitted many horrible crimes, and inhu-
man cruelties, againſt the Spaniſh Na-
tion.
The End of the Firſt Part.

V
illo o mnogata
go
odnost
onlot E
BIELA
odsto
od bis 20
In lobo social
Code
is to boost
20 anos sds Stob to
noe om ont assorb 700
bob-
MC de canto

2107ОТО, А
1.30...

013
FRANCIS
LOLONOIS.
Part. 2. Page 1
US

Dodamo
I
Svo V soul to one or
BUCANIERS
OF
AMERIC A. in at
PART II.
nio
CH A P. I.
Origine of Francis Lolonois, and begin-
• ning of bis Robberies.
F
Rancis Lolonois was Native of that Territo- Francis Lo-
ry in France, which is called Les Sables d' lonois.
Olone, or the Sands of Olone. In his Youth
her was tranſported unto the Caribby Iſlands, in
quality of a Servant or Slave, according to the
cuſtom of France and other Countries; of which
we have already ſpoken in the firſt part of this
Book. Being out of his time, when he had ob-
tained his Freedom, he came unto the Iſle of Hi-
Spaniola. Here he placed himſelf for ſome while
among the Hunters, before he began his Robbe-
ries againſt the Spaniards; whereof I ſhall make
mention at preſent, until his unfortunate Death.
At
Аа

Bucaniers of America.
He ſerveth
At firſt he made two or three Voyages in qua-
the Pyrats. lity of a common Mariner ; wherein he beha-
ved himſelf fo couragiouſly, as to deſerve the fa-
vour and eſteem of the Governour of Tortuga,
who was then Monſieur de la Place. Inſomuch,
that this Gentleman gave him a Ship, and made
Is ſoon ads him Captain thereof, to the intent he might ſeek
vanced to be his fortune. This Dame ſhewed herſelf
very
fa-
a Captain.
vourable unto him at the beginning : for in a
ſhort while he purchaſed great Riches. But
withal, his Cruelties againſt the Spaniards were
ſuch, as that the very fame of them made him
known through the whole Indies. For which
reaſon the Spaniards, in his time, whenſoever
they were attacked by Sea, would chuſe rather to
die or fink fighting, than ſurrender ; as knowing
they ſhould have no Mercy nor Quarter at his
hands. But as Fortune is ſeldom conſtant, ſo
after ſome time, ſhe turned her back unto him.
The beginning of whoſe Diſaſters was, that in a
Loſeth his huge Storm he loſt his Ship upon the Coaſts of
Ship, and is Campeche. The men were all faved; but com-
ing upon dry Land, the Spaniards purſued them,
and killed the greateſt part, wounding alſo Lo-
lonois their Captain. Not knowing how to e-
ſcape, he thought to ſave his life by a Stratagem.
Escapes by a Hereupon he took ſeveral handfuls of Sand and
Stratagem.
mingled them with the Bloud of his own Wounds,
with which he beſmeared his face and other parts
of
wounded.

Bucaniers of America.
3
unto the
Woods.
of his body. Then hiding himſelf dexterouſly a-
mong the Dead, he continued there till the Spa-
niards had quitted the Field.
After they were gone, he retired into the He retirerle
Woods, and bound up his Wounds as well as he
could. Theſe being by the help of Nature pret-
ty well healed, he took his way to the City of
Campeche, having perfe&ly diſguiſed himſelf in
Spaniſh Habit. Here he ſpoke with certain
Slaves, unto whom he promiſed their liberty, in
caſe they would obey him, and truſt in his Con-
duct. They accepted his Promiſes, and ſtealing
one night a Canow from one of their Mafters,
they went to Sea with the Pyrat. The Spaniards
in the mean while had made Priſoners ſeveral of
his Companions, whom they kept in cloſe Dun-
boy
geons in the City, while Lolonois went about the
Town and ſaw all that paſſed. Theſe were of-
ten asked by the Spaniards, What is become of
your Captain ? Unto whom they conſtantly anf-
wered, He was dead. With which news the
Spaniards were hugely gladded, and made great The Spani-
demonſtrations of joy, kindling Bonfires, and, as ards believe
them that knew nothing to the contrary, giving
thanks to God Almighty for their deliverance
from fuch a cruel Pyrat. Lolonois having feen
theſe Joys for his death, made hafte to efcape
with the Slaves above-mentioned, and came fafe
to Tortuga, the common place of Refuge of all
fort
bim dead.
Аа 2

4
Bucaniers of America.
His Enter-
fort of Wickedneſs, and the Seminary, as it were,
of all manner of Pyrats and Thieves. Though
He goeth to now his Fortune was but low, yet he failed not
Sea again. of means to get another Ship ; which with Craft
and Subtilty he obtained, and in it one and twen-
ty perſons. Being well provided with Arms and
other neceſſaries, he ſet forth towards the Iſle of
Cuba, on the South-ſide whereof lieth a ſmall Vil-
lage which is called de los Cayos. The Inhabi-
tants of this Town drive a great Trade in To-
bacco, Sugar, and Hides ; and all in Boats, as not
being able to make uſe of Ships, by reaſon of the
little depth of that Sea.
Lolonois was greatly perſwaded he ſhould get
prize at the here ſome conſiderable Prey; but by the good
Village de
los Cayos.
fortune of ſome Fiſhermen who ſaw him, and
tle mercy of the Almighty, they eſcaped his ty-
rannical hands. For the Inhabitants of the Town
of Cayos diſpatched immediately a Meſſenger over
Land unto the Havana, complaining unto the
Governour that Lolonois was come to deſtroy
them, with two Canows. The Governour could
very hardly be perſwaded unto the truth of this
ſtory, ſeeing he had received Letters from Cam-
peche that he was dead. Notwithſtanding, at the
importunity of the Petitioners he ſent a Ship to
their relief, with ten Guns, and fourſcore and ten
Perſons well armed ; giving them withal this ex-
preſs Command:. They ſhould not return unto his
pre-

Bucaniers of America.
5.
preſence, without having totally deſtroyed thoſe P:
rats. Unto this effect he gave them alſo a Negro,
who might ſerve them for a Hangman ; his Or-
ders being fuch, as They should immediately hang
every one of the ſaid Pirats, excepting Lolonois
their Captain, whom they ſhould bring alive unto
the Havana. This Ship arrived at Cayos; of
whoſe coming the Pirats were advertiſed before- .
hand; and inſtead of flying, went to ſeek the
faid Veffel in the River Eſtera, where ſhe rid at
Anchor. The Pirats apprehended ſome Fiſher-
men, and forced them, by night, to ſhew the en-
try of the Port, hoping foon to obtain a greater
Veſſel than their two Canows, & thereby to mend
their Fortune. They arrived, after two of the
clock in the morning, very nigh unto the Ship. And
the Watch on board the Ship asking them From
whence they came, and if they had ſeen any Pirats
abroad? They cauſed one of the Priſoners to an-
fwer, They had ſeen no Pirats, nor any thing elſe.
Which anſwer brought them into perſwafion
that they were fled away, having heard of their
coming.
But they experimented very ſoon the contra-
Fy:
: For about break of day the Pirats began to
affault the Vefſel on both ſides with their two
Canows. This Attaque they performed with
ſuch vigour, that although the Spaniards behaved
themſelves as they ought, and made as good de-
fence

6
Bučaniers of America,
fence as they could, ſhooting againſt them like-
wiſe ſome great Guns ; yet they were forced to
ſurrender, after being beaten by the Pirats, with
Swords in hands,down under the Hatches. From
hence Lolonois commanded them to be brought
up one by one, and in this order cauſed their
His Cruelty. heads to be ſtruck off. Among the reſt, came
up the Negro, deſigned to be the Pirats Executio-
ner by the Governor of Havana. This Fellow
implored mercy at his hands very dolefully, de-
firing not to be killed, and telling Lolonois he was
conſtituted Hangman of that Ship ; and that in
caſe he would ſpare him, he would tell him faith-
fully all that he ſhould deſire to know. Lolonois
made him confefs as many things as he thought fie
to ask him ; and having done,commanded him to
be murthered with the reſt. Thus he cruelly and
barbarouſly put them all to death, reſerving of
the whole number onely one alive ; whom he
fent back unto the Governour of Havana, with
this Meſſage given him in writing: Ifball never
benceforward give Quarter into any Spaniard what-
ſoever : And I have great hopes I fall execute
on your own perſon the very famie puniſhment I
bave done upon ihem you fent againſt me. Thus I
bave retaliated be kindneſs you deſigned unto me and
my Companions. The Governour was much trou-
bled to underſtand theſe fad and, withal, info-
lent News; which occaſioned him to ſwear, in
the

Bucaniers of America.
the preſence of many, he would never grant
Quarter unto any Pirat that ſhould fall into
his hands. But the Citizens of the Havana deſi-
red him not to perſiſt in the execution of that
raſh and rigorous Oath, Seeing the Purats would
certainly take occaſion from thence to do the ſame;
and they had an hundred times more opportunity of
Revenge than he : That being neceſitated to get
their Livelihood by Fiſhery, they ſhould bereafter
always be in danger of loſing their lives. By theſe
Reaſons he was perſwaded to bridle his Anger,
and remit the ſeverity of his Oath aforemen-
tioned.
Now Lolonois had got himſelf a good Ship, but
withal very few Proviſions and People in it. Here-
upon to purchaſe both the one and the other, he re-
folved to uſe his cuſtomary means of cruzing from
one Port to another. Thus he did for fome while, He taketh a
till at laſt not being able to purchaſe any thing, Ship of Ma-:
he determined to go unto the Port of Maracaibo.
Here he took, by ſurprize, a Ship that was laden
with Plate and other Merchandize, being outward
bound to buy Cacao-nuts. With theſe Prizes he
returned unto Tortuga ; where he was received
with no ſmall Joy by the Inhabitants, they con-
gratulating his happy Succeſs, and their own pri- -
vate Intereft. He continued not long there, but
pitched upon new deſignes, of equipping a whole
Fleet ſufficient to tranſport five hundred men,
racaibo.
with.

8
Bucaniers of America.
with all other neceſſaries. With theſe Prepara-
tions he reſolved to go unto the Spanilh Domi-
nions, and pillage both Cities, Towns, and Vil-
lages ; and finally, take Maracaibo it ſelf. For
this purpoſe, he knew the Iſland of Tortuga would
afford him many reſolute and couragious men,
very fit for ſuch Enterprizes. Beſides, that he
had in his ſervice ſeveral Priſoners who exactly
were acquainted with the ways and places he de-
ſigned upon.
Toomas
bad os bobsw 150 eb od 2001
tento -
Don
and side boor CHAP. II. ziotola woh
Lolonois equippeth a Fleet, to land upon
the Spaniſh ſands of America, with
intent to rob, Jack, and burn whatever
EM be mer. sdouc oi olds pated ion ist es lo
MO17099300 Go banimob 511
F this his deſigne Lolonois gave notice unto
all the Pirats, who at that conjuncture of
time were either at home or abroad. By which
means he got together, in a little while above 400
men. Beſides which there was at that preſent in the
He of Tortuga another Pirat, whoſe name was
japreth. anon Michael de Baſco. This man by his Piracy had
gotten Riches ſufficient to live at eaſe, and go no
more abroad to Sea ; having withal the Office of
Major
Lolonois
ther Pirat
unto him.

Bucaniers of America.
9
Major of the Iſland. Yet ſeeing the great Prepa-
rations that Lolonois made for this Expedition, he
entred into a ſtreight League of Friendſhip with
him, and proffered unto him, that in caſe he
would make him his chief Captain by Land (ſee-
ing he knew the Country very well, and all its
Avenues ) he would take part in his Fortunes,
and go along with him. They both agreed up-
on Articles, with great joy of Lolonois, as know-
ing that Baſco had performed great Adions in En-
rope, and had gained the repute of a good Soul-
dier. He gave him therefore the Command he
defired, and the Conduct of all his people by
Land. Thus they all embarqued in eight Vel-
fels; that of Lolonois being the greateſt, as having
ten Guns of indifferent carriage.
All things being in a readineſs, and the whole They ſet ſail
Company on board, they ſet ſail together about and come to
Bayala.
the end of April, having a conſiderable number of
men for thoſe parts, that is in all, fix hundred and
threeſcore perſons. They directed their courſe
towards that part which is called Bayala, ſcitua-
ted on the North-fide of the Iſland of Hiſpanio-
la. Here they alſo took into their company a
certain number of French Hunters, who volunta-
rily offered themſelves to go along with them.
And here likewiſe they provided themſelvs with
Viduals and other Neceffaries for that Voy-
age.
ВЬ
From

IO
Bucaniers of America.
They ſail a From hence they ſet ſail again the laſt day of
gain, or take July, and ſteered dire&ly towards the Eaſtern
Ship.
Cape of the Ide, called Punta de Eſpada. Here-
abouts they ſuddenly eſpied a Ship that was co-
ming from Puerto Rico, and bound for New Spain,
being laden with Cacao-nuts. Lolonois, the Ad-
miral, preſently commanded the reſt of the Fleet
they ſhould wait for him nigh unto the Ifle of
Savona, fcituate on the Eaſtern ſide of Cape Pun-
ta de Eſpada, forafmuch as he alone intended to
go
and take the ſaid Veſſel. The Spaniards, al-
though they had been in fight now full two hours,
and knew them to be Pirats, yet would they not
flie, but rather prepared to fight ; as being well
armed, and provided of all things neceſſary there-
Thus the Combat began between Lolo-
nois and the Spaniſh Veffel, which laſted three
hours; and theſe being paft, they ſurrendred un-
to him. This ship was mounted with fixteen
Guns, and had fifty fighting men on board. They
found in her One hundred and twenty thouſand
Lading of
the Ship weight of Cacao, forty thouſand Pieces of Eight, and
the value of ten thouſand more in Jewels. Lolonois
ſent the Veſſel preſently unto Tortuga to be un-
laded, with orders to return with the ſaid Ship as
foon as poſſible unto the Iſle of Savona, where
he would wait for their coming. In the mean
whilc the reſt of the Fleet, being arrived at the
faid Iſland of Savona, met with another Spaniſh
Veffel
unto.

Bucaniers of America.
II
Veſſel that was coming from Comana with Mili-
tary Proviſions unto the Iſle of Hiſpaniola ; and
alſo with Money to pay the Gariſons of the faid
Iſland. This Veſſel alſo they took without any
reſiſtance, though mounted with eight Guns.
Here were found ſeven thouſand weight of Pow-
der, great number of Muskets, and other things
of this kind, together with twelve thouſand Pieces
of Eight in ready money.
Thefe forementioned Events gave good en-
couragement unto the Pirats, as judging them ve-
ry good beginnings unto the buſineſs they had.
in hand. Eſpecially finding their Fleet pretty
well recruited within a little while. For the firſt
Ship that was taken being arrived at Tortuga, the
Governour ordered to be inſtantly unladen, and
ſoon after ſent her back with freſh Proviſions, and
other Neceſſaries, unto Lolonois. This Ship he
choſe for his own, and gave that which he com-
manded, unto his Comrade Antony du Puis. Thus
having received new recruits of men, in lieu of
them he had loſt in taking the Prizes abovemen-
tioned, and by fickneſs, he found himſelf in a
good condition to profecute his Voyage. All
being well animated and full of courage, they ſet
fail for Maracaibo, which Port is ſcituated in the
Province of Nueva Venezuela, in the Altitude of 2
twelve degrees and ſome minutes of Northern
Latitude. This Iſland is in length twenty leagues,
and
Bb a

12
Bucaniers of America.
and twelve in breadth. Unto this Port alſo do
belong the Iſlands of Onega and Monges. The
Eaſt-lide thereof is called Cape St. Roman, and the
Weſtern fide Cape of Caquibacoa. The Gulf is
called by fome, the Gulf of Venezuelo ; but the
Pirats uſually call it the Bay of Maracaibo.
At the beginning of this Gulf are two Iſlands,
which extend for the greateſt part from Eaſt to
Weſt. That that lieth towards the Eaſt is cal-
led Iſla de las Vigilia, or the Watch-ifle; becauſe
in the middle thereof is to be ſeen an high Hill,
upon which ſtandeth a houſe wherein dwelleth
perpetually a Watchman. The other is called
Iſla de la Palomas, or the Iſle of Pigeons. Be-
tween theſe two Iſlands runneth a little Sea, or ra-
Lake of Ma- ther a Lake, of freſh water, being threeſcore
racaibo.
leagues in length, and thirty in bredth ; which
diſgorgeth into the Ocean, and dilateth it ſelf a-
bout the two Iſlands aforementioned. Between
them is found the beſt paffage for Ships, the Cha-
nel of this paſſage being no broader than the flight
of a great Gun of eight pound carriage, more or
Caſtle. leſs. Upon the Iſle of Pigeons ſtandeth a Caſtle,
to impede the entry of any Veſſels ; all ſuch as
will come in, being neceſſitated to approach very
nigh unto the Caſtle, by reaſon of two Banks of
Sand-bank. Sand that lie on the other ſide, with onely four-
teen foot water. Many other Banks of Sand
there be alſo found in this Lake, as that which is
called

Bucaniers of America.
13
Maracaibo.
called el Tablazo, or the great Table, which is no
deeper than ten foot; but this lieth forty leagues
within the Lake. Others there be that have no
more than ſix, ſeven, or eight foot in depth. All
of them are very dangerous, eſpecially unto fuch
Mariners as are little acquainted with this Lake.
On the Weſt-fide hereof is ſituated the Citie of Situation of
Maracaibo, being very pleaſant to the view, by
reaſon its Houſes are built along the ſhore, having
delicate Proſpects every-where round about. The
City may poſſibly contain three or four thouſand
perſons, the Slaves being included in this num-
ber; all which do make a Town of a reaſonable
bigneſs. Among theſe are judged to be eight
hundred perſons more or leſs, able to bear Arms,
all of them Spaniards. Here are alſo one Pariſh-ooh
Church, of very good Fabrick, and well adorn-
ed; four Monaſteries, and one Hoſpital. The
City is governed by a Deputy-Governour, who
is ſubſtituted here by the Governour of Caracas,
as being his Dependency. The Commerce or Commerce of
Trading here exercifed, confiſteth for the great= Maracaibo.
eſt part in Hides and Tobacco. The Inhabi-
tants poſſeſs great numbers of Cattel, and many
Plantations, which extend for the ſpace of thirty
leagues within the Country; eſpecially on that
ſide that looketh towards the great and populous
Town of Gibraltar. At which place are gather-
ed huge quantities of Cacao-nuts, and all other
forts

14 Bucaniers of America.
The Port.
forts of Garden-fruits; which greatly ſerve for
the regale and fuftenance of the Inhabitants of
Maracaibo, whoſe Territories are much drier than
thoſe of Gibraltar. Unto this place, thoſe of
Maracaibo ſend great quantities of Fleſh ; they
making returns in Orenges, Lemons, and ſeveral
other Fruits. For the Inhabitants of Gibraltar
have great ſcarcity of Proviſions of Fleſh, their
Fields being not capable of feeding Cows nor
Sheep. odbor
1919 3adloze
Before the City of Maracaibo lieth a very ſpa-
cious and ſecure Port, wherein may be built all
ſort of Veſſels; as having great convenience of
Timber, which may be tranfported thither at ve-
ry little charge. Nigh unto the Town lieth al-
Iſle of Bor- fo a ſmall Iſland called Borrica, which ſerveth
them to feed great numbers of Goats. Of which
Cattel the Inhabitants of Maracaibo make greater
uſe for their Skins, than for their Fleſh or Milk ;
they making no great account of theſe two, un-
leſs while they are as yet but tender and young
Kids. In the fields about the Town are fed
fome numbers of Sheep, but of a very ſmall ſize.
In ſome of the Iſlands that belong unto the Lake,
and in other places hereabouts, do inhabit many
Wild Indie Savage Indians, whom the Spaniards call Bravos,
or Wild. Theſe Indians could never agree as
yet, nor be reduced to any Accord with the Spa-
niards, by reaſon of their brutiſh and untamable
nature.
fica.
ans.

Bucaniers of America.
15
nature. They dwell for the moſt part towards
the Weſtern ſide of the Lake, in little Huts that
are built upon Trees which grow in the water.
The cauſe hereof being onely to exempt them-
felves as much as poſſible from the innumerable
quantity of Moſquito's, or Gnats, that infeft thoſe
parts, and by which they are tormented night and
day. Towards the Eaſt-fide of the ſaid Lake
are alſo to be ſeen whole Towns of Fiſhermen,
who likewiſe are conſtrained to live in Huts, built
upon Trees, like unto the former. Another rea-
ſon of thus dwelling, is the frequent Inundations
of Waters : for after great Rains, the Land is
often overflowed for the ſpace of two or three
leagues ; there being no leſs than five and twen-
ty great Rivers that feed this Lake. The Town
of Gibraltar is alſo frequently drowned by theſe
Inundations, inſomuch as the Inhabitants are con- Inundations
ſtrained to leave their houſes, and retire unto their of Gibraltar.
Plantations.
Gibraltar is ſituated at the fide of the Lake, Its Situs-
forty leagues or thereabouts within it, and recei- tion.
veth its neceſſary Proviſions of Fleſh,as hath been
faid, from Maracaibo. The Town is inhabited
by fifteen hundred perſons, more or leſs; where-
of four hundred may be capable of bearing Arms.
The greateſt part of the Inhabitants keep open
Shops, wherein they exerciſe one mechanick
Trade or other. All the adjacent Fields about
this

16
Bucaniers of America
Cedars.
this Town are cultivated with numerous Planta-
tions of Sugar and Cacao ; in which are many
tall and beautiful Trees, of whoſe Timber Houſes
may be built, and alſo Ships. Among theſe
Trees are found great ſtore of handſome and
proportionable Cedars, being ſeven or eight foot
in circumference, which ſerve there very common-
ly to build Boats and Ships. Theſe they build
after ſuch manner as to bear one onely great
Sail; and ſuch Veſſels are called Piragua's. The
whole Country round about is ſufficiently fur-
niſhed with Rivers and Brooks, which are very
uſeful to the Inhabitants in time of Drowths,
they opening in that occaſion many little Cha-
nels, through which they lead the Rivolets to wa-
ter their Fields and Plantations. They plant in
like manner great quantitie of Tobacco, which is
much eſteemed in Europe, and for its goodneſs,
is called there, Tabaco de Sacerdotes, or Prieſts
Prieſts To-
bacco, fo cal- Tobacco. They enjoy nigh twenty leagues of
Juriſdi&ion; which is bounded and defended by
very high Mountains that are perpetually cover-
ed with Snow. On the other ſide of theſe
Mountains is ſituated a great City called Merida,
unto which the Town of Gibraltar is ſubject. All
ſort of Merchandize is carried from this Town
unto the aforeſaid City, upon Mules ; and that
but at one ſeaſon of the year, by reaſon of the
exceſſive Cold endured in thoſe high Mountains.
Upon
ledo
Mcrida.

Bucaniers of America.
17
Upon the ſaid Mules great returns are made in
Flour of Meal, which cometh from towards Peru,
by the way of Eftaffe.
Thus far I thought it convenient to make a
fhort deſcription of the aforeſaid Lake of Mara-
caibo, and its Situation ; to the intent my Reader
might the better be enabled to comprehend
what I ſhall ſay concerning what was acted by
the Pirats in this place. The Hiſtory whercof,
I ſhall preſently begin.
тоа
As ſoon as Lolonois arrived at the Gulf of Vene- Arrival of
zuela, he caſt Anchor with his whole Fleet, out of Lolonois to
the Gulf.
fight of the Watch-tower of the Iſland of Vigi-
lia, or Watch-ifle. The next day very early he
ſet ſail from hence, with all his Ships, for the Lake
of Maracaibo; where being arrived, they caſt An-
chor the ſecond time. Soon after, they landed
all their men, with deſigne to attack, in the firſt
place, the Caſtle or Fortreſs that commanded the
Bar, and is therefore called de la Barra. This
Fort conſiſteth onely of ſeveral great Baskets of
Earth placed upon a riſing ground, upon which
are planted ſixteen great Guns, with ſeveral other
heaps of Earth round about, for covering the men
within. The Pirats having landed at the diſtance
of a league from this Fort, began to advance by
degrees towards it. But the Governour thereof
having eſpied their landing, had placed an Am-
Insſeade of ſome of his men, with deſigne to cut
thein
Сс

18
Bucaniers of America
the Fort.
them off behind, while he meaned to attack
them in the front. This Ambuſcade was found
out by the Pirats ; and hereupon getting before,
they aſſaulted and defeated it ſo entirely, that
not one man could retreat unto the Caſtle. This
Obſtacle being removed, Lolonois with all hisCom-
panions advanced in great haſte towards the Fort.
And after a Fight of almoſt three hours, wherein
they behaved themſelves with deſperate Cou--
rage, ſuch as this ſort of people uſe to ſhew,
They take they became Maſters thereof, having made uſe
of no other Arms than their Swords and Piſtols.
In the mean while they were fighting, thoſe who
were routed in the Ambuſcade, not being able to
get into the Caſtle, retired towards the City of
Maracaibo in great confuſion and diſorder, cry-
ing, The Pirats will preſently be here with two tbou-
Sand men and more. This City having formerly
been taken by ſuch kind of people as theſe were,
and fack'd even to the remoteſt corners thereof,
preſerved ſtill in its memory a freſh Idea of that
mifery. Hereupon, as ſoon as they heard theſe
diſmal News, they endeavoured to eſcape as faſt
as they could towards Gibraltar in their Boats and
Canows, carrying with them all the Goods and
money they could. Being come unto Gibraltar,
they diſperſed the rumour, that the Fortreſs was
taken, and that nothing had been ſaved, nor any
perſons able to eſcape the fury of the Pirats.
The

Bucaniers of America.
19
Fort.
The Caſtle being taken by the Pirats, as was They call the
ſaid before, they preſently made ſigne unto the Fleet,
Ships of the Victory they had obtained ; to the
end they ſhould come farther in, without appre-
henſion of any danger. The reſt of that day and
was ſpent in ruining and demoliſhing the ſaid Demolish the
Caſtle. They nailed the Guns, and burnt as
much as they could not carry away: burying al-
ſo the dead, and fending on board the Fleet luch
as were wounded. The next day very early in
the morning, they weighed Anchor, and directed
their courſe all together towards the City of Ma- And march
racaibo, diſtant onely fix leagues, more or leſs, to Maracai-
from the Fort. But the wind being very ſcarce,
that day they could advance but little, as being
forced to exped the flowing of the Tyde. The
next morning they came within fight of the
Town, and began to make preparations for lan-
ding under the protection of their own Guns ;
being perſwaded the Spaniards might have laid
an Ambuſcade among the Trees and Woods.
Thus they put their men into Canows, which for
that purpoſe they brought with them, and lan-
They land.
ded where they thought moſt convenient, ſhoo-
ting in the mean while very furiouſly with their
Of the people that were in the
Canows, half-onely went on ſhore, the other half
remained on board the ſaid Canows. They fired
with their Guns from the Ships as faſt as was pof-
fible
great Guns.
Сс 2

20
Bucaniers of America.
tants retire
into the
Woods.
ty.
ſible towards the woodie part of the ſhore ; but
could ſee, nor were anſwered by, no body.
Thus they marched in good order into the Town,
whoſe Inhabitants, as I told you before, were
The Inhabi- all retired into the Woods, and towards Gibral-
tar, with their Wives, Children, and Families.
Their houſes they left well provided with all ſort
of Victuals, ſuch as Flour, Bread, Pork, Brandie,
Wines, and good ſtore of Poultry. With theſe
The Pirats things the Pirats fell to banqueting, and making
enter the Ci- good Cheer : for in four weeks before, they had
had no opportunity of filling their ſtomacks with
ſuch plenty:
They inſtantly poſſeſſed themſelves of the beſt
houſes in the Town, and placed Centries every-
where they thought convenient. The great
They form a Church ſerved them for their main Corps du Gard.
The next day they ſent a body of one hundred
and fixty men to find out ſome of the Inhabi-
tants of the Town, whom they underſtood were
hidden in the Woods not far from thence. Theſe
Make a great returned that very night, bringing with them
twenty thouſand Pieces of Eight, ſeveral Mules
laden with Houſhold-goods and Merchandize,
and twenty Priſoners, between men, women,and
children. Some of theſe Priſoners were put to
the Rack, onely to make them confefs where
they had hidden the reſt of their Goods ; but
they could extort very little from them. Lolo-
Corps du
Gard.
Prey abroad.
noise

Bucaniers of America
nois, who never uſed to make any great account
of murthering, though in cold bloud, ten or
twelve Spaniards, drew his Cutlaſs and hacked
one to pieces in the preſence of all the reſt, fay- Lelonois
ing, If you do not confeſs and declare where you Spaniard ir
bave hidden the reſt of your Goods, I will do the pieces..
like unto all your Companions. At laſt, amongſt
theſe horrible Cruelties and inhumane Threats,
one was found who promiſed to conduct him,
and ſhew the place where the reſt of the Spa-
niards were hidden. But thoſe that were fled,
having intelligence that one had diſcovered their
lurking Holes unto the Pirats, changed place, and
buried all the remnant of their Riches under
ground ; inſomuch that the Pirats could not find They go out **
them out, unlefs fome other perſon of their own
to ſeek more.
Party ſhould reveal them. Beſides, that the
Spaniards flying from one place to another every But the Spa-
day, and often changing Woods; were jealous niards fie.
even of each other; inſomuch as the Father ſcarce
preſumed to truſt his own Son.
Finally, after that the Pirats had been fifteen
days in Maracaibo, they reſolved to go towards
Gibraltar. But the Inhabitants of this place ba-
ving received intelligence thereof before-hand;
as alſo that they intended afterwards to go
They call the
Merida, gave notice of this deſigne unto the Go- Governour of
vernour thereof, who was a valiant Souldier, and
had ſerved his King in Flanders in many Military
Offices.
go to
Merida.

22
Bucaniers of America,
He cometh
with 400
men.
in all 800.
Offices. His anſwer was He would have them
take no care : for he hoped in a little while to exter-
minate the ſaid Pirats. Whereupon he trans-
ferred himſelf immediately unto Gibraltar, with
400 men well armed, ordering at the ſame time,
the Inhabitants of the ſaid Town to put them-
ſelves in Arms; fo that in all he made a body of
And armeth eight hundred fighting men.
With the faine
ſpeed he commanded a Battery to be raiſed to-
wards the Sea; whereon he mounted twenty
Guns, covering them all with great Baskets of
Earth. Another Battery likewiſe he placed in a-
nother place, mounted with eight Guns. After
this was done, he barricado'd an High-way or
narrow Paſſage unto the Town, through which
the Pirats of neceſity ought to paſs ; opening at
the ſame time another, through much dirt and
mud in the Wood, which was totally unknown
unto the Pirats.
They come
The Pirats, not knowing any thing of theſe
within ſight Preparations , having imbarked all their Priſo-
of Gibraltar
ners and what they had robb'd, took their way
towards Gibraltar. Being come within ſight of
the place, they perceived the Royal Standard
hanging forth, and that thoſe of the Town had a
mind to fight, and defend their houſes. Lolonois
ſeeing this reſolution, called a Council of War
to deliberate what he ought to do in ſuch caſe :
Propounding withal unto his Officers and Mari-
ners,

Bucaniers of America.
23
bis Comrades
ners, that the difficulty of ſuch an Enterprize was
very great, feeing the Spaniards had had ſo much
time to put themſelves in a poſture of defence,
and had gotten a good body of men together,
with many Martial Proviſions. But notwithſtan-
ding (ſaid he ) have a good courage. We must The Speecli af
either defenit our felves like good Sonldiers, or loſe Loloniais to
our lives with all the riches we have gotten. Do
as I ſhall do, who am your Captain. At other times
we have fought with fewer men than we have in our
company at preſent, and yet we have overcome grea-
ter numbers than there poſſibly can be in this Town.
The more they are, the more glory we ſhall attribute
unto our Fortune, and the greater Riches we ſhall
increaſe unto it. The Pirats were under this ſuf-
pition, that all thoſe Riches which the Inhabi-
tants of Maracaibo had abfconded, were tranſpor-
ted unto Gibraltar ; or at leaſt the greateſt part
thereof. After this Speech, they all promiſed
to follow him, and obey very exactly his Com-
mands. Unto whom Lolonois made anſwer, 'Tis
well : but know ye withal, that the firſt man who
Shall fhew any fear, or the leaſt apprehenfion thereof,
I will piſtol him with my own hands.
With this reſolution they caft Anchors nigh
the ſhore, at the diſtance of one quarter of a
league from the Town. The next day, before
Sun-riſing, they were all landed, being to the
number of three hundred and fourſcore men,
well
2

24
Bucaniers of America
Gibraltar.
well provided, and armed every one with a Cut-
Jaſs, and one or two Piſtols ; and withal, fuffici-
ent Powder and Bullet for thirty charges. Here,
upon the ſhore, they all ſhaked hands with one
another, in teftimony of good courage, and began
They march their march, Lolonois ſpeaking theſe words unto
by land to
them : Come, my Brothers, follow me, and have a
good courage. They followed their way with a
Guide they had provided. But he, believing he
led them well, brought them to the way which
the Governour had obſtructed with Barricado's.
Through this not being able to paſs, they went
unto the other, which was newly made in the
Wood among the Mire; unto which the Spa-
niards could ſhoot at pleaſure. Notwithſtan-
They cut
ding, the Pirats being full of courage, cut down
branches of
Trees to paß multitude of branches of Trees, and threw them
over the Mud. in the dirt upon the way, to the end they might
not fick fo faft in it. In the mean while, thoſe
of Gibraltar fired at them with their great Guns
ſo furiouſly, that they could ſcarce hear nor fee
one another, through the noiſe and ſmoak. Be-
ing row paſt the Wood, they came upon firm
ground, where they met with a Battery of fix
Guns, which immediately the Spaniards diſchar-
7 be' Spani- ged againſt them, all being loaded with ſmall Bul-
ards fire at lets and pieces of Iron.
After this, the Spani-
ards fallying forth, fet upon them with fuch fu-
ry, as cauſed the Pirats to give way and retire ;
them
very
Bucaniers of America. 25

very few of them daring to advance towards the
Fort. They continued ſtill firing againſt the
Pirats, of whom they had already killed and
wounded many. This made them go back to
ſeek ſome other way through the middle of the
Wood; but the Spaniards having cut down ma-
ny Trees to hinder the paſſage, they could find
none, and thus were forced to return unto that
they had left. Here the Spaniards continued to
fire, as before; neither would they fally out of They continue
firing.
their Batteries to attack the Pirats any more.
Hereby Lolonois and his Companions, not being
able to grimp up the Baskets of Earth, were com-
pelled to make uſe of an old Stratagem ; where-
with at laſt they deceived and overcame the Spa-
niards.
Lolonois retired ſuddenly with all his men,
making fhew as if he fled. Hereupon the Spa-
niards, crying out, They flie, they flie, let us follow Stratagem
them, ſallied forth with great diſorder, to purſue of Lolonois.
the fugitive Pirats. After they had drawn them
fome diſtance from their Batteries, which was
their onely deſigne, they turned upon them un-
expectedly with Swords in hand, and killed above
two hundred men. And thus fighting their way
Wherewith
through thoſe who remained alive, they poſler he getreth in-
fed themſelves of the Batteries. The Spaniards
to Gibraltar.
that remained abroad, gave themſelves for loſt,
and conſequently took their flight unto the
Dd
Woods.

26
Bucaniers of America
lours.
Woods. The other part that was in the Batte-
ry of eight Guns, ſurrendred themſelves upon
conditions of obtaining quarter for their lives.
The Pirats being now become Maſters of the
They pull whole Town, pulled down the Spaniſh Colours,
down the and ſet up their own,taking Priſoners at the ſame
Spanish Co-
time as many as they could find. Theſe they
carried unto the great Church, whither alſo they
transferred many great Guns, wherewith they.
raiſed a Batterie to defend themſelves ; fearing
left the Spaniards that were fled, ſhould rally
more of their own Partie, and come upon them
again. But the next day, after they were all
fortified, all their fears diſappeared. They ga-
They gather thered all the dead, with intent to allow them
the dead and burial, finding the number of above five hundred
Spaniards kill'd; beſides thoſe that were woun-
ded within the Town,and thoſe that died of their
Wounds in the Woods, where they fought for
refuge. Beſides which, the Pirats had in their cu-
ſtodie above one hundred and fiftie Priſoners, and
nigh five hundred Slaves, many Women and
Children.
Fab yotard
Of their own Companions the Pirats found
onely fortie dead, and almoſt as many more
wounded. Whereof the greateſt part died af-
terwards, through the conſtitution of the Air,
which brought Fevers and other Accidents upon
them. They put all the Spaniards that were
Dain,
.

Bucaniers of America.
27
them into the
Sea.
flain, into two great Boats, and carrying them They throm
one quarter of a league within the Sea, they fank
the Boats. Theſe things being donc, they ga-
thered all the Plate, Houſhold-ſtuff, and Merchan- And rob all
they could
dize, they could rob, or thought convenient to find.
carry away. But the Spaniards who had any
thing as yet left unto them, hid it very carefully.
Soon after, the Pirats, as if they were unſatisfied
with the great Riches they had gotten, began to
ſeek for more Goods and Merchandize, not ſpa-
ring thoſe who lived in the Fields, ſuch as Hunters
and Planters. They had ſcarce been eighteen days
upon the place, when the greateſt part of the ThePriſoners
Priſoners they had taken, died for hunger. For die for bien-
in the Town very few Proviſions, eſpecially offer.
Fleſh, were to be found. Howbeit,they had ſome
quantitie of Flour of Meal, although perhaps
ſomething leſs than what was ſufficient. But
this the Pirats had taken into their cuſtodie to
make Bread for themſelves. As to the Swine,
Cows, Sheep, and Poultrie that were found upon
the place, they took them likewiſe for their
own ſuſtenance, without allowing any ſhare
thereof unto the poor Priſoners. For theſe they
onely provided fome ſmall quantitie of Mules
and Aſſes fleſh, which they killed for that pur-
poſe. And ſuch as could not eat of that loath-
ſome Proviſion, were conſtrained to die for hun-
ger, as many did, their ſtomacks not being ac-
Dd 2
cuſtom-

28
Bucanier of America.
than any
cuſtomed to ſuch unuſual ſuſtenance. Onely
fome women were found, who were allowed
better Chear by the Pirats, becauſe they ſerved
them in their ſenſual delights, rinto which thoſe
Robbers are hugely given. Among thoſe wo-
men, fome had been forced, others were volun-
teers ; though almoſt all had rather taken up
that Vice, through Poverty and Hunger, more
other cauſe, Of the Priſoners many
They tortu-
alſo died under the torments they ſuſtain'd, to
red many make them confeſs where they had hidden their
Priſoners.
Money or Jewels. And of theſe, fome, becauſe
they had none nor knew of none, and others for
denying what they knew, endured fuch horrible
deaths.
Finally, after having been in poſſeſſion of the
Town four entire weeks, they fent four of the
Priſoners, remaining alive, unto the Spaniards
that were fled into the Woods, demanding of
They demand
10000 pie- them a Ranſom for not burning the Town. The
ces of Eight fum hereof they conſtituted, ten thouſand Pieces
were fled of Eight'; which unleſs it were ſent unto them,
they threatned to fire and reduce into aſhes the
whole Village. For bringing in of this Money,
they allowd them onely the ſpace of two days.
Theſe being paſt, and the Spaniards not having
been able to gather fo punctually ſuch a fum, the
They fire the Pirats began to ſet - fire to many places of the
Town.
Thus the Inhabitants perceiving the
Pirats
1
Τονη. .

Bucaniers of America.
Pirats to be in earneſt, begged of them to help
to extinguiſh the fire ; and withal, promiſed the
Ranſom ſhould be readily paid. The Pirats cons
deſcended to their Petition, helping as much as
they could to ſtop the progreſs of the fire. Yet
though they uſed the beſt endeavours they pof-
fibly could, one part of the Town was ruined,
eſpecially the Church belonging to the Mona- The Church
ſtery, which was burnt even to duſt
. After they story is burnt
had
received the ſum above-mentioned, they car- to ashes.
ried on board their Ships all the Riches they had
robb’d, together with a great number of Slaves
which had not, as yet, paid their Ranſom. For
all the Priſoners had ſums of Money ſet upei
them, and the Slaves were alſo commanded to be
redeemed. From hence they returned to Mara- They return
caibo ; where being arrived, they found a gene-
ral Confternation in the whole City. Unto
which they ſent three or four Priſoners to tell the
Governour and Inhabitants, They ſhould bring And demand
them thirty thouſand Pieces of Eight on board their 30000 Pie
Ships, for a Ranſom of their Houſes; otherwiſe they ces of Eight.
Mould be entirely ſack d anew and burnt.
Among theſe Debates; a certain party of Pi-
rats came on ſhore to rob, and theſe carried away They rob the
the Images, the Pictures, and Bells of the great bens of the
Church, on board the Fleet. The Spaniards, Cathedral.
who were ſent to demand of thoſe that were fled
the ſum aforementioned, returned with orders to
make
to Maracai-
bo.

30
Bucaniers of America,
Pieces of
Eight, and
from tbence.
make ſome agreement with the Pirats. This they
performed, and concluded with the Pirats they
They give
would give for their Ranſom and liberty, the
them 20000 fum of twenty thouſand Pieces of Eight, and five
hundred Cows. The condition hereof being
500 Cows. ſuch, as they ſhould commit no farther acts of
Hoftility againſt any perſon, but ſhould depart
from thence preſently after payment of the mo-
ney and Cattel. The one and the other being
They depart delivered, they ſet fail with the whole Fleet,
cauſing great joy unto the Inhabitants of Mara-
caibo to ſee themſelves quit of this ſort of people.
Notwithſtanding, three days after they reſumed
their fears and admiration, ſeeing the Pirats to
appear again, and re-enter the Port they had left
with all their Ships. But theſe apprehenſions
foon vaniſhed, by onely hearing one of the Pi-
rats Errand, who came on ſhore to tell them from
But return to Lolonois, They ſhould ſend him a skilful Pilot to
conduct one of his greateſt Ships over the dangerous
Bank that lieth at the entry of the Lake. Which
Petition, or rather Comınand, was inſtantly gran-
ted.
The Pirats had now been full two months in
thoſe Towns; wherein they committed thoſe
cruel and inſolent Actions we have told you of
.
They arrise Departing therefore from thence, they took their
at Hiſpanio- courſe towards the Iſland Hiſpaniola, and ar-
rived thither in eight days, caſting Anchors in a
Port
get a Pilot.
la.

Bucaniers of America."
31
what they
got.
Port called Illa de la Vaca, or Cow-Iſland. This
Ille is inhabited by French Bucaniers, who moſt
commonly ſell the Fleſh they hunt, unto Pirats,
and others who now and then put in there with
intent of victualling or trading with them. Here
they unladed the whole Cargazon of Riches they
had robbed; the uſual Store-houſe of the Pirats,
being commonly under the ſhelter of the Buca-
niers. Here alſo they made a Dividend amongſt And make a
them of all their Prizes and Gains, according to Dividend of
that order and degree which belonged unto every bad
one, as hath been mentioned above. Having
caſt up the account, and made exact calculation
of all they had purchaſed, they found in ready
Money two hundred and threeſcore thouſand 260000
Pieces of Eight. Whereupon this being divided, Pieces of
every one received to his ſhare in Money, and in ready Mo-
alſo in pieces of Silk, Linen, and other Commo- ney.
dities, the value of above one hundred Pieces of
Eight. Thoſe who had been wounded in this
Expedition, received their part before all the
reft ; I mean, fuch Recompences as I ſpoke of
in the firſt Book, for the loſs of their Limbs,
which many ſuſtained. Afterwards they weigh-
ed all the Plate that was uncoined, reckoning af-
ter the rate of ten Pieces of Eight for every els andPlatea
Beſides Fenos
pound. The Jewels were prized with much
variety, either at too high, or too low rates ;
being thus occaſioned by their own ignorance.
This

32
Bucaniers of America,
store
This being done, every one was put to his Oath
again, that he had not concealed any thing, nor
ſubtracted from the common ſtock.
Hence they
proceeded to the Dividend of what ſhares be-
longed to ſuch as were dead amongſt them, ei-
ther in battel or otherwiſe. Theſe ſhares were
given to their Friends to be kept entire for them,
and to be delivered in due time unto their nea-
reſt Relations, or whoſoever ſhould appear to be
their lawful Heirs.
They ſet ſail
The whole Dividend being entirely finiſhed,
for Tortuga. they ſet ſail from thence for the Iſle of Tortuga.
Here they arrived, one month after, to the great
joy of moſt that were upon the Iſland. For as
to the common Pirats, in three weeks they had
fcarce any money left them ; having ſpent it all
in things of little value, or at play either of Cards
or Dice. Here alſo arrived, not long before
them, two French Ships laden with Wine and
Brandy, and other things of this kind : Whereby
theſe Liquors, at the arrival of the Pirats, were
fold indifferent cheap. But this laſted not long:
for foon after they were enhanced extremely, a
gallon of Brandy being ſold for four Pieces of
The Gover- Eight. The Governour of the Iſland bought of
nour buyeth the Pirats the whole Cargo of the Ship laden with
the Ship of Cacao; giving them for that rich Commodity,
ſcarce the twentieth part of what it was worth.
Thus they made ſhift to loſe and fpend the
Riches

Bucaniers of America:
33
Riches they had gotten, in much leſs time than
they were purchaſed by robbing. The Taverns
and Stews, according to the cuſtom of Pirats, got
the greateſt part thereof: Inſomuch that foon
after they were conſtrained to ſeek more, by the
fame unlawful means they had obtained the pre-
cedent.
so
As
CHA P. III.
Lolonois maketh new preparations to take
the City of St. James de Leon.
alſo that of Nicaragua, where he mi-
ſerably periſheth
L
Olmois had got himſelf very great Eſteem
and Repute at Tortuga,by this laſt Voyage,
by reaſon he brought them home ſuch conſide- New Prepaa
rable profit. And now he needed take no great
care how to gather men to ſerve under his co-
lours, ſeeing more came in voluntarily to proffer
their ſervice unto him, than he could employ.
Every one repoſing ſuch great confidence in his
conduct for ſeeking their fortunes, that they
judged it a matter of the greateſt ſecurity imagi-
nable, to expoſe themſelves in his company, to
the hugeft dangers that might pollibly occur.
Еe
He
rations.

34
Bucaniers of America.
Lolonois
men.
He reſolved therefore, for a ſecond Voyage, to
They reſolve go with his Officers and Souldiers towards the
to go to Ni- parts of Nicaragua, and pillage there as many
caragua,
Towns as he could meet.
Having publiſhed his new Preparations, he had
all his men together at the time appointed, be-
gathereth ing about the number of ſeven hundred, more
or leſs. Of theſe he put three hundred on board
the Ship he took at Maracaibo, and the reſt in o-
ther Veſſels of leſſer burthen, which were five
more : So that the whole number were in all fix
Ships. The firſt Port they went unto, was in
They go to the Iſland of Hiſpaniola, to a place called Bayaba ;
Bayaha. where they determined to victual the Fleet, and
take in Proviſions. This being done, they fet
fail from hence, and ſteered their courſe to a Port
And from called Matamana, lying on the South-ſide of the
Iſle of Cuba. Their intent was to take here all
the Canows they could meet ; theſe Coaſts be-
ing frequented by an huge number of Fiſhermen
of Tortoiſes, who carry them from thence unto
Havana. They took as many of the ſaid Ca-
nows, to the great grief of thoſe miſerable peo-
ple, as they thought neceſſary for their deſigns.
For they had great neceſſity of theſe ſmall bot-
toms, by reaſon the Port whither they deſigned
to go, was not of depth fufficient to bear Ships
of
any
burthen. From hence they took their
courſe towards the Cape called Gracias a Dios,
ſituate
thence to
Cuba.

Bucaniers of America.
35
ſituate upon the Continent in the altitude of
fifteen degrees, Northern latitude ; at the di-
Stance of one hundred leagues from the Iſland
de los Pinos. But being out at Sea, they were
taken with a fad and tedious Calm; and by the
agitation of the Waves alone, were thrown into
the Gulf of Honduras. Here they laboured very
much to regain what they had loft, but all in
vain ; both the Waters, in their courſe, and the
Winds being contrary to their endeavours. Be-
fides, that the Ship wherein Lolonois was embar-
qued, could not follow the reſt; and what was
worſe, they wanted already Proviſions. Here-
upon they were forced to put into the firſt Port
or Bay they could reach, to revictual their Fleet.
Thus they entred with their Canows into a Ri-
ver called Xagua, inhabited by Indians, whom They enter
they totally robb’d and deſtroy'd; they finding the River
amongſt their Goods great quantity of Millet, ma- rob the Indi-
ny Hogs, and Hens. Not contented with what ans.
they had done, they determined to remain there
while the bad weather was over, and to pillage
all the Towns and Villages lying along the coaſt
of the Gulf. Thus they paſſed from one place They paſs a-
to another, ſeeking, as yet, more Proviſions; by long to other
reaſon they had not what they wanted for the
places.
accompliſhment of their deſignes. Having fear-
ched and rifled many Villages, where they found
no great matter, they came at laſt unto Puerto
Cavallo.
Ee 2

36
Bucaniers of America.
ruine all
And arrive Cavallo. In this Port the Spaniards have two
at Puerto
Cavallo.
ſeveral Storehouſes, which ferve to keep the
Merchandizes that are brought from the inner
parts of the Country; until the arrival of the
Ships. There was in the Port at that occaſion, ai
Spaniſh Ship mounted with four and twenty Guns,
and fixteen Pedrero's, or Morterpieces. This
They take a Ship was immediately ſeized by the Pirats ; and
great Spa- then drawing nigh the ſhore, they landed, and
They burn e burnt the two Storehouſes, with all the reſt of
of the houſes belonging to the place. Many In-
they find.
habitants likewiſe they took Priſoners, and com-
mitted upon them the moſt inſolent and inhu-
mane cruelties that ever Heathens invented, putz
ting them to the cruelleſt tortures they could in
magine or deviſe. It was the cuſtom of Lolonois,
that having tormented any perſons, and they
not confeſling, he would inſtantly cut them in
pieces with his Hanger, and pull out their
Tongues ; defiring to do the ſame, if poſſible,
unto every Spaniard in the World. Oftentimes
They exerciſe it happened that ſome of theſe miſerable Priſo-
of cruelty a- ners, being forced thereunto by the Rack, would
gain't the promiſe to diſcover the places where the fugitive
Spaniards. Spaniards lay. hidden ; which being not able af-
terwards to perform, they were put to more E-
normous and cruel Deaths, than they who were
dead before.
The Priſoners being all dead and annihilated
(ex.


2. 2. Page 27
The Cmielty of Lo lorois
LOLONOIS

Bucaniers of America,
37
with an Ame
(excepting onely two, whom they reſerved to
thew them what they deſired ) they marched They march
from hence unto the Town of San Pedro, or St. to the Town
of St. Pedro
Peter, diſtant ten or twelve leagues from Puerto
Cavallo, having in their compary three hundred
men, whom Lolonois led, and leaving bebind him
Moſes van Vin for his Lieutenant to govern the
reſt in his abſence. Being come three leagues
upon their way, they met with a Troop of Spa
niards, who lay in Ambuſcade for their coming. And meet
Theſe they ſet upon with all the courage imagi-
nable, and at laſt totally defeated; howbeit Spaniards
they behaved themſelves very manfully at the
beginning of the Fight. But not being able to
reſiſt the fury of the Pirats, they were forced to
give way, and ſave themſelves by flight, leaving
many Pirats dead upon the place, and wounded;
as alſo ſome of their own Party maimed by the
way. Theſe Lolonois put to death without mer-
cy, having asked them what queſtions he thought
fit for his purpoſe.
There were ſtill remaining ſome few Priſoners
who were not wounded. Theſe were asked by
Lolonois, if any more Spaniards did lie farther on
in Ambuſcade ? Unto whom they anſwered,
Then he commanded them to be
brought before him, one by one, and asked, if
there was no other way to be foưnd to the Town
but that? This he did, out of a defigne to ex-
cuſe,
there were

38
Bucaniers of America,
cuſe, if poſible, thoſe Ambuſcades. But they
all conſtantly anſwered him, they knew none.
Having asked them all, and finding they could
ſhew him no other way, Lolonois grew outragi-
oufly paſſionate ; inſomuch that he drew his
Cutlaſs, and with it cut open the breaſt of one
of thoſe poor Spaniards, and pulling out his heart
with his facrilegious hands, began to bite and
gnaw it with his teeth, like a ravenous Wolf,
ſaying unto the reſt, I will ſerve you all alike, if
you fbew me not another way.
Hereupon thoſe miſerable Wretches promiſed
to ſhew him another way: But withal, they told
him, it was extremely difficult and laborious.
Thus, to fatisfie that cruel Tyrant, they began to
lead him and his Army. But finding it not for
his purpoſe, even as they told him, he was con-
ſtrained to return unto the former way, fwear-
ing with great choler and indignation, Mort Dieu,
les Eſpagnols me le payeront : By Gods death, the
Spaniards ſhall pay me for this.
The next day he fell into another Ambuſcade;
They meet a
nother Am- the which he aſſaulted with ſuch horrible fury,
buſcade.
that in leſs than an hours time, he routed the Spa-
niards, and killed the greateſt part of them. The
Spaniards were perſwaded that by theſe Ambul-
cades they ſhould better be able to deſtroy the
Pirats, alfaulting them by degrees ; and for this
reaſon had pofted themſelves in ſeveral places.
At

Bucaniers of America.
39
At laſt he met with a third - Ambuſcade, where They meet a
was placed a Party of Spaniards, both ſtronger third.
and to greater advantage than the former.
Yet
notwithſtanding, the Pirats, by throwing with
their hands little Firebals in great number, and
continuing to do fo for ſome time, forced this
Party, as well as the precedent, to flie. And
this with ſuch great loſs of men, as that before
they could reach the Town, the greateſt part of
the Spaniards were either killed or wounded .
There was but one path which led unto the
Town. This path was very well barricado'd
with good defences : And the reſt of the Town
round about was planted with certain Shrubs or tinejaag
Trees named Raqueltes, very full of thorns, and
theſe very ſharp-pointed. This ſort of Fortifica-
tion ſeemed ſtronger than the Triangles which are
uſed in Europe, when an Army is of neceſſity to
paſs by the place of an Enemy; it being almoſt
impoſſible for the Pirats to traverſe thoſe Shrubs.
The Spaniards that were poſted behind the ſaid
defences, ſeeing the Pirats come , began to
ſhoot at them with their great Guns. But theſe
perceiving them ready to fire, uſed to ſtoop
down, and when the ſhot was made, fall upon
the
Defendants with Fire-balls in hands, and naked
Swords, killing with theſe Weapons many of the
Town. Yet notwithſtanding, not being able to
advance any farther, they were conſtrained to
retire

40
Bucaniers o America
proach the
Topen.
ditions.
retire for the firſt time.
Afterwards they re-
turned to the attaque again, with fewer men
than before ; and obſerving not to ſhoot till they
were very nigh, they gave the Spaniards a charge
ſo dexterouſly, that with every ſhot they killed
an Enemy
SALE
They ap-
The Attaque continuing thus eager on both
fides till night, the Spaniards were compelled to
hang forth a white Flag, in token of Truce, and
that they deſired to come to a Parly. The one-
ly Conditions they required for delivering the
Town, were, That-the Pirats ſhould give the In-
Which is ta- habitants quarter for two hours. This ſhort ſpace
ken uponCon- of time they demanded with intent to carry away
and abſcond as much of their Goods and Riches
as they could ; as alſo to flie unto ſome other
neighbouring Town. Upon the agreement of
this Article they entred the Town, and conti-
nued there the two hours abovementioned, with-
out committing the leaſt act of hoftility, nor cau-
ſing any trouble to the Inhabitants. But no
ſooner that time was paſt, than Lolonois ordered
the Inhabitants ſhould be follow'd and robb’d of
all they had carried away; and not onely Goods,
but their Perſons likewiſe to be made all Priſo-
Notwithftanding, the greateſt part of their
Merchandize and Goods were in ſuch manner ab-
ſconded, as the Pirats could not find them; they
meeting onely a few leathern Sacks that were
fill'd with Anil or Indigo:
Ha-
ners.

Bucaniers of America.
41
.
Town.
River of
Guatimala
Having ſtaid at this Town ſome few days, and They commi-
according to their uſual cuſtoms committed there horrid Info
moſt horrid Inſolencies, they at laſt quitted the Tencies and
place, carrying away with them all that they say
poſſibly could, and reducing the Town totally Burn the
into alhes. Being come unto the Sea-lide, where
they left a party of their own Comrades, they
found theſe had buſied themſelves in cruzing up-
on the Fiſhermen that lived thereabouts, or came Go to the
that way from the River of Guatimala. In this
River alſo was expected a Ship that was to come
from Spain. Finally, they reſolved to go to-
wards the Iſlands that lie on the other ſide of the
Gulf , there to cleanſe and careen their Veſſels.
But in the mean while they left two Canows be-
fore the coaſt, or rather the mouth of the River
of Guatimala, to the intent they ſhould take the
Ship which, as I ſaid before, was expected from
Spain.
But their chief intention of going unto thoſe And from
Ilands, was to ſeek Proviſions, as knowing the thence to o-
Tortoiſes of thoſe places are very excellent and
ther Iſlands.
pleaſant food. As foon as they arrived there,
they divided into Troops, each party chuſing a
fit poft for that Fiſhery. Every one of them un-
dertook to 'knit a Net with the Rinds of certain
Trees, called in thoſe parts, Macod. Of theſe
Rinds they make alſo Ropes and Cables for the
ſervice of Ships: Infomuch that no Veſſel can be
Ff
in

42
Bucaniers of America
.
Pitch in
tities.
in need of ſuch things, whenfoever they can but
find the ſaid Trees
. There be alſo in thoſe parts
many places where they find Pitch; which is
ga-
great quan- thered thereabouts in great abundance. The
quantity hereof is ſo great, that running down
the Sea-coaſts, being melted by the heat of the
Sun, it congealeth in the water into great heaps,
and repreſenteth the ſhape of ſmall Mands. This
Pitch is not like unto that we have in the Coun-
tries of Europe ; but is hugely like, both in co-
lour and ſhape, unto that froth of the Sea which
is called by the Naturaliſts, Bitumen. But in my
judgment, this matter is nothing elſe than Wax,
which ftormy weather hath caſt into the Sea ;
Which others being part of that huge quantity which in the
neighbouring Territories is made by the Bees.
Thus from places far diſtant from the Sea, it is
alſo brought unto the Sea-coaſt by the Winds
and rowling Waves of great Rivers; being like
wife mingled with fand, and having the ſmell of
black Ambar, ſuch as is fent us from the Orient.
In thoſe parts are found great quantities of the
faid Bees, who make their Honey in Trees; from
whence it happeneth that the Honey-combs be-
ing fixed unto the bodies of the Trees, when
Some fay it Tempeſts ariſe they are torn away, and by the
fury of the Winds carried into the Sea, as hath
ter of Anz• been faid before. Some Naturaliſts are willing
to ſay, that between the Honey and the Wax is
made
call Bitu-
men,
is the mat-
bar.

Bucaniers of America.
43
made a ſeparation by means of the falt water ;
from whence proceedeth alſo the good Ambar.
This opinion is rendred the more probable, be-
cauſe the ſaid Ambar being found and taſted, it
affordeth the like taſte as Wax doth.
But now, returning unto my diſcourſe, I ſhall
let you know, that the Pirats made in thoſe I-
flands all the hafte to equip their Veſſels they
could poſſible , by reaſon they had news the
Spaniſh Ship was come which they expected.
They ſpent fome time in cruzing upon the coaſts
of fucatan, whereabouts inhabit many Indians,
who ſeek for the Ambar abovementioned in thoſe
Seas. But ſeeing we are come to this place, I Indians of
the coaſt of
fhall here, by the by, make ſome ſhort Remarks
Jucatan.
on the manner of living of theſe Indians, and the
divine Worſhip which they practiſe.
The Indians of the coaſts of Jucatan have
Of their Cu-
been above one hundred years, under the domi- ſtones and
nion of the Spaniards. Unto this Nation they Religione
performed all manner of Service : for whenfoe-
ver any of them had need of a Slave or Servant,
they ſent to ſeek one of theſe Indians to ſerve
them as long as they pleaſed. By the Spaniards
they were initiated at firſt in the Principles of
Chriftian Faith and Religion. Being thus made
a part of Chriſtianity, they uſed to ſend them
every Sunday and Holiday through the whole
year, a Prieſt to perform divine Service among
them.
now
Ff2

44
Bucaniers of America,
them. Afterwards, for what reaſons are not
known, but certainly, through evil temptations
of the Father of Idolatry the Devil, they ſud-
They caſt off denly caſt off Chriſtian Religion again, and a-
Chriſtian bandoned the true divine Worſhip; beating
Religion.
withal and abuſing the Prieſt was ſent them.
This provoked the Spaniards to puniſh them ac-
cording to their deſerts; which they did by ca-
ſting many of the chiefeſt of theſe Indians into
Priſon. Every one of thoſe Barbarians had, and
Every one
hath ftill, a God to himſelf, whom he ſerveth
hath hisGod. and worſhippeth. It is a thing that deſerveth all
admiration, to conſider how they uſe in this par-
ticular a Child that is newly born into the
Ceremonies world. As ſoon as this is iſſued from the Womb
performed of the Mother, they carry it unto the Temple.
børn Infants. Here they make a circle or hole, which they
More fill with aſhes, without mingling any thing elſe
with them. Upon this heap of aſhes they place
the Child naked, leaving it there a whole night
alone, not without great danger; no body da-
ring to come neer it. In the mean while the
Temple is open on all ſides, to the intent all forts
of Beaſts may freely come in and out. The next
day the Father and Relations of the Infant return
thither, to fee if the tra& or ſtep of any Animal
appeareth to be printed in the aſhes. Not find-
ing any, they leave the Child there, until that
fome Beaſt hath approached the Infant, and left
with new-
behind

Bucaniers of America.
45
behind him the mark of his feet. Uinto this A-
nimal, whatſoever it be, they conſecrate the Crea-
ture newly born, as unto its God ; which he is
bound to worſhip and ſerve all his life, eſteem-
ing the ſaid Beaſt as his Patron and Protector in
all caſes of danger or neceflity. They offer unto
their Gods Sacrifices of Fire, wherein they burn
a certain Gum called by them Copal; whoſe
ſmoak affordeth a very delicious ſmell. When
the Infant is grown up, the Parents thereof tell
him and thew him whom he ought to worſhip,
ſerve, and honour, as his own proper God. This
being known, he goeth unto the Temple, where
he maketh Offerings unto the ſaid Beaſt. After-
wards, if in the courſe of his life any one hath in-
jur'd him, or any evil happeneth unto him, he
complaineth thereof unto that Beaſt, and facrifi-
eeth unto it for revenge. From whence many
times cometh, that thoſe who have done the in-
jury of which he complaineth, are found to be
bitten, killed, or otherwiſe hurt by ſuch Anë
mals.
After this fuperftitious and idolatrous manner,
do live thoſe miſerable and ignorant Indians, that
inhabit all the Iſlands of the Gulf of Honduras ;
as alſo many of them that dwell
of them that dwell upon the Conti-
nent of Jucatan. In the Territories of which
Country are found moſt excellent Ports for the
ſafety of Ships, where thoſe Indians moſt com-
monly

46
Bucaniers of America,
monly love to build their houſes. Theſe Peo-
ple are not very faithful one to another; and
likewiſe uſe ſtrange Ceremonies at their Marri-
ages.
Whenſoever any one pretendeth to mar-
ry a young Damſel, he firſt applieth himfelf un-
to her Father, or neareſt Relation. He then ex-
amineth him very exactly concerning the manner
of cultivating their Plantations, and other things
at his pleaſure. Having fatisfied the Queſtions
that were put unto him by the Father-in-Law,
he giveth the young man a Bow and Arrow.
With theſe things he repaireth unto the young
maid, and preſenteth her with a Garland of green
Leaves, interweaved with ſweet-ſmelling Flow-
ers. This ſhe is obliged to put upon her head,
and lay aſide that which ſhe wore before that
time; it being the cuſtom of the Country, that
all Virgins go perpetually crown'd with Flowers.
This Garland being received and put upon the
head, every one of the Relations and Friends go
to adviſe with others, among themſelves, whether
that Marriage will be uſeful, and of likely happi-
neſs, or not. Afterwards, the aforeſaid Relati-
ons and Friends meet together at the houſe of
the Damſels Father, and there they drink of a
certain Liquor made of Maiz, or Indian Wheat.
And here, before the whole company, the Fa-
ther giveth his Daughter in marriage unto the
Bridegroom. The next day the newly-married
Phon
Bride

Bucaniers of America.
47
Bride cometh unto her Mother, and in her pre-
fence pulleth off the Garland, and teareth it in
pieces, with great cries and bitter lamentations,
according to the cuſtom of the Country. Ma-
ny other things I could relate at large of the man-
ner of living, and cuſtoms of thoſe Indians ; but
theſe I ſhall omit, thereby to follow my dif-
courſe.
Our Pirats therefore had many Canows of the
Indians in the Iſle of Sambale, five leagues di-
ſtant from the coaſts of Jucatan. In the afore-
faid Iſland is found great quantity of Ambar, but
more eſpecially when any ſtorm ariſeth from to-
wards the Eaſt; from whence the Waves bring
many things, and very different. Through this
Sea no Veſſels can paſs, unleſs very ſmall, the
waters being too ſhallow.
In the Lands that are
ſurrounded by this Sea, is found huge quantity
of Campeche-wood, and other things of this kind,
that ſerve for the Art of Dying ; which occaſio-
neth them to be much eſteemed in Europe : And
doubtleſs, would be much more, in caſe we had
the Skill and Science of the Indians ; who are ſo
induſtrious, as to make a Dye or Tincture that
never changeth its colour, nor fadeth away.
After that the Pirats had been in that Gulf
three entire months, they received advice that
the Spaniſh Ship was come. Hereupon they ha-
ſtened unto the Port, where the Ship lay at An-
chor

Bucaniers of America,
و
chor unlading the Merchandize it brought, with
deſigne to aſſault her as ſoon as it were poffible.
But before this attempt, they thought it conveni-
ent to ſend away ſome of their Boats from the
mouth of the River, to ſeek for a ſmall Veſſel
which was expected ; having notice that ſhe was
very richly laden, the greateſt part of the Cargo
being Plate, Indigo, and Cochineel. In the mean
while, the people of the Ship that was in the
Port had notice given that the Pirats defigned up-
on them. Hereupon they prepared all things
very well for the defence of the ſaid Veffel ;
which was mounted with forty two Guns, had
many Arms on board, and other neceſſaries, to-
gether with one hundred and thirty fighting men.
Unto Lolonois all this ſeemed but little; and thus
he aſſaulted her with great courage, his own Ship
carrying onely twenty two Guns, and having no
more than a ſmall Saëtia or Flyboat for help.
But the Spaniards defended themſelves after ſuch
manner, as they forced the Pirats to retire. Not-
withſtanding, while the ſmoak of the Powder
continued very thick, as amidſt a dark Fog or
Miſt, they ſent four Canows very well man'd,
and boarded the Ship with great agility; where
by they compell’d the Spaniards to furrender.
They find The Ship being taken, they found not in her
little wealth what they thought , as being already almoſt
wholly unladed. All the Treaſure they here
got,
in ber.

Bucaniers of America 49
gót, conſiſted onely in fifty bars of Iron, a ſmall
parcel of Paper, fome earthen Jarrs full of Wine,
and other things of this kind all of ſmall im-
01 03
portance.gothis bobrasl yarl 91H ma no
a Preſently after,. Lolonpis called a Council of the A Councel
call d about
whole Fleet, wherein he told them, he intended going to
to go to Gwatimala. Upon this point they di- Guatimala.
vided into ſeveral fentiments'; ſome of them li-
king the Propoſal very well, and others diſliking
it as much. Eſpecially a certain party of them, Divers opi-
who were but new in thofe exerciſes of Piracy, nions. dx
and who had imagined at their ſetting forth from time
Tortuga,that Pieces of Eight were gathered as eafi-alti hain
ly as Pears from a Tree. ni But having found at
laſt moſt things contrary to their expectation,
they quitted the Fleet, and returned from whence to cart
they ſet out. Others on the contrary, affirmed
they had rather die for hunger, than return
home without a great deal of money.in
But the major part of the company judging
the propounded Voyage little fit for their pur-
poſe, ſeparated from Lolonois and the reſt. A-
inong theſe was Ringleader one Mofes. Vanclein, Many leave
who was Captain of the Ship taken at Puerto Ca- Lolonois.
vallo. This Fellow took his courſe towards Tor-
tuga, deſigning to cruze to and fro in thoſe Seas.
With him alſo joyned another Comrade of his
own, by name Pierre le Picard ; who ſeeing the
reſt to leave Lolonois, thought fit to do the ſame.
Theſe
-
Gg

50
Bucaniers of America
place, but
Theſe run-a-ways having thus parted company,
ſteered their courſe homewards, coaſting along
the Continent, till they came at låſt unto Coſta
They go to
Coſta Rica. Rica. Here they landed a ſtrong Party of men
And take
Veraguas.
nigh unto the River of Veraguas, and marched in
good order unto the Town of the ſame name:
This place they took and totally pillaged, not-
withſtanding that the Spaniards made a ſtrong
and warlike reliſtance. They brought away
ſome of the Inhabitants as Priſoners, with all that
Rob the they had robb’d, which was of no great impor-
tance. The reaſon hereof, being the poverty of
find. little.
the place, which exerciſeth no manner of Trade
than onely working in the Mines, where ſome
of the Inhabitants do conſtantly attend. Yet no
Mines of other perſons feek for the Gold, than onely
Slaves. Theſe they compel to dig, whether they
live or die, and waſh the earth that is taken out,
in the nighbouring Rivers ; where oftentimes
they find pieces of Gold as big as Peas. Finally,
the Pirats found in this Robbery no greater value
than ſeven or eight pounds weight of Gold:
i Hereupon they returned back, giving over the
deſigne they had, to go farther on to the Town
of Nata, ſituated upon the coaſts of the South-
Sea. Eitherto they deſigned to march, know-
ing the Inhabitants to be rich Merchants, who
had their Slaves at work in the Mines of Vera-
gilas. But from this Entcrprize they were de-
terr'd
Gold.

Bucaniers of America.
поса
51
terr'd by the multitude of Spaniards, whom they
ſaw gather on all ſides to fall upon them ; where-
of they had timely advice beforehand.
Lolonois thus abandoned by his Companions, Lolonois re-
remained alone in the Gulf of Honduras, by rea- maineth.
ſon his Ship was too great to get out at the time
of the reflux of thoſe Seas, which the ſmaller Ver
ſels could more eaſily do. There he ſuſtained
great want of all ſorts of Proviſions : Inſomuch Wantetho
Proviſions.
as they were conſtrained to go aſhore every day,
to ſeek wherewithal to maintain themſelves. And
not finding any thing elſe, they were forced to
kill Monkies and other Animals, fuch as they
could find, for their ſuſtenance.
At laſt having found, in the altitude of the
Cape of Gracias a Dios, certain little Iſlands cal-
led de las Pertas : Here, nigh unto theſe Iſles, his illes de las
Pertas.
Ship fell upon a bank of ſand, where it ſtuck ſo
faſt, as no Art could be found to get her off into
deep water again. Notwithſtanding, they unla-
ded all the Guns, Iron, and other weighty things
as much as poſlibly they could: but all they could
do, was to little or no effect. Hereupon they They loſe
were neceſſitated to break the Ship in pieces, and their Ship]
with ſome of the Planks and Nails build them-
ſelves a Boat, wherewith to get away from thoſe And intend
Iſlands. Thus they began their work ; and to build a
mean while they are employed about it, I ſhall
paſs to deſcribe ſuccin&ly the Illes aforemention-
ed, and their Inhabitants. Gg 2
The
Boat.

52
Bucaniers of America.
The Iſlands called de las Pertas, are inhabited
Indians of, by Indians, who are properly Savages, as not ha-
theſe Iſlands.
ving at any time known or converſed with any
-pt etonolol pa
civil People. They are tall in ſtature, and very
niinble in running, which they perform almoſt as
faſt as horſes. At diving alſo in the Sea, they
are very dexterous, and hardy. From the bot-
tom of the Sea I ſaw them take up an Anchor
- 2:ན > ནི་ ༢༡:༥༽
that weighed ſix hundred pound, by tying a Ca-
ble unto it with great dexterity, and pulling it
from a Rock. They uſe no other Arms than fuch
as are made of Wood, without any Iron, unleſs
that ſome inſtead thereof do fix a Crocodiles
tooth, which feryeth for a point. They have
neither Bows nor Arrows among them, as other
Indians have ; but their common Weapon is a
slobo
ma ſort of Lances, that are long a fathom and a half.
Plantations. In theſe Iſlands there be many Plantations ſurroun-
ded with Woods, froin whence they gather great
abundance of Fruits. Such are Potato's, Bana-
nas, Racoven, Ananas, and many others, which
the conſtitution of the Soil affordeth. Nighi
sloj yoll unto theſe Plantations, they have no houſes to
cinische
dwell in, as in other places of the Indies. Some
Whether they are of opinion that theſe Indians eat humane
eat humane fleſh; which ſeemeth to be confirmed by what
na happened when Lolonais was there. Two of his
Companions, the one being a Frenchman, and
the other a Spaniard, went into the Woods,
SUNG
where
felb. do

Bucaniers of America,
53
where having ſtragled up and down ſome while,
they met with a Troop of Indians that began to
purſue them. They defended themſelves as
well as they could with their Swords, but at
laſt were forced to flie. This the Frenchman per-
formed with great agility ; but the Spaniard be-
ing not ſo ſwift as his Companion, was taken by
thoſe Barbarians, and heard of no more. Some
days after, they attempted to go into the Woods
to ſee what was become of their Companion. Unto
this effect twelve Pirats ſet forth very well arm’d,
amongſt whom was the Errich-man, who con-
ducted them, and ſhewed them the place where
he left his Companion. Here they found, nigh
unto the place, that the Indians had kindled
fire; and at a ſmall diſtance from thence, they
found the bones of the ſaid Spaniard very well
roaſted. From hence they inferr’d,that they had
roaſted the miſerable Spaniard, of whom they
found more, ſome pieces of fleſh ill ſcraped off
from the bones ; and one hand, which had on-
ly two fingers remaining,
They marched farther on, ſeeking for Indians. They ſeek for
Of theſe they found a great number together, find some.
who endeavour'd to eſcape, feeing the Pirats fo
ftrong and well arm's. But they overtook ſome
of them, and brought on board their Ships five
men, and four women. With theſe they uſed
all the means they could invent to make them-
ol
felves

54 Bucaniers of America,
go.
Telves be underſtood, and gain their affections;
orgiving them certain ſmall trifles, as Knives, Beads,
* and the like things. They gave them alſo Vi-
&tuals and Drink ; but nothing of either would
they taſte. It was alſo obſervable , that all the
while they were Priſoners on board the Ships,
they ſpoke not one word to each other among
They give themſelves. Thus the Pirats ſeeing theſe poor
and let them Indians were much afraid of them, preſented
them again with ſome ſmall things, and let them
go. When they departed, they made fignes,
giving them to underſtand, they would come a-
gain. But they foon forgot their Benefactors,
and were never heard nor ſeen more. Neither
could any notice afterwards be had of theſe Indi-
ans, or any others, in the whole Iſland, after that
time. Which occafioned the Pirats to ſuſpect
that both thoſe that were taken, and all the reſt
of the Iſland, did all ſwim away by night unto
ſome other little neighbouring Illands : Eſpeci-
ally conſidering they could never ſet eyes on any
All the In- Indian more ; neither was there ever ſeen any
dians diſap- Boat or other Veſſel in the whole circumference
of the Iſland
In the mean while, the Pirats were very deſi-
rous to ſee their long-Boat finiſhed, which they
were building with the timber of the Ship that
ftruck upon the Sands. Yet conſidering their
work would be but long, they began to cultivate
fone
pear.

Bucaniers of America.
55
fome pieces of ground. Here they fowed French
Beans, which came to maturity in ſix weeks time;&
many other Fruits. They had good proviſion of
Spaniſh Wheat, Bananas,Racovent, and other things.
With the Wheat they made Bread, and bak'd it
in portable Ovens, which they had brought with
them to this effe&t. Thus they feared not hun-
ger in thoſe deſert places. After this manner
they employed themſelves for the ſpace of five The Pirats
or ſix months. Which time being paſt
, and the were bere
long-Boat finiſhed, they determined to go unto months.
the River of Nicaragua, to ſee if they could take
fome few Canows, and herewith return unto the
ſaid Iſlands and fetch away their Companions
that remained behind, by reaſon the Boat they
had built was not capable of tranſporting fo ma-
ny men together. . Hereupon, to evite any diſc
putes that might ariſe, they caft Lots among They caſt
themſelves; determining thereby who hould go, themſelveri
or ſtay in the Iſland.
The Lot fell onely upon one half of the peo-
ple of the loſt Veſſel; who embarked upon the
Long-boat they had built, and alſo the Skiff
which they had before ; the other half remain-
ing on ſhore. Lolonois having ſet fail, arrived in 2
few days at the mouth of the River of Nicaragua.
Here ſuddenly his ill fortune affailed him, which Misfortunes
of long time had been reſerved for him, as a pu-
of Lolonoison
niſhment due unto the multitude of horrible
Crimes,

56
Bucaniers of America.
Which
pre-
coded his
death.
Crimes, which in his licentious and wicked life he
had committed. Here he met with both Spa-
niards and Indians, who joyntly together ſet up-
on him and his Companions, and uſed them ſo
roughly, that the greateſt part of the Pirats were
killed upon the place. Lolonois, with thoſe that
remained alive, had much ado to eſcape on board
their Boats aforementioned. Yet notwithſtand-
ing this great loſs of men, he reſolved not to
return to feek thoſe he had left at the Iſle of
Pertas, without taking ſome Boats, ſuch as he
looked for. Unto this effe& he determined to
go farther on to the coaſts of Cartagena, with
defigne to ſeek for Canows. But God Almighr
ty, the time of his divine Juſtice being now al-
ready come, had appointed the Indians of Da-
rien to be the Inſtruments and Executioners
Death of thereof. Theſe Indians of Darien are eſteemed
as Bravo's, or wild favage Indians, by the neigh-
bouring Spaniards, who never could reduce them
to civility, Hither Lolonois came (being rather
brought by his evil Conſcience that cried for pu-
niſhment of his Crimes ) thinking to a& in that
Country his former cruelties. But the Indians
within a few days after his arrival took him Pri-
foner, and tore him in pieces alive, throwing his
Body limb by limb into the fire, and his Alhes in-
lo
to the air; to the intent no trace nor memory
might remain of ſuch an infamous inhumane
Crea-
Lolonois.

Bucaniers of Americà,
57
Creature. One of his Companions gave me an
exact account of the aforeſaid Tragedy; affirming
withal, that he himſelf had eſcaped the ſame pu-
niſhment, not without the greateſt of difficul-
ties. He believed alſo, that many of his Com-
rades who were taken Priſoners in that Ren- And of his
counter by the Indians of Darien, were after the Companions.
ſame manner as their cruel Captain, torn in pie-
2010
ces, and burned alive. Thus endeth the Hiſtory
of the life and miſerable death of that infernal
Wretch Lolonois. Who full of horrid, execra-
ble, and enormous deeds, and alſo debtor to fo
much innocent bloud, died by cruel and butcher sugge
ly hands, ſuch as his own were in the courſe of
his life.
Thoſe that remained in the Iſland de las Per. How they
tas, waiting for the return of them who got a- Pobo remain-
way onely to their great misfortune, hearing no ed behind.
news of their Captain, nor Companions, at laſt
embarked themſelves upon the Ship of a certain
Pirat, who happened to paſs that way. This
Fellow was come from Jamaica with intent to
land at the Cape of Gracias à Dios ; and from
hence to mount the River with his Canows, and
take the City of Cartagena. Theſe two parcels
of Pirats being now joyned together, were infi-
nitely gladded at the preſence and ſociety of
another. Thoſe, becauſe they found themſelves
delivered from their miſeries, poverty, and ne-
Hh
celli-
got away
one
- 니
​
58
Bucaniers of America
Dios.
tagena.
ceflities, wherein now they had lived the ſpace
of ten entire months. Theſe, becauſe they were
now conſiderably ſtrengthened, whereby to effe&
with greater ſatisfaction their intended deſignes.
Hereupon, as ſoon as they were arrived unto the
They arrive aforeſaid Cape of Gracias a Dios, they all put
at the Cape, themſelves into Canows, and with theſe Veſſels
of Gracias à
mounted the River, being in number five hun-
dred men ; leaving onely five or fix perſons in
every Ship, to keep them. They took no Provi-
With intent fions with them, as being perſwaded they ſhould
+2 go to Car- find every-where ſufficient.
But theſe their own
hopes were found totally vain, as not being
grounded in God Almighty. For he ordained
it ſo, that the Indians having perceived their co-
ming, were all fled before them, not leaving in
their houſes nor Plantations, which for the moft
part do border upon the ſides of Rivers, any
thing of neceffary Proviſions or Victuals
. Here
by, in few days after they had quitted their Ships,
they were reduced to ſuch neceſſity and hunger,
as nothing could be more extreme. Notwith-
They endure
extreme hun- ftanding, the hopes they had conceived of ma-
king their fortunes very ſoon, did animate them
for the preſent. Being contented in this affli-
ction with a few green Herbs, ſuch as they could
gather as they went upon the banks of the Ri.
ver.
Yet all this courage and vigour of mind could
nota

Bucaniers of America.
59
not laſt above a fortnight. After which, their
hearts, as well as their bodies, began to fail for
hunger : Infomuch as they found themſelves con-
ſtrained to quit the River, and betake themſelves
unto the Woods, ſeeking out ſome ſmall Villa- They go to
ges where they might find relief for their necef- the Woods to
Seek relief
ſity. But all was in vain : For having ranged up
and down the Woods for ſome days, without
finding the leaſt comfort to their hungry defires,
they were forced to return again unto the River.
Where being come, they thought it convenient
to deſcend unto the Sea-coaſts where they had
left their Ships, not being able to find in the pre-
ſent Enterprize what they fought for. In this
laborious journey they were reduced to ſuch ex- Are reduced
tremity, that many of them devoured their own to great ex-
Shoes, the Sheaths of their Swords, Knives, and
tremity.
other things of this kind. Being almoſt ravenous,
and fully defirous to meet ſome Indians, inten-
ding to ſacrifice them unto their teeth. At laſt
they arrived at the coaſt of the Sea, where they
found ſome comfort and relief to their former
miſeries, and alſo means to ſeek more. Yet not-
withſtanding, the greateſt part of them periſhed
through faintneſs, and other Diſeaſes contracted
by hunger; which occafioned alſo the remaining
part to diſperſe. Till at laſt, by degrees, many They difperfe
or moſt of them fell into the faine Pit that Lolo-
nois did. Of him, and of his Companions, I
have
Hh2

60
Bucaniers of America
have hitherto given my Reader a compendious
Narrative; which now I ſhall continue with the
Actions and Exploits of Captain Henry Morgan.
Who may not undeſervedly be called the ſecond
Lolonois ; as not being unlike or inferiour unto
him, either in Atchievements againſt the Spani.
ards, or in Robberies of many innocent People.
Origine of
Capt. Mor-
gan.
rio di CHAP. IV.
Of the Origine and Deſcent of Capt. Henry
Morgan. His Exploits
, and a Conti-
nuation of the moſt remarkable A&tions of
bis Life.ov
С
Aptain Henry Morgan was born in the
Kingdom of England, and there in the
Principality of Wales. His Father was a rich
Yeoman or Farmer, and of good quality in that
Country, even as moſt who bear that name in
Wales, are known to be. Morgan being as yet
young, had no inclinations to follow the Calling
of his Father; and therefore left his Country,
and came towards the Sea-coaſts to ſeek fome 0-
ther Employ more ſuitable to his humour, that
aſpired to ſomething elſe. There he found en-
tertainment in a certain Port where ſeveral Ships
did.

Bucaniers of Anterica,
did lie at Anchor, that were bound for the Iſle of
Barbadas. With theſe Ships he reſolved to go He goeth to
in the ſervice of one, who, according to what is Barbadas.
commonly practiſed in thoſe parts by the Engliſh
and other Nations, fold him as ſoon as he came
on Shore. He ſerved his time at Barbadas; and
when he had obtained his liberty, thence trans-
ferred himſelf unto the land of Jamaica, there And thence
to ſeek new fortunes. Here he found two Vef to Jamaica.
ſels of Pirats that were ready to go to Sea. Be.
ing deſtitute of Employ, he put himſelf into one
of theſe Ships, with intent to follow the exerciſes He ſerveth
of that ſort of people. He learn'd in a little the Piratsa
while their manner of living; and ſo exactly,
that having performed three or four Voyages
with ſome profit and good ſucceſs, he agreed
with ſome of his Comrades, who had gotten by
the fame Voyages a ſmall parcel of money, to
joyn ſtocks and buy a Ship. The Veſſel being
bought, they unanimouſly choſe him to be the
Captain and Commander thereof.
With this Ship, ſoon after, he ſet forth from
Jamaica to cruze upon the coaſts of Campeche ;
in which Voyage he had the fortune to take ſeve-
ral Ships, with which he returned triumphant to
the faine Iſland. Here he found at the ſame
time an old Pirat, named Manſvelt, of whom Manſvelt, on
we have already made mention in the firſt part
of this book ) who was then bufied in equip-
old Pirat.
ping

62 Bucaniers of America,
ral.
rine.
ping a conſiderable Fleet of Ships, with deſigne
to land upon the Continent, and pillage whate-
ver came in his way. Manſvelt ſeeing Captain
Morgan return with ſo many Prizes, judged him,
from his actions to be of undaunted courage; and
Maketh
hereupon was moved to chuſe him for his Vice-
Morgan
Vice-Admi- Admiral in that Expedition. Thus having fit-
ted out fifteen Ships, between great and ſmall,
they ſet ſail from Jamaica with five hundred
men, both Walloons and French. With this Fleet
They go to they arrived not long after at the Iſle of St. Ca-
St. Catha- tharine, ſituated nigh unto the Continent of Coſta
Rica, in the altitude of twelve degrees and a half,
Northern latitude, and diſtant thirty five leagues
from the River of Chagre, between North and
South. Here they made their firſt deſcent, lan-
ding moſt of their men preſently after.
And take it.
Being now come to try their Arms and For-
tune, they in a ſhort while forced the Gariſon
that kept the Ifand to furrender and deliver into
their hands all the Forts and Caſtles belonging
thereunto. All theſe they inſtantly demoliſhed,
reſerving onely one; wherein they placed one
hundred men of their own Party, and all the
Slaves they had taken from the Spaniards. With
the reſt of their men they marched unto another
ther ſmall finall Iſland nigh unto that of St. Catharine, and
neighbouring
Ifw.d. adjoyning fo near unto it, that with a Bridge they
could get over. In few days they made a Bridge,
With ano-
and
1.

Bucaniers of America, 63
Colla.
and paſſed thither, conveying alſo over it all the
pieces of Ordance which they had taken upon the
great Iſland. Having ruined and deſtroyed, with
Sword and Fire, both the Ilands, leaving what
Orders were neceſſary at the Caſtle abovemen-
tioned, they put forth to Sea again, with the They put out
Spaniards they had taken Priſoners. Yet theſe to Sea again.
they ſet on ſhore, not long after, upon the firm
Land, nigh unto a place called Puerto Velo. Af
ter this, they began to cruze upon the coaſts of
Coſta Rica, till that finally they came unto the
River of Colla, deſigning to rob and pillage all And come to
the Towns they could find in thoſe parts, and the River of
afterwards to paſs unto the Village of Nataz to
do the fame.
The Preſident or Governour of Panama ha-
ving had advice of the arrival of theſe Pirats, and
the Hoftilities they committed every-where ,
thought it his duty to ſet forth to their encoun- The Gover-
ter with a body of men. His coming cauſed the
nour of Paa
Pirats to retire ſuddenly with all ſpeed and care. eth to meet
Eſpecially ſeeing the whole Country alarmed at
their arrival, and that their deſignes were known,
and conſequently could be of no great effect at
that preſent. Hereupon they returned unto the They return
Hle of St. Catharine,to viſit the hundred men they
had left in garriſon there. The Governour of
theſe men was a certain French-man named le
Sieur Simon:; who behaved himſelf very well in
that
nama com
them.
to St. Cach

64
"Bucaniers of America.
the great
things in
that charge, mean while Manfvelt was abſent.
Inſomuch that he had
put
Iſland in a
And fine all very good poſture of defence; and the little
one he had cauſed to be cultivated with many
good poffure. fertile Plantations, which were ſufficient to re-
victual the whole Fleet with Proviſions and
Fruits, not onely for preſent refreſhment, but al-
ſo in caſe of a new Voyage. Manſvelt's inclina-
Manfvele is tions were very much bent to keep theſe two l-
keep s.Cath. flands in perpetual poffeflion, as being very com-
modious, and profitably ſituated for the uſe of
the Pirats. Chiefly becauſe they were ſo near
unto the Spaniſh Dominions, and eaſily to be
defended againſt them; as I ſhall repreſent in
the third part of this Hiſtory more at large, in a
Copper Plate, delineated for tliis purpoſe.
Hereupon Manfvelt determined to return un-
to Jamaica
to Jamaica, with deſigne to ſend ſome Recruit
unto the Iſle of St. Catharine, that in caſe of any
invaſion of the Spaniards, the Pirats might be
provided for a defence. As ſoon as he arrived,
he propounded his mind and intentions unto the
Governour of that Iſland ; but he liked not the
denied him. Propofitions of Manſvelt, fearing left by grant-
ing fuch things, he ſhould diſpleaſe his Maſter
the King of England. Beſides, that giving him
the men he deſired, and other neceffaries for that
purpoſe, he muſt of neceſſity diminiſh and wea-
ken the Forces of that Iſland whereof he was
He returneth
for Recruits.
which are
Gover-

Bucaniers of Americà. 65
Governourd Manfvelt ſeeing the unwillingneſs
of the Governour of Jamaica, and that of his own
accord he could not compaſs what he deſi-
red, with the fame intent and deſigns went unto Goeth to
the Ide of Tortuga. But there, before he could Tortuga for
the ſame
accompliſh his deſires, or put in execution what purpoſe, and
was intended, Death ſuddenly ſurprized him,and dietho
put a period to his wicked life ; all things here-
by remaining in ſuſpenſe, until the occaſion which
Úhall hereafter relate.ov brs om diod aloog
Le Sieur Simon, who remained at the Iſle of
St. Catharine in quality of Governour thereof, re-
ceiving no news from Manſvelt his Admiral, was
greatly impatient, and deſirous to know what
might be the cauſe thereof. In the mean while,
Don John Perez de Guzman, being newly come to The Gover-
the government of Coſta Rica, thought it no nour of Co-
ways convenient for the intereſt of the King of
Spain, that that Iſland ſhould remain in the hands
of the Pirats. And hereupon he equipped a con-
ſiderable Fleet, which he ſent unto the ſaid Iſand
to retake it. But before he came to uſe any
great violence, he writ a Letter unto le Sieur Si. Writeth un-
mon, wherein he gave him to underſtand, if he to him of St.
would ſurrender the land unto his Catholick
Majeſty, he ſhould be very well rewarded; but
in caſe of refuſal, ſeverely puniſhed when he had
forced him to do it. Le Sieur Simon feeing no
appearance or probability of being able to defend
ſta Rica.
Ii
it

66 Bucaniers of America
it alone, nor any emolument that by fo doing
could accrew either unto him or his People ; after
ſome ſmall reſiſtance, delivered up the Ifand in-
ozdu to the hands of its true Lord and Maſter, under
the fame Articles they had obtained it from the
Spaniards. Few days after the ſurrendry of the
Hand, there arrived from Jamaica an Engliſh
Ship which the Governour of the ſaid Iſland had
fent under-hand, wherein was a good ſupply of
people, both men and women. The Spaniards
from the Caſtle having eſpied this Ship; put forth
the Engliſh Colours, and perſwaded le sieur Simon
to go on board, and conduct the ſaid Ship into a
Port they aſſigned him. This he performed
immediately with diſſimulation, whereby they
A Spaniard were all made Priſoners. A certain Spaniſh Engi-
deſcribeth nier hath publiſhed, before me, an exact Account
of St. Cath, and Relation of the retaking of the Iſle of St.
Catharine by the Spaniards; which printed Paper
being fallen into my hands, I have thought it fits
to be inſerted here.
A true Relation and particular Account of the Vi.
Etory obtained by the Arms of bis Catholick Ma-
jeſty againſt the Engliſh Pirats, by the direction:
and valour of Don John Perez de Guzman,
Knight of the Order of St. James, Governour and
Captain-General of Tierra Firme, and the Pro-
vince of Veraguas.
The

Bucaniers of America.
67
T
W tuo bola
"He Kingdom of Tierra Firme, which of it
ſelf is ſufficiently ſtrong to repulſe an
and
extirpate great Fleets, but more eſpecially the
Pirats of Jamaica, had ſeveral ways notice, under
ſeveral hands, imparted to the Governour there-
of, that fourteen Engliſh Veſſels did cruze upon
the Coaſts belonging to his Catholick Majeſty.
The 14th day of July, 1665. news came unto
Panama, that the Engliſh Pirats of the ſaid Fleet
were arrived at Puerto de Naos, and had forced
the Spaniſh Garriſon of the Idle of St. Catharine,
whoſe Governour was Don Eftevan del Campo ;
and that they had poffeffed themſelves of the
faid Iſland, taking Priſoners the Inhabitants, and
deſtroying all that ever they met. Moreover, a-
bout the ſame time Don John Perez de Guzman
received particular information of theſe Robbe-
ries from the relation of ſome Spaniards who e-
ſcaped out of the Iſland, (and whom he orderd
to be conveyed unto Puerto Velo ) who more di-
ftin&tly told him, That the aforementioned Pi-
rats came into the Iſland the ſecond day of May,
by night, without being perceived by any body:
And that the next day, after ſome diſputes by
Arms, they had taken the Fortreſſes, and made
Priſoners all the Inhabitants and Souldiers, not
one excepted, unleſs thoſe that by good fortune
had eſcaped their hands. This being heard by
Don
li 2

68
Bucaniers of America
Don John, he called a Council of War, wherein
he declared the great progreſs the faid Pirats had
made in the Dominions of his Catholick Majeſty.
Here likewiſe he propounded, That it was abſo-
Intely neceſſary to ſend fome Forces unto the Iſle of
St. Catharine, ſufficient to retake it from the Pirats ;
the Honour and Intereſt of his Majeſty of Spain be-
ing very narrowly concerned berein. Otherwiſe
the Pirats by ſuch Conqueſts might eaſily, in courſe
of time, poſſeſs themſelves of all the Countries there-
abonts. Ünto theſe Reaſons fome were found,
who made anſwer, That the Pirats, as not being
able to ſubſiſt in the ſaid Iſland, would of neceſity
conſume and waſte themſelves, and be fo ced to quit :
it, without any neceſſity of retaking it
. That con-
fequently it was not worth the while to engage in fo
many expences and troubles, as might be foreſeen this
would coſt. Notwithſtanding theſe Reaſons to
the contrary, Don John, as one who was an ex-
pert and valiant Souldier, gave orders that quan-
tity of Proviſions ſhould be conveyed unto Puerto
Velo, for the uſe and ſervice of the Militia. And
neither to be idle nor negligenc in his Maſters
Affairs; he tranſported himfelf thither, with no
ſmall danger of his life. Here he arrived the ſe-
venth day of July, with moſt things neceſſary to
the expedition in hand; where he found in the
Pórt a good Ship, called St. Vincent, that belong-
ed unto the Company of the Negro's. This Ship
being

Bucaniers of America.
69
being of it ſelf a ſtrong Veſſel, and well mounted
with Guns, he manned and victualled very well,
and ſent unto the Iſle of St. Catharine, conſtitu-
ting Captain Joſeph Sanchez Ximenez, Major of
the City of Puerto Velo, Commander thereof.
The people he carried with him were two hun-
dred threeſcore and ten Souldiers, and thirty fe-
ven Priſoners of the ſame Iſland : Beſides four
and thirty Spaniards belonging to the Garriſon
of Puerto Velo, nine and twenty Mulato's of Pa-
nama, twelve Indians
very
dexterous at ſhooting
with Bows and Arrows, feven expert and able
Gunners, two Lieutenants, two Pilots, one Chi-
rurgeon, and one Religious man of the Order
of St. Francis, for their Chaplain.
Don John foon after gave his orders unto e-
very one of the Officers, inſtructing them how
they ought to behave themſelves ; telling them
withal, that the Governour of Cartagena would
aſlift and ſupply them with moreMen, Boats, and
all things elſe they ſhould find neceſſary for that
Enterprize ; to which effect he had already writ-
ten unto the ſaid Governour. On the 24th day
of the faid month, Don John commanded the
Ship to weigh Anchor, and fail out of the Port.
Then ſeeing a fair Wind to blow, he called be-
fore him all the People deſigned for that Expe-
dition, and made them a Speech, encouraging
them to fight againſt the Enemies of their Coun-
try

70
Bucaniers of America,
try and Religion ; but more eſpecially againſt
thoſe inhumane Pirats, who had heretofore com-
mitted fo many horrid and cruel actions againſt
the Subjects of his Catholick Majeſty. Withal
,
promiſing unto every one of them moſt liberal
Rewards ; but eſpecially unto ſuch as ſhould be
have themſelves as they ought in the ſervice
of their King and Country. Thus Don John
bid them farewel; and immediately the Ship
weighed Anchor, and fet fail under a favourable
gale of Wind. The 22th of the ſaid month
they arrived at Cartagena, and preſented a Letter
unto the Governour of the ſaid City from the
noble and valiant Don John ; who received it,
with teſtimonies of great affection unto the per-
fon of Don Jobs, and his Majeſty's ſervice. And
feeing their refolute Courage to be conformable
to his deſires and expe&ation, he promiſed them
his aſliſtance, which ſhould be with one Frigat,
one Galeon, one Boat, and one hundred and
twenty fix men, the one half out of his own Ga-
riſon, and the other half Mulato's. Thus all of
them being well provided with neceffaries, they
ſet forth from the Port of Cartagena, the ſecond
day of Auguft; and the roth of the faid month
they arrived within fight of the Iſle of St. Catha-
rine, towards the Weſtern point thereof. And
although the Wind was contrary, yet they rea-
ched the Port, and came to an Anchor within it ;
having

Bucaniers of America.
71
having loſt one of their Boats, by foul weather,
at the Rock called Quita ſignos.
The Pirats feeing our Ships come to an An-
chor, gave them preſently three Guns with Bul-
lets ; the which were ſoon anſwered in the ſame
coin. Hereupon the Major Joſeph Sanchez Xi-
menez ſent on ſhore; unto the Pirats, one of his
Officers, to require them, in the name of the Ca-
tholick King his Mafter, to ſurrender the Iſland,
feeing they had taken it in the midſt of Peace
between the two Crowns of Spain and England ; ;
and that in caſe they would be obſtinate, he
would certainly put them all to the Sword. The
Pirats made anſwer, That Iſland had once before
belonged unto the Government and Dominions
of the King of England; and that inſtead of fur-
rendring it, they preferred to loſe their lives.
On Friday the 13th of the faid month, three
Negro's, from the Enemy, came fwimming aboard
our Admiral. Theſe brought intelligence, that
all the Pirats that were upon the Iſland were on-
ly threeſcore and twelve in number; and that
they were under a great conſternation, ſeeing
fuch conſiderable Forces come againft them.
With this intelligence the Spaniards reſolved to
land, and advance towards the Fortreſſes; the
which ceaſed not to fire as many great Guns a-
gainſt them, as they poſſibly could'; which were
correſponded in the ſame manner on our fide, till
dark

72
Bucaniers of America
dark night. On Sunday the 15th of the ſaid
month, which was the day of the Aſſumption of
our Lady, the weather being very calm and clear,
the Spaniards began to advance thus. The Ship
named St. Vincent, which rid Admiral, diſcharged
two whole broad-ſides upon the Battery called the
Conception. The Ship called St. Peter, that was
Vice-Admiral, diſcharged likewiſe her Guns a-
gainſt the other Battery named St. James. In
the mean while, our People were landed in ſmall
Boats, directing their courſe towards the point of
the Battery laſt mentioned, and from thence they
marched towards the Gate called Cortadura. The
Lieutenant Francis de Cazeres, being deſirous to
view the ſtrength of the Enemy, with onely fif-
teen men, was compelled to retreat in all haſte,
by reaſon of the great Guns which played ſo fu-
riouſly upon the place where he ſtood. They
fhooting not onely pieces of Iron and ſmall Bul-
lets, but alſo the Organs of the Church, diſchar-
ging in every ſhot, threeſcore Pipes at a tiine.
Notwithſtanding this heat of the Enemy, Cap-
tain Don Joſeph Ramirez de Leyva, with three-
ſcore men, made a ſtrong Attack, wherein they
fought on both ſides very deſperately, till that
at laſt he overcame, and forced the Pirats to ſur-
render the Fort he had taken in hand.
On the other ſide, Captain John Galeno, with
fourſcore and ten men, paſſed over the Hills, to
advance

Bucaniers of America.
73
advance that way towards the Caſtle of St. Te-
reſa. In the mean while, the Major Don Joſeph
Sanchez Ximenez, as Commander in chief, with
the reſt of his men, ſet forth from the Battery of
St. James, paſſing the Port with four Boats, and
landing in deſpite of the Enemy. About this
ſame time, Captain John Galeno began to advance
with the men he led unto the forementioned
Fortreſs. So that our men made three Attacks
upon the Enemy, on three ſeveral fides, at one
and the ſame time, with great courage and va-
lour. Thus the Pirats ſeeing many of their men
already kill'd, and that they could in no man-
ner ſubſiſt any longer, retreated towards Corta-
dura, where they ſurrendred themſelves, and
likewiſe the whole Iſland, into our hands. Our
People poffeffed themſelves of all, and ſet up the
Spaniſh Colours, as foon as they had rendred
thanks to God Almighty for the Victory obtain-
ed on ſuch a ſignalized day. The number of
dead were fix men of the Enemies, with many
wounded, and threeſcore and ten Priſoners. On
our ſide was found onely one man kill'd, and
four wounded
There was found upon the Iſland eight hun-
dred pound of rowder, two hundred and fifty
pound of ſmall Bullets, with many other Mili-
tary Proviſions. Among the Priſoners were ta-
ken alſo two Spaniards, who had born Arms
Kk
under

74
Bucaniers of America.
under the Engliſh againſt his Catholick Majeſty.
Theſe were commanded to be ſhot to death the
next day by order of the Major. The roth day
of September arrived at the Ife an Engliſh Veflei,
which being ſeen at a great diſtance by the Ma-
jor, he gave order unto le Sieur Simon, who was
a French-man, to go and viſit the faid Ship, and
tell them that were on board, the Iſland belonged
ſtill unto the Engliſh. He performed the com-
mands, and found in the ſaid Ship onely fourteen
men, one woman, and her daughter; who were
all inſtantly made Priſoners.
The Engliſh Pirats were all tranſported unto
Puerto Velo ; excepting onely three, who by or-
der of the Governour were carried to Panama,
there to work in the Caſtle of St. Jerom. This
Fortification is an excellent piece of Workman-
fhip, and very ſtrong; being raiſed in the middle
of the Port, of quadrangular form, and of very
hard ftone. Its elevation or heighth is of eighty
eight geometrical feet; the Walls being of four-
teen, and the Curtains of ſeventy five feet dia-
It was built at the expences of ſeveral
private perſons, the Governour of the City fur-
niſhing the greateſt part of the money ; ſo that it
did not coſt his Majeſty any ſum at all.
meter.
CHAP.

Bucaniers of America.
75
di silgrim
bavo
Bo
01190
CA
St. Cath.
CHAP. V. net
Some account of the land of Cuba. Capt.
Morgan attempteth to preſerve the ille
of St. Catharine, as a Refuge and
Neft unto Pirats; but failetb of bis de-
fignes. He arriveth at and taketh the
Village of el Puerto del Principe.
blood van
Aptain Morgan ſeeing his Predeceffour and
Capt. Mor-
Admiral Manfvelt was dead, endeavour'd, gan attemp-
as much as he could, and uſed all the meåns that teth to keep
were poflible, to preſerve and keep in perpetual
poſſeſſion the Iſle of St. Catharine, ſeated nigh un-
to that of Cuba. His principal intent was to
conſecrate it as a Refuge and Sanctuary unto the
Pirats of thoſe parts ; putting it in a ſufficient
condition of being a convenient Receptacle or
Store-houſe of their Preys and Robberies. Un-
to this effe&t he left no ſtone unmoy'd whereby
to compaſs his deſignes, writing for the ſame pur-
poſe unto ſeveral Merchants that lived in Virginia
and New England, and perſwading them to ſend
him Proviſions and other neceſſary things, to-
wards the putting the faid Idand in ſuch a pofture
Kk 2
of

76
Bucaniers of America
another
Fleet.
of defence, as it might neither fear any external
dangers, nor be moved at any fufpitions of inva-
fion from any fide, that might attempt to dif-
But faileth quiet it. At laſt all his thoughts and cares pro-
in the de- ved ineffe&ual, by the Spaniards retaking the
figne.
faid Irland. Yet notwithſtanding, Captain Mor-
gan retained his ancient courage, which inſtantly
put him upon new deſignes. Thus he equipped
He equippet) at firſt a Ship, with intention to gather an entire
Fleet, both as great and as ſtrong as he could
compaſs. By degrees he put the whole matter
in execution, and gave order unto every mem-
ber of his Fleet, they ſhould meet at a certain
Port of Cuba. Here he determined to call a
Council, and deliberate concerning what were
beſt to be done, and what place firſt they ſhould
fall upon. Leaving theſe new preparations in
this condition, I ſhall here give my Reader fome:
ſmall account of the aforementioned Iſle of Cuba,
in whoſe Ports this expedition was hatched, ſee-
ing I omitted to do it in its proper place.
Defcription
The Iſland of Cuba lieth from Eaſt to Weſt,
of the iſland in the altitude and ſituation of twenty unto
of Cuba.
three and twenty degrees, Northern latitude ;
being in length one hundred and fifty German:
leagues, and about forty in breadth. Its Ferti-
lity is equal unto that of the Iſland of Hiſpaniola.
Beſides which, it affordeth many things proper
for Trading and Commerce, ſuch as are Hides
of

Bucaniers of America.
77
of ſeveral Beaſts, particularly thoſe that in Europe
are called Hides of Havana. On all ſides it is
furrounded with a great number of ſmall Idlands, Iſlands cal-
which
go all together under the name of Cayos. led Cayos,
the refuge of
Of theſe little Iands the Pirats make great uſe, as Pirats.
of their own proper Ports of refuge. Here moſt
commonly they make their Meetings, and hold
their Councils, how to aſſault more eaſily the
Spaniards. It is thorowly irrigated on all ſides
with the ſtreams of plentiful and pleaſant Rivers, Rivers.
whoſe entries do form both ſecure and ſpacious
Ports. Befides many other Harbours for Ships,
which along the calm ſhores and coaſts do adorn
many parts of this rich and beautiful Hand. All
which, contribute very much unto its happineſs,
by facilitating the exerciſe of Trade; whereunto
they invite both Natives and Aliens. The chie.
feſt of theſe Ports are San Tiago, Bayame, Santa Portsa.
Maria, Eſpiritu Santo, Trinidad, Xagoa, Cabo de
Corrientes, and others; all which are feated on-
the South-ſide of the Iſland. On the Northern
ſide hereof are found theſe following: La Ha..
vana, Puerto Mariano, Santa Cruz, Mata Ricos,
and Barracoa.
This Iſland hath two principal Cities, by which Cities.
the whole Country is governed, and unto which
all the Towns and Villages thereof do give obe-
dience. The firſt of theſe is named San Tiago,
or St. James, being feated on the South-ſide, and
having

78
Bucaniers of America.
Government.
Their Come
merce with
having under its juriſdiction one half of the I-
ſland. The chief Magiſtrates hereof are a Bi-
ſhop and a Governour, who command over the
Villages and Towns belonging to the half above-
mentioned. The chiefeſt of theſe are, on the
Southern fide, Eſpiritu Santo, Puerto de el Prin-
cipe, and Bayame. On the North-fide it hath
Barracoa, and the Town called de los Cayos. The
greateſt part of the Commerce driven at the a-
the Canaries forementioned City of San Tiago, cometh from
the Canary Iſlands; whicher they tranſport great
quantity of Tobacco, Sugar, and Hides : which
forts of Merchandize are drawn to the head-City
from the ſubordinate Towns and Villages. In
former times this City of San Tiago was miferably
San Tiago
Sack d by Pi- fack'd by the Pirats of Jamaica and Tortuga";
notwithſtanding that it is defended by a conſide-
rable Caſtle.
ods to
The City and Port de la Havana lieth between
the North and Weſt-fide of the Iſland. This is
one of the renownedſt and ſtrongeſt places of all
Its Juriſdi- the Weſt Indies. Its juriſdiction extendeth over
the other half of the Iſland; the chiefeſt places
under it being Santa Cruz on the Northern ſide,
and la Trinidad on the South. From hence is
Commerce. tranſported huge quantity of Tobacco ;- which is
fent in great plenty onto New Spain and Cofta
Rica, even as far as the South-Sea. Beſides ma-
ny Ships laden with this Commodity, that are
Havana.
Etion.
CON-

Bucaniers Ducan
79
of America.
Convenient
ſigned into Spain, and other parts of Europe, not
onely in the leaf, but alſo in rowls. This City
is defended by three Caſtles, very great and
Caſtles.
ſtrong; two of which lie towards the Port, and
the other is ſeated upon a hill that commandeth
the Town. 'Tis eſteemed to contain ten chou-
fand Families, more or leſs ; among which num-:--
ber of people, the Merchants of this place trade Inbabitants
in New Spain, Campeche, Honduras, and Horida.
All the Ships that come from the parts aforemen-
tioned, as alſo from Caracas, Cartagena, and Coſta
Rica , are neceffitated to take their Proviſions
in at Havana, wherewith to make their Voyage
for Spain ; this being the neceſſary and ſtreight Situation.
courſe they ought to ſteer for the South of Europe,
and other parts. The Plate-Fleet of Spain,which
the Spaniards call Flộta, being homeward bound,
toucheth here yearly, to take in the reſt of their
full Cargo, as Hides, Tobacco, and Campeche-
wood.
Captain Morgan had been no longer than two.
months in the abovementioned Ports of the South
of Cuba, when he had got together a Fleet of Capt. Nor-
twelve ſail , between Ships and great Boats ; san Soon
wherein he had ſeven hundred fighting men, part good Fleet.
of which were Engliſh, and part French. They
called a Council ; and ſome were of opinion, They deſigne
'rwere convenient to aſſault the City of Havana, againlt Ha-
under the obſcurity of the night. Which En-
terprize
vana.

80
Bucaniers of America.
terprize, they ſaid, might eaſily be performed ;
eſpecially if they could but take any few of the
Eccleſiaſticks, and make them Priſoners. Yea,
that the City might be ſack’d, before the Caſtles
could put themſelves in a poſture of defence.
Diverſity of Others propounded, according to their ſeveral
opinions.
opinions, other attempts. Notwithſtanding, the
former Propoſal was rejected, becauſe many of
the Pirats had been Priſoners at other times in
the ſaid City; and theſe affirmed, nothing of
conſequence could be done, unleſs with fifteen
hundred men. Moreover, that with all this num-
ber of people, they ought firſt to go unto the I-
fland de los Pinos, and land them in ſmall Boats
about Matamano, fourteen leagues diſtant from
the aforeſaid City, whereby to accompliſh by
theſe means and order their deſignes.
Finally, they faw no poflibility of gathering ſo
great a Fleet; and hereupon, with that they
had, they concluded to attempt ſome other
They pitch place. Among the reſt was found, at laſt, one
upon el Pu- who propounded, they ſhould go and aſſault the
Town of el Puerto de el Principe. This Propo-
Principe licion he endeavoured to perſwade, by ſaying, he
knew that place very well ; and that being at
a diſtance from the Sea, it never was fack'd by a-
As bring a
ny
Pirats ; whereby the Inhabitants were rich, as
exerciſing their Trade for ready money, with
thoſe of Havana , who kept here an eſtabliſhed
Com-
erto del
och Town.

The Towne of Puerto del Principe taken sz.fackt
Page. 80
Part 2

jestod groter is to give

Bucaniers of America.
81
Commerce, which conſiſted chiefly in Hides. This
Propoſal was preſently admitted by Captain Mor-
gan, and the chiefeſt of his Companions. And
hereupon they gave order unto every Captain to
weigh Anchor and ſet ſail, ſteering their courſe
towards that coaſt that lieth neareft unto el Put-
erto de el Principe. Hereabouts is to be ſeen a
Bay, named by the Spaniards, el Puerto de Santa Part of St.
Maria. Being arrived at this Bay, a certain Spa-Mary.
niard, who was Priſoner on board the Fleet, store your
ſwam aſhore by night, and came unto the Town Ladies de
of Puerto del Principe, giving account unto the
Inhabitants of the deſigne the Pirats had againſt
them. This he affirmed to have over-heard in Their deſigne
their diſcourſe, mean while they thought he did betrayed.
not underſtand the Engliſh Tongue. The Spa-
niards, as ſoon as they received this fortunate ad-
vice, began inſtantly to hide their Riches, and
carry away what Movables they could. The
Governour alſo immediately raiſed all the people The Spani-
of the Town, both Freemen and Slaves; and ards prepare
with
themſelves.
part of them took a Poſt by which of ne-
ceſſity the Pirats were to paſs. He commanded
likewiſe many Trees to be cut down and laid an
midſt the ways, to hinder their paſſage. In like
manner he placed ſeveral Ambuſcades, which
Ambuſcades
were ſtrengthened with ſome pieces of Cannon,
to play upon them on their march. He gather-
ed in all, about eight hundred men, of which he
begit
LI
diftri-

82
Bucaniers of America,
modern och
cades.
diſtributed ſeveral into the aforementionod Am,
buſcades, and with the reſt he begirt the Town;
-592 mm
diſplaying them upon the plain of a ſpacious
bzein
Field, from whence they could ſee the coming of
the Pirats at length. Shoosing
Captain Morgan, with his men, being now
upon the march, found the avenues and paffages
unto the Town impenetrable. Hereupon they
took their way through the Wood, traverfing
They eſcape it with great difficulty, whereby they eſcaped
the Ambus divers Ambufcades. Thus, at laſt they came in-
to the Plain aforementioned; which, from its fi-
gure, is called by the Spaniards, la Savana, on
the Sheet. The Governour feeing them come,
bae made a detachment of a Troop of Horfe ; which
he ſent to change them in the front, thinking to
diſperſe them, and by putting them to flight,
purſue them with his main Body. But this de-
figne ſucceeded not as it was intended. For the
Pirats marched in very good rank and file, at the
found of their Drums, and with flying Colours.
When they came nigh unto the Horſe, they
drew into the form of a Semicircle, and thus ad-
vanced towards the Spaniards ; who charged
them like valiant and couragious Sonldiers for
fome while. But ſeeing that the Pirats were ve-
ry dexterous at their Arms, and their Governour,
with many of their Companions, killed, they be-
gan to retreat towards the Wood. Here they
deſigned

Bucaniers of America.
83
8
deſigned to ſave themſelves with more advan-
tage ; but before they could reach it, the greateſt
part of them were unfortunately killed by the Many Spa-
hands of the Pirats. Thus they left the Victory niards kill'd.
unto theſe new-come Enemies, who had no con-
fiderable loſs of men in this Battel, and but very
few wounded, howbeit the Skirmiſh continued
for the ſpace of four hours. They entred the The Town
Town, though not without great reſiſtance of taken.
ſuch as were within ; who defended, themſelves
as long as was poflible, thinking by their defence
to hinder the pillage. Hereupon, many ſeeing
the Enemy within the Town, fhut themſelves
up in their own houſes, and from thence made
ſeveral ſhot againſt the Pirats. Who perceiving
the miſchief of this diſadvantage, preſently be-
gan to threaten them, ſaying, If you ſurrender not
voluntarily, you ſhall foon ſee the Town in a Flame,
and your wives and children torn in pieces before
your faces. With theſe Menaces the Spaniards Entire fur-
ſubmitted entirely unto the diſcretion of the Pi- rendry of the
Town men.
rats ; believing they could not continue there
long, and would ſoon be forced to diſlodge.
bə As foon as the Pirats had poſſeſſed themſelves
of the Town, they encloſed all the Spaniards,
both men, women, children, and ſlaves, in ſeve-
ral Churches ; and gathered all the Goods they
could find by way of pillage. Afterwards they
ſearched the whole Country round about the
bagilab
Town,
LI 2
.

84
Bucaniers of America
Town, bringing in, day by day, many Goods and
Priſoners, with much Proviſion. With this they
-sqe fell to banquetting among themſelves, and ma-
bebetin king great Chearzıl after their cuſtomary way;
without remembring the poor Prifoners, whom
they permitted to ſtarve in the Churches for hun-
ger. In the mean while they ceaſed not to tor-
ment them dayly after an inhumane manner,
thereby to make them confeſs where they had
hid their Goods, Moneys, and other things 3
though little or nothing was left them. Unte
this effect they puniſhed alſo the women and lit-
tle children, given them nothing to eat; whereby
thergreateſt part perithed. vor commerce
on When they could find no more to rob, and
that Provifions began to grow ſcarce, they thought
They con it convenient to depart, land ſeek new fortunes
clude to go in other places. Hence they intimated to the
The Town Priſoners, Thej fbould find moneys to ranſom tbem-
put to ran- ſelves, elſe they ſhould be all tranſported to Jamaica.
fim.
Which being done, if they did not pay a ſecond Ran-
ſom for the Town, they wonld turn every houſe in-
to aſhes. The Spaniards hearing theſe fevere
Mi Gengers Menaces, nominated among themſelves four fel-
fent to ga low-Priſoners to go and ſeek for the abovemen-
tioned Contributions. But the Pirats, to the in-
tent they ſhould return ſpeedily with the Ran-
ſoms preſcribed, tormented ſeveral in their pre-
ſence, before they departed, with all the rigour
ther .
una-

Bucaniers of America.
85
imaginable. After few days, the Spaniards re-
turned from the fatigue of their únreaſonable
Commiffions, telling Captain Morgan, We have
ran up and down, and ſearched all the neighbouring
Woods and places we moſt fufpected, and yet have
not been able to find any of our own Party, nor con-
fequently, any fruit of our Embaſie. But if you are
pleaſed to bave a little longer patience with us, we
Mall certainly cauſe all that you demand, to be paid
within the ſpace of fifteen days. Captain Morgan
was contented, as it ſhould ſeem, to grant them
this Petition. But not long after, there came its
to the Town feven or eight Pirats, who had been
ranging in the Woods and Fields, and got there-
abouts ſome conſiderable Booty. Theſe brought
among other Priſoners, a certain Negro, whom
they had taken with Letters about him. Cap- Letters in-
tain Morgan having peruſed thein, found they tercepted
were from the Goverrour of San Tiago, being from San
Tiago.
written unto fome of the Priſoners; wherein he
told them, They ſhould not make too much haſle to
pay any Ranfom for their Town or Perfons, or any
other Pretext. But on the contrary, they ſhould put
off the Pirats as well as they could with excuſes and
delays a dexpecting to be relieved by him within a
Mort while, when he would certainly come to their
aid! This intelligence being heard by Captain
Morgan, he immediately gave orders, that all they
had robb'd ſhould be carried on board the Ships
And

86
Bucaniers of America,
retreat.
And withal,he intimated to the Spaniards, that the
very next day they ſhould pay their Ranſoms 3
Which cauſe
foraſmuch as he would not wait one moment
the Pirats to longer, but reduce the whole Town to aſhes, in
caſe they failed to perform the ſum he deman-
ded. god enontottb sool əlius os based
With this intimation, Captain Morgan made no
mention unto the Spaniards of the Letters he
had intercepted. Whereupon they made him
anſwer, That it was totally impoſſible for them to
give ſuch a ſum of money in ſo ſhort a ſpace of
time ; ſeeing their fellow-Townſinen were not
to be found in all the Country thereabouts.
Captain Morgan knew full well their intentions ;
and withal, thought it not convenient to remain
there any longer time. Hence he demanded of
them onely five hundred Oxen or Cows, toges
ther with fufficient Salt wherewith to falt them.
Hereunto he added onely this condition, that they
500 Beeves ſhould carry them on board his Ships: which they
granted.
promiſed to do. Thus he departed with all his
men, taking with him onely fix of the principal
Priſoners, as Pledges of what he intended. The
next day the Spaniards brought the Cattle and
Salt unto the Ships, and required the Priſoners.
But Caprain Morgan refufed to deliver them, till
fuch time as they had helped his men to kill andis
falt the Beeves. This was likewiſe performed in
great hafte, he not caring to ſtay there any lon-
ger,

Bucaniers of America.
87
French and
ger, left he ſhould be ſurprized by the Forces that
were gathering againſt him. Having received all
on board his Vefſels, he fet at liberty the Priſo-
ners he had kept as Hoſtages of his demands.
Mean while theſe things were in agitation, there
happened to ariſe ſome diſſentions between the
Engliſh-men and the French. The occaſion of
their diſcord was, as followeth: A certain French- Diſcord bear
man being employed in killing and ſalting one tween the
of the Beeves, an Engliſh Pirat came to him and
Engliſh
took away the Marrow-bones he had taken out
of the Ox; which fort of meat theſe people e-
ſteem very much. Hereupon they challenged
one another. Being come unto the place of
duel, the Engliſh-man drew his Sword treache-
roully againſt the French-man, wounding him in
the back, before he had put himſelf into a juſt
pofture of defence; whereby he ſuddenly fell
dead upon the place. The other French-men,
deſirous to revenge this baſe action, made an In-
furrection againſt the Engliſh. But Captain Mor-
gan foon extinguiſhed this flame, by command-
ing the Criminal to be bound in Chains, and
thus carried to Jamaica ; promiſing to them all,
he would ſee juſtice done upon him. For al-
though it were permitted unto him to challenge
his Adverſary, yet was it not lawful to kill him
treacherouſly, as he did.
As ſoon as all things were in a readinefs, and
Ο

88
Bucaniers of America.
Ibey depart. on board the Ships, and likewiſe the Prifo-
ners ſet at liberty, they ſailed from thence, dire-
Ering their courſe to a certain Iſland, where Cap-
tain Morgan intended to make a Dividend of
what they had purchaſed in that Voyage. Being
arrived at the place aſſigned, they found nigh the
50000 Pie- value of fifty thouſand Pieces of Eight, both in
robbed bere. money and goods. The ſum being known, it
cauſed a general reſentment and grief, to ſee fuch
a ſmall purchaſe; which was not ſufficient to
pay their Debts at 7amaica. Hereupon Captain
Morgan propounded unto them, they ſhould
think upon ſome other Enterprize and Pillage,
before they returned home. But the French-
men not being able to agree with the Engliſh,
The French ſeparated from their company, leaving Captain
the Engliſ. Morgan alone with thoſe of his own Nation; not-
withſtanding all the perſwafions he uſed to re-
duce them to continue in his company.
Thus
they parted with all external ſignes of friendſhip;
Captain Morgan reiterating his promiſes unto
them, he would ſee juſtice done upon that Cri-
minal. This he performed: for being arrived at
Jamaica, he cauſed him to be hang'd; which
was all the fatisfaction the French Pirats could
expect.
CHAP

Bucaniers of America.
89
27303 3.913 brisagide awtod
CH AP. VI.
non
Captain Morgan reſolreth to attack and
plunder the City of Puerto Velo.
Onto this effet be equippeth a Fleet
, and,
with little Expence and ſmall Forces, ta-
keth the ſaid places
ols VOD
1995
S
Ome Nations may think, that the French ha- A new Fleet
ving deſerted Captain Morgan, the Engliſh equipped.
alone could not have ſufficient courage to attempt
ſuch great A&tions, as before.
But Captain
Morgan, who always communicated Vigour with
his words, infuſed fuch Spirits into his men, as
were able to put every one of them inſtantly
upon new deſignes : They being all perſwaded
by his Reaſons, that the ſole execution of his Or-
ders, would be a certain means of obtaining great
Riches. This perſwafion had ſuch influence up-
on their minds, that with unimitable courage
they all reſolved to follow him. The ſame like-
wiſe did a certain Pirat of Campeche ; who in An old Pi-
this occaſion joyned with Captain Morgan, to rat of Cam-
ſeek new fortunes under his conduct, and
peche.
greater
advantages than he had found before. Thus
Captain Morgan, in a few days , gathered a
Fleet
Mm

୨୦
Bucaniers of America.
all.
Fleet of nine fail, between Ships and great Boats;
460 men in wherein he had four hundred and threeſcore mi-
litary men.
After that all things were in a good poſture
of readineſs, they put forth to Sea, Captain Mor-
They ſet
gan imparting the deſigne he had in his mind un-
fortb to-
wards Pu- to no body for that preſent. He onely told
erto Velo. them on ſeveral occaſions, that, he held as indu-
bitable, he ſhould make a good fortune by that
Voyage, if ftrange occurrences altered not the
courſe of his deſignes. They directed their
con courſe towards the Continent ; where they arrived
choti in few days upon the coaſt of Coſta Rica, with
all their Fleet entire. No ſooner had they diſ-
covered land, but Captain Morgan declared his in-
tentions to the Captains, and preſently after un-
to all the reſt of the company. He told them,
he intended in that Expedition to plunder Puerto
Velo, and that he would perform it by night, be-
ing reſolved to put the whole City to the fack,
not the leaſt corner eſcaping his diligence. More-
over, to encourage them, he added, This Enter-
prize could not fail to ſucceed well, ſeeing he had
kept it fecret in his mind, without revealing it to
any body; whereby they could not have notice of
his coming. Unto this propoſition ſome made
anſwer, They had not a ſufficient number of men
where with to aſſault ſo ſtrong and great a City.
Speech of But Captain Morgan replied, If our number is
Capt. Morg. 19
ſmall

Bucaniers of America.
91
Imall, our hearts are great. And the fewer pera
fons we are,the nore sinion and better ſhares we ſhall
have in the ſpoil. Hereupon, being ftimulated
with the ambition of thoſe vaſt Riches they pro-
miled themſelves from their good ſucceſs, they
unanimouſly concluded to venture upon that de-
figne. But now, to the intent my Reader may
better comprehend the incomparable boldneſs of
this Exploit, it may be neceſſary to ſay ſomething we will
before-hand of the City of Puerto Velo. gola en bozulan
The City, which beareth this name in America, Deſcription
is ſeated in the Province of Coſta Rica, under the of Puerto
altitude of ten degrees Northern latitude, at the
diſtance of fourteen leagues from the Gulf of
Darien, and eight Weſtwards from the Port cal-
led Nombre de Dios. It is judged to be the ſtron-
geſt place that the King of Spain poſſeſſeth in all
the Weſt-Indies, excepting two, that is to ſay,Hava-
na and Cartagena. Here are two Caſtles, almoſt in-
expugnable that defend the City, being ſituated at
the entry of the Port; ſo that no Ship nor Boat
can paſs without permiſſion. The Gariſon con-
fifteth of three hundred Souldiers, and the Town
conſtantly inhabited by four hundred Families,
more or leſs. The Merchants dwell not here,
but onely reſide for a while, when the Galeons
come or go from Spain ; by reaſon of the un-
healthineſs of the Air, occafioned by certain Va-
pours that exhale from the Mountains. Not-
with-
or
M m 2

92
Bucaniers of America,
Naos.
withſtanding, their chief Warehouſes are at Pua-
erto Velo, howbeit their Habitations be all the year
long at Panama. From whence they bring the
Plate upon Mules, at ſuch times as the Fair begin-
neth ; and when the Ships, belonging to the
Company of Negro's, arrive here to fell Slaves.
Captain Morgan, who knew very well all the
Avenues of this City, as alſo all the neighbour-
They arrived, ing Coafts, arrived in the dusk of the evening at
at Puerto de the place called Puerto de Naos diſtant ten leagues
towards the Weſt of Puerto Velo. Being come
unto this place, they mounted the River in their
Ships, as far as another Harbour called Puerto
Pontin ; where they came to an Anchor. Here
they put themſelves immediately into Boats and
Canows, leaving in the Ships onely a few men to
keep them, and conduct them the next day unto
the Port. About midnight they came to a cer-
tain place called Eſtera longa Lemos, where they
all went on ſhore, and marched by land to the
firſt Poſts of the City. They had in their com-
And from pany a certain Engliſh-man, who had been for-
erto Velo.merly a Priſoner in thoſe parts, and who now fer-
ved them for a Guide. Unto him and three or
four more, they gave commiſlion to take the
Centry, if poflible, or kill him upon the place.
The Centry-- But they laid hands on him and apprehended him
with ſuch cunning, as he had no time to give war-
ning with his Musket, or make any other noiſe.
Thus

Bucaniers of America. 93
Thus they brought him, with his hands bound,
unto Captain Morgan, who asked him, How things
went in the City, and what Forces they had : with
many other circumſtances, which he was deſirous
to know. After every queſtion, they made him
a thouſand menaces to kill him, in caſe he de-
clared not the truth. Thus they began to ad-
vance towards the City, carrying always the ſaid
Centry bound before them. Having marched
about one quarter of a league, they came unto
the Caſtle that is nigh unto the City; which pres
fently they cloſely ſurrounded, ſo that no per- First Caſtles
ſon could get either in or out of the ſaid For- ſurrounded
treſs.
Being thus poſted under the walls of the Ca-
ftle, Captain Morgan commanded the Centry,
whom they had taken Priſoner, to ſpeak unto
thoſe that were within, charging them to ſurren-
der,and deliver themſelves up to his diſcretion ;
otherwiſe they ſhould be all cut in pieces; with-
out giving quarter to any one. But they would
hearken to none of theſe threats, beginning in-
ſtantly to fire'; which gave notice unto the Ci-
ty, and this was fuddenly alarm’d.
Yet not-
withſtanding, although the Governour and Soul-
diers of the ſaid Caſtle made as great reſiſtance
as could be performed, they were conſtrained to
ſurrender unto the Pirats. Theſe no ſooner had
taken the Caſtle, but they reſolved to be as good
ass

94
Bucaniers of America,
tredo
as their words, in putting the Spaniards to the
Sword, thereby to ſtrike a terrour into the reſt
of the City. Hereupon, having ſhut up all the
Souldiers and Officers, as Priſoners, into one
Room, they inſtantly ſet fire unto the Powder
(whereof they found great quantity) and
Ls taken and blew up the whole Caſtle into the air, with all
blown up the Spaniards that were within. This being
done, they purſued the courſe of their Victory,
The City en-
falling upon the City, which as yet was not in or-
der to receive them. Many of the Inhabitants
caſt their precious Jewels and Moneys into
Wells and Ciſterns, or hid them in other places
under ground, to excuſe, as much as were poffi-
ble, their being totally robb’d. One party of
the Pirats being
alligned to this purpoſe, ran iin-
They run to
ibe Cloiſters. mediately to the Cloiſters, and took as many
Religious men and women as they could find.
The Governour of the City not being able to
rally the Citizens, through the huge confuſion of
nour retireth, the Town, retired unto one of the Caſtles rea
maining, and from thence began to fire inceffant-
ly at the Pirats. But theſe were not in the leaſt
negligent either to aſſault him, or defend them-
felves with all the courage imaginable. Thus it
was obſervable, that amidſt the horrour of the
Alfault, they made very few ſhot in vain. For
aiming with great dexterity at the mouths of the
Guns, the Spaniards were certain to loſe one or
The Gover-
two

Bucaniers of America,
95
two men every time they charged each Gun a-
new.
continueth
till noon.
The aſſault of this Caſtle where the Gover-
nour was, continued very furious on both ſides,
from break of day until noon. Yea, about this The Aſſaulet
time of the day, the caſe was very dubious which
party fhould conquer or be conquered. At laſt
the Pirats perceiving they had loſt many men,
and as yet advanced but little towards the gain-
ing either this or the other Caſtles remaining,
thought to make uſe of Fire-balls, which they
threw with their hands, deſigning, if poſible, to
burn the doors of the Caſtle. But going about
to put this in execution, the Spaniards from the Strong de
Walls let fall great quantity of ftones, and ear-
fence of the
Spaniards.
then pots full of Powder, and other combuſtible
matter, which forced them to defiſt from that
attempt. Captain Morgan ſeeing this generous
defence made by the Spaniards, began to deſpair
of the whole ſucceſs of the Enterprize. Here-
upon many faint and calm meditations came in-
to his mind; neither could he determine which
way to turn himſelf in that ſtraitneſs of affairs..
Being involved in theſe thoughts, he was ſudden-
ly animated to continue the Aſſault, by ſeeing the
Engliſh Colours put forth at one of the leſſer Another Case-
Caſtles, then entred by his men.
Of whom he file taken..
preſently after ſpied a Troop that came to meet
him, proclaiming Victory with loud ſhouts of
joy.

96
Bucaniers of America.
ders made.
joy. This inſtantly put him upon new reſolu-
tions of making new efforts to take the reſt of
the Caſtles that ſtood out againſt him: Efpeci-
ally ſeeing the chiefeſt Citizens were fled unto
them, and had conveyed thither great part of
their Riches, with all the Plate belonging to the
Churches, and other things dedicated to Divine
Service.
"Twelve Lad Unto this effect therefore he ordered ten or
twelve Ladders to be made, in all poſible haſte,
ſo broad, that three or four men at once might
aſcend by them. Theſe being finiſhed, he com-
manded all the Religious men and women whom
he had taken Priſoners, to fix them againſt the
Stratagem of walls of the Caſtle. Thus much he had before-
Capt. Morg. hand threatned the Governour to perform, in
cafe he delivered not the Caſtle. But his anſwer
was, He would never ſurrender himſelf alive. Cap-
tain Morgan was much perſwaded that the Gover-
nour would not employ his utinoſt Forces, ſeeing
Religious Religious women, and Eccleſiaſtical perſons
ployed in the expoſed in the front of the Souldiers to the grea-
Aſault. telt dangers. Thus the Ladders, as I have ſaid,
were put into the hands of Religious perſons of
both Sexes ; and theſe were forced, at the head
of the Companies, to raiſe and apply them to the
Walls. But Captain Morgan was fully deceived
in his judgment of this deſigne. For the Go-
vernour, who acted like a brave and couragious
Souldier,
و

Bucaniers of America.
97
Souldier, refuſed not, in performance of his du-
ty, to uſe his utmoſt endeavours to deſtroy who-
foever came near the Walls. The Religious men
and women ceaſed not to cry unto him and beg
of him by all the Saints of Heaven, he would
deliver the Caſtle, and hereby ſpare both his and
their own lives. But nothing could prevail with
the obſtinacy and fierceneſs that had poſſeſſed
the Governour's mind. Thus many of the Re-
ligious men and Nuns were killed before they
could fix the Ladders. Which at laſt being
done, though with great loſs of the ſaid Religi- Many of
them killed.
ous people, the Pirats mounted them in great
numbers, and with no leſs valour ; having Fire-
balls in their hands, and Earthen-pots full of
Powder. All which things, being now at the The Caſtle
top of the Walls, they kindled and caſt in a- taken.
mong the Spaniards.
This effort of the Pirats was very great: Ine
fomuch as the Spaniards could no longer reſiſt ukendab
nor defend the Caſtle, which was now entred.
Hereupon they all threw down their Arms, and
craved quarter for their lives. Onely the Go-
vernour of the City would admit nor crave no nour world
mercy; but rather killed many of the Pirats not ſurrender
with his own hands, and not a few of his own
Souldiers, becauſe they did not ſtand to their
Arms. And although the Pirats asked him if he
would have quarter, yet he conſtantly anſwer'd,
The Gover-
Nn
By.

98
Bucaniers of America
By no means: I had rather die as a valiant Soul-
dier, than be hanged as a Coward. They endea-
voured, as much as they could, to take him Pri-
foner. But he defended himſelf fo obſtinately,
as that they were forced to kill him ; notwith-
But is killed, ſtanding all the cries and tears of his own Wife
and Daughter, who begged of him upon their
knees he would demand quarter and ſave his
life. When the Pirats had poffeſſed themſelves
of the Caſtle, which was about night, they en-
cloſed therein all the Priſoners they had taken,
placing the women and men by themſelves, with
basis fome Guards upon them. All the wounded
were put into a certain apartment by it ſelf, to
the intent their own complaints might be the cure
of their diſeaſes; for no other was afforded
them.
This being done, they fell to eating and drin-
They fall to king, after their uſual manner ; that is to ſay,
debauchery. committing in both theſe things all manner of de-
bauchery and exceſs. Thefe two vices were
immediately followed by many inſolent actions
of Rape and Adultery committed upon many
very honeſt women, as well married as Virgins :
Who being threatned with the Sword, were con-
ſtrained to ſubmit their bodies to the violence of
thoſe lewd and wicked men. After ſuch man-
ner they delivered themſelves up unto all ſort of
debauchery of this kind, that if there had been
found

Bucaniers of America.
99
found onely fifty courageous men, they might
eaſily have retaken the City, and killed all the
Pirats. The next day, having plundred all they
could find, they began to examine ſome of the
priſoners ( who had been perſwaded by their
Companions to ſay, they were the richeſt of the
Town) charging them feverely, to diſcover
where they had hidden their Riches and Goods.
But not being able to extort any thing out of
them, as who were not the right perſons that pof-
feſſed any wealth, they at laſt reſolved to tor- They torture
the Priſoners
ture them. This they performed with ſuch cru-
elty, that many of them died upon the Rack, or
preſently after. Soon after, the Preſident of
Panama had news brought him of the pillage and
ruine of Puerto Velo. This intelligence cauſed
him to employ all his care and induſtry to raiſe
Forces, with deſigne to purſue and caſt out the
Pirats from thence. But theſe cared little for
what extraordinary means the Preſident uſed, as
having their Ships nigh at hand, and being deter-
mined to ſet fire unto the City, and retreat.
They had now been at Puerto Velo fifteen days,
in which ſpace of time they had loft many of
their men, both by the unhealthineſs of the Coun-
try, and the extravagant Debaucheries they had
committed
Hereupon they prepared for a departure, car- They prepare
rying on Board their Ships all the Pillage they to depars.
had
Nn 2

TOO
Bucaniers of America.
had gotten. But before all, they provided the
Fleet with ſufficient Vi&tuals for the Voyage.
While theſe things were getting ready, Captain
Morgan ſent an Injunction unto the Priſoners;
that they ſhould pay him a Ranſom for the City,
or elſe he would by fire conſume it to aſhes, and
blow up all the Caſtles into the air. Withal,
he commanded them to ſend ſpeedily two per-
fons to ſeek and procure the ſum he demanded,
which amounted unto one hundred thouſand
Pieces of Eight. Unto this effed, two men
were ſent to the Preſident of Panama, who
gave
him an account of all theſe Tragedies. The Pre-
The Gover- fident having now a body of men in a readineſs,
nour of Pa-
ſet forth immediately towards Puerto Velo, to en-
againſt them. counter the Pirats before their retreat. But
theſe people hearing of his coming, inſtead of
flying away, went out to meet him at a narrow
paſſage through which of neceſſity he ought to
paſs. Here they placed an hundred men very
well arm’d; the which, at the firſt Encounter,
But in vain. put to flight a good party of thoſe of Panama.
This Accident obliged the Preſident to retire for
that time, as not being yet in a poſture of ſtrength
to proceed any farther. Prefently after this
Rencounter, he ſent a Meſſage unto Captain
Morgan, to tell him, That in caſe he departed not
ſuddenly with all bis Forces from Puerto Velo, he
ought to expect no quarter for himſelf nor his Com-
panions
nama cometh

Bucaniers of America.
IOI
panions, when he ſhould take them, as he hoped
ſoon to do. Captain Morgan, who feared not his
threats, as knowing he had a ſecure retreat in his
Ships which were nigh at hand, made him an-
fwer, He would not deliver the Caſtles, before he
had received the Contribution-money he had de-
manded. Which in caſe it were not paid down, he
would certainly burn the whole City, and then leave
it ; demoliſbing before-hand the Caſtles, and kil-
ling the Priſoners.
The Governour of Panama perceived by this
Anſwer, no means would ſerve to mollifie the
hearts of the Pirats, nor reduce them to reaſon.
Hereupon he determined to leave them ; as alſo
thoſe of the City, whom he came to relieve, in-
volved in the difficulties of making the beſt a-
greement they could with their Enemies. Thus
in few days more, the miſerable Citizens gather-
ed the Contribution wherein they were fined,
and brought the entire ſum of one hundred thou- A huge Ran
fand Pieces of Eight unto the Pirats, for a Ran- the City.
Som paid for
ſom of the cruel Captivity they were fallen into.
But the Preſident of Panama, by theſe tranſacti-
ons, was brought into an extream admiration,
conſidering that four hundred men had been a-
ble to take ſuch a great City, with ſo many ſtrong
Caſtles: eſpecially ſeeing they had no pieces of
Cannon, nor other great Guns, wherewith to
raiſe Batteries againſt them. And what was
more

102
Bucaniers of America.
gan.
more, knowing that the Citizens of Puerto Velo
had always great repute of being good Souldiers
themſelves, and who had never wanted courage
in their own defence. This aſtoniſhment was ſo
great, that it occaſion'd him, for to be ſatisfied
A Miffage herein, to ſend a Meſſenger unto Captain Mor-
to Cap. Mor-
gan, defiring him to ſend him fome ſmall pattern
of thoſe Arms wherewith he had taken with ſuch
violence fo great a City. Captain Morgan recei-
ved this Meſſenger very kindly, and treated him
with great civility. Which being done, he gave
him a Piſtol and a few ſmall Bullets of lead, to
carry back unto the Preſident his Maſter, telling
He fenderb, him withal, He defired him to accept that ſlender
back a Piſtol
pattern of the Arms wherewith he had taken Puerto
Velo, and keep them for a twelvemonth ; after
which time, he promiſed to come to Panama and
fetch them away. The Governour of Panama
returned the Preſent very ſoon unto Captain Mor-
gan, givir g him thanks for the favour of lending
him ſuch Weapons as he needed not, and with-
al ſent him a Ring of Gold, with this Meſſage,
That he deſired him not to give himſelf the labour
of coming to Panama, as he had done to Puerto Ve-
lo; for he did certifie unto him, he ſhould not
Speed fo well bere as he had done there.
After theſe tranſactions, Captain Morgan (ha-
ving provided his Fleet with all neceſſàries, and
taken with him the beſt Guns of the Caſtles, nai-
ز
ling

Bucaniers of America.
103
ling the reſt which he could not carry away ) fet He departeth
fail from Puerto Velo with all his Ships. With for Cuba.
theſe he arrived in few days unto the Iſland of
Cuba, where he fought out a place wherein with
all quiet and repoſe he might make the Dividend
of the Spoil they had gotten. They found in The Divi-
ready money two hundred and fifty thouſand dend made.
Pieces of Eight; beſides all other Merchandizes,
as Cloth, Linnen, Silks, and other Goods. With
this rich Purchaſe they failed again from thence
unto their common place of Rendezvouz, fa-
maica. Being arrived, they paſſed here ſome
time in all ſorts of Vices and Debauchery, accor-
ding to their common manner of doing, fpen-
ding with huge prodigality what others had gain-
ed with no ſmall labour and toil.
Ons bobulonos vadh bong
to bruto vandbol o donadw sabung
obrabro
genimeno Bio
ostale
Egidio obrtsen
ein to
11 month
os
ad controde
CHAP.

104
Bucaniers of America.
OVED
Stotrigoh ah oo vasto Duco o dolor sit
schont dit id id Il diw otot 107
VITIS
biw niste pas 100
CHA P. VII.
na sve spl 911 9191w dira
brobivi on
bear bas ito Ils
esit Captain Morgan taketh the City of Ma-
obced barn racaibo on the coaſt of Nueva Ve
nezuela.
lela, Piracies committed in thoſe
Seas. Ruine of three Spaniſh Ships,
that were ſet forth to binder the Robberies
of the Pirats. vorla bovins gaisa
-1000s 190mda bas anoi Vio antolls amis
Ot long after the
arrival of the Pirats at
pedition ta-
Famaica, being preciſely that ſhort time
ken in hand.
they needed to laviſh away all the Riches above-
mentioned, they concluded upon another Enter-
prize whereby to ſeek new fortunes. Unto this
effect, Captain Morgan gave orders to all the
Commanders of his Ships to meet together at the
Illand called de la Vaca, or Cow-Iſle, feated on the
South-fide of the Iſle of Hiſpaniola; as hath been
mentioned above. As ſoon as they came to this
place, there flocked unto them great numbers of
other Pirats, both French and Engliſh, by reaſon
the name of Captain Morgan was new rendred fa-
mous in all the neighbouring Countries, for the
great Enterprizes he had perform’d. There was
at that preſent at Jamaica, an Engliſh Ship newly
A new Ex-
come

Bucaniers of America,
105
come from New England, well mounted with
thirty ſix Guns. This Veffel likewiſe, by order
of the Governour of Jamaica, came to joyn with
Captain Morgan to ſtrengthen his Fleet, and give
him greater courage to attempt things of huge
conſequence. With this fupply Captain Mor-
gan judged himſelf fufficiently ſtrong, as having
a Ship of ſuch port, being the greateſt of his
Fleet, in his Company. Notwithſtanding, there
being in the ſame place another great Vellel that
carried twenty four iron Guns, and twelve of
braſs, belonging unto the French, Captain Mor-
gan endeavoured as much as he could to joyn this
Ship in like manner unto his own. But the
French not daring to repoſe any truſt in the En-
gliſh, of whoſe actions they were not a little jea-
lous, denied abfolutely to conſent unto any ſuch
thing
The French Pirats belonging to this great Ship
had accidentally met at Sea an Engliſh Veſtel :
And being then under an extream neceſſity of
Vi&uals, they had taken ſome proviſions out of
the Engliſh Ship, without paying for them, as
having peradventure no ready money on board.
Onely they had given them Bills of Exchange,
for Jamaica and Tortuga, to receive money there
for what they had taken. Captain Morgan ha-
ving notice of this Accident, and perceiving he
could not prevail with the French Captain to
Oo
fol-

106
Bucaniers of America.
follow him in that Expedition, reſolved to lay
hold on this occaſion, as a pretext to ruine the
French, and ſeek his own revenge. Hereupon
he invited, with diflimulation, the French Com-
mander and ſeveral of his men to dine with him
on board the great Ship that was come from fa-
maica, as was ſaid before. Being come thither,
he made them all Priſoners, pretending the inju-
ry aforementioned done to the Engliſh Veffel, in
taking away fome few proviſions without pay.
This unjuſt action of Captain Morgan was ſoon
followed by divine puniſhment, as we may very
rationally conceive. The manner I ſhall inſtant-
ly relate. Captain Morgan, preſently after he
had taken the French priſoners aboveľaid, called
a Council to deliberate what place they ſhould
firſt pitch upon, in the courſe of this new Expe-
dition. At this Council it was determined to go
to the Iſle of Savona, there to wait for the Flota
which was then expected from Spain, and take
any of the Spaniſh Veſſels that might chance to
ftraggle from the reſt. This reſolution being
taken, they began on board the great Ship to
feaſt one another for joy of their new Voyage
and happy Council, as they hoped it would
prove. In teſtimony hereof, they drank many
Healths, and diſcharged many Guns, as the com-
mon ſigne of mirth among Seamen uſed to be.
Moſt of the men being drunk, by what accident
is

Bucaniers of America.
107
is not known, the Ship ſuddenly was blown up A great Ship
into the air, with three hundred and fifty Engliſh- blown up.
men, beſides the French priſoners abovemention- 320 men loft
ed that were in the Hold. Of all which num-
ber, there eſcaped onely thirty men, who were
in the great Cabin, at ſome diſtance from the
main force of the powder. Many more, 'tis
thought, might have eſcaped, lad they not been
ſo much overtaken with Wine.
The loſs of ſuch a great Ship brought much
conſternation and conflict of mind upon the En-
gliſh. They knew not whom to blame ; but
at laſt the accuſation was laid upon the French The whole
priſoners, whom they ſuſpected to have fired the matter im-
puted to the
powder of the Ship wherein they were, out of French.
deſigne to revenge themſelves, though with the
loſs of their own lives. Hereupon they fought
to be revenged on the French anew, and accumu-
late new accuſations unto the former, whereby
to ſeize the Ship and all that was in it. With
this deſigne they forged another pretext againſt
the ſaid Ship, by ſaying the French deſigned to
commit piracy upon the Engliſh. The grounds
of this Accuſation were given them by a Commif-
fion from the Governour of Barracos, found on
board the French Veſſel, wherein were theſe
words : That the ſaid Governour did permit the
French to trade in all Spaniſh Ports, &c.---
As alſo to cruze upon the Engliſh Pirats in what
place
002

108
Bucaniers of America,
place foever they could find them, becauſe of the
multitude of Hoſtilities which they had committed
againſt the Subjects of his Catholick Majeſty, in time
of Peace betwixt the two Crowns. This Com-
million for Trade was interpreted by the Engliſh
as an expreſs Order to exerciſe Piracy and War
againſt them, notwithſtanding it was onely a bare
Licenfe for coming into the Spaniſh Ports; the
cloak of which permiſlion, were thoſe words in-
ferted, That they ſhould cruze upon the Engliſh.
And although the French did fufficiently ex-
pound the true ſence of the ſaid Commiflion, yet
they could not clear themſelves unto Captain
Morgan, nor his Council. But in lieu hereof, the
Ship and men were ſeized and ſent unto Jamaica.
Here they alſo endeavoured to obtain Juſtice,
and the reſtitution of their Ship, by all the means
poſible. But all was in vain : for inſtead of Ju-
ſtice, they were long time detained in Priſon,and
threatned with hanging.
Eight days after the loſs of the ſaid Ship, Cap-
tain Morgan commanded the bodies of the miſe-
rable wretches who were blown up, to be ſear-
ched for, as they floated upon the waters of the
Sea. This he did, not out of any deſigne of af-
fording them Chriſtian burial, but onely to ob-
tain the ſpoil of their Cloaths and other Attire.
And if any had golden Rings on their fingers,
theſe were cut off for purchaſe, leaving them in
that

Bucaniers of America.
109
Savona.
that condition expoſed to the voracity of the
Monſters of the Sea. At laſt they fet fail for the
Iſle of Savona, being the place of their aſſigna- They go to
tion. They were in all fifteen Veſſels, Captain the Iſle of
Morgan commanding the biggeſt, which carried
onely fourteen ſmall Guns. The number of
men belonging to this Fleet, were nine hundred
and threeſcore. In few days after, they arrived
at the Cape called Cabo de Lobos, on the South-
ſide of the Iſle of Hiſpaniola, between Cape Tibu-
ren and Cape Punta de Eſpada. From hence they
could not paſs, by reaſon of contrary winds that
continued the ſpace of three weeks, notwith-
ſtanding all the endeavours Captain Morgan ufed
to get forth, leaving no means unattempted there-
unto. At the end of this time they doubled the
Cape, and preſently after ſpied an Engliſh Vef-
fel at a diſtance. Having ſpoken with her, they
found the came from England, and bought of her
for ready money, fome Proviſions they ſtood in
need of.
Captain Morgan proceeded in the courſe of
his Voyage, till he came unto the Port of Ocoa, They arrive
Here he landed ſome of his inen, ſending them at Ocoa.
into the Woods to ſeek water, and what Provi-
fions they could find; the better to fpare ſuch as
he had already on board his Fleet. They killed
many Beaſts, and among other Animals fome
Horſes. But the Spaniards being not well fatis-
fied

IIO
Bucaniers of America
niards.
fied at their hunting, attempted to lay a Strata-
Stratagem gem for the Pirats.
Unto this purpoſe, they or-
of the Spa- der'd three or four hundred men to come from
the City of Santo Domingo, not far diſtant from
this Port, and deſired them to hunt in all the
parts thereabouts adjoyning to the Sea, to the in-
tent that if any Pirats ſhould return, they might
find nò ſubſiſtance. Within a few days the
ſame Pirats returned, with deſigne to hunt. But
finding nothing to kill, a party of them, being a-
bout fifty in number, ftraggled farther on into
the Woods. The Spaniards, who watched all
their motions, gathered a great Herd of Cows,
and ſet two or three men to keep them. The
Pirats having ſpied this Herd, killed a fufficient
number thereof; and although the Spaniards
could ſee them at a diſtance, yet they would not
hinder their work for the preſent. But as ſoon
as they attempted to carry them away, they ſet
upon them with all fury imaginable, crying, Ma-
ta, mata ; that is, Kill, kill
. Thus the Pirats
were foon compellid to quit the prey, and re-
treat towards their Ships as well as they could.
This they performed notwithſtanding, in good
order, retiring from time to time by degrees ;
and when they had any good opportunity, dif-
Yet #lwy are charging full Vollies of thot upon the Spaniards.
By this means the Pirats killed many of the Ene-
mies, though with fome loſs on their own ſide.
The
beaten.

Bucaniers of America.
III
The reſt of the Spaniards ſeeing what damage
they had ſuſtained, endeavoured to ſave them-
ſelves by flight, and carry off the dead bodies
and wounded of their Companions. The Pirats
perceiving them to flie, could not content them-
felves with what hurt they had already done, but
purſued them ſpeedily into the Woods, and kil-
led the greateſt part of thoſe that were remain-
ing. The next day Captain Morgan being ex-
treamly offended at what had paſſed, went him-
ſelf with two hundred men, into the Woods, to
feek for the reſt of the Spaniards. But finding
no body there, he revenged his wrath upon the
houſes of the poor and miſerable Ruſticks that
inhabit ſcatteringly thoſe Fields and Woods ; of
which he burnt a great number. With this he
returned unto his Ships, ſomething more ſatisfied
in his mind, for having done ſome conſiderable
damage unto the Enemy; which was always his
moſt ardent deſire.
The huge impatience wherewith Captain Mor-
gan had waited now this long while for fome of
his Ships, which were not yet arrived, made him
reſolve to ſet ſail without them, and ſteer his
courſe for the Iſle of Savona, the place he had They go on
always deſigned. Being arrived there, and not
finding any of his Ships as yet come, he was
more impatient and concerned than before, as
fearing their loſs, or that he muſt proceed with-
to Savona.
out

II2
Bucaniers of America.
out them. Notwithſtanding, he waited for their
arrival fome few days longer. In the mean
while, having no great plenty of Proviſions, he
fent a crew of one hundred and fifty men unto
the Iſle of Hiſpanicla, to pillage fome Towns that
were nigh unto the City of Santo Domingo. But
the Spaniards having had intelligence of their
coming, were now ſo vigilant, and in ſuch good
poſture of defence, as the Pirats thought it not
convenient to affault them; chuſing rather to re-
turn empty-handed unto Captain Morgan's pre-
fence, than to periſh in that defperate Enter-
prize.
At laft, Captain Morgan ſeeing the other Ships
did not come, made a review of his People, and
found onely five hundred men, more or leſs.
The Ships that were wanting were ſeven, he ha-
ving onely eight in his company, of which, the
greateſt part were very ſmall. Thus having hi-
therto reſolved to cruze upon the coaſts of Cara-
cas, and plunder all the Towns and Villages he
could meet, finding himſelf at preſent with ſuch
finall Forces, he changed his reſolution, by the
Advice of a advice of a French Captain that belonged to his
French-ran. Fleet. This French-inan had ſerved Lolonois in
like Enterprizes, and was at the taking of Mara-
caibo ; whereby he knew all the entries,paſſages,
forces, and means how to put in execution the
fame again in the company of Captain Morgan.
Unto

Bucaniers of America.
112
Unto whom having made a full relation of all,
he concluded to fack it again the ſecond time, as
being himſelf perſwaded, with all his men, of the
facility the French-man propounded. Hereupon
they weighed Anchor, and fteered their courſe
towards Curaſao. Being come within fight of
that Illand, they landed at another, which is nigh
unto it, and is called Ruba, ſeated about twelve They arrive
leagues from Curaſao, towards the Weſt. This at Řuba.
Iſland is defended but by a ſlender Gariſon, and
is inhabited by Indians, who are ſubject to the
Crown of Spain, and ſpeak Spanish, by reaſon of
DEM
the Roman Catholick Religion, which is here
cultivated by ſome few Prieſts that are ſent from
time to time from the neighbouring Continent.
The Inhabitants of this Ille exerciſe a certain
Commerce or Trade with the Pirats that go and Commerce of
come this way. Theſe buy of the Iſlanders Sheep,
this Iſlando
Lambs, and Kids ; which they exchange unto
them for Linnen, Thread, and other things of
this kind. The Country is very dry and bar-
ren, the whole ſubſtance thereof conſiſting in
thoſe three things abovementioned; and in a
ſmall quantity of Wheat, which is of no bad
quality. This Ile produceth a great number of
venomous Inſects, as Vipers, Spiders, and others.
Theſe laſt are ſo pernicious here, that if any man
is bitten by them, he dieth inad. And the man-
ner of recovering ſuch perſons, is to tye them
very
P P

114
Bucaniers of America
Arrival at
Maracaibo.
very faſt both hands and feet, and in this condi
tion to leave them for the ſpace of four and
twenty hours, without eating or drinking the
leaſt thing imaginable. Captain Morgan, as was
ſaid, having caſt Anchor before this Iſland, bought
of the Inhabitants many Sheep, Lambs, and alſo
Wood, which he needed for all his Fleet. Ha-
prime vede ving been there two days, he ſet ſail again, in the
.dost time of the night, to the intent they might not
fee what courſe he ſteered.nd
The next day they arrived at the Sea of Ma-
the Sea of racaibo, having always great care of not being
ſeen from Vigilia: for which reaſon they anchor'd
out of ſight of the Watch-tower. Night being
come, they ſet ſail again towards the Land, and
the next morning by break of day found them-
felves directly over againſt the Bar of the Lake
abovementioned. The Spaniards had built a-
nother Fort, ſince the action of Lolonois ; from
whence they did now fire continually againſt the
Pirats, while they were putting their men into
They land. Boats for to land. The Diſpute continued very
hot on both ſides, being managed with huge
courage and valour from morning till dark night.
This being come, Captain Morgan, in the obſcu-
rity thereof, drew nigh unto the Fort. Which
having examined, he found no body in it; the Spa-
And take the niards having deſerted it not long before. They
Caftle.
left behind them a Match kindled nigh unto a
train

Bucaniers of America.
115
train of powder, wherewith they deſigned to
blow up the Pirats, and the whole Fortreſs, as
foon as they were in it. This deſigne had ta-
ken effect, had the Pirats failed to diſcover it the
ſpace of one quarter of an hour. But Captain
Morgan prevented the miſchief,by ſnatching away
the Match with all ſpeed, whereby he ſaved both
his own and his Companions lives. They found
here great quantity of Powder, whereof he pro-
vided his Fleet; and afterwards demoliſhed part
of the Walls, nailing fixteen pieces of Ordnance,
which carried from twelve to four and twenty
pound of Bullet.
Here they found alſo great
number of Muskets, and other Military provi-
See
fions.
The next day they coinmanded the Ships to
enter the Bar. Among which, they divided the
Powder, Muskets, and other things they found
in the Fort. Theſe things being done, they im- They reinen
barked again, to continue their courſe towards bark,
Maracaibo. But the Waters were very low,
whereby they could not paſs a certain Bank that
lieth at the entry of the Lake. Hereupon they
were compelled to put themſelves into Canows
and ſmall Boats, with which they arrived the next
day before Maracaibo, having no other defence And arrive
but ſome ſmall pieces which they could carry in
the ſaid Boats. Being landed, they ran imme-
diately to the Fort called de la Barra ; which
Pp 2
they
at Maracai-
bo.

116
Bucaniers of America.
The Toron
they found in like manner as the precedent, with
out any perſon in it : For all were fled before
them into the Woods, leaving alſo the Town
without any people, unleſs a few miſerable poor
folk, who had nothing to loſe.
As ſoon as they had entred the Town, the Pi-
found.empty. rats ſearched every corner thereof, to ſee if they
could find any people that were hidden, who
might offend them at unawares. Not finding
any body, every party, according as they came
out of their feveral Ships, choſe what houſes they
pleaſed to themſelves, the beſt they could find.
The Church was deputed for the common Corps
de Garde, where they lived after their Military
manner, committing many inſolent actions. The
next day after their arrival, they ſent a Troop
of one hundred men to ſeek for the Inhabitants
and their Goods. Theſe returned the next day
following, bringing with them to the number of
Priſoners thirty perfons between men, women, and chil-
brought from dren ; and fifty Mules loaden with ſeveral good
Merchandize. All theſe miſerable priſoners were
put to the Rack to make them confefs where the
reſt of the Inhabitants were, and their Goods.
Amongſt other tortures then uſed, one was to
ſtretch their limbs with Cords, and at the ſame
bere uſed. time beat them with Sticks and other Inſtruments:
Others had burning Matches placed betwixt their
fingers, which were thus burnt alive. Others-
had
the. Fields.
Tortures

Bucaniers of America.
men.
had ſlender Cerids or Matches twiſted about their
heads, till their eyes burfed out of the skull.
Thus all fort of inhumane Cruelties were execu-
ted upon thoſe innocent people. Thoſe who
would not confefs, or who had nothing to de-
clare, died under the hands of thoſe tyrannical mode
Thefe Tortures and Racks continued for
the ſpace of three whole weeks. In which time
they cealed not to fend out, dayly, parties of
men to ſeek for more people to rorment and
rob; they never returning home without Booty
and new Riches.
Captain Morgan having now gotten by de
grees into his hands about one hundred of the
chiefeſt Families, with all their Goods, at laſt re- They intend
ſolved to go to Gibraltar, even as Lolonois had for Gibral-
done before. With this deſigne he equipped
his Fleet, providing it very ſufficiently with all
neceflary things. He put likewife on board all
the priſoners, and thus weighing Anchor, fet
fail for the ſaid place, with reſolution to hazard
the Battel. They had fent before them fome
priſoners unto Gibraltar, to denounce unto the
Inhabitants, they ſhould ſurrender : otherwiſe
Captain Morgan would certainly put them all to
the ſword, without giving quarter to any per-
ſon he ſhould find alive. Not long after, he ar- They arrive
rived with his Fleet before Gibraltar, whoſe In- there.
habitants received him with continual ſhooting
tar.
of

118 Bucaniers of America,
of great Cannon-bullets. But dae Pirats, in-
ſtead of fainting hereat, ceaſed not to encourage
one another, ſaying, We muſt make one meal upon
bitter things, before we come to taſte the ſweetneſs
of the Sugar this place affordet helsing for Linow
I bey. land. l. The next day, very early in the morning, they
landed all their men. And being guided by the
French-man abovementioned, they marched to-
wards the Town, nor by the common way, but
crofling through the Woods ; which way the
Spaniards ſcarce thought they would have come.
For at the beginning of their march, they made
appearance as if they intended to come the next
and open way that led unto the Town, hereby
the better to deceive the Spaniards. But theſe
remembring, as yet, full well what Hoſtilities
Lolonois had committed upon them but two years
before, thought it not ſafe to expect the ſecond
The people Brunt ; and hereupon were all fled out of the
all fled.
Town as faſt as they could, carrying with them
all their Goods and Riches,as alſo all the Powder,
and having nailed all the great Guns. Infomuch as
the Pirats found not one perſon in the whole City,
excepting one onely poor and innocent man
who was born a fool. This man they asked
whither the Inhabitants were fled, and where
they had abſconded their Goods. Unto all
which Queſtions and the like, he conſtantly made
anſwer, I know nothing, I know nothing. But
they

Bucaniers of America. 119
they preſently put him to the Wrack, and tor- They wrack
tur'd him with Cords ; which torments forced a poor fool.
him to cry out, Do not torture me any more, but
come with me and I will ſhew you my Goods and
my Riches. They were perſwaded, as it ſhould
ſeem, he was ſome rich perſon who had diſguiſed
himſelf under thoſe cloaths ſo poor, as alſo that
innocent tongue. Hereupon they went along
with him ; and he conducted them to a poor and
miſerable Cottage, wherein he had a few Earthen-
diſhes, and other things of little or no value ;
and amongſt theſe three Pieces of Eight, which
he had concealed with ſome other Trumpery
under ground. After this, they asked hiin his
name; and he readily made anſwer, My name is
Don Sebaſtian Sanchez, and I am Brother unto the
Governour of Maracaibo. This fooliſh Anſwer,
it muſt be conceived, theſe men, though never
ſo inhumane, took for a certain truth. For no
ſooner had they heard it, but they put him again
upon the Rack, lifting him up on high with
Cords, and tying huge weights unto his feet and
neck. Beſides which cruel and ſtretching tore
ment, they burnt him alive, applying Palm-leaves
burning unto his face. Under which miſeries he He dieth un-
died in half an hour. After his death they cut
the Cords wherewith they had ſtretcht him, and
drag'd him forth into the adjoyning Woods,
where they left him without burial.
The
der the top-
ments.

I 20
Bucaniers of America,
lo
The ſame day they ſent out a party of Pirats
to ſeek for the Inhabitants, upon whom they
might employ their inhumane Crueltjes. Theſe
A Peaſant brought back with them an honeſt Peaſant with
brought in
priſoner.
two Daughters of his, whom they had taken pri-
ſoners, and whom they intended to torture as
they uſed to do with others, in caſe they ſhewed
not the places where the Inhabitants had ab-
fconded themſelves. The Peaſant knew ſome of
the faid places, and hereupon ſeeing himſelf
threatned with the Rack, went with the Pirats to
ſhew them. But the Spaniards perceiving their
Enemies to range every-where up and down the
Woods, were already fled from thence much far-
ther off into the thickeſt parts of the ſaid Woods,
where they built themſelves Huts, to preſerve
from the violence of the weather thoſe few Goods
they had carried with them. The Pirats judged
themſelves to be deceived by the faid Peaſant ;
and hereupon, to revenge their wrath upon him,
notwithftanding all the excuſes he could make,
and his humble ſupplications for his life, they
banged. hanged him upon a Tree.
After this, they divided into ſeveral parties,
and went to ſearch the Plantations. For they
knew the Spaniards that were abſconded could
not live upon what they found in the Woods,
without coming now and then to ſeek proviſions
at their own Country-houſes. Here they found
Who is
a

Bucaniers of America.
I2F
a certain Slave, unto whom they promiſed moun- & Slave bria
tains of Gold, and that they would give him his bed with
liberty by tranſporting him unto Jamaica, in cafe promiſes
he would ſhew them the places where the Inha-
bitants of Gibraltar lay hidden. This fellow
conducted them unto a party of Spaniards, whom
they inſtantly made all Priſoners, commanding
the ſaid Slave to kill ſome of them before the
eyes of the reſt; to the intent that by this per-
petrated crime, he might never be able to leave Horrid fagt!
their wicked company. The Negro, according
to their orders, committed many murthers and
inſolent actions upon the Spaniards, and followed
the unfortunate traces of the Pirats. Who after
the ſpace of eight days, returned unto Gibraltar
with inany priſoners, and ſome Mules laden with
Riches. They examined every priſoner by him-
ſelf ( who were in all about two hundred and
fifty perſons) where they had abſconded the reſt
of their Goods, and if they knew of their fellow-
Townſmen. Such as would not confeſs, were
tormented after a moſt cruel and inhumane man-
ner. Among the reſt, there happened to be a
certain Portugueſe , who by the information of a Cruel uſage
Negro was reported, though fallly, to be very of a Portu-
richo! This man was commanded to produce his
gueſe.
Riches. ni But his anſwer was, he had no more
than one hundred Pieces of Eight in the whole
world, and that theſe had been ſtolen from bim
199
Q.9
two

I22
Bucaniers of America.
torments.
two days before, by a Servant of his. Which
words, although he ſealed with many Oaths and
Proteſtations, yet they would not believe him.
But dragging him unto the Rack, without any
regard unto his age, as being threeſcore years
old, they ſtretcht him with Cords, breaking both
his arms behind his ſhoulders.
This cruelty went not alone. For he not be-
"They put ing able or willing to make any other declara-
him to moré tion than the aboveſaid, they put him to another
fort of torment that was worfer, and more barba-
tous than the precedent. They tyed him with
ſmall Cords by his two thumbs and great toes
unto four ſtakes that were fixt in the ground at
a convenient diſtance, the whole weight of his
body being pendent in the air upon thoſe Cords.
Then they thraſht upon the Cords with great
Sticks and all their ſtrength, ſo that the body of
this miſerable man was ready to periſh at every
ſtroke, under the ſeverity of thoſe horrible pains.
Not ſatisfied, as yet, with this cruel torture, they
took a ſtone which weighed above two hundred
pound, and laid it upon his belly, as if they in-
tended to preſs him to death. At which time
And more. they alſo kindled Palm-leaves, and applied the
flame unto the face of this unfortunate Portu-
gueſe, burning with them the whole skin, beard,
and hair. At laſt theſe cruel Tyrants ſeeing that
neither with theſe tortures nor others they could
get

Bucaniers of America.
123
get any thing out of him, they untyed the Cords,
and carried him, being almoſt half dead, unto the
Church, where was their Corps du Garde. Here
they tyed him anew unto one of the pillars there-
of, leaving him in that condition, without giving
him either to eat or drink, unleſs very ſparingly,
and ſo little as would ſcarce ſuſtain life, for ſome
days. Four or five being paſt, he deſired that
one of the priſoners might have the liberty to
come unto him, by whoſe means he promiſed he
would endeavour to raiſe ſome money to ſatisfie
their demands. The priſoner whom he required,
was brought unto him; and he order'd him to
promiſe the Pirats five hundred Pieces of Eight
for his ranſom. But they were both deaf and
obftinate at ſuch a ſmall fum, and inſtead of ac-
cepting it, did beat him cruelly with Cudgels,
ſaying
unto him, Old fellow, inſtead of five hun-
dred, you muſt ſay, five hundred thouſand Pieces of
Eight ; otherwiſe you ſhall bere end your life. Fi-
nally, after a thouſand Proteſtations that he was
but a miſerable man, and kept a poor Tavern for
his living, he agreed with them for the ſum of
one thouſand Pieces of Eight. Theſe he raiſed
in few days, and having paid them unto the Pi-
rats, got his liberty; although ſo horribly maim-
ed in his body, that 'tis ſcarce to be believed he
could ſupervive many weeks after.
Several other tortures beſides theſe were exer-
Qq 2
cifed

124
Bucaniers of America
و
Many others ciſed upon others, which this Portugueſe endured
tortur'd very not.
Some were hang d up by the Teſticles, or
cruelly.
by their privy Members, and left in that condi-
tion till they fell unto the ground, thoſe private
parts being torn from their bodies. If with this
they were minded to ſhew themſelves merciful
to thoſe wretches, thus lacerated in the moſt tender
parts of their bodies, their mercy was to run them
through and through with their Swords; and by
this means rid them foon of their pains and lives.
Otherwiſe, if this were not done, they uſed to
lie four or five days under the agonies of death,
Whereof
moſt die. before dying. Others were crucified by theſe
Tyrants, and with kindled Matches were burnt
between the joynts of their fingers and toes. O-
thers had their feet put into the fire, and thus
were left to be roaſted alive. At laſt, having u-
fed both theſe and other Cruelties with the White
men, they began to pra&tiſe the ſame over again
with the Negro's their Slaves ; who were treated
with no leſs inhumanity than their Maſters.
Diſcovery
Among theſe Slaves was found one who pro-
made by a miſed Captain Morgan to conduct him unto a
certain River belonging to the Lake, where he
ſhould find a Ship and four Boats richly laden
with Goods that belonged unto the Inhabitants
of Maraicabo. The ſame Slave diſcovered like-
wiſe the place where the Governour of Gibral-
tar lay hidden, together with the greateſt part of
the
Slave.

an
125
Bucaniers of America.
Puu
the women of the Town. But all this he revea-
led, through great menaces wherewith they
threatned to hang him, in caſe he told not what
he knew. Captain Morgan fent away preſently
two hundred men in two Saëties, or great Boats,
towards the River abovementioned, to ſeek for
what the Slave had diſcovered. But he himſelf,
with two hundred and fifty more, undertook to
They go to
go and take the Governour. This Gentleman take the Goo
was retired unto a ſmall Iſland feated in the mid- vernour.
dle of the River, where he had built a little Fort,
after the beſt manner he could, for his defence.
But hearing that Captain Morgan came in perſon But he retis
with great Forces to ſeek him, he retired farther retho.
off unto the top of a Mountain not much diſtant
from that place ; unto which there was no af-
cent,but by a very narrow paſſage. Yea, this was
ſo ſtreight, that whoſoever did pretend to gain
the aſcent, muſt of neceſſity cauſe his men to paſs
one by one. Captain Morgan ſpent two days be-
fore he could arrive at the little Iſland abovemen-
tioned. From thence he deſigned to proceed
unto the Mountain where the Governour was
poſted, had he not been told of the impoflibility
he ſhould find in the aſcent; not onely for the
narrowneſs of the path that led to the top, but
alſo becauſe the Governour was very well provi-
ded with all ſorts of Ammunition above.
Be-
fides that, there was fallen an huge Rain, where-
by
ز

I 26 Bucaniers of America,
by all the Baggage belonging to the Pirats, and
their Powder, was wet. By this Rain alſo they
had loſt many of their men at the paſſage over
a River that was overflown. Here periſhed
likewiſe fome women and children, and many
Mules laden with Plate and other Goods; all
which they had taken in the Fields from the fu-
gitive Inhabitants. So that all things were in a
very bad condition with Captain Morgan, and the
bodies of his men as much harraſſed, as ought to
be inferr'd from this relation. Whereby, if the
Spaniards in that jun&ure of time had had but a
så Troop of fifty men well arm’d with Pikes or
They give of
Spears, they might have entirely deſtroyed the
ver the En- Pirats, without any poſſible reſiſtance on their
terprize fides. But the fears which the Spaniards had
through bad
conceived from the beginning, were ſo great, that
onely hearing the leaves on the Trees to ſtir, they
often fancied them to be Pirats. Finally, Cap-
tain Morgan and his People having upon this
march fometimes waded up to their middles in
water for the ſpace of half or whole miles toge-
ther, they at laſt eſcaped for the greateſt part
.
But of the women and children that they brought
home priſoners, the major part died.
They return Thus i 2 days after they ſet forth to ſeek theGo-
vernour, they returned unto Gibraltar with a great
number of priſoners. Two days after arrived allo
the two Saëties that went unto the River, bringing
with
weather.
to
Gibral-
tar.

Bucaniers of America.
127
with them four Boats and ſome priſoners. But
as to the greateſt part of the Merchandize that
were in the ſaid Boats, they found them not, the
Spaniards having unladed and ſecured them, as
having intelligence before-hand of the coming of
the Pirats, Whereupon they deſigned alſo,
when the Merchandize were all taken out, to 1000
burn the Boats. Yet the Spaniards made not fo
much hafte, as was requiſite to unlade the faid
Vefſels, but that they left both in the Ship and A Ship and
Boats great parcels of Goods, which, they being four Boats
taken.
fled from thence, the Pirats ſeized, and brought
thereof a conſiderable Booty unto Gibraltar.
Thus after they had been in poffeffion of the
place five entire weeks, and committed there in-
finite number of Murthers, Robberies, Rapes,
and fuch-like Inſolencies, they concluded upon
their departure. But before this could be per-
formed, for the laſt proof of their tyranny, they
gave orders unto ſome priſoners to go forth into
the Woods and Fields, and collect a Ranſom for Ranſom for
the Town; otherwiſe they would certainly burn fire demand-
every houſe down to the ground. Thoſe
poor
affli&ted men went forth as they were ſent. And
after they had ſearched every corner of the ad-
joyning Fields and Woods, they returned unto
Captain Morgan, telling him, they had ſcarce
been able to find any body. b But that unto ſuch
as they had found, they had propoſed his de-
mands;

128
Bucaniers of America,
bo.
mands; to which they had made anfwer, that
the Governour had prohibited them to give any
Ranſom for not burning the Town. But not-
withſtanding any prohibition to the contrary,
they beſeeched him to have a little patience, and
among themſelves they would collect to the fum
5000 Pieces of five thouſand Pieces of Eight. And for the
of Eight
reſt, they would give him ſome of their own
granted.
Townſmen as Hoſtages, whom he might carry
12 with him to Maracaibo, till ſuch time as he had
received full ſatisfaction. som sto
They return Captain Morgan having now been long time
to Maracai- abſent from Maracaibo, and knowing the Spani-
ards had had fufficient time wherein to fortifie
themſelves, and hinder his departure out of the
Lake, granted them their Propoſition abovemen-
tioned, and withal, made as much hafte as he
could to ſeto things in order for his departure.
He gave liberty to all the priſoners, having be-
fore-hand put them every one to the ranſom ;
auch yet he detained all the Slaves with him. They
mely delivered unto him four perſons that were agreed
upon for Hoſtages of what fùms of money more
he was to receive from them and they deſired
to have the Slave of whom we made mention a-
bove, intending to puniſh him according to his
deſerts. But Captain Morgan would nor deliver
him, being perfwaded bhey would ber him a-
live. Ar laft they weighed Anchor, and ſet Fail
binta
with

Bucaniers of America.
129
three Spaniſh
with all the halte they could, directing their
courſe towards Maracaibo. Here they arrived in
four days, and found all things in the ſame po-
fture they had left them when they departed.
Yet here they received news, from the informa-
tion of a poor diſtreſſed old man, who was fick,
and whom alone they found in the Town, That
three Spaniſh Men of War were arrived at the News of
entry of the Lake, and there waited for the re-
Men of War.
turn of the Pirats out of thoſe parts. Moreover,
that the Caſtle at the entry thereof, was again
put into a good poſture of defence, being well
provided with great Guns and men, and all ſorts
of Ammunition.
This relation of the old man could not chuſe They ſend to
but cauſe fome diſturbance in the mind of Cap-
tain Morgan, who now was careful how to get a-
way through thoſe narrow paſſages of the entry
of the Lake. Hereupon he ſent one of his Boats,
the ſwifteſt he had, to view the entry, and ſee if
things were as they had been related. The next
day the Boat came back, confirming what was
ſaid, and aſſuring, they had viewed the Ships fo
nigh, that they had been in great danger of the
thot they had made at them. Hereunto they
added that the biggeſt Ship was mounted with
forty Guns, the ſecond with thirty, and the ſmal-
left with four and twenty. Theſe Forces were
much beyond thoſe of Captain Morgan ; and
19119
hence
viep them.
Rr

130
Bucaniers of America.
ned.
were.
hence they cauſed a general conſternation in all
the Pirats, whoſe biggeſt Veſſel had not above
fourteen finall Guns. Every one judged Cap-
tain Morgan to deſpond in his mind, and be de-
ftitute of all manner of hopes, conſidering the
difficulty either of paſſing fafely with his little
Capt. Morg. Fleet amidſt thoſe great Ships and the Fort, or
much concer- that he muſt periſh. How to efcape any other
way by Sea or by Land, they faw no opportuni-
ty nor convenience. Onely they could have
wiſhed that thoſe three Ships had rather come o-
ver the Lake to ſeek them at Maracaibo, than to
remain at the mouth of the Streight where they
For at that paſſage they muſt of neceſli-
ty fear the ruine of their Fleet, which conſiſted
onely for the greateſt part of Boats.
A Meſſage
Hereupon, being neceſſitated to act as well as
20 the Spa he could, Captain Morgan reſumed new courage,
niſh Admiral
and reſolved to fhew himſelf, as yet, undaunted
with theſe terrours. To this intent he boldly
fent a Spaniard unto the Admiral of thoſe three
Ships, demanding of him a conſiderable Tribute
or Ranſom for not putting the City of Mara-
caibo to the flame. This man (who doubtleſs
was received by the Spaniards with great admira-
tion of the confidence and boldneſs of thoſe Pi-
rats ) returned two days after, bringing unto
Captain Morgan a Letter from the faid Admiral
,
whoſe Contents were as followeth.
Letter

Bucaniers of America.
131
Letter of Don Alonſo del Campo and Eſpinoſa, Ada
miral of the Spaniſh Fleet, unto Captain Mor-
gan Commander of the Pirats.
H
'Aving underſtood by all our Friends and His Anſwera
Neighbours, the unexpected news, that you
have dared to attempt and commit Hoſtilities in the
Countries, Cities, Towns, and Villages belonging un-
to the Dominions of bis Catholick Majeſty, wy fove-
raign Lord and Maſter ; I let you underſtand by
theſe lines, that I am come unto this place, according
to my obligation , nigh unto that Caſtle which yon
took out of the hands of a parcel of Cowards; where
I have put things into a very good poſture of de-
fence, and mounted again the Artillery which you
bad nailed and diſmounted. My intent is to diſ-
pute with you your paſſage out of the Lake, and fol.
low and purſue you every-where, to the end you may
ſee the performance of my duty. Notwithſtanding,
if you be contented to ſurrender with bumility all
that you have taken, together with the Slaves and
all other priſoners, I will let you freely paſs, with-
out trouble or moleſtation; upon condition that you
retire home preſently unto your own Country. But
in caſe that you make any reſiſtance or oppoſition un-
theſe things that I proffer unto you, I do aſſure you
I will command Boat s to come from Caracas, where-
in I will put my Troops, and coming to Maracaibo,
will
Rr 2

132
Bucaniers of America.
will cauſe you utterly to periſh, by putting you every:
man to the fword. This is my laſt and abſolute re-
ſolution. Be prudent therefore, and do not abuſe
my bounty with ingratitude. I have with me very
good Souldiers, who deſire nothing more ardently,
than to revenge on you and your People, all the cru--
elties and baſe infamous actions you have committed
upon the Spaniſh Nation in America.
board the Royal Ship named the Magdalen, lying
at Anchor at the entry of the Lake of Maracaibo,
this 24th day of April, 1669.
Dated on
Don Alonſo del Campo y Eſpinoſa.
As foon as Captain Morgan had received this
Letter, he called all his men together in the
They read it Market-place of Maracaibo; and after reading the
in publicke Contents thereof, both in French and Engliſh,
he asked their advice and reſolutions upon the
whole matter, and whether they had rather ſur-
render all they had purchaſed, to obtain their li-
berty, than fight for it?
They anſwered all unanimouſly, They had
rather fight, and ſpill the very laſt drop of bloud
they had in their veins, than ſurrender ſo eaſily
the Booty they had gotten with ſo much danger
Advice given of their lives. Among the reſt, one was found
by one of the
who ſaid unto Captain Morgan, Take you care for
the
Pirats.

Bucaniers of America, 333
Which is ap-
rbe reſt, and I will undertake to define the biggeſt of
thoſe. Ships with onely, twelve men. The manner
Shall be, by making a Brulot or Fire-fhip of that
Vefſel we took in the River of Gibraltar. Wbicls,
to the intent fbe may not be known for a Fire-ſhip,
we will fill her Decks with logs of wood, ſtanding
with Hats and Montera-caps, to deceive their ſight
with the repreſentation of men. The ſame we will
do at the Port-boles that ſerve for the Guns, which
Mall be filled with counterfeit Carmon. At the
Stern we will hang out the Engliſh Colours, and
perſwade the Enemy ſhe is one of our beſt Men of
War that goeth to fight them. This Propofition
being heard by the Junta, was admitted and
ap-
proved of by every one; howbeit their fears were
proved by alt
not quite diſperſed
For notwithſtanding what had been conclu-
ded there, they endeavoured the next day to fee
if they could come to an accommodation with
Propoſitions
Don Alonſo
. Unto this effect Captain Morgan of accommo-
ſent him two perſons, with theſe following Pro-
poſitions. Firſt, That he would quit Maracaibo
without doing any damage to the Town, nor exacting
any Ranſom for the firing thereof. Secondly,That
he would ſet at liberty the one half of the Slaves;
and likewiſe all other Priſoners, without Ranſom.
Thirdly, That he would ſend home freely the four
chief Inhabitants of Gibraltar, which ha had in his
cuſtody as Hoſtages for the Contributions thoſe people
dation.
badi

134
Bucaniers of America,
Eted.
had promiſed to pay. Theſe Propoſitions from
the Pirats being underſtood by Don Alonſo, were
But all reje. inſtantly rejected every one, as being diſhonou-
rable for him to grant. Neither would he hear
any word more of any other accommodation ;
but fent back this Meſſage: That in caſe they
ſurrendred not themſelves voluntarily into his hands,
within the ſpace of two days, under the Conditions
which he had offered them by bis Letter, he would
immediately come and force them to do it.
No ſooner had Captain Morgan received this
They reſolve Meſſage from Don Alonſo, than he put all things
to fight.
in order to fight, reſolving to get out of the Lake
by main force, and without furrendring any
thing. In the firſt place, he commanded all the
Slaves and Priſoners to be tyed and guarded very
well. After this, they gathered all the Pitch,
Tar, and Brimſtone they could find in the whole
Stratagem Town, therewith to prepare the Fire-ſhip above-
Spaniſh
mentioned. Likewiſe they made ſeveral inven-
tions of Powder and Brimſtone, with great quan-
tity of Palm-leaves, very well ointed with Tar.
They covered very well their counterfeit Can-
non, laying -under every piece thereof, many
pounds of Powder. Beſides which, they cut
down many out-works belonging to the Ship, to
the end the Powder might exert its ſtrength the
better. Thus they broke open alſo new Port-
holes; where, inſtead of Guns, they placed little
Drums,
againſt the
Fleet.


The Spaniſh Armada deſtroyer

:
led by Captaine Morgan
Part. 2. Page. 135


Bucaniers of America,
135
the Port.
Drums, of which the Negro's make uſe. Final-
ly, the Decks were handſomly beſet with many
pieces of wood dreſſed up in the ſhape of men
with Hats, or Montera's, and likewiſe armed with
Swords, Muskets, and Bandeleers. Das
The Brulot or Fire-ſhip being thus fitted to
their purpoſe, they prepared themſelves to go to They go to
the entry of the Port. All the priſoners were
put into one great Boat, and in another of the
biggeſt they placed all the Women, Plate, Jew-
els, and other rich things which they had. Into
others they put all the bales of Goods and Mer-
chandize, and other things of greateſt bulk.
Each of theſe Boats had twelve men on board,
very well armed. The Brulot had orders to go
before the reſt of the Veffels, and preſently to
fall foul with the great Ship. All things being
in a readineſs, Captain Morgan exacted an Oath All are
Sworn to
of all his Comrades, whereby they proteſted to fight.
defend themſelves againſt the Spaniards, even to
the laſt drop of bloud, without demanding quar-
ter at any rate : promiſing them withal, that
whoſoever thus behaved himſelf, ſhould be very
well rewarded.
With this difpofition of mind, and couragious
reſolution, they ſet ſail to ſeek the Spaniards, on
the zoth day of April 1669. They found the
Spaniſh Fleet riding at Anchor in the middle of
the entry of the Lake. Captain Morgan, it being
10w

136
Bucaniers of America,
They arrive now late, and almoſt dark, commanded all his
about night Veſſels to come to an Anchor ; with deſigne to
my Fleto fight from thence even all night, if they fhould
provoke him thereunto. He gave orders that a
careful and vigilant Watch ſhould be kept on
board every Veſſel till the morning, they being
almoſt within ſlaot, as well as within fight of the
Enemy. The dawning of the day being come,
they weighed Anchors, and fet fail again, free-
ring their courſe directly towards the Spaniards ;
who obſerving them to move, did inftantly the
ſame. The Fire-ſhip ſailing before the reſt, fell
They deſtroy preſently upon the great Ship, and grappled to
the Spaniſh her ſides in a ſhort while. Which by the Spa-
Veſels.
niards being perceived to be a Fire-ſhip, they at-
tempted to eſcape the danger by putting her off;
but in vain, and too late. For the fame fud-
denly ſeized her Timber and Tackling, and in a
of ſhort ſpace conſumed all the Stern, the forepart
ſinking into the Sea, whereby the periſhed. The
ſecond Spaniſh Ship perceiving the Admiral to
burn, not by accident, but by induftry of the E-
neiny, eſcaped towards the Caſtle, where the
Spaniards themſelves cauſed her to fink ; chu-
ſing this way of loſing their Ship, rather than to
fall into the hands of thoſe Pirats, which they held
for inevitable. The third, as having no oppor-
tunity nor time to eſcape, was taken by the Pi-
The Sea-inen that fank the ſecond Ship
nigh
rats.

Bucaniers of America.
131
abz
nigh unto the Caſtle, perceiving the Pirats to
come towards them to take what remains they
could find of their Shipwrack, ( for ſome part
of the Bulk was extant above water ) ſet fire in
like manner unto this Veſſel, to the end the Pi-
rats might enjoy nothing of that ſpoil. The
firſt Ship being ſet on fire, ſome of the perſons
that were in her fwam towards the ſhore. Theſe
the Pirats would have taken up in their Boats ;
but they would neither ask nor admit of any
quarter, chufing rather to loſe their lives, than in T
receive them from the hands of their Perfecu-
tors, for ſuch reaſons as I fhall relate hereaf- this is con
ter. 11 dia is based yov betoodil on
The Pirats were extreamly gladded at this
fignal Victory obtained in fo ſhort a time, and
with fo great inequality of Forces ; whereby
they conceived greater pride in their minds than
they had before. Hereupon they all preſently They attempt
ran aſhore, intending to take the Caſtle. This to take the
they found very well provided both with men,
Caſtle.
great Cannon and Ammunition ; they having no
other Arms than Muskets, and a few Fire-balls in
their hands. Their own Artillery they thought
incapable, for its finalneſs, of making any confi-
derable breach in the Walls. Thus they ſpent
the reſt of that day, firing at the Gariſon with But in vain.
their Muskets; till the dusk of the evening; at
which time they attempted to advance nigher
SE
unto

138
Bucaniers of America.
unto the Walls, with intent to throw in the
Fire-balls. But the Spaniards reſolving to ſell
their lives as dear as they could, continued firing
ſo furiouſly at them, as they thought it not con-
venient to approach any nearer, nor perfiſt any
longer in that diſpute... Thus having experi-
mented the obſtinacy of the Enemy, and feeing
thirty of their own men already dead, and as
many more wounded, they retired unto their
Ships. o simbs 2on las todiar bloow, voda od
The Spani-
The Spaniards believing the Pirats would re-
ards prepare turn the next day to renew the attack, as alſo
new aſſault. make uſe of their own Cannon againſt the Ca-
ſtle, laboured very hard all night, to put all
things in order for their coming. But more par-
ticularly they employed themſelves that night in
digging down and making plain ſome little hills
and eminent places, from whence poflibly the
Caſtle might be offended. blod
But Captain Morgan intended not to come a-
ſhore again, buſying himſelf the next day in ta-
Many Spacking priſoners ſome of the men who ſtill ſwam
up ſwim-alive upon the Waters, and hoping to get part
ming. of the Riches that were loſt in the two Ships that
periſhed. Among the reſt, he took a certain Pilot,
who was a ſtranger, and who belonged unto the
lefſer Ship of the two, with whom he held much
diſcourfe, enquiring of him ſeveral things. Such
queſtions were, What number of people thoſe
three

Bucaniers of America. 139
three Ships had had in them? Whether they ex-
pe&ted any more Ships to come ? Froin what Port
they ſet forth the laſt time, when they came to
ſeek them out? His anſwer unto all thefe
que-
ſtions, was as followeth'; which he delivered in
the Spaniſh Tongue : 'Noble Sir, be pleaſed to
“ pardon and ſpare me, that no evil be done unto Speech of a
me, as being a ſtranger unto this Nation I have Pilot to
Cap. Morg
· ſerved, and I ſhall ſincerely inform you of all
that paſſed till our arrival at this Lake. We
were ſent by orders from the Supreme Council
of State in Spain, being fix Men of War well
equipped, into theſe Seas, with inſtructions to
cruze upon the Engliſh Pirats, and root them out
* from theſe parts by deſtroying as many of them
as we could.
Tomate
Oils Owo.
Theſe Orders were given, by reaſon of the
news brought unto the Court of Spain of the
lofs and ruine of Puerto Velo, and other places.
Of all which Damages and Hoſtilities commit-
ted here by the Engliſh, very diſmal lamenta-
stions have often-times penetrated the ears both
of the Catholick King and Council, unto whom
belongeth the care and preſervation of this new
World. And although the Spaniſh Court hath,
'many times by their Embaſſadours ſent Com-
plaints hereof unto the King of England ; yet
it hath been the conſtant anſwer of his Majeſty
6 of Great Britain, That he never gave any Let-
SE2
C
C
OV
ters, ,

Bucaniers of America.
140
6
ters-patents nor Commiſſions for the acting any
Hoftility whatſoever, againſt the Subjects of the
King of Spain. Hercupon the Catholick King,
being reſolved to revenge his Subjects, and pu-
nifh theſe proceedings, commanded fix Men of
War to be equipped ; which he ſent into theſe
s to dost parts under the command of Don Auguſtin de
Buſtos, who was conſtituted Admiral of the ſaid
< Fleet. He commanded the biggeſt Ship there
of, named Na Sa de la Soledad, mounted with
eight and forty great Guns, and eight ſmall ones.
· The Vice-Admiral was Don Alonſo del Campo y
Eſpinoſa, who commanded the fecond Ship cal-
led la Concepcion, which carried forty four great
(Guns, and eight ſmall ones. Beſides which
Veſſels, there were alſo four more ; whereof
the firft was named the Magdalen, and was
mounted with thirty fixo great Guns, and
twelve ſmall ones, having on board two hun-
• dred and fifty men. The ſecond was called
"St. Lewis, with twenty fix great Guns, twelve
ſmall ones, and two hundred men. The third
was called la Marqueſa, which carried fixteen
great Guns, eight ſmall ones, and one hundred
and fifty men. The fourth and laſt, Na Sa
del Carmen, with eighteen great Guns, eight
ſmall ones, and likewiſe one hundred and fifty
los casino
-3 We were now arrived at Cartagena, when the
281
two
6
e1110
men ein

Bucaniers of America.
141
C
C
two greateſt Ships received orders to return in-
to Spain, as being judged too big for cruzing
upon theſe Coafis. With the four Ships re-
maining, Don Alonſo del Campo y Eſpinoſa de-
parted from thence towards Campeche, to ſeek
out the Engliſh. We arrived at the Port of
the faid City, where being furprized by a huge
Storm that blew from the North, we loſt one
of our four Ships ; being that which I named
in the laſt place among the reſt. From hence
6 we ſet fail for the Iſle of Hiſpaniola ; in ſight of
which we came within few days, and directed
our courſe unto the Port of Santo Domingo.
Here we received intelligence there had paſſed
that way a Fleet from Jamaica, and that ſome
men thereof having landed at a place called Al-
'ta Gracia, the Inhabitants had taken one of
them priſoner, who confeſſed their whole de-
figne was to go and pillage the City of Caracas.
With theſe news Don Alonſo inſtantly weighed
* Anchor, and ſet ſail from thence, croſſing over
unto the Continent, till we came in ſight of Ca-
racas. Here we found not the Engliſh ; but
happened to meet with a Boat which certified
Sus they were in the Lake of Maracaibo, and that
the Fleet conſiſted of ſeven ſmall Ships and one
Boat.
be Upon this intelligence we arrived here ; and
coming nigh unto the entry of the Lake, we
ſhot
C

142
Bucaniers of America,
C
C
ſhot offa Gun to demand a Pilot from the ſhore.
'Thoſe on land perceiving that we wereSpaniards,
came willingly unto us with a Pilot, and told us
that the Engliſh had taken the City of Maracai-
"bo,and that they were at preſent at the pillage of
Gibraltar. Don Alonſo having underſtood this
news, made a handſom Speech unto all his Soul-
diers and Mariners, encouraging them to per-
'form their duty, and withal promiſing to divide
among them all they ſhould take from the En-
gliſh. After this, he gave order that the Guns
which we had taken out of the Ship that was
loft, ſhould be put into the Caſtle, and there
(mounted for its defence, with two pieces more
cout of his own Ship, of eighteen pounds port
each. The Pilots conducted us into the Port,
and Don Alonſo commanded the people that
were on ſhore to come unto his preſence, unto
« whom he gave orders to repoſſeſs the Caſtle,
Sand re-enforce it with one hundred men
more than it had before its being taken by the
Engliſh. Not long after, we received news
that you were returned from Gibraltar unto
* Maracaibo; unto which place Don Alonſo wrote
you a Letter, giving you account of his arrival
and deſigne, and withal exhorting you to reſtore
all that you had taken. This you refuſed to
+ do ; whereupon he renewed his promiſes and
Sintentions unto his Souldiers and Sea-men. And
6
having

Bucaniers of America.
143
as wish si
“having given a very good Supper unto all his
* People, he perfwaded them neither to take nor
'give any quarter unto the Engliſh that ſhould
fall into their hands. This was the occaſion of
' ſo many being drowned, who dared not to crave
any quarter for their lives, as knowing their own
intentions of giving none. Two days before சாமி
‘ you came againſt us, a certain Negro came on
board Don Alonſo's Ship, telling him, Sir, be
* pleaſed to have great care of your ſelf; for the
Engliſh bave prepared a Fire-ſhip with deſigne to
burn your Fleet. But Don Alonſo would not be-
lieve this intelligence, his anſwer being, How
can that be? Have they, peradventure, wit e-
nongh to build a Fire-ſhip? or what Inſtruments
have they to do it withal ?
The Pilot abovementioned having related fo-The Pilot is
diſtin&ly all the aforeſaid things unto Captain received into
Service.
Morgan, was very well uſed by him, and after
ſome kind proffers made unto him, remained in
his ſervice. He diſcovered moreover unto Capt.
Morgan, that in the Ship which was funk,there was
a great quantity of Plate , even to the value of
forty thouſand Pieces of Eight. And that this was
certainly the occaſion they had oftentimes ſeen He maketh a
the Spaniards in Boats about the ſaid Ship. Here- diſcovery.
upon Capt. Morgan ordered that one of his Ships
ſhould remain there to watch all occaſions of get-
ting out of the ſaid Veſſel what Plate they could.
SOOS
In

144
Bucaniers of America,
to Maracai-
bo.
fire demand-
ed anew.
In the mean while he himſelf, with all his Fleet,
They return returned unto Maracaibo, where he refitted the
great Ship he had taken of the three aforemen-
tioned. And now being well accommodated,
he choſe it for himſelf; giving his own bottom
to one of his Captains. on Jabong at
Ramfom for After this he ſent again a Meſſenger unto the
Admiral, who was eſcaped on ſhore and got into
the Caſtle, demanding of him a Tribute or Ran-
fom of fire for the Town of Maracaibo ; which
being denied, he threatned he would entirely
confume and deſtroy it. The Spaniards confi-
dering how unfortunate they had been all along
with thoſe Pirats., and not knowing after what
manner to get rid of them, concluded among
themſelves to pay the ſaid Ranſom, although Don
Alonſo would not conſent unto it. iw od 10 do
Hereupon they fent unto Captain Morgan to
ask what ſum he demanded. He anſwered them,
he would have thirty thouſand Pieces of Eight,
and five hundred Beeves, to the intent his Fleet
might be well victualled with fleſh. This Ran-
ſom being paid, he promiſed in ſuch caſe he
would give no farther trouble unto the priſoners,
nor cauſe any ruine or damage unto the Town.
CroFinally, they agreed with him upon the fum of
20000 Pi- twenty thouſand Pieces of Eight, beſides the five
ces of Eight hundred Beeves. Ton The Cattel the Spaniards
500 Becvel. brought in the next day, together with one part
of

Bucaniers of America.
545
of the money. And while the Pirats were buſi-
ed in ſalting the Fleſh, they returned with the
reſt of the whole fam of twenty thouſand Pieces
of Eight, for which they had agreed. pas
But Captain Morgan would not deliver, for
that preſent, the priſoners, as he had promiſed to
do, by reaſon he feared the ſhot of the Artille-
ry of the Caſtle at his going forth of the Lake.
Hereupon he told them he intended not to deli-
ver them, till ſuch time as he was out of that dan-
ger; hoping by this means to obtain a free paf-
ſage. Thus he fet fail with all his Fleet in queſt
of that Ship which he had left behind, to ſeek for
the Plate of the Veſſel that was burnt. He found
her upon the place, with the ſum of fifteen thou- 15000 Pie-
fand Pieces of Eight, which they had purchaſed
ces of Eight
out of the wrack; beſides many other pieces of wrack.
Plate, as hilts of Swords, and other things of this
kind. Alſo great quantity of Pieces of Eight that
were melted and run together by the force of the
fire of the ſaid Ship.
intos
Captain Morgan ſcarce thought himſelf fecure,
neither could he contrive how to evite the dama-
ges the ſaid Caſtle might cauſe unto his Fleet.
Hereupon he told the priſoners it was neceſſary
They ſhould agree with the Governour to open
the paſſage with ſecurity for his Fleet. Unco
which point if he ſhould not conſent, he would
certainly hang them all up in his Ships. After
Tt
this
out of the

146
Bucaniers of America,
01, SA
this warning, the priſoners met together to con-
fer upon the perſons they (hould depute unto the
PadGovernour Don Atlonfogand they allign'd come
A MUSA few among them for that EmbaſhieziH Theſe weng
sbi Calle
unto him, beſeeching and fupplicating the Admi-
ral he would have compaflion and pity on thoſe
afilieted priſoners who were as yet, together with
their Wives and Children, in the hands of Caps
tain Morgan. And tliar unto this effed he would
be plealed to give his word to let the whole Fleet
of Pirats freely paſs, without any moleſtation.
Foraſmuch as this would be the onely remedy of
ſaving both the lives of them that came with this
Petition, as alſo of thoſe who remained behind
in captivity; all being equally menaced with the
Sword and gallows, in caſe he granted not this
humble Requeſt. But Don Alonſo gave them for
anſwer a fharp reprehenſion of their cowardize,
Free paffage
telling them, If you had been as loyal unto your
King in hindring the entry of theſe Pirats, as I ſhall
out, you had never cauſed tbefetroy-
bles neither unto your ſetves, nor unto our whole Na-
tion ; which hath ſuffered fo much througb your
pufillanimity. In a word, I ſhall never grant your
Requeſt ; but fball endeavour to maintain that ne-
ſpect which is due unto my King, according 10.my
yovai Ili on to 20
pau abam vode
919 Thus the Spaniards returned unto their fel-
Assignto 122
low-priſoners, with much conſternation of mind,
6 mnom 1915 10 yrstu bazlısomo yuds durand
2 WON
denied.
OM
do their going
14:00

091190A 1019ias &
103
Bucaniers of America.
Enoma SHausw aids
147
and no hopes of obtaining their Requeſt; tel.
finity unto Captain Morgan what anſwer they had
received THis reply wasgl. If Don Alonſo will replylentiles
not let we paſs, I will find means how to do it with- Capt. Morg
over hims Hereupon he began preſently to make
Dividend of all the Booty they had taken in
thae Voyage, l fearing left he might not have an
opportunity of doing it in another place ; if a-
ny Tempeſt ſhould ariſe and ſeparate the Ships.
As alſo being jealous that any of the Comman-
ders might run away with the beſt part of the
Spoil yw which then did lie much more in one
Velfel than another. Thus they all brought in,
according to their Laws, and declared what they
ahadiprihaving before-hand made an Oath not to
"conceal the leaſt thing from the publick. The
caccounts being caft up, they found to the value The Spoil a-
of two hundred and fifty thouſand Pieces of mounterb to
Eight in Money and Jewels , beſides the huge 250000
quantity of Merchandize and Slaves. All which Pieces of
Eight.
Purchaſe was divided unto every Ship or Boat, ac-
cording to their ſhare.io
Titoy The Dividend being made, the Queſtion ſtill
remained on foot, how they ſhould paſs the Ca-
ftle, and get out of the Lake.Unto this effect ng lain dan
they made ufe of a Stratagem, of no ill invention,
which was as followerh. 1 On the day that pre- Curious
ceded the night wherein they determined to get Stratagem
bförth, they embarked many of their men in Ca to get away.
Tt 2
nows,

148
Bucaniere of America
Howstand rowed towards the ſhore, as if they
deſigned to land themed Here they cançealed
to theinſelves under the branches of Treesichatsirany
good over the coaſt, for a whilezittillutheydubad laid
themſelves idown along in the Boatsı oThen the
Canows returned unto the Ships with the onely
appearance of twoo or ahree nien rowinglähemalt
back, all the reſt being concealed atsthe bottom
of the Canowsa 13 Thus much onely could be
perceived from the Caſtle, and this action of
falle-landing of meng for ſo we may call it, was
repeated that day, ſeveral tines »n Hereby then
Spaniards were brought into per ſwafion the Pied
rats intended to force the Caſtle by ſcaling it, ass
ſoon as night fhould come. This fear scauledi
them to place anoſt of their great Guns con thaty
ſide which laokech towards the Land, togetherd
with the main force of their Arms, leaving thel
coood contrary ſide belonging to the Sea, almoſt deſties
1906" tute of ſtrength and defence. 1911s. Visb ixga 9d7
They weigh Night being come they weighed Anchorziand]
Arcbors.. by the light of the Moong without ſetting failas
committed themſelves to the ebbing Tyde, wlichst
gently brought them down the River till they
And get by were nigh unto the Caſtle. Being now almoftq
the Caſtle over againſt it,n theyifpread their Sails with allo
the hafte they could pollibly makels The Spar
gen
niards perceiving them to eſcape, tranſporceded
towa 1:20 with all Speed their Guns from the other ſide of
the

Bucanierhof America. 149
braltar.
the Caftle, and began to fire very furiouflyrat
the Piratso Bult theſe having a favourable windy
were lalmoſtopaſt the
dangers before thoſe of the
Caffle could put things into convenient order of
offenced TSo that the Pirats loſt nor many of theid
menzichor treceived any confiderable damage in
thailSlips.no Being now out of the reach of the
GuasioCaptain Morgan fent a Canow unto the
Caſtle with ſome of the priſoners ; and the Go- The priſoners
vernour thereof gave them a Boat that every one fent home.
might return to his own home. Notwithếtando
ing) he detained the Hoftages he had from Gi? Excepting
bralt arglaby reaſon thoſe of that Town were not
thoſe of Gj-
as yet icome to pay the reſt of the Ranſom for not
firing sthes place. Juſt as he departed, Captain
Mangan cordered ſeven great Guns with Bulletstoli
beofirechagainſt the Caſtle, as it were to take hisi
leave of them. 2 But they anſwered not fo much
aşıwith a Musket-fliot. gargaiolad abil y1671803
The next day after their departure they were
furprized with a great Teinpeſt, which forced A great****
them to caft Anelor in the depth of five or fix Storm säkesb
fathom water. But the Storm increaſed ſo much,
that they were compelled to weigh again, and
put out to Seaz where they were in great danger yd 195 doit la
of being loſt. For if on either ſide they ſhould walija ***
have been caſt on ſhore, either to fall into thels
hands of the Spaniards, or of the Indians, they
would certamly have obtained no mercyll. Ar
laſt
them.

pi1970 A Joininnu
DVI DUSU
bos.
150
Bucaniers of America. da 10 gbiy
.
jaft the Tempeſt being ſpent the Wind ceafedis
which cauſed much content and joys in the whole
Fleet. sana odtwoT di ogni gaidɔ601996
Mean while Captain Morgan made his fortune
by pillaging the Towns abovementioned, the reſt
Their Com, of his Companions, who feparated from his Fleet
were left at at the Cape de Lobos for to take the Ship of which
Cape de Lo- was fpoken before, endured much miſery, and
were very unfortunate in all their attempts. For
esot being arrived at the Ifle of Savona, they found
not Captain Morgan there, nor any one of their
prior
Companions. Neither had they the good fors
mis tune to finde a Letter which Captain Morgan at
his departure left behind him in a certain place,
where in all probability they would meet with it.
Thus, not knowing what courſe to ſteer, they at
laſt concluded to pillage fome Town or other,
whereby to feek their fortune. They were in
all four hundred men, more or leſs; who were
divided into four Ships and one Boat. Being
ready to ſet forth, they conſtituted an Admiral
among themſelves, by whom they might be di-
reded in the whole affair. Unto this effe&t they
choſe a certain perſon who had behaved himſelf
very couragiouſly aſ the taking of Puerto Velo, and
whoſe name was Captain Hanfel
. This Com-
mander reſolved to attempt the taking of the
Town of Commana, ſeated upon the Continent
of Caracas,r.igh threefcore leagues from the Weſt-
ſide

Bucaniers of America. 151
over with great lors, and
them the
fide of the tre de la Trinidad. Being arrived
there, they landed their men, and killed fome
Pearl Indians that were near unto the coaſta do But
approaching unto the Town, the Spaniards, ha Beaten by the
ving in their company many Indians, diſputed Spaniards,
in grear confufion, they were forced to retire to-
wards their Ships. Ar laft they arrived at fa-
mažca, where the reſt of their Companions who
came with Captain Morgan, ceaſed not to mock
and jear them for their ill fucceſs at Commana,
often telling them, Ler us fee what money you
brought from Commana' ; and if it be as good Sih
ver as that which we bring from Maracaibo
98lq mis1999
si gari alituhind!
ji doiw doim bluokk us dirigirano a ry
is yod: 19911 01 showerwonnen"
79110 10 wat op: babinlargo
mi 91. Kao dobar brak ja somon STOTICE
919w odwaal 10.buonna Mambo barbon (1994
gm TOT SHOT TOT OTOS
IsimbA as bomilnog yurt dorot 93]
wib ad ingira yedmodw ud avlelmed
yoda Bolla aidt olisis slow orb.
21mbavadobo onlw mong 016329)
basolsVetris Tlo gaiss du da yaoi ghuni
mo] sidT 19 mHI. nisiqs 25W9
BUCA-
ar to qu13.55- 911 Cats of bavlod
30901110 ans noqu 697831 enerosistio 70
- W sdt molt 2919191 9105 991 noin Dwi
aba

sottom A to ensinar &
bovinis naisababish sodi 10 bit
to sbit
Alcoo oft om 159 sibuk wat
olived to have brine odtwoT 5dı onu gaidɔso1995
Izzining is bei vism yasamog nisi ni gniv
BOOKS Printed for William Crooke this Year
1684.
vodi s Aqide nions
New Survey of the preſent State of Europe, containing
"A Remarks upon Terleri Severeign and Republican State
with Memoires Hiſtorical, Chronological, Topographical, Hy-
drographical, Political, &c. By G. Pontier, Chief Protho-
noter of Rome. Engliſhed by John Beaumount, Author of
the Weekly Memorials. In 80. price bound 2 s.6d.
2. The Reports of Edward Littleton, Lord Keeper of Eng.
land. In Folio, price bound 12 s.
3. The Græcian Story; being an Hiſtorical Poem, in Five
Books in imitation of the Fairy Queen and Gondibert. To which
is annexed the Grove. "By J.H. Efq; 4° price bound
45.
4. A Diſcourſe about Conſcience, relating to the preſent
Differences among us, in oppoſition to both Extreams, of Po-
pery and Fanaticiſm. 4° price 6d.
pua

soiton
1
Profono
BUCANIERS
OF
AMERICA.
PART III.
SETOM
CH A P. I.
Captain Morgan goeth to the Iſle of Hi-
Ipaniola, to equipp a nem Fleet, with
intent to pillage again upon the Coafts
of the Weſt-Indies. se sue pronten
Beli ARSA Bad
Aptain Morgan perceived now that For-
tune did favour his Arms, by giving good
Succeſs unto all his Enterprizes, which
occaſion’d him, as it is uſual in humane Affairs, to
aſpire unto greater things, truſting ſhe would al-
ways be conſtant unto him. Such was the burn-
ing of Panama; wherein Fortune failed not to aſ-
filt him, in like manner as ſhe had done before,
crowning the Event of his Actions with Victory,
howbeit ſhe had led him thereunto through chou-
ſands of Difficulties. The Hiſtory hereof I ſhall
Ааа
now

Bucaniers of America.
now begin to relate, as being ſo much remarka-
ble in all its Circumſtances, as peradventure no-
thing more deſerving Memory, may occur to be
read by future Ages.
TO
Not long after Captain Morgan arrived at Jamai-
ca, he found many of his chief Officers and Soul-
diers reduced to their former ſtate of indigency,
through their immoderate Vices and Debauchery.
Captain
Hence they ceaſed not to importune him for new
Morgan de- Invafions and Exploits, thereby to get ſomething
figneth new
to expend anew in Wine and Strumpets, as they
Expeditions.
had already waſted what was purchaſed ſo little
before. Captain Morgan being willing to follow
Fortune while ſhe calld him, hereupon ſtopp’d
the mouths of many of the Inhabitants of Jamaica,
who were Creditors, unto his Men for large
fumms of Money, with the hopes and promiſes
he gave them,of greater Atchievments than ever,
by a new Expedition he was going about. This
being done, he needed not give himſelf much
trouble, to levy Men for this or any other Enter-
prize, his Name being now ſo famous through all
thoſe Iſlands, as that alone would readily bring
him in more Men than he could well imploy. He
undertook therefore to equipp a new Fleet of
Ships ; for which purpoſe he aſſigned the South-
fide of the Iſe of Tortuga, as a Place of Rendez-
He writeth vous.
With this reſolution, he writ divers Let-
to ſeveral
ters unto all the ancient and expert Pirats there in-
Perſons.
ha-

Bucaniers of Ariérica.
3
habiting, as alſo to the Govertiour of the faid Me,
and to the Planters and Hunters of Hiſpaniold, gi-
ving them to underſtand his Intentions, and deli-
ring their Appearance at the ſaid Place, m cale
they intended to go with it. All theſe people
had no ſooner underſtood His Deſigns, but they
flocked unto the Place aſſigned in huge numbers, Multitudes
with Ships, Canows, and Boats, being defirolis flock unto
to obey his Commands. Many who had not the
convenience of coming tinto him by Sea, traver-
ſed the Woods of Hiſpaniola, and with no ſmall
Difficulties arrived there by Land. Thus all were
preſent at the place alligned, and in a readineſs,
againſt the 24th. day of O&tober of 1670.
Captain Morgan was not wanting to be there ac- Captain
cording to his punctual cuſtom, who came in his Morgan apa
Ship unto the ſame ſide of the Illand, to a Port meet there,
called by the French, Port Couillon, over againſt
the Inand de la Vaca, this being the place which
he had afligned unto others. Having now gathe-i od
red the greateſt part of his Fleec, he called a And calleuls
Councel, to deliberate about the means of finding
Proviſions ſufficient for ſo many people. Here
they concluded to ſend four Ships, and one Boat,
manned with 400 Men, over to the Continent, to
the intent they ſhould rifle ſome Countrey-
Towns and Villages', and in theſe get all the
Corn or Maiz they could gather. They fet Sail
for the Continent, cowards the River de la Hacha, They ſend to
with deſign to affault a finall Village, called la Seek Provifi-
Ran-
a Councel.
ons.
12
Ааа 2

4
Bucaniers of America.
Rancheròa, where is uſually to be found the great-
eft quantity of Maiz, of all thoſe Parts there
abouts. In the mean while Captain Morgan ſent
another Party of his Men to hunt in the Woods,
who killed there an huge number of Beaſts, and
ſalted them : The reſt of his Companions re-
mained in the Ships, to clean, fit, and rigg them
out to Sea, ſo that at the return of thoſe who were
ſent abroad, all things might be in a readineſs to
weigh Anchors, and follow the courſe of their
Deſigns. BaroodbooW 151
lisan
coolante
con
Ստարտյե յ Ր յրոցը
Bo
CHA P. II.
mi
bol
on What happened in the River de la
SHOP OM
Honoras bolsa
They arrive
He four Ships above-mentioned, after they
had ſet Sail from Hiſpaniola, {teered their
de la Hasha. courſe till they came within ſight of the River de
la Hacha, where they were ſuddenly overtaken
with a tedious Calm. Being thus within fight of
Land becalmed for ſome days, the Spaniards inha-
biting along the Coaſts, who had perceived them
to be Enemies, had ſufficient time to prepare
themſelves for the Aſſault, at leaſt to hide the beſt
part of their Goods, to the end that without any
care of preſerving them, they might be in a readi-
neſs
.
Hacha.
at the River
T

Bucaniers of America.
5
with Corn.
neſs to retire, when they found themſelves un-
able to reſiſt the Force of the Pirats, of whoſe fre-
quent Attempts upon thoſe Coaſts, they had al-
ready learnt what they had to do in ſuch Caſes.
There was in the River at that preſent a good
Ship, which was come from Cartagèna to lade
Maiz, and was now when the Pirats came, al-
moſt ready to depart. The Men belonging to
this Ship, endeavoured to eſcape, but not being
able to do it, both they and the Veſſel fell into And take a
their hands. This was a fit Purchaſe for their Ship laden
Mind, as being good part of what they came to
ſeek for, with ſo much care and toil. The next
morning about break of day, they came with their
Ships towards the ſhoar, and landed their Men, They land.
although the Spaniards made huge reſiſtance, from
à Battery which they had raiſed on that ſide,
where of neceſſity they were to land: but not- The Spani-
withſtanding what defence they could make, they ards oppoſe
were forced to retire towards a Village, unto
which the Pirats followed them. Here the Spania
ards rallying again, fell upon them with great fu-
ry, and maintained a ſtrong Combat, which laſt-
ed till night was come: but then perceiving they
had loſt great number of Men, which was no But in vain.
ſmaller on the Pirats ſide, they retired unto Pla.
ces more occult in the Woods.
The next day when the Pirats ſaw they were They purſise
all fled, and the Town left totally empty of Peo-
the Spani-
ple, they purſued them as far as they could poſſi-
ble.
them.
ards.

6 Bucaniers of America.
ble. In this purſuit they overtook a Party of
Spaniards, whom they made all Priſoners, and
Many taken exerciſed with moſt cruel Torments, to diſcover
and tortur’d. where they had hid their Goods : ſome were
found, who by the force of intolerable Tortures,
confeſſed; but others who would not do the ſame,
were uſed more barbarouſly than the former.
Thus in the ſpace of 15 days that they remained
there, they took many Priſoners, much Plate,
and moveable Goods, with all other things they
could rob, with which Booty they reſolved to re-
turn unto Hiſpaniola. Yet not contented with
what they had already got, they diſpatcht ſome
Priſoners into the Woods, to ſeek for the reſt of
the Inhabitants, and to demand of them a Ran-
ſom for not burning the Town: Unto this they
anſwered, They had no Money nor Plate, but in
caſe they would be ſatisfied with a certain quanti-
ty of Maiz, they would give as much as they could
afford. The Pirats accepted this proffer, as being
4000 Ha- more uſeful to them at that occaſion than ready
Money and agreed they fhonld pay 4000 Hanegs,
Maiz given or Buſhels of Maiz. Theſe were brought in three
Som. days after, the Spaniards being deſirous to rid chem-
ſelves as ſoon as poſſible, of that inhumane ſort of
People. Having laded them on board their Ships,
They return together with all the reſt of their Purchaſe, they
to Hiſpani- returned unto the Iſland of Hiſpaniola, to give ac-
count unto their Leader Captain Morgan, of all
they had performed.
They
negs of
for a Ran-
ola.

Bucaniers of America,
7.
They had now been abſent five entire Weeks,
about the Commiſſion aforementioned, which
long delay occaſioned Captain Morgan almoſt to
deſpair of their Return, as fearing leaſt they were
fallen into the hands of the Spaniards, eſpecially
conſidering that the place whereunto they went,
could eaſily be relieved from Cartagena, and Santa
Maria, if the Inhabitants were any thing careful to
alarum the Countrey : on the other ſide he feared,
left they ſhould have made ſome great Fortune in
that Voyage, and with it eſcaped unto ſome other
place. But at laſt ſeeing his Ships return, and in
greater number than they had departed, he reſu-
med new Courage, this fight caufing both in him Great foy
and his Companions infinite joy. This was much for their Ar-
increaſed, when being arrived, they found them
full laden with Maiz, whereof they ſtood in great
need, for the maintenance of ſo many people, by
whoſe help they expected great Matters, through
the Conduct of their Commander.
After that Captain Morgan had divided the ſaid
Maiz, as alſo the Fleſh which the Hunters
brought in, among all the Ships, according to
the number of Men that were in every Veſſel, he
concluded upon the departure , having viewed
before-hand every Ship, and obſerved their being
well equipped and clean. Thus he ſet Sail, and
directed his courſe towards Cape Tiburòn, where
he determined to take his meaſures and reſolution, They deparë
of what Enterprize he ſhould take in hand. No to Cape Ti-
foon-
rival.
buron.

8
Bucaniers of America,
all.
The Fleet
divided into
ſooner were they arrived there, but they met
with ſome other Ships, that came newly to joyn
them, from Jamaica. So that now the whole
37 Sail in Fleet conſiſted of 37 Ships, wherein were 2000
fighting-Men, beſides Mariners and Boys; the
Admiral hereof was mounted with 2 2 great Guns,
and 6 ſmall ones, of Braſs; the reſt carried ſome
20, fome 16, ſome 18. and the ſmalleſt Veſſel at
leaſt 4. beſides which, they had great quantity of
Ammunition and Fire-balls, with other Inventions
of Powder.
Captain Morgan finding himſelf with ſuch a
great number of Ships, divided the whole Fleet
two Squa-
into two Squadrons, conſtituting a Vice-Admiral,
and other Officers and Commanders of the ſecond
Squadron , diſtinctly from the former. Unto
every one of theſe he gave Letters Patents, or
Commiſſions to act all manner of Hoftility againſt
the Spaniſh Nation, and take of them what Ships
they could, either abroad at Sea, or in the Har-
bours, in like manner as if they were open and
declared Enemies (as he term'd it) of the King
of England, his pretended Maſter. This being
done, he called all his Captains, and other Offi-
Articles of cers together, and cauſed them to ſign ſome Arti-
this Voyage. cles of common Agreement betwixt them, and
in the Name of all. Herein it was ftipulated,
that he ſhould have the hundredth part of all that
was gotten, to himſelf alone: That every Cap-
tain ſhould draw the shares of 8 Men, for the Ex-
drons.
pen-

Bucaniers of America.
9
pences of his Ship, beſides his own: That the
Surgeon, beſide his ordinary Pay, ſhould have
200 pieces of Eight, for his Cheſt of Medica-
ments : And every Carpenter, above his com-
mon Salary, ſhould draw 100 pieces of Eight.
As to Recompences and Rewards, they were re-
gulated in this Voyage much higher than was ex-
preſſed in the firſt part of this Book. Thus, for
the loſs of both Legs, they aſſigned 1500 pieces
of Eight, or 15 Slaves, the Choice being left to
the election of the Party. For the loſs of both
Hands, 1800 pieces of Eight, or 18 Slaves. For
one Leg, whether the right or the left, 6oo pie-
ces of Eight, or 6 Slaves. For a Hand, as much
as for a Leg. And for the loſs of any Eye, 100
pieces of Eight, or one Slave. Laſtly, Unto
him that in any Battel ſhould ſignalize himſelf, ei-
ther by entring the firſt any Caſtle, or taking down
the Spaniſh Colours, and ſetting up the Engliſh,
they conſtituted so pieces of Eight for a Reward.
In the head of theſe Articles it was ſtipulated, that
all theſe extraordinary Salaries, Recompences
and Rewards, ſhould be paid out of the firſt Spoil
or Purchaſe they ſhould take, according as every
one ſhould then occur to be either rewarded or
paid.
This Contract being ſigned, Captain Morgan
commanded his Vice-Admirals and Captains to
put all things in order, every one in their Ships,
for to go and attempt one of three Places, either
Bbb
Cars

IN
Bucaniers of America.
in Delibera-
tion.
Panama
tharin.
Three Places Cartagena, Panama, or Vera Cruz; but the lot fell
upon Panama, as being believed to be the richeſt
of all three : notwithſtanding this City being fitu-
pitcht upon. ated at ſuch diſtance from the Northern Sea, as
they knew not well the Avenues and Entries ne-
ceſſary to approach unto it, they judg’d it neceſſa-
taken carry to go before-hand to the Ife of St. Catharin,
there to find and provide themſelves with ſome
Perſons, who might ſerve them for Guides in this
Enterprize; for in the Gariſon of that Ifland, are
commonly imployed many Banditi, and Outla-
ries, belonging to Panama, and the neighbouring
Places, who are very expert in the knowledge of
all that Countrey. But before they proceeded
any farther, they cauſed an Act to be publiſhed
through the whole Fleet, containing, that in caſe
they met with any Spaniſh Veſſel, the firſt Cap-
tain who with his Men ſhould enter, and take the
ſaid Ship, ſhould have for his Reward the 10th.
part of whatſoever ſhould be found within her.
CHAP.
ono sos

Bucaniers of America.
II
CHA P. HII.
Captain Morgan leaveth the Iſland of Hi-
ſpaniola, and goeth to that of St. Ca-
tharin, which be taketh.
Aptain Morgan and his Companions weighed They deparë
C
Anchors from the Cape of Tiburon , the from Cape
16th. day of December, in the year 1670. Four Tiburon.
days after they arrived within fight of the Iſle of
St. Catharin, which was now in poffeffion of the
Spaniards again, as was ſaid in the Second Part of
this Hiſtory, and unto which they commonly ba-
niſh all the Malefactors of the Spaniſh Dominions
i'ch'Weft-Indies. In this Iſland are found huge
quantities of Pidgeons at certain Seaſons of the
Year; it is watered continually by four Rivulets,
or Brooks, whereof two are always dry in Sum-
mer-ſeaſon. Here is no manner of Trade nor
Commerce exerciſed by the Inhabitants, neither
do they give themſelves the trouble to plant more
Fruits, than what are neceſſary for the ſuſtentati-
on of humane Life ; howbeit the Countrey
would be ſufficient to make very good Plantati-
ons of Tobacco, which might render conſiderable
Profit, were it cultivated for that uſe.
HO
Bbb 2
As

12
Bucaniers of America,
And arrive
And land
2000 Men.
As ſoon as Captain Morgan came nigh unto the
at St. Ca- Ifand with his Fleet, he ſent before one of his
beſt ſailing Veſſels, to view the entry of the Ri-
ver, and ſee if any other Ships were there, who
might hinder him from landing; as alſo fearing
leaſt they ſhould give Intelligence of his Arrival
to the Inhabitants of the Iſland, and they by this
means prevent his Deſigns.
The next day before Sun-riſing, all the Fleet
They corne to came to an Anchor nigh unto the Iſland, in a cer-
an Anchors tain Bay called Aguada grande : upon this Bay the
Spaniards had lately built a Battery, mounted with
4 pieces of Cannon. Captain Morgan landed
with 1000 Men, more or leſs, and diſpoſed them
into Squadrons, beginning his March through the
Woods, although they had no other Guides than
ſome few of his own Men, who had been there be-
fore, when Manſvelt took and ranſackt the Iſland.
The ſame day they came unto a certain Place,
where the Governour at other times did keep his
ordinary Reſidence : here they found a Battery
called the Platform, but no body in it, the Spania
ards having retired unto the leffer Iſland, which,
as was ſaid before, is ſo nigh unto the great one,
that a ſhort Bridge only may conjoyn them.
This lefſer Iſand aforeſaid was ſo well fortified
with Forts and Batteries round about it, as might
land well feem impregnable. Hereupon, as ſoon as the
fortified.
Spaniards perceived the Pirats to approach, they
began to fire upon them ſo furiouſly, as they could
The little
ad.

Bucaniers of America.
13
there
advance nothing that day, but were contented to
retreat a little , and take up their reſt upon the
Graſsi'th' open Fields, which afforded no ftrange
Beds to theſe people, as being ſufficiently uſed to
ſuch kind of Repoſe : what moſt afflicted them
was Hunger, having not eat the leaſt thing that
whole day. About Midnight it began to rain ſo
hard, as thoſe miſerable People had much ado to Hard Wear
reſiſt ſo much hardſhip, the greateſt part of them
having no other Cloaths, than a pair of Seaman's
Trowzers, or Breeches, and a Shirt, without ei-
ther Shoos, or Stockings. Thus finding them-
ſelves in great Extremity, they began to pull
down a few thatcht Houſes, to make Fires with-
al : in a word, they were in ſuch condition, that
100 Men, indifferently weli armed, might eaſily
that night have torn them all in pieces. The
next morning, about break of day, the Rain
ceaſed, at which time they began to dry their
Arms, which were entirely wet, and proceed on
their March. But not long after the Rain recom-
menc'd anew, rather harder than before, as if the Tet worſer..
Skies were melted into Waters, which cauſed
them to ceaſe from advancing towards the Forts,
from whence the Spaniards did continually fire at
the Pirats, ſeeing them to approach.
The Pirats were now reduced unto great AMi- Much Hardan
Etion, and danger of their Lives, through the ſhip enduredo.
hardneſs of the Weather, their own Nakedneſs,
and the great Hunger they ſuſtained. For a ſmall
re

Bucaniers of America.
The Rain as yet
relief hereof, they hapned to find i'th' Fields an
old Horſe, which was both lean , and full of
They eat an
Scabs and Blocches, with gallid Back and Sides.
old ſcabby This horrid Animal they inſtantly kill'd and flay'd,
Horſe.
and divided into ſmall pieces among themſelves,
as far as it would reach, for many could not ob-
tain one morſel, which they roaſted and devour-
ed without either Salt or Bread, more like unto
ravenous Wolves than Men.
ceafed not to fall, and Captain Morgan perceived
their Minds to relent, hearing many of them ſay,
they would return on board the Ships. Amongſt
theſe Fatigues both of Mind and Body, he thought
it convenient to uſe ſome ſudden, and almoſt un-
The Spani- expected Remedy: unto this effećt he commanded
mond to fur- a Canow to be rigg'd in all haſte, and Colours of
Truce to be hang'd out of it. This Canow he
ſent unto the Spaniſh Governour of the Iſland with
this Meſſage: That if within a few hours be delivered
not himſelf and all his Men into his hands, he did by that
Meſſenger ſwear unto him, and all thoſe that were in his
company, he would most certainly put them all to the
Sword, without granting Quarter to any.
After noon the Canow returned with this An-
Swer.
ſwer: That the Governour deſired two hours time,
to deliberate with his Officers in a full Councel
about that Affair, which being paſt, he would give
his poſitive Anſwer to the Meſſage. The time
now being elaps'd, the ſaid Governour ſent two
Canows with white Colours, and two perſons, to
render.
Their An-
treat

Bucaniers of America,
15
treat with Captain Morgan ; but before they land-
ed, they demanded of the Pirats two perſons, as
Hoſtages of their Security. Theſe were readily The Gover-
granted by Captain Morgan, who delivered unto nour betray-
them two of his Captains, for a mutual Pledge of eth the Iſland
the Security required. With this the Spaniards
propounded unto Captain Morgan, that their Go-
vernour in a full Aſſembly had reſolved to deliver
up the Iſland, as not being provided with ſuffici-
ent Forces, to defend it againſt ſuch an Armada, or
Fleet. But withal he deſired, that Captain Mora
gan
would be pleaſed to uſe a certain Stratagem of
War, for the better ſaving of his own Credit, and
the Reputation of his Officers, both abroad and at
home, which ſhould be as followeth: That Cap-
tain Morgan would come with his Troops by night,
nigh unto the Bridge that joyned the lefſer Illand
unto the great one, and there attaque the Fort of
St. Jerom: That at the fame time all the Ships of
his Fleer would draw nigh unto the Caſtle of San-
ta Tereſa, and attaque it by Sea, landing i'th'
mean while ſome more Troops, near the Battery
called of St. Matthew: That theſe Troops which
were newly landed, ſhould by this means inter-
cept the Governour by the way, as he endeavour-
ed to paſs unto St. Ferom's Fort, and then take him
Priſoner, uſing the Formality, as if they forced
him to deliver the ſaid Caſtle ; and that he would
lead the Engliſh into it, under the fraud of being
his own Troops : That on one ſide and t'other,
there

16
Bucaniers of America.
there ſhould be continual firing at one another,
but without Bullets, or at leaſt into the Air, ſo that
no ſide might receive any harm by this device :
That thus having obtained two ſuch conſiderable
Forts, the chiefeſt of the Iſle, he needed not take
care for the reſt, which of neceſſity muſt fall by
courſe into his hands.
Captain Theſe Propofitions, every one, were granted
cepteth the by Captain Morgan, upon condition they ſhould
Propoſals. ſee them faithfully obſerved, for otherwiſe they
ſhould be uſed with all rigour imaginable: this
they promiſed to do, and hereupon took their
leaves, and returned , to give account of their
Negotiation unto the Governour. Preſently af-
ter Captain Morgan commanded the whole Fleer to
enter the Port, and his Men to be in a readineſs,
for to aſſault that night the Caſtle of St. Jerom,
Thus the falſe Alarum or Battel began, with in-
ceſſant firing of great Guns from both the Caſtles,
againſt the Ships, but without Bullets, as was
ſaid before. Then the Pirats landed, and aſſault-
ed by night the leffer Ifland, which they took, as
allo poſſeſſion of both the Fortreſſes, forcing all
They take the Spaniards , in appearance, to fly unto the
podéffion of Church. Before this Affault, Captain Morgan had
the Iſland.
ſent word unto the Governour, he ſhould keep
all his Men together in a Body, otherwiſe if the
Pirats met any ſtraggling Spaniards in the Streets,
they ſhould certainly
fhoot them.
The

Bucaniers of America.
17
The Iſland being taken by this unuſual Strata-
gem, and all things put in due order, the Pirats
began to make a new War againſt the Poultrey,
Cattel, and all ſort of Victuals they could find.
This was their whole Employ for ſome days,
ſcarce thinking of any thing elſe than to kill thoſe
Animals, roaſt , and eat , and make good
chear, as much as they could poſſibly attain un-
to. If Wood was wanting, they preſently fell
upon the Houſes, and pulling them down, made
Fires with the Timber, as had been done before
i'ch' Field. The next day they numbred all the
Number of
Priſoners they had taken upon the whole Iſland, Perſons
which were found to be in all 450 perſons, be- found on the
Iſland.
tween Men, Women, and Children, viz. 190
Souldiers, belonging to the Gariſon; 40 Inhabi-
tants, who were married ; 43 Children ; 34
Slaves, belonging to the King, with 8 Children;
8 Banditi ; 39 Negro's, belonging unto private
perſons, with 27 female-Blacks, and 34 Chil-
dren. The Pirats diſarmed all the Spaniards, and
ſent them out immediately unto the Plantations,
to ſeek for Proviſions, leaving the Women in the
Church, there to exerciſe their Devotions.
Soon after they took a Review of the whole Fortreſſes
Iſland, and all the Fortreſſes belonging thereuinto, the whole
and Arms of
which they found to be o in all, as followeth. Iſland.
The Fort of St. Ferom, nigheſt unto the Bridge,
had 8 great Guns, of 12, 6, and 8 pound Carri-
age, together with 6 pipes of Muskets, every
Сс с
pipe

18
Bucaniers of America.
pipe containing 10 Muskets. Here they found ſtill
60 Muskets, with ſufficient quantity of Powder,
and all other forts of Ammunition. The ad.
Fortreſs, called St. Matthew, had 3 Guns, of 8
pound Carriage each. The 3d. and chiefeſt a-
mong all the reft, named Santa Tereſa, had 20
great Guns, of 18, 12, 8, and 6 pound Carriage,
with 10 pipes of Muskets, like unto thoſe we ſaid
before and goMuskets remaining, beſides all other
warlike Ammunition. This Caſtle was built with
Stone and Mortar, with very thick Walls on all
ſides, and a large Ditch round about it of 20 Foot
e depth, the which although it was dry, yet was
very hard to get over. Here was no Entry but
through one door, which correſponded to the
middle of the Caſtle. Within it was a Mount or
Hill, almoſt unacceſſible, with 4 pieces of Can-
non at the top, from whence they could ſhoot di-
rectly into the Port. On the Sea-ſide this Caſtle
was impregnable, by reaſon of the Rocks which
ſurrounded it, and the Sea beating furiouſly upon
them. In like manner on the ſide of the Land, it
was ſo commodiouſly ſeated on a Mountain, as
there was no acceſs unto it, but by a Path of 3 or
4 Foot broad. The 4th. Fortreſs was named St.
Auguſtin, having 3 Guns, of 8 and 6 pound Carri-
age. The 5th. named la Plattaforma de la Concep-
had only 2 Guns, of 8 pound Carriage. The
6th. by Name San Salvador, had likewiſe
no more
than 2 Guns. The 7th. being called Plattaforma
de
ook a
Juage.
cion,

Bucaniers of America.
19
de los Artilleros, had alſo 2 Guns. The 8th, called
Santa Cruz, had 3 Guns. The 9th, which was
called St. 9oſeph's Fort, had 6 Guns, of 12 and 8
pound Carriage, beſides two pipes of Muskets,
and ſufficient Ammunition... coqii911
b. In the Store-houſe were found above 2000 til ruolo
pound of Powder, with all other ſorts of Ammu- olma neke
nition, which were tranſported by the Pirats on
board the Ships. All the Guns were ſtopp'd and
nail'd, and the Fortreſſes demoliſhed, excepting
that of St. Jerom, where the Pirats kept their Guard
and Reſidence. Captain Morgan enquired, if any
Banditi were there from Panama, or Puerto Velo ;
and hereupon three were brought before him, ThreeBandi-
who pretended to be very expert in all the Ave- bere, or
nues of thoſe Parts. He asked them, if they would Guides for
be his Guides, and ſhew him the ſecureſt Ways
and Pallages unto Panama ; which if they perform-
ed, he promiſed them equal ſhares in all they
ſhould pillage and rob in that Expedition, and
that afterwards he would ſet them at liberty, by
tranſporting them unto Jamaica. Theſe Propofi-
tions pleaſed the Banditi very well, and they rea-
dily accepted his Proffers, promiſing to ſerve him
very faithfully in all he ſhould defire; eſpecially
one of theſe three, who was the greateſt Rogue,
Thief, and Aſſaſſin among them, and who had de-
ſerved for his Crimes, rather to be broken alive
upon the Wheel, than puniſhed with ſerving in a
Gariſon. This wicked Fellow had a great Aſcen-
Ссс 2
dant
Panama.

20
Bucaniers of America.
ders.
dant over the other two Banditi, and could domi-
neer and command over them as he pleaſed, they
not daring to refuſe obedience to his Ora
Hereupon Captain Morgan commanded four
Foser Slips Ships and one Boat, to be equipped and provided
the Caſtle of with all things neceſſary, for to go and take the
Chagre... Caſtle of Chagre, ſeated upon the River of that
Name. Neither would he go himſelf with his
whole Fleet, fearing leaſt the Spaniards ſhould be
jealous of his farther Deſigns upon Panama. In
theſe Veſſels he cauſed to imbark 400 Men, who
went to put in execution the Orders of their chief
Commander Captain Morgan, mean while he him-
ſelf remained behind in the Iſland of St. Catharin,
with the reſt of the Fleet, expecting to hear the
Succeſs of their Arms.
berlourbonaten
Sododensitom
Christus berguna
591 sborosa iw
СНАР.
S990

Bucaniers of America.
21
CHA P. IV.
Captain Morgan taketh the Caſtle of
Chagre, with 400 Men ſent unto this
purpoſe from the Iſle of St. Catha-
rin.
C
Aptain Morgan ſending theſe four Ships and a Captain
Boat unto the River of Chagre, choſe for made Vicea -
Vice-Admiral thereof, a certain Perſon named Admiral.
Captain Brodely. This Man had been long time
in thoſe Quarters, and committed many Robbe-
ries upon the Spaniards, when Manſvelt took the
Ide of St. Catharin, as was related in the 2d. Part
of this Hiſtory. He being therefore well acquain-
ted with thoſe Coaſts, was thought a fit Perſon for
this Exploit, his Actions likewiſe having rendred
him famous among the Pirats, and their Enemies
the Spaniards. Captain Brodely being choſen chief
Commander of theſe Forces, in three days after He arriveth
he departed from the preſence of Captain Morgan,
at Chagre.
arrived within - light of the ſaid Caſtle of Chagre,
which by the Spaniards is called St. Lawrence. This
Caſtle is built upon a high Mountain, at the entry the Caſtle.
Situation of
of the River, and ſurrounded on all fides with
ſtrong Palizada's, or wooden Walls, being very
well terra-plen'd, and filled with Earth, which
ren-

22
Bucaniers of America.
rendrech them as ſecure, as the beſt Walls made
of Stone or Brick. The top of this Mountain is in a
manner divided into two parts, between which
lyeth a Ditch, of the depth of 30 Foot. The
Caſtle it ſelf hath but one Entry, and that by a
Draw-bridge, which pafſeth over the Ditch afore-
mentioned. On the Land-fide it hath four Baſti-
ons, that of the Sea containing only two more.
That part thereof which looketh towards the
South, is totally unacceſlible, and impoſſible to
be climbed, through the infinite afperity of the
Mountain. The North-ſide is ſurrounded by the
River, which hereabouts runneth very broad.
At the foot of the ſaid Caſtle, or rather Moun-
tain, is ſeated a ſtrong Fort, with 8 great Guns,
which commandeth and impedeth the entry of the
River. Not much lower are to be ſeen two o-
ther Batteries, whereof each hath 6 pieces of Can-
non, to defend likewiſe the mouth of the ſaid Ri-
At one ſide of the Caſtle are built two great
Store-houſes, in which are depoſited all ſorts of
warlike Ammunition, and Merchandize, which
are brought thither from the inner parts of the
Countrey. Nigh unto theſe Houſes is a high
pair of Stairs, hewed out of the Rock, which ſer-
veth to mount unto the top of the Caſtle. On
the Weſt-ſide of the ſaid Fortreſs lyeth a ſmall
Port, which is not above 7 or 8 Fathom deep, be-
ing very fit for ſmall Veſſels, and of very good
Anchorage. Beſides this, there lyeth before the
Ca-
ver.

Bucaniers of America,
23
River.
Caſtle, at the entry of the River, a great Rock, A dangerous
ſcarce to be perceived above Water, unleſs at low Rock at the
entry of the
Tides.
No ſooner had the Spaniards perceived the Pi-
rats to come, but they began to fire inceſſantly, at
them with the biggeſt of their Guns. They came
to an Anchorin a ſmall Port, at the diſtance of a
League more or leſs from the Caſtle. The next
morning very early they went on ſhore, and mar- They land.
ched through the Woods, to attack the Caſtle on
that fide. This March continued until two of the
Clock afternoon, before they could reach the Ca-
ftle, by reaſon of the Difficulties of the Way,
and its Mire and Dirt. And although their Guides
ſerved them exa&tly, notwithſtanding they came
ſo nigh the Caſtle at firſt, that they loſt many of
their Men with the Shot from the Guns, they be-
ing in an open Place, where nothing could cover
nor defend them. This much perplexed the Pi-
rats in their Minds, they not knowing what to do,
nor what courſe to take, for on that ſide of necef-
fity they muſt make the Aſſault, and being unco-
vered from Head to Foot, they could not advance
one ſtep without great danger. Beſides, that the
Danger of
Caſtle, both for its Situation and Strength, did this Enter-
cauſe them much to fear the Succeſs of that Enter- prize.
prize. But to give it over, they dared not, leaft
they ſhould be reproach'd and ſcorn'd by their
Companions. Hon smokawa bodo
o povolila do biurbo gniedz
At

24
Bucaniers of America.
And are for-
They reſolve At laſt, after many Doubts and Diſputes a-
the Aſsault, mong themſelves, they reſolved to hazard the
Aſſault and their Lives after a moſt deſperate man-
ner. Thus they advanced towards the Caſtle, with
their Swords in one hand, and Fire-balls in the
other. The Spaniards defended themſelves very
briskly, ceaſing not to fire at them with their great
Guns and Muskets continually, crying withal,
Come on, ye Engliſh Dogs, Enemies to God and our
King, let your other Companions that are behind come on
too ; ye ſhall not go to Panama this bout. After the
Pirats had made ſome tryal to climb up the Walls,
eed to retire, they were forced to retreat, which they accor-
dingly did, reſting themſelves until night. This
being come, they
returned to the Affault, to try,
if by the help of their Fire-balls they could over-
come, and pull down the Pales before the Wall.
This they attempted to do, and mean while they
were about it, there hapned a very remarkable
Accident, which gave them the opportunity of
Strange Ac- the Victory. One of the Pirats was wounded
with an Arrow in his Back, which pierced his Bo-
dy to the other ſide. This inſtantly he pulled out
with great valour at the ſide of his Breaſt; then
taking a little Cotton that he had about him, he
wound it about the ſaid Arrow, and putting it in-
to his Musket, he ſhot it back unto the Caſtle.
But the Cotton being kindled by the Powder, oc-
cafion’dtwo or three Houſes that were within the
Caſtle, as being thatch'd with Palm-leaves, to
take
cident.

Bucaniers of America.
25
take Fire, which the Spaniards perceived not ſo
foon as was neceſſary. For this Fire meeting with
a parcel of Powder, blew it up, and thereby cau-
ſed great Ruine, and no leſs Confternation to the
Spaniards, who were not able to occur unto this
Accident, as not having ſeen the beginning there-
of.
oilo
Thus the Pirats perceiving the good effect of the
Arrow, and the beginning of the Misfortune of
the Spuniards, were infinitely gladded thereat.
And mean while they were bufied in extinguiſhing
the Fire, which cauſed great Confuſion in the
whole Caſtle, having not fufficient Water where-
withal to do it, the Pirats made uſe of this oppor- They make
tunity, ſetting Fire likewiſe unto the Palizada's. use of the op-
Thus the Fire was ſeen at the ſame time, in ſeve-
portunity.
ral parts about the Caſtle, which gave them huge
Advantage againſt the Spaniards
. For many Brea-
ches were made at once by the Fire among the
Pales, great heaps of Earth falling down into the
Ditch. Upon theſe the Pirats climbed up, and
got over into the Caſtle, notwithſtanding that
ſome Spaniards, who were not buſied about the
Fire, caſt down upon them many flaming Pots,
full of combuſtible Matter, and odious Smells,
which occaſion d the loſs of many of the Eng-
liſh.
The Spaniards, notwithſtanding the great Re- The Empale-
ſiſtance they made, could not hinder the Palizada
ments burnt,
da’s from being entirely burnt before midnight.
D dd
Mean

26
Bucaniers of America.
Mean while the Pirats ceaſed not to perſiſt in their
Intention, of taking the Caſtle. Unto which ef-
fect, although the Fire was great, they would
creep upon the Ground, as nigh unto it as they
could, and ſhoot amidſt the Flames, againſt the
Spaniards they could perceive on the other ſide,
and thus cauſe many to fall dead from the Walls.
When day was come, they obſerved all the move-
able Earth that lay betwixt the Pales, to be fallen
They lye open into the Ditch in huge quantity. So that now
to one another thoſe within the Caſtle, did in a manner lye equal-
ly expoſed to them without, as had been on the
contrary before. Whereupon the Pirats continu-
ed ſhooting very furiouſly againſt them, and killed
great number of Spaniards. For the Governour
had given them Orders not to retire from thoſe
Pofts, which correſponded to the Heaps of Earth
fallen into the Ditch, and cauſed the Artillery to
be tranſported unto the Breaches.
Notwithſtanding the Fire within the Caſtle ſtill
Belp to extin- continued, and now the Pirats from abroad uifed
guilſ the Fire what means they could to hinder its progreſs, by
ſhooting inceſſantly againftit. One party of the
Pirats was imployed only to this purpoſe, and
another commanded to watch all the Motions of
the Spaniards, and take all opportunities againſt
They. gain a them. About noon the Engliſh hapned to gain a
Breach, which the Governour himſelf defended
with 25 Souldiers. Here was performed a very
couragious and warlike Reſiſtance by the Spaniards,
both
The Pirats
Breach.

Bucaniers of America
27
both with Muskets,Pikes Stones and Swords. Yet
notrivithſtanding through all theſe Arms the Pirats
forced and fought their
way, till at laſt they gain- And at taft
ed the Caſtle. The Spaniards who remained alive, the Caſtle.
caft themſelves down from the Caſtle into the Sea,
choofing rather to die precipitated by their own
ſelves, ( few or none ſurviving the Fall) than to
ask any Quarter for their Lives. The Governour
himſelf retreated unto the Corps du Garde, before
which were placed two pieces of Cannon. Here
he intended ſtill to defend himſelf, neither would
he demand any Quarter. But at laſt he was kil- The Goveral
led with a Musket-fhot, which pierced his Skull nour kilid,
into the Brain. o
The Governour being dead, and the Corps du
Garde ſurrendred, they found ftill remaining in it
alive, to the number of 30 Men, whereof Icarce 30 Men only
found alive.
10 were not wounded. Thefe informed the Pi-
rats, that 8 or 9 of their Souldiers had deſerted
their Colours, and were gone to Panama, to car-
ry News of their Arrival and Invaſion. Theſe 30
Men alone were remaining of 3 14. wherewith the
Caſtle wasgariſoned, among which number, not
one Officer was found alive. Theſe were all
made Priſoners, and compelled to tell whatſoever
they knew of their Deſigns and Enterprizes. A- The Gover
mong other things they declared, that the Gover- nower of Pa-
nour of Panama had notice fent him three weeks their coming.
nama krema
ago from Cartagena , how that the Engliſh were
equipping a Fleet at Hiſpaniola, with deſign to
Ddd 2
come

28
Bucaniers of America.
on the River
come and take the ſaid City of Panama. Morea
over, that this their Intention had been known by
a perſon, who was run away from the Pirats, ac
the River de la Hacha, where they provided their
Fleet with Corn. That, upon this News, the
ſaid Governour had ſent 164 Men, to ſtrengthen
the Gariſon of that Caſtle, together with much
Proviſion, and warlike Ammunition ; the ordi-
nary Gariſon whereof did only confift of 150 Men.
So that in all they made the number afore-mentio-
ned, of 314 Men, being all very well armed.
Beſides this they declared, that the Governour of
Ambuſcades
Panama had placed ſeveral Ambuſcades all along
ſide. the River of Chagre; and that he waited for their
coming, in the open Fields of Panama, with 3600
Men.
The taking of this Caſtle of Chagre coſt the Pi-
rats exceſſively dear, in compariſon to the ſmall
numbers they uſed to loſe at other times and pla-
Yea their toil and labour here; did far ex-
ceed what they ſuſtained at the Conqueſt of the
Ife of St. Catharin, and its adjacent. For coming
to number their Men, they found they had loft
above 100. beſides thoſe that were wounded,
whoſe number exceeded 70. They commanded
The dead
skromn doin the Spaniards that were Priſoners, to caſt all the
from the Car dead Bodies of their own Men, down from the
top of the Mountain to the Sea-ſide, and after-
wards to bury them. Such as were wounded,
were carried unto the Church, belonging to the
Ca-
ces.

Bucaniers of America.
29
Caſtle, of which they made an Hoſpital, and
where alſo they fhut up the Women. Thus it
was likewiſe turned into a place of Proſtitution,
the Pirats ceaſing not to defile the Bodies of thoſe
afflicted Widows, with all manner of inſolent
Actions and Threats. Hostos
Captain Morgan remained not long time behind, Captain
at the Iſle of St. Catharin, after taking the Caſtle Morgan
prepareth for
of Chagre; of which he had notice preſently ſent Chagre.
him. Yet notwithſtanding, before he departed
from thence, he cauſed to be imbarked, all the
Proviſions could be found, together with great
quantities of Maiz, or Indian Wheat, and Cazave;
whereof, in like manner, is made Bread in thoſe
Parts. He commanded likewiſe, great ſtore of
Provifions ſhould be tranſported unto the Gariſon
of the aforeſaid Caſtle of Chagre, from what Parts
ſoever they could be gotten. At a certain place
of the Iſland, they caft into the Sea all the Guns
belonging thereunto, with a deſign to return, and
leave that Ifland well garriſon'd, unto the perpe-
tual pofſeſſion of Pirats. Notwithſtanding he
order'd all the Houſes and Forts to be ſet on fire,
excepting only the Caſtle of St. Tereſa, which he
judged to be the ſtrongeſt and ſecureſt wherem to
fortifie himſelf, at his return from Panama. He
carried with him all the Priſoners of the lſland, and
thus ſet Sayl for the River of Chagre, where he ar-
rived in the ſpace of 8 days. Here the Joy of the
whole Fleet was fo great, when they ſpyed the
He arrivethis
there.
Enos ,

30
Bucaniers of America.
River.
Engliſh Colours upon the Caſtle, that they minded
not their way into the River, which occaſioned
Loofeth four them to looſe four of theirShips at the Entry there-
Ships at the of, that wherein Captain Morgan went, being one
entry of the of the four. Yet their Fortune was ſo good, as
to be able to ſave all the Men and Goods that
were in the faid Veſſels. Yea, the Ships likewiſe
had been preſerved, if a ſtrong Northerly Wind
had not rilen in that occaſion, which caſt the Ships
upon the Rock above-mentioned, that lyeth at
the Entry of the ſaid River.
Captain Morgan was brought into the Caſtle
And is re- with great Acclamations of Triumph and Joy, of
ceived with all the Pirats, both of thoſe who were within,
great joy.
and alſo them that were but newly come. Ha-
ving underſtood the whole Tranſactions of the
Conqueft, he commanded all the Priſoners to be-
gin to work, and repair what was neceffary.
Eſpecially, in ſetting up new Palizada's, or Pales,
round about the Forts depending on the Caſtle.
There were ſtill in the River ſome Spaniſh Veſſels,
called by them Chatten, which ſerve for the Tranſ-
portation of Merchandize up and down the ſaid
River, as alſo for co go to Puerto Velo, and Nicaa
ragua. Theſe are commonly mounted with two
great Guns of Iron, and four other ſmall ones of
Boats ſeized Braſs. All theſe Veſſels they ſeized on, together
itb' Rivers with four little Ships they found there, and all the
Gariſon left Canows. In the Caſtle they left a Gariſon of 500
at Chagre. Men, and in the Ships within the River 150 more.
Theſe
ال)


A Map of the Countrey are
PANAMA. Part. 3. Page.
al
D.de
Vacam
Spotu
y.de
Cazall
argade
C
Arafran
Tavoguilla
Otoquillo
I. de Flamencos
Ottoque
R.de Perapa
Taroga
Per.co
R.del Carmito
C.de Panama
Tide Naos
R.Grande
FIT
R.A ligne
R. Gnude
「等等
​MDAD DE PANAM
10000
ܘܠܩܠܟܚܘܟ
aus
tola Puete
R. de les
R. de Chegre
Cruzes
R. de Palma
Sancarahat
C de Cruces
V.deChagre
R.
e Requer
pe en
Rode
Plata
V.de Pequeni
Beren en
Tap
R. Capira
Cerro Pelado
Qurtefuntasia
Mauchia
C. Koradada
1. del Elefante
B. del Boque
V.deBoqueton
En el Buso.
C.Po tono
1. Longillemo
Ponton
Mancamillo
P.de Brgy
I. de Brrenere

2.31
and City of
Natat
.
Ricode1: Plnenal
Jede
Nata
do. Puebo
R. de Sabalices
Pde Pengneino
Code
de
Label
contra
strinidad
S. del Valle
Pode Capsa
Sd Cocle
R. de Pereque to
muz
R.dela Trinidad
C.del Pico
aciserial
aptul
Guebrada
Barbac
C.Bneno
Crus de Iuan
הידעת
והיישום
B. Cumelido
3 wer
gaiàET
Sacaniguas
Pique
tilani اسلای
didpourpaup
Barlamonas
Canalde D.A.
T.Cavallos
1.del Rey
Idet Fagario
1.D Matias
T.Defoniralnas
I.del Laberinto
& Barro Colorado
A. Grande
bozmbo11
l. de Bigante
2. Calles
T.delVlroy
I. Gallinazos
I Moftenes
T.et Marcos
N: Blanca
R.delSoldado
igie
Aferaden
T. Sarralos
I. de Cacaos
C. Primero
Morcingaret
C.Carnero
c6 Indios
R.S.Orge
Cagre
D. Xermanas
L. Lalone
1.Cereria
Metsolaria
Aquadassa
R. 2. Ting
T.del. I argos
ood
2.del Prepte
D.de la Cantena
C.de Codie
man


Bucaniers of America.
31
Theſe things being done, Captain Morgan depar-
ted towards Panama, at the Head of 1200 Men.
He carried very ſmall Proviſions with him, being
in good hopes he ſhould provide himſelf fufficient
ly among the Spaniards, whom he knew to lye in
Ambuſcade at ſeveral Places by the way. des
to og
00
ST
C
Calinton aty
VID in
aninove thods or CHAP. V. Hori horionog
9
Captain Morgan departeth from the Cam
ſtle of Chagre, at the Head of 1200
Men, with deſign to take the City of
Panama. morable
boog 15
bloow you
entot
Aptain Morgan ſet forth from the Caſtle of Voyage to
Chagre, towards Panama, the 18th. day. of Panama..
Auguft, in the year 1670. He had under his con-
duct 1200 Men, s Boats with Artillery, and 3 2
Canows, all which were filled with the ſaid Peo-
ple. Thus he ſteered his courſe up the River to-
wards Panama. That day they failed only 6 Firſt day
Leagues, and came to a Place called, de los Braços, thereof.
Here a party of his Men went on fhore, only to
fleep ſome few hours, and ftretch their Limbs,
they being almoſt crippl’d with lying too much
crowded in the Boats. After they had refted a
while, they went abroad, to ſee if any Victuals
could

32 Bucaniers of America.
ment.
could be found in the neighbouring Plantations.
But they could find none,the Spaniards being fled,
and carrying with them all the Proviſions they
had. This day, being the firſt of their Journey,
there wasramongſt themſuch ſcarcity of Viftuals,
as the greateſt part were forced to paſs with only
a pipe of Tobacco, without any other Refreſh-
Second day.
The next day, very early i'th' morning, they
continued their Journey, and came about evening
to a Place called, Cruz de Iuan Gallego. Here they
were compelled to leave their Boats and Canows,
by seaſon the River was very dry for want of
Rain, and the many obſtacles of Trees that were
fallen into it. Sot of signs
The Guides told them, that about two Leagues
farther on, the Countrey would be very good to
tego continue the Journey by Land. Hereupon they
left fome Companies, being in all 160 Men, on
board the Boats, to defend them, with intent
they might ſerve for a place of Refuge, in caſe
of neceflity.
Ibird day. : 0 The next morning, being the 3 d. day of their
Journey, they all went alhore, excepting thoſe
above-mentioned, who were to keep the Boats.
Unto theſe Captain Morgan gave very ſtrict Or-
ders, under great penalties, that no Man, upon
any pretext whatſoever, ſhould dare to leave the
Boats, and go aſhore. A This he did, fearing leaſt
they ſhould be ſurprized and cut off by any Am-
bu

Bucaniers of America. 33
buſcade of Spaniards , that might chance to lye
thereabouts in the neighbouring Woods, which
appeared fo thick, as to ſeem almoſt impenetra-
ble. Having this morning begun their March,
they found the ways fo dirty and irkſom, that
Captain Morgan thought it more convenient to
tranſport ſome of the Men in Canows, (though
it could not be done without great labour ) to a
Place farther up the River, called Cedro bueno.
Thus they re-imbarked, and the Canows returned
for the reſt that were left behind. So that about
night, they found themſelves all together at the
ſaid Place. The Pirats were extreamly deſirous
to meet any Spaniards, or Indians, hoping to fill
their Bellies with what Proviſions they fhould take
from them. For now they were reduced almoſt
to the very extremity of Hunger.
On the 4th day, the greateſt part of the Pirats Fourth day.
marched by Land, being led by one of the Guides.
The reſt went by Water, farther up with the Ca-
nows, being conducted by another Guide, who
always went before them with two of the ſaid Ca-
nows, to diſcover on both ſides the River, the
Ambuſcades of the Spaniards. Thefe had allo
Spies, whowere very dextrous, and could at any
time give notice of all Accidents, or of the Arri-
val of the Pirats, fix hours at leaſt before they
came to any Place. This day about noon they
found themſelves nigh unto a Poft, called Torna
Cavallos. Here the Guide of the Canows began
Eee
ΤΟ

34 Bucaniers of America.
to cry aloud, he perceived an Ambuſcade. His
Voice cauſed infinite Joy unto all the Pirats, as
perſwading themſelves they ſhould find ſome Pro-
vifions, wherewith to ſatiate their Hunger, which
was very great. Being come unto the Place, they
found no body in it, the Spaniards who were there
not long before, being every one fled, and leav-
ing nothing behind, unleſs it were a ſmall number
of leather Bags, all empty, and a few erums of
Bread, ſcatter'd upon the Ground, where they
had eaten. Being angry at this Misfortune, they
pull'd down a few little Huts which the Spaniards
had made, and afterwards fell to eating the lea-
thern Bags, als being defirous to afford ſomething
to the ferment of their Stomachs, which now was
grown ſo ſharp, as it did gnaw their very Bowels,
having nothing elſe to prey upon. Thus they
de la orandmade a huge Banquet upon thoſe Bags of Leather,
which doubtleſs had been more grateful unto
them, if divers Quarrels had not riſen, concern-
ing who ſhould have the greateſt ſhare. By the
circumference of the Place, they conjectur'd 500
Spaniards , more or leſs, had been there. And
theſe, finding no Victuals, they were now infinite
ly deſirous to meet, intending to devour fome of
them , rather than periſh. Whom they would
certainly in that occaſion have roaſted or boyled,
to fatisfie their Famine, had they been able to
take them.
Osnom ngint
DO
After they had feaſted themſelves with thoſe
pieces
1

Bucaniers of America.
35
pieces of Leather, they quitted the Place, and
marched farther on, till they came about night to
another Poſt , called Torna Munni. Here they
found another Ambuſcade, but as barren and de-
ſert as the former. They ſearched the neighbour-
ing Woods, but could not find the leaſt thing to
ear. The Spaniards having been ſo provident, as
not to leave behind them any where the leaſt crum
of Suſtenance, whereby the Pirats were now
brought to the Extremity aforementioned. Here
again he was happy, that had reſerved ſince noon
any ſmall piece of Leather, whereof to make his
Supper, drinking after it a good draught of Wa-
ter for his greateſt comfort. Some perſons, who
never were out of their Mothers Kitchins, may
ask, how theſe Pirats could eat, ſwallow and di-
geft, thoſe pieces of Leather, ſo hard and dry ?
Unto whom I only anſwer, That could they once
experiment, what Hunger, or rather Famine is,
they would certainly find the manner, by their
own neceſſity, as the Pirats did. For theſe firſt
took the Leather, and ſlic'd it in pieces. Then
did they beat it between two Stones, and rub it,
often dipping it in the Water of the River, to ren-
der it by thele means fupple and tender. Laſtly,
they ſcraped off the Hair, and roaſted or broyld
it upon the Fire. And being thus cook’d, they
cut it into ſmall morſels, and eat it, helping it
down with frequent Gulps of Water, which by
good Fortune they had nigh at hand.is
go
Eee 2
They

36
Bucaniers of America.
Fifth day. They continued their March the 5th day, and
about noon came unto a Place, called Barbacoa.
Here likewiſe they found Traces of another Am-
buſcade, but the Place totally as unprovided, as
the two precedent were. At a ſmall diſtance
were to be ſeen ſeveral Plantations, which they
ſearched very narrowly, but could not find any
Perſon, Animal, or other thing, that was capable
of relieving their extream and ravenous Hunger.
Finally, having ranged up and down, and ſearch-
ed long time, they found a certain Grot, which
ſeemed to be but lately hewn out of a Rock, in
the which they found two Sacks of Meal, Wheat,
and like things, with two great Jars of Wine, and
certain Fruits, called Platanos. Captain Morgan
knowing that ſome of his Men were now through
the extremity of Hunger, reduced almoſt to the
extremity of their Lives, and fearing leaſt the ma-
jor part ſhould be brought into the ſame conditi-
on, cauſed all that was found to be diſtributed,
amongſt them who were in greateſt neceſſity.
Having refreſhed themſelves with theſe Vi&tuals,
they began to march anew with greater Courage
than ever. Such as could not well go for Weak-
neſs, were put into the Canows, and thoſe com-
manded to land that were in them before. Thus
they proſecuted their journey till late at night, at
which time they came unto a Plantation, where
they took up their Reſt. But without eating any
thing at all; for the Spaniards, as before, had
ſwept

Bucaniers of America.
37
ſwept away all manner of Proviſions, leaving not
behind them the leaſt ſigns of Victuals.
On the 6th day they continued their March, Sixtb day...
part of them by Land through the Woods, and
part by Water in the Canows. Howbeit they
were conſtrained to reſt themſelves very frequent-
ly by the way, both for the Ruggednefs thereof,
and the extream Weakneſs they were under. Un-
to this they endeavoured to occur, by eating fome
Leaves of Trees, and green Herbs, or Grafs, ſuch
as they could pick, for ſuch was the miſerable con-
dition they were in. This day, at noon, they
arrived at a Plantation, where they found a Barn
full of Maiz. Immediately they beat down the
Doors, and fell to eating of it dry, as much as
they could devour. Afterwards they diſtributed
great quantity, giving unto every man a good al-
lowance thereof. Being thus provided, they
proſecuted their journey, which having continu-
ed for the ſpace of an hour, or thereabouts, they
met with an Ambuſcade of Indians. This they no
fooner had diſcover’d, but they threw away their
Maiz, with the ſudden hopes they conceived of
finding all things in abundancy. But after all this
hafte, they found themſelves much deceived, they
meeting neither Indians, nor Victuals, nor any
thing elſe, of what they had imagined. They
faw notwithſtanding on the other ſide the River,
a Troop of 100 Indians, more or leſs, who all
eſcaped away through the agility of their Feet.
Some

38
Bucaniers of America.
Some few Pirats there were who leapt into the
River, the ſooner to reach the ſhore, to ſee if
tako do they could take any of the ſaid Indians Priſoners.
But all was in vain; for being much more nimble
at their Feet than the Pirats, they eaſily bafild
their Endeavours. Neither did they only baffle
them, but killed alſo two or three of the Pirats
with their Arrows, howting at them at a diſtance,
and crying, Ha! perros, à la ſavand, à la favana.
Ha ! je Dogs, go to the Plain, go to the Plain.
This day they could advance no farther, by
reaſon they were neceſſitated to paſs the River
hereabouts, to continue their March on the other
fide. Hereupon they took up their Repoſe for
that night. Howbeit their Sleep was not heavy,
nor profound, for great Murmurings were heard
that night in the Camp, many complaining of
Captain Morgan, and his Conduct in that Enter-
prize, and being deſirous to return home. On
the contrary, others would rather die there, than
go back one ſtep from what they had undertaken.
But others who had greater Courage than any of
theſe two parties, did laugh and joke at all their
Diſcourſes. I'th' mean while they had a Guide,
who much comforted them, ſaying, It would not
now be long before they met with People, from whom they
ſhould reap ſome conſiderable Advantage.
Seventh day. The 7th. day i'th' morning, they all made clean
their Arms, and every one diſcharged his Piſtol, or
Musket, without Bullerto examine the Security
of

Bucaniers of America,
39
of their Fire-locks. This being done, they paſfed
to the other ſide of the River in the Canows, leav-
ing the Poſt where they had reſted the night be-
fore, called Santa Cruz. Thus they proceeded on
their journey till noon, at which time they arri-
ved at a Village called Cruz. Being at a great di-
ſtance as yet from the Place, they perceived much
Smoak to ariſe out of the Chimneys. The fight
hereof afforded them great Joy, and hopes of find-
ing people i’th' Town, and afterwards what they
moſt defired, which was plenty of good Cheer.
Thus they went on with as much hafte as they
could, making ſeveral Arguments to one another
upon thoſe external Signs, though all like Caſtles
built i'th' Air. For, faid they, there is Smoak co-
meth out of every Houſe, therefore they are making good
Fires, for to roaſt and boyl what we are to eat. With
other things to this purpoſe.
At length they arrived there in great hafte, all
fweating and panting, but found no perſon i’th
Town, nor any thing that was eatable, where-
with to refreſh themſelves, unleſs it were good
Fires to warm themſelves, which they wanted
not. For the Spaniards before their departure,
had every one ſet Fire to his own Houſe, except-
ing only the Store-houſes and Stables belonging
to the King
They had not left behind them any Beaſt what-
foever, either alive or dead. This occafion'd
much Confufion in their Minds, they not finding
the

40
Bucaniers of America.
the leaſt thing to lay hold on, unleſs it were ſome
few Cats and Dogs, which they immediately
killd, and devoured with great Appetite. At
laſt in the King's Stables they found by good For-
tune, 15 or 16 Jarrs of Peru Wine, and a leather
Sack, full of Bread. But no ſooner had they be-
gan to drink of the ſaid Wine, when they fell
ſick, almoſt every Man. This ſudden Diſaſter
made them think that the Wine was poyſoned,
which cauſed a new Confternation in the whole
Camp, as judging themſelves now to be irrecove-
rably loft. But the true Reaſon was, their huge
want of Suſtenance in that whole Voyage, and
the manifold ſorts of Traſh which they had eaten,
upon that occaſion. Their Sickneſs was ſo great
that day, as cauſed them to remain there till the
next morning, without being able to profecute
their Journey, as they uſed to do, i'th' afternoon.
This Village is ſeated in the Altitude of . De-
grees, and 2 Minutes, Northern Latitude, being
diſtant from the River of Chagre, 26 Spaniſh
Leagues, and 8 from Panama. Moreover, this is
the laſt Place unto which Boats or Canows can
come; for which reaſon they built here Store-hou-
ſes, wherein to keep all ſorts of Merchandize,
which from hence to and from Panama, are tranſ-
ported upon the Backs of Mules.
Here therefore Captain Morgan was conſtrained
to leave his Canows, and land all his Men, though
never ſo weak in their Bodies. But leaſt the Ca-
nows

Bucaniers of America.
41
nows ſhould be ſurprized, or take up too many
Men for their Defence, he reſolved to ſend them
all back to the place where the Boats were, ex-
cepting one, which he cauſed to be hidden, to
the intent it might ſerve to carry Intelligence, ac-
cording to the exigency of Affairs. Many of the
Spaniards and Indians belonging to this Village,
were fled unto the Plantations thereabouts. Here-
upon Captain Morgan gave expreſs Orders, that
none ſhould dare to go out of the Village, except
in whole Companies of 100 together. The oc-
caſion hereof was his fear, leaſt the Enemies ſhould
take an Advantage upon his Men, by any ſudden
Affault. Notwithſtanding one party of Engliſh
Souldiers, ſtickl’d not to contravene theſe Com-
mands, being thereunto tempted with the deſire
of finding Victuals. But theſe were ſoon glad to
fly into the Town again, being aſſaulted with
great Fury by ſome Spaniards and Indians, who
ſnatch up one of the Pirats, and carried him away
Priſoner. Thus the Vigilancy and Care of Cap-
tain Morgan, was not ſufficient to prevent every
Accident that might happen. diw borneleg vodi
On the 8th. day, i'th' morning, Captain Mor-Eighth day.
gan ſent 200 Men before the Body of his Army,
to diſcover the Way to Panama, and ſee if they had
laid any Ambuſcades therein. Eſpecially confi-
dering, that the Places by which they were to
paſs, were very fit for that purpoſe, the paths
being ſo narrow, that only 10 or 12 perſons could
Fff
march

42
Bucaniers of America.
march in a File, and oftentimes not ſo many. Ha-
ving marched about the ſpace of 10 hours, they
came unto a Place called Quebrada Obſcura. Here
all on a ſudden 3 or 4000 Arrows were ſhot at
them, without being
able to perceive from whence
they came, or who ſhot them. The place from
whence it was preſumed they were ſhot, was a
high rocky Mountain, excavated from one ſide to
the other, wherein was a Grot that went thorow
it, only capable of admitting one Horſe, or other
Beaſt, laded. This multitude of Arrows cauſed
a huge Alarum among the Pirats, eſpecially be-
cauſe they could not diſcover the place from
whence they were diſcharged. At laft, feeing
no more Arrows to appear, they marched a little
farther, and entred into a Wood. Here they per-
ceived ſome Indians
to Ay as faſt as they could pof-
fible before them, to take the Advantage of ano-
ther Poft, and thence obſerve the March of the
Pirats. There remained notwithſtanding one
Troop of Indians upon the place, with full deſign
to fight, and defend themſelves. This Combat
they performed with huge Courage, till ſuch time
as their Captain fell to the Ground wounded.
Who although he was now in deſpair of Life, yet
his Valour being greater than his Strength, would
demand no Quarter, but endeavouring to raiſe
himſelf, with undaunted Mind laid hold of his
Azagaya, or Javelin, and ſtruck at one of the Pi-
rats. But before he could fecond the Blow, he
was

Bucaniers of America.
43
was ſhot to death with a Piſtol. This was alſo
the Fate of many of his Companions, who like
good and couragious Souldiers, loſt their Lives
with their Captain, for the defence of their Coun-
trey. W odnosno
The Pirats endeavour'd, as much as was poſſi-
ble, to lay hold on ſome of the Indians, and take
them Priſoners. But they being infinitely ſwifter
than the Pirats, every one eſcaped, leaving 8 Pi-
rats dead upon the place, and 10 wounded. Yea,
had the Indians been more dextrous in military
Affairs, they might have defended that Paſſage,
and not let one ſole Man to paſs. Within a little
while after they came to a large Campaign Field,
open, and full of variegated Meadows. From
hence they could perceive at a diſtance before
them, a parcel of Indians, who ſtood on the top
of a Mountain, very nigh unto the Way by which
the Pirats were to paſs. They ſent a Troop of 50
Men, the nimblelt they could pick out, to ſee if
they could catch any of them, and afterwards force
them to declare, whereabouts their Companions
had their Manſions. But all their Induſtry was in
vain, for they eſcaped through their Nimbleneſs,
and preſently after ſhewed themſelves in another
place, hallowing unto the Engliſh, and crying, A
la Savana, a la Savana, Cornudos, Perrós Inglefes :
that is, To the Plain, to the Plain, ye Cuckolds, jie
Engliſh Dogs. Mean while theſe things paſſed,chero
Pirats that werewounded a little before, were dreſ-
ſed, and plaiſtred up.
At
Fff 2

44
Bucaniers of America
All At this place there was a Wood, and on each
fide thereof a Mountain. The Indians had poſſeſſed
themſelves of the one, and the Pirats took poffef-
fion of the other, that was oppofite unto it. Cap-
tain Morgan was perſwaded, that in the Wood the
Spaniards had placed an Ambuſcade, as lying ſo
conveniently for that purpoſe. Hereupon he ſent
before 200 Men to ſearch it. The Spaniards and
Indians perceiving the Pirats to deſcend the Moun-
tain, did ſo too, as if they deſigned to attack them.
But being got into the Wood, out of ſight of the
Pirats, they diſappear’d, and were ſeen no more,
leaving the paſſage open unto them.
About night there fell a grear Rain, which cau-
fed the Piraes to march the faſter, and ſeek every
where for Houſes, wherein to preſerve their Arms
from being wet. But the Indians had ſet Fire to
every one thereabouts, and tranſported all their
Cattel unto remote places, to the end that the Pi-
rats finding neither Houſes nor Victuals, might be
conſtrained to return homewards. Notwithſtan-
ding, after diligent Search, they found a few lit-
tle Huts belonging to Shepherds, but in them no-
thing to eat. Theſe not being capable of holding
many Men, they placed in them out of every Com-
pany a ſmall number, who kept the Arms of all
the reſt of the Army. Thoſe who remained i’thº
open Field, endured much Hardſhip that night,
the Rain not ceafing to fall until the morning.
golsdag
gurbering
The
$377

Bucaniers of America. 45
The next morning, about break of day, being Ninth day.
the 9th. of this tedious Journey, Captain Morgan
continued his March, while the freſh Air of the
morning laſted. For the Clouds then hanging
as yet over their Heads, were much more favoura-
ble unto them, than the ſcorching Rays of the
Sun, by reaſon the Way was now more difficult
and laborious, than all the precedent. After two
hours March, they diſcover'd a Troop of about
20 Spaniards, who obſerved the Motions of the Pi-
rats. They endeavour'd to catch ſome of them,
but could lay hold on none, they ſuddenly diſap-
pearing, and abſconding themſelves in Caves a-
mong the Rocks, totally unknown to the Pi-
rats. At laſt they came to a high Mountain, which
when they had aſcended, they diſcover'd from the
top thereof, the South-Sea. This happy Sight, as
if it were the end of their Labours, cauſed infinite
Joy among all the Pirats. From hence they could
deſcry alſo one Ship, and fix Boats, which were
ſet forth from Panama , and failed towards the
Iflands of Tovago and Tovagilla. Having deſcended
this Mountain, they came untòa Vale, in which
they found great quantity of Cattel, whereof
they killed good ſtore. Here mean while ſome
were imployed in killing and flaying of Cows,
Horſes, Bulls, and chiefly Aſſes, of which there
was greateſt number; others buſied themſelves ir
kindling of Fires, and getting Wood wherewith
to roaſt them. Thus cutting the Fleſh of theſe
Ani-

46
Bucaniers of America.
Animals into convenient pieces, or goblets, they
threw them into the Fire, and half carbonado'd,
or roaſted, they deyour'd them with incredible
haſte and Appetite. For ſuch was their Hunger,
as they more refembled Canibals than Europeans at
this Banquet, the Blood many times running down
from their Beards unto the middle of their Bo-
dies.
Having ſatisfied their Hunger with theſe delici-
ous Meats, Captain Morgan order'd them to conti-
nue che March.
Here again he ſent before the
main Body, 50 Men, with intent to take ſome
Priſoners, if poſſibly they could. For he ſeemed
now to be much concerned, that in 9 days time he
could not meet one perſon, who might inform
him of the Condition and Forces of the Spaniards.
About evening they diſcover'd a Troop of 200
Spaniards, more or leſs, who haloo'd unto the Pi-
rats, but theſe could not underſtand what they
ſaid. A little while after they came the firſt time,
within light of the higheſt Steeple of Panama.
They diſcover This Steeple they no ſooner had diſcover’d, but
the Steeple they began to fhew Signs of extream Joy, caſting
of Panama.
up their Hats into the Air, leaping for Mirth, and
fhouting, even juſt as if they had already obtain
ed the Victory, and entire accompliſhment of
their Defigns. All their Trumpets were found-
ed, and every Drum beaten, in tokens of this uni
verſal Acclamation, and huge Alacrity of their
Thus they pitch their Camp for that
nigh the City
night,
They incamp Minds.

Bucaniers of America.
47
night, with general Content of the whole Army,
waiting with Impatience for the morning, at
which time they intended to attack the City. This
evening there appeared 5o Horſe, who came out
of the City, hearing the noiſe of the Drums and
Trumpets of the Pirats, to obſerve, as it was
thought, their Motions. They came almoſt
within Musket-ſhot of the Army, being preceded
by a Trumpet, that founded marvelouſly well.
Thoſe on Horſeback haloo'd aloud unto thePirats,
and threatned them, ſaying, Perros ! nos veremos :
that is, Ye Dogs! We ſhall meet ye. Having made
this Menace, they returned into the City, except-
ing only 7 or 8 Horſe men, who remained hover-
ing thereabouts, to watch what Motions the Pi-
rats made. Immediately after the City began to
fire, and ceaſed not to play with their biggeſt
Guns, all night long againſt che Camp, but with
little or no harm unto the Pirats, whom they could
not conveniently reach. About this time alſo the
200 Spaniards, whom the Pirats had ſeen i’th' af-
ternoon, appeared again within fight, making re-
ſemblance as if they would block up the paſſages,
to the intent no Pirats might eſcape the hands of
their Forces. But the Pirats, who were now in a
manner beſieged, inſtead of conceiving any fear
of their Blockado's, as ſoon as they had placed
Centries about their Camp; began every one to
open their Satchels, and without any preparation
of Napkins, or Plates, fell to eating very heartily
the

48
Lucaniers of America.
Forces.
the remaining pieces of Bulls and Horſes Fleſh,
which they had reſerved fince noon. This being
done, they laid themſelves down to ſleep upon
the Graſs, with great repoſe and huge ſatisfacti-
on, expecting only with Impatience for the
dawnings of the next day.
Tenth day. On the 10th. day, betimes i'th' morning, they
the Spaniſh put all their Men into convenient Order, and with
Drums and Trumpets ſounding, continued their
March directly towards the City. But one of the
Guides deſired Captain Morgan, not to take the
common High-way that led thither, fearing leaſt
they ſhould find in it much Reſiſtance, and many
Ambuſcades. He preſently took his Advice, and
choſe another way that went through the Wood,
although very irkſom and difficult. Thus the
Spaniards perceiving the Pirats had taken another
way, which they ſcarce had thought on, or be-
lieved, were compelled to leave their Stops and
Batteries, and come out to meet them. The Go-
vernour of Panama put his Forces in Order, con-
fiſting of 2 Squadrons, 4 Regiments of Foot, and
a huge number of wild Bulls, which were driven
by a great number of Indians, with ſome Negro's,
and others, to help them.
The Pirats, being now upon their March, came
unto the top of a little Hill, from whence they
had a large proſpect of the City and Campaign
Countrey underneath. Here they diſcovered the
Forces of the people of Panama, extended in Bat-
tel

Bucaniers of America.
49
ards.
hazard the
tel Array, which when they perceived to be fonu-
They fear the
merous, they were ſuddenly ſurprized with great number of
Fear, much doubting the Fortune of the day. Yea the Spani-
few or none there were but wiſhed themſelves at
home, or at leaſt free from the obligation of that
Engagement, wherein they perceived their Lives
muſt be ſo narrowly concerned. Having been
ſome time at a ſtand, in a wavering condition of
Mind, they at laſt reflected upon the Straits they
had brought themſelves into, and that now they
Tet reſolve to
ought, of neceſſity, either to fight reſolutely, or
die, for no Quarter could be expected from an Battel.
Enemy, againſt whom they had committed ſo
many Cruelties on all occaſions.
all occaſions. Hereupon they
encouraged one another, and reſolved either to
conquer, or ſpend the very laſt drop of Blood in
their Bodies. Afterwards they divided themſelves
into three Battallions, or Troops, ſending beforeni
them one of 200 Bucaniers, which ſort of people
are infinitely dextrous at fhooting with Guns.
Thus the Pirats left the Hill, and deſcended,
marching directly towards the Spaniards , who They march
were poſted in a ſpacious Field, waiting for their ow.
coming. As ſoon as they drew nigh unto them,
the Spaniards began to fhout, and cry, Viva el Rey!
God ſave the King ! and immediately their Horſe
began to move againſt the Pirats. But the Field
being full of Quaggs, and very ſoft under foot,
they could not ply to and fro, and wheel about,
as they deſired. The 200 Bucaniers, who went
be-
Ggg

50
Bucaniers of America.
before, every one putting one Knee to the ground,
They engag • gave them a full Volley of Shot, where with the
Battel was inſtantly kind led very hot. The Spa-
niards defended themſelves very couragiouſly, act-
ing all they could poſſibly perform, to diſorder
the Pirats. Their Foot, in like manner, endea-
voured to ſecond the Horſe, but were conſtrained
by the Pirats to ſeparate from them. Thus find-
ing themſelves fruſtrated of their Deſigns, they
attempted to drive the Bulls againſt them at their
Backs, and by this means put them into Diſorder.
But the greateſt part of that wild Cattel ran away,
being frighted with the noiſe of the Battel. And
ſome few that broke through the Engliſh Compa-
nies, did no other harm than to tear the Colours in
pieces ; whereas the Bucaniers ſhooting them dead,
left not one to trouble them thereabouts,
The Spaniſh
The Battel having now continued for the ſpace
Herfe ruin'd of two hours, at the end thereof the greateſt part
of the Spaniſh Horſe was ruin'd, and almoſt all
killd. The reſt fled away. Which being per-
ceived by the Foot, and that they could not
poſſi-
bly prevail, they diſcharged the Shot they had in
their Muskets, and throwing them on the ground,
The Foot put betook themſelves to Flight, every one which way
to Flight. he could run. The Pirats could not poſſibly fol-
low them, as being too much haraſs’d and weaa
ried with the long Journey they had lately made.
Many of them, not being able to fly whither they
erudovede defired, hid themſelves for that preſent among the
Shrubs

Bucaniers of America.
51
tain.
reth the
whole Forces
Shrubs of the Sea-ſide. But very unfortunately;
for moſt of them being found out by the Pirats, found, and
were inſtantly kill'd, without giving Quarter to kill d.
any. Some religious Men were brought priſo- As alſo ma-
ny religious
ners before Captain Morgan ; but he being deaf to Men.
their Cryes and Lamentations, commanded them
all to be immediately piſtol'd, which was accor-
dingly done. Soon after they brought a Captain They take a
to his preſence, whom he examined very ſtrictly Spaniſhčap-
bout ſeveral things ; particularly, wherein con-
fifted the Forces of thoſe of Panama ? IInto which
he anfwered, Their whole Strength did conſiſt in Who decla-
400 Horſe, 24 Companies of Foot, each being of
100 Men compleat, 60 Indians, and ſome Negro's, of the Ene-
who were to drive 2000 wild Bulls, and cauſe my.
them to run over the Engliſh Camp, and thus by
breaking their Files, put them into a total Diſor-
der and Confuſion. He diſcovered more, that
in the City they had made Trenches, and raiſed
Batteries in ſeveral places, in all which they had
placed many Guns. And that at the entry of the
High-way which led to the City, they had built a
Fort, which was mounted with 8 great Guns of
Braſs
, and defended by 5o Men. odmora
Captain Morgan having heard this Information,
gave Orders inſtantly they ſhould march another
way. But before ferring forth, he made a Re-
view of all bis Men, whereof he found both killed Many Pirats
and wounded a conſiderable number, and much Bettel.
greater than had been believed. Of the Spaniards
Ggg 2
were

52
Bucaniers of America.
600 Spani-- were found 600 dead upon the place, beſides the
ards kill do wonnded, and Priſoners. The Pirats were no-
thing diſcouraged, ſeeing their number ſo much
diminiſhed, but rather filled with greater pride
wat othan before, perceiving what huge Advantage
they had obtained againſt their Enemies. Thus
having refted themſelves ſome while, they prepa-
They march red to march couragiouſly towards the City,
towards the
City.
raks the plighting their Oaths to one another in general,
they would fight till never a Man were left alive.
With this Courage they recommenc'd their March,
either to conquer, or be conquered, carrying with
them all the Priſoners.
They found much difficulty in their Approach
unto the City. For within the Town the Spanis
ards had placed many great Guns, at ſeveral Quar-
ters thereof, ſome of which were charged with
ſmall pieces of Iron, and others with Musket-Bul-
lets. With all theſe they faluted the Pirats, at
their drawing nigh unto the place, and gave them
full and frequent Broad-fides, firing at them in-
ceſſantly. From whence it came to paſs, that un-
They looſe
many Men avoidably they loft at every ſtep they advanced,
ith Aſault, great numbers of Men. But neither theſe mani-
felt Dangers of their Lives, nor the fight of ſo ma-
ny of their own, as dropped down continually at
Tet continue their Sides, could deter them from advancing far-
ther, and gaining Ground every moment upon
the Enemy. Thus although the Spaniards never
ceaſed to fire, and act the beſt they could for
to advance.
their

Bucaniers of America,
53
their Defence, yet notwithſtanding they were
forced to deliver the City after the ſpace of three And take
hours Combat. And the Pirats having now pof- three hours.
feffed themſelves thereof, both killed and deſtroy-
ed as many, as attempted to make the leaſt Op-
poſition againſt them. The Inhabitants had cau-
fed the beſt of their Goods to be tranſported unto
more remote and occult places. Howbeit they
found within the City as yer ſeveral Ware-houſes,
very well ſtockt with all ſorts of Merchandize, as
well Silks and Cloths, as Linnen, and other things
of conſiderable value. As ſoon as the firſt Fury
of their entrance into the City was over, Captain
Morgan aſſembled all his Men at a certain place
which he aſſigned, and there commanded them
under very great penalties, that none of them Orders not to
ſhould dare to drink or taſte any Wine. The Rea- drink Wine.
ſon he gave for this Injunction was, becauſe he
had received private Intelligence, that it had been
all poyſoned by the Spaniards. Howbeit it was
the opinion of many, he gave theſe prudent Or-
ders, to prevent the Debauchery of his people,
which he foreſaw would be very great at the be-
ginning, after ſo much Hunger ſuſtained by the
way. Fearing withal leaſt the Spaniards ſeeing
them in Wine, ſhould rally their Forces, and fall
.
upon the City, and uſe them as inhumanely, as
they had uſed the Inhabitants before,
CHAP

54
Bucaniers of America.
nec
CH A P. VI.
Captain Morgan ſendeth ſeveral Canows
and Boats unto the South-Sea. He
ſetteth Fire to the City of Panama.
Robberies and Cruelties committed there
by the Pirats, till their return unto
the Caftle of Chagre.
Aptain Morgan, as ſoon as he had placed
Guards at ſeveral Quarters, where he thought
eceſſary, both within and without the City of
Panama , immediately commanded 25 Men to
A Brat ſeiz- ſeize a great Boat, which had ſtuck in the Mud of
edith Prt. the Port, for want of Water at a low Tide, ſo
that ſhe could not put out to Sea. The ſame day,
about noon, he cauſed certain Men privately to
The City Set fet Fire unto ſeveral great Edifices of the City, no
body knowing from whence the Fire proceeded,
nor who were the Authors thereof, much leſs
what Motives perſwaded Captain Morgan there-
unto, which are as yet unknown to this day. The
Almoſt burnt Fire increaſed ſo faſt, chat before night the great-
in a day.
eſt part of the City was in a Flame. Captain Mor-
gan endeavour'd to make the Publick believe, the
Spaniards had been the cauſe thereof, which Suf-
on Fire.
pici-


The Battel
Spaniards an
Buccaniers he
PANAMA. PA
Hur
lud
NEN
DIDAT

Fel Between the
and the pýrats or
hefore the Citty of
Part.3. Page 54
NU
GATE
VAC பா


Bucaniers of America.
55
which the Eccleſiaſticks had hidden and concealed.
picions he ſurmifed among his own people, per-
ceiving they reflected upon him for that Action.
Many of the Spaniards, as alſo ſome of the Pirats,
tiſed all the means poſſible, either to extinguiſh
the Flame, or by blowing up of Houſes with Gun-
powder, and pulling down others, to ſtop its
progreſs. But all was in vain; for in leſs than
ħalf an hour it conſumed a whole Street. All the
Houſes of this City were built with Cedar, being Houſes of
Cedar.
of very curious and magnificent Structure, and
richly adorned within. Eſpecially with Hangings
and Paintings, whereof part were already tranſ-
ported out of the Pirats way, and another great
part were conſumed by the Voracity of the
Fire.
There belonged unto this City (which is alſo.
the Head of a Biſhoprick ) eight Monaſteries,
whereof ſeven were for Men and one for Women;
two ſtately Churches, and one Hoſpital. The
Churches and Monaſteries were all richly adorned
with Altar-pieces and Paintings, huge quantity of
Gold and Silver, with other precious things; all
Beſides which Ornaments, here were to be ſeen
2000 Houſes , of magnificent and prodigious 7000 Hona -
Building, as being all of the greateſt part, inhabi- fes i'ub? Cia-
ted by Merchants of that Countrey, who are vaft-
ly rich. For the reſt of the Inhabitants, of leffer
quality, and Tradeſmen, this City contained
5000 Houſes inore. Here were alſo great num=
ber
ty.

56
Bucaniers of America.
ber of Stables, which ſerved for the Horſes and
Mules, that carry allthe Plate, belonging as well
unto the King of Spain, as private Men, towards
the Coaſt of the North-Sea. The neighbouring
Fields belonging to this City, are all cultivated
with fertil Plantations and pleaſant Gardens, which
afford delicious Proſpects unto the Inhabitants the
whole year long.
Houſe of the The Genoeſes had in this City of Panama a ſtately
Genoeſes, and magnificent Houſe, belonging to their Trade
and Commerce of Negro's. This Building like-
wiſe was commanded by Captain Morgan to be
ſet on Fire ; whereby it was burnt to the very
Ground. Beſides which pile of Building, there
Great defru- were conſumed to the number of 200 Ware-hou-
&tion of the ſes, and great number of Slaves, who had hid
fire.
themſelves therein, together with an infinite mul-
titude of Sacks of Meal. The Fire of all which
Houſes and Buildings, was ſeen to continue four
weeks after the day it began. The Pirats i'th'
mean while, at leaſt the greateſt part of them,
incamped ſome time without the City, fearing
and expecting that the Spaniards would come and
fight them anew. For it was known, they had
an incomparable number of Men more than the
Pirats were.
This occaſion’d them to keep the
Field, thereby to preſerve their Forces united,
which now were very much diminiſhed, by the
loſſes of the precedent Battels. As alſo becauſe
they had a great many wounded, all which they
had

Bucaniers of America.
57
gre.
had
put
into one of the Churches which alone re-
mained ſtanding, the reſt being conſumed by the
Fire. Moreover, beſide theſe Decreaſes of their
Men, Captain Morgan had ſent a Convoy of 150 A Conwy
Men unto the Caſtle of Chagre, to carry the News Sent to Cha-
of his Victory obtained againſt Panuma.
They ſaw many times whole Troops of Spani-
ards, cruize to and fro in the Campaign Fields,
which gave them occaſion to ſuſpect their rallying
anew. Yet they never had the courage to attempt
any thing againſt the Pirats. I'th' afternoon of
this fatal day, Captain Morgan re-entred again the
City with his Troops, to the intent every one
might take up their Lodgings, which now they
could hardly find, very few Houſes having eſca-
ped the Deſolation of the Fire. Soon after they
fell to ſeeking very carefully among the Ruines
and Aſhes, for Utenſils of Plate, or Gold, which
peradventure were not quite waſted by the Flames.
And of ſuch things they found no ſmall number in Much Riches
ſeveral places. Eſpecially in Wells and Cifterns, fosend itb?
where the Spaniards had hid them from the cove-
tous Search of the Pirats. Stor
The next day Captain Morgan diſpatcht away
two l'roops of Pirats, of 150 Men each, being
all very ſtout Souldiers, and well armed, with
Orders to ſeek for the Inhabitants of Panana, who Tbey send to
were eſcaped from the hands of their Enemies. feck the In-
Theſe Men, having made ſeveral Excurſions
up
and down the Campaign Fields, Woods and Moun-
Hhh
tains,
Ruines.
.

58
Bucaniers of America.
200.
A rich Ga-
tains, adjoyning to Panama, returned after two
And find days tiine, bringing with them above 200 Priſo-
ners, between Men, Women, and Slaves. The
ſame day returned alſo the Boat above-mentioned,
which Captain Morgan had ſent into the South-Sea,
bringing with her three other Boats, which they
had taken in a little while. But all theſe Prizes
they could willingly have given, yea although
they had imployed greater labour into the bargain,
for one certain Galeon, which miraculouſly eſca-
Icon escaped their Induſtry, being very richly laden wirh
peth. all the King's Plate, and great quantity of Riches
of Gold, Pearl, Jewels, and other moſt precious
Goods, of all the beſt and richeſt Merchants of
Panamd. On board of this Galeon were alſo the re-
ligious Women, belonging to the Nunnery of the
ſaid City, who had imbarked with them, all the
Ornaments of their Church, confifting in great
quantity of Gold, Plate, and other things of great
value.
The Strength of this Galeon was nothing confi-
derable, as having only 7 Guns, and 10 or 12
Strength of Muskets, for its whole Defence. Being on the
the ſaid Ship
other ſide very ill provided of Victuals, and other
Neceſſaries, with great want of freſh Water, and
having no more Sayls than the uppermoſt Sayls of
the main Maſt. This deſcription of the ſaid Ship
the Pirats received from certain perſons, who had
ſpoken with 7 Mariners belonging to the Galeon,
at ſuch time as they came aſhore in the Cockboat,
Small
to

Bucaniers of America.
59
this loſse
to take in freſh Water. Hence they concluded
for certain they might eaſily have taken the faid
Veſſel, had they given her Chace, and purſued
her, as they ought to do, eſpecially conlidering
the ſaid Galeon could not long ſubfiſt abroad at Sea.
But they were impeded from following this vaſtly Their own
rich Prize, by the laſcivious Exerciſes wherein Debauchery
they were totally at that preſent involved with the cauſe of
Women, which unto this effect they had carried
with them, and forced on board their Boat. Un-
to this Vice was alſo joyned that of Gluttony and
Drunkenneſs, having plentifully debauched them-
ſelves with ſeveral ſorts of rich Wines, they found
there ready to their hands. So that they choſe
rather to ſatiate their Luſt and Appetite, with the
things above-mentioned, thanto lay hold on the
occaſion of ſuch an huge Advantage. Although
this only Prize would certainly have been of far
greater Value and Conſequence unto them, than
all they purchaſed at Panama, and other places
thereabouts. The next day, repenting of their
Negligence, and being totally wearied of the Vi-
ces and Debaucheries aforeſaid, they ſent forth to They fend
Sea another Boat well armed, to purſue with all after ber.
ſpeed imaginable the ſaid Galeon. But their pre-
ſent Care and Diligence was in vain, the Spaniards
who were on board the ſaid Ship, having received
Intelligence of the Danger they were in one or
tivo days before, while the Pirats were cruizing
fo nigh unto them, whereupon they fled unto Pla-
Hhh 2
ces

60
Bucaniers of America.
Other Boats
taken.
ces more remote and unknown to their Ene.
mies.
Notwithſtanding the Pirats found in the Ports
of the Iands of Tavoga and Tavogilla, ſeveral Boats
that were laden with
many ſorts of very good Mer-
chandize. All which they took and brought unto
Panama. Where being arrived, they made an
exact Relation of all that had paſſed while they
were abroad, unto Captain Morgan. The Priſo
ners confirmed what the Pirats had ſaid, adding
thereunto, they undoubtely knew whereabouts
the ſaid Galeon might be at that preſent, but that
it was very probable they had been relieved before
now from other places. Theſe Relations ſtirred
Four Boats up Captain Morgan anew, to ſend forth all the
more ſent af- Boats that were in the Port of Panama, with deſign
ſeek and purſue the ſaid Galeon, till they could
find her. The Boats aforeſaid, being in all four,
fer Sayl from Panama, and having ſpent 8 days in
cruizing to and fro, and ſearching ſeveral Ports
and Creeks, they loſt all their hopes of finding
what they ſo earneſtly fought for. Hereupon
they reſolved to return into the Iſles of Tavoga and
Tavogilla. Here they found a reaſonable good
A Ship and Ship, that was newly come from Payta, being la-
a Boat taken. den with Cloth, Soap, Sugar and Bisket, with
20000 pieces of Eight in ready Money. This
Vefſel they inſtantly ſeized, not finding the leaſt
Reſiſtance from any perſon within her. Nighun-
to the ſaid. Ship was alſo a Boat, whereof in like
ter the Ga-
leon.
to
But in vain.
man-

Bucaniers of America. 61
The Convoy
O
manner they poſſeſſed themſelves. Upon the
Boat they laded great part of the Merchandizes
they had found in the Ship, together with ſome
Slaves they had taken in the ſaid Iſlands. With
this Purchaſe they returned unto Panama, ſome-
thing better ſatisfied of their Voyage, yet withal
much diſcontented they could not meet with the
Galeon.
The Convoy which Captain Morgan had ſent
unto the Caſtle of Chagre, returned much about returneth
the ſame time, bringing with them very good fromChagre
News. For mean while Captain Morgan was up-
on his Journey to Panama, thoſe he had left in the
Caſtle of Chagre, had ſent forth to Sea two Boats
to exerciſe Piracy. Theſe hapned to meet with
A Spaniſh
a Spaniſh Ship, which they began to chace within Ship taken at
ſight of the Caſtle. This being perceived by the Chagre.
Pirats that were in the Caſtle, they put forth Spaa
niſh Colours, thereby to allure and deceive the
Ship that fled before the Boats. Thus the poor
Spaniards, thinking to refuge themſelves under the
Caſtle, and the Guns thereof, by flying into the
Port, were caught in a Snare, and made Priſon-
ers, where they thought to find Defence. The
Cargo which was found on board the ſaid Veſſel,
conſiſted in Victuals and Proviſions, that were all
eatable things. Nothing could be more oppor-
tune than this Prize for the Caſtle, where they
had begun already to experiment great ſcarcity of
things of this kind.
Thus.

62 Bucaniers of America.
fions of the
Pirats.
This good fortune of the Gariſon of Chagre,
gave occafion unto Captain Morgan, to remain
longer time than he had determined at Panama.
New Excur- And hereupon he ordered ſeveral new Excurſions
to be made into the whole Countrey , round
about the City. So that mean while the Pirats
at Panama were imployed in theſe Expeditions,
thoſe at Chagre were bufied in exerciſing Piracy
upon the North-Sea. Captain Morgan uſed to
ſend forth daily parties of 200 Men, to make In-
roads into all the Fields and Countrey thereabouts,
Many Riches and when one party came back, another conſiſting
and Priſoners of 200 more was ready to go forth. By this
brought in.
means they gathered in a ſhort time huge quantity
of Riches, and no leſſer number of priſoners.
Theſe being brought into the City, were preſent-
ly put unto the moſt exquiſite Tortures imagina-
ble, to make them confeſs both other peoples
Goods and their own. Here it happened, that
asſed at Pa- one poor and miſerable Wrerch, was found in the
Houſe of a Gentleman of great Quality, who had
put on, amidſt that confuſion of things, a pair of
Taffery Breeches, belonging to his Maſter, with a
little ſilver Key hanging at the Strings thereof.
This being perceived by the Pirats, they immedi-
ately asked him, Where was the Cabinet of the
ſaid Key ? His Anſwer was, He knew not what
was become of it, but only that finding thoſe
Breeches in his Maſter's Houſe, he had made bold
to weart'iem. Not being able to extort any other
Con-
Cruelties
nama.

Bucaniers of America,
62
Confeſſion out of him, they firſt put him upon the
Rack, wherewith they inhumanely diſ-joynted
his Arms. After this, they twiſted à Cord about
his Forehead, which they wrung ſo hard, that his
Eyes appeared as big as Eggs, and were ready to
fall out of his Skull. But neither with theſe
Torments, could they obtain any poſitive Anſwer
to their Demands. Whereupon they ſoon after
hung him up by the Teſticles, giving him infinite
Blows and Stripes, mean while he was under that
intolerable pain and poſture of Body. After-
wards they cut off his Noſe and Ears, and finged
his Face with burning Straw, till he could ſpeak
nor lament his Miſery no longer. Then looſing
all Hopes of hearing any Confeſſion from his
Mouth, they commanded a Negro to run him
through with a Lance, which put an end to his
Life, and a period to their cruel and inhumane
Tortures. After this execrable manner, did ma-
ny others of thoſe miſerable Priſoners finiſh their
days, the common Sport and Recreation of theſe
Pirats, being theſe, and other Tragedies not in-
feriour to theſe.
They ſpared, in theſe their Cruelties, no Sex,
No Conditi-
nor Condition whatſoever. For as to religious on fpared.
Perſons and Prieſts, they granted them leſs Quar-
ter than unto others, unleſs they could produce a
conſiderable Sum of Money, capable of being a
fufficient Ranſom. Women themſelves were no Unleſs Wo-
better uſed, except they would condeſcend unto
men who fer-
ved their Luft
the

64
Bucaniers of America.
the libidinous Demands and Concupiſcency of the
Pirats. For ſuch as would not conſent unto their
Luft, were treated with all the Rigor and Cruel-
ty imaginable. Captain Morgan, their Leader
and Commander, gave them no good Example
in this point. For as ſoon as any beautiful Wo-
man was brought as a Priſoner to his preſence,
he uſed all the means he could poſſible, both of
Rigor and Mildneſs, to bend them to his laſcivi-
ous will and pleaſure. For a confirmation of
which Affertion, I ſhall here give my Reader a
ſhort Hiſtory of a Lady, whoſe Vertue and Con-
ftancy ought to be tranſmitted unto Pofterity, as
a memorable Example of her Sex.
Among the Priſoners that were brought by the
Hiſtory of a Pirats, from the INands of Tavoga and Tavogilla,
Spaniſh La- there was found a Gentlewoman of good Quality,
dy.
as alſo no leſs Vertue and Chaſtity, who was Wife
unto one of the richeſt Merchants of all thoſe
Countreys. Her Years were but few, and her
Beauty fo great, as peradventure I may doubt,
whether in all Europe any could be found, to
ſurpaſs her Perfections either of Comelineſs or
Honeſty. Her Husband, at that preſent, was
abſent from home, being gone as far as the King.
dom of Peru, about great Concerns of Commerce
and Trade, wherein his Employments did lye.
This vertuous Lady likewiſe hearing, that Pirats
were coming to aſſault the City of Panama, had
abfented her ſelf froin thence in the company
of
other

Bucaniers of America.
65
other Friends and Relations, thereby to preſerve
her Life, amidſt the Dangers, which the Cruel-
ties and Tyrannies of thoſe hard-hearted Enemies
did ſeem to menace unto every Citizen. But no
fooner had the appeared in the preſence of Cap-
tain Morgan, when inſtantly ſhe was deſigned for
his voluptuous Pleaſures and Concupiſcence.
Hereupon he commanded, they fhould lodge her
in a certain Apartment by her ſelf, giving her a
Negra, or black Woman, to wait upon her, and
that ſhe ſhould be treated with all the Reſpect and
Regale due unto her Quality. The poor afflicted
Lady did beg with multitude of Sobs and Tears,
ſhe might be fuffered to lodge among the other
Priſoners, her Relations, fearing leaſt that unex-
pected Kindneſs of the Commander, might prove
to be a Deſign upon her Chaſtity. But Captain
Morgan would by no means hearken to her Periti-
on, and all he commanded, in anſwer thereunto,
was, ſhe ſhould be treated with more particular
care then before, and have her Vi&tuals carried
from his own Table.
This Lady had formerly heard very ſtrange
Reports concerning the Pirats, before their arri-
val at Panama, intimating unto her, as if they
were not Men, but, as they ſaid, Hereticks, who
did neither invoke the Bleſſed Trinity, nor believe
in Jeſus Chriſt. But now ſhe began to have bet-
ter Thoughts of them then ever before, having
experimented the manifold Civilities of Captain
Mors

66
Bucaniers of America.
Morgan. Eſpecially hearing him many times to
fwear by the Name of God, and of Jeſus Chrift,
in whom, ſhe was perſwaded, they did not be-
lieve. Neither did ſhe now think them to be ſo
bad, or to have the Shapes of Beaſts, as from the
Relations of ſeveral people ſhe had oftentimes
heard. For as to the Name of Robbers or Thieves,
which was commonly given them by others, the
wondred not much at it, ſeeing, as ſhe ſaid, that
among
all Nations of the Llniverſe, there were to
be found ſome wicked Men, who naturally cove-
ted to poſſeſs the Goods of others. Conformable
to the perſwafion of this Lady, was the Opinion
of another Woman, of weak Underſtanding, at
Panama, who uſed to ſay, before the Pirats came
thither, ſhe deſired very much, and had a great
curioſity, to ſee one of thoſe Men called Pirats.
The Pirats For as much as her Husband had often told her,
ſcarce
that they were not Men,
like unto others, but ra-
thought to be
ther irrational Beaſts. This filly Woman at laſt
happening to ſee the firſt of them, cryed out a-
loud, ſaying, Jeſus bleſs me! theſe Thieves are like
unto us Spaniards.
This falſe Civility of Captain Morgan, where-
with he uſed this Lady, as a thing very common
unto ſuch perſons as pretend and cannot obtain,
was ſoon after changed into barbarous Cruelty.
For three or four days being paſt, he came to ſee
Stancy of the her, and entertain’d her with diſhoneſt and laſci-
ſaid Lady. vious Diſcourſes, opening unto her his ardent De-
Men.
Huge Con-
fires,

Bucaniers of America.
67
fires, of enjoying the accompliſhment of his Luft.
The vertuous Lady conſtantly repuls’d him, with
all the Civility imaginable, and many humble and
modeſt Expreſſions of her Mind. But Captain
Morgan ſtill perſiſted in his diſorderly Requeft, pre-
ſenting her withal with much Pearl, Gold, and
all that he had got, that was precious and valua-
ble in that Voyage. But the Lady being in no
manner willing to conſent thereunto, nor accept
his Preſents, and ſhewing her ſelf, in all Reſpects,
like unto Stefannah for Conſtancy, he prefently
changed Note, and began to ſpeak unto her in
another Tone, threatning her with a thoufand
Cruelties and hard Uſages at his hands. Unto all
theſe things ſhe gave this reſolute and poſitive An-
ſwer, then which no other could be extorted from
her: Sir, My Life is in your hands ; but as to my Bo-
dy, in relation to that which you would perſwade me unto,
my Soul ſhall ſooner be ſeparated from it, through the Via
olence of your Arms, then I ſhall condeſcend to your Re-
queft. No ſooner had Captain Morgan underſtood
this heroick Reſolution of her Mind, but he com-
manded her to be ſtript of the beſt of her Apparel,
and impriſoned in a darkſom and ſtinking Cellar.
Here ſhe had allowed her an extream ſmall quanti-
ty of Meat and Drink, wherewith ſhe had much
ado to ſuſtain her Life for a few days.
Under this Hardſhip, the conſtant and vertuous she is tryed i
Lady ceaſed not to pray daily unto God Almighty, with great-
for conſtancy and patience againſt the Cruelties of Hardſhip.
Cap-
Iii.2

Bucaniers of America.
Captain Morgan. But he being now thorowly
convinc'd of her chaſt Reſolutions, as alſo deſirous
to conceal the cauſe of her Confinement, and
hard Uſage, ſince many of the Pirats, his Compa-
nions, did compaſſionate her condition, laid ma-
ny falſe Accuſations to her charge, giving to un-
derſtand, ſhe held Intelligence with the Spaniards,
and correſponded with them by Letters, abuſing
thereby his former Lenity and Kindneſs. I my
ſelf was an Eye-witneſs unto theſe things here re-
lated, and could never have judged ſuch conſtancy
of Mind, and vertuous Chaſtity, to be found in
the World, if my own Eyes and Ears had nor in-
formed me thereof. But of this incomparable
Lady, I ſhall ſay ſomething more hereafter in its
proper place; whereupon I ſhall leave her at pre-
ſent, to continue my Hiſtory.
Captain
Captain Morgan having now been at Panama the
Morgan pre- full ſpace of three weeks, commanded all things
pareth to de-
put in order for his Departure. Unto this
effect, he Orders to every Company of his
Men, to ſeek out foo ſo many Beaſts of Carriage,
as might ſuffice to convey the whole Spoyl of the
City, unto the River where his Canows lay. A-
bout this time a great Rumour was ſpread in the
A Plot diſ- City, of a conſiderable number of Pirats, who
intended to leave Captain Morgan. And that by
taking a Ship which was in the Port, they deter-
mined to go and rob upon the South-Sea, till they
had got as much as they thought fit, and then re-
to
be
part.
gave
turn

Bucaniers of America.
69
turn homewards by the way of the Eaſt-Indies, in-
to Europe. For which purpoſe, they had already
gathered great quantity of Proviſions, which they
had hidden in private places, with ſufficient ſtore
of Powder, Bullets, and all other forts of Ammu-
nition. Likewiſe ſome great Guns, belonging
to the Town, Muskets, and other things, where-
with they deſigned not only to equip the ſaid Vel-
ſel, but alſo to fortifie themſelves, and raiſe Bat-
teries in ſome Ifland or other, which might ſerve
them for a place of Refuge.
This Deſign had certainly taken effect as they
intended, had not Captain Morgan had timely Ad-
vice thereof given him by one of their Comrades.
Hereupon he inſtantly commanded, the main-
Maft of the ſaid Ship ſhould be cut down and
burnt, together with all the other Boats that were
in the Port. Hereby the Intentions of all or moſt
of his Companions, were totally fruſtrated. Af-
ter this, Captain Morgan ſent forth many of the
Spaniards, into the adjoyning Fields and Coun-
trey, to ſeek for Money, wherewith to ranſom Ranſoms vien
not only themſelves, but alſo all the reſt of the
Priſoners, as likewiſe the Eccleſiaſticks, both Se-
cular and Regular. Moreover he commanded
all the Artillery of the Town to be ſpoyled, that
The Artill
Boyled.
is to ſay, nail'd and ſtopt up. At the ſame time
he ſent out a ſtrong company of Men, to ſeek for
the Governour of Panama, of whom Intelligence
was brought, that he had laid ſeveral Ambulcades
minded.
in

70
Bucaniers of America.
Panama.
in the way, by which he ought to paſs at his Re-
turn. But thoſe who were ſent upon this De-
fign, returned ſoon after, ſaying, they had not
found any Sign or Appearance of any ſuch Ambul-
cades. For a confirmation whereof, they brought
with them ſome Priſoners they had taken, who
declared, how that the ſaid Governour had had
an Intention of making ſome Oppofition by the
way, but that the Men whom he had deſigned to
effect it, were unwilling to undertake any ſuch En-
terprize; ſo that for want of Means, he could not
put his Deſign in execution.
They leave
On the 24th. of February, of the
year 1671.
Captain Morgan departed from the City of Panama,
or rather from the place where the ſaid City of Pa-
nama did ſtand. Of the Spoyls whereof he carri-
175 Beaſts ed with him, 175 Beaſts of Carriage, laden with
Silver, Gold, and other precious things, beſides
600 priſoners, more or leſs, between Men, Wo-
men, Children, and Slaves. That day they came
unto a River, that paſſeth through a delicious
Campagn Field, at the diſtance of a League from
Panama. Here Captain Morgan put all his For es
into good Order of martial Array, in ſuch manner,
as that the priſoners were in the middle of the
Camp, furrounded on all ſides with Pirats. At
Miſery of the which preſent Conjuncture, nothing elſe was to
Prifoners. be heard but Lamentations, Cryes, Shrieks, and
dolefal Sighs, of ſo many Women and Children,
who were perſwaded Captain Morgan deſigned to
laden with
Richese
trans-

Bucaniers of America,
71
tranſport them all, and carry them into his own
Countrey for Slaves. Beſides that, among all
thoſe miſerable priſoners, there was extream Hun-
ger and Thirſt endured at that time. Which
Hardſhip and Miſery Captain Morgan deſignedly
cauſed them to ſuſtain, with intent to excite them
more earneſtly to ſeek for Moneys, wherewith to
ranſom themſelves, according to the Tax he had
ſet upon every one. Many of
the Women begg'd
of Captain Morgan upon their Knees, with infinite
Sighs and Tears, he would permit them to return
unto Panama, there to live in company of their
dear Husbands and Children , in little Huts of
Straw, which they would erect, ſeeing they had
no Houſes, until the rebuilding of the City. But
his Anſwer was, He came not thither to hear La-
mentations and Cryes, but
rather to ſeek Moneys.
Therefore they ought to ſeek out for that in the They are all
firſt place, where ever it were to be had, and bring put to Ran-
it to him, otherwiſe he would aſſuredly tranſport Som.
them all unto ſuch places, whither they cared not
to go.
The next day, when the March began, thoſe
lamentable Cryes and Shrieks were renewed, in Their Cryes
ſo much as it would have cauſed compaſſion in the renem’d.
hardeft Heart to hear them. But Captain Morgan,
as a Man little given to Mercy, was not moved
therewith in the leaſt. They marched in the ſame
order as was ſaid before; one party of the Pirats
preceding in the Van, the priſoners i'th' middle,
and

72
Bucaniers of America.
and the reſt of the Pirats in the Arrear-Guard, by
whom the miſerable Spaniards were, at every step,
puncht and thruſt in their Backs and Sides, with
the blunt end of their Arms, to make them march
the faſter. That beautiful and vertuous Lady, of
whom we made mention heretofore, for her un-
parallel'd Conſtancy and Chaſtity, was led priſo-
ner by her ſelf, between two Pirats who guarded
her. Her Lamentations now did pierce the Skies,
ſeeing her felf carried away into foreign Captivi-
ty, often crying unto the Pirats, and telling them :
That ſhe had given order unto two religious perſons, in
whom ſhe had relyed, to go unto a certain place, and
fetch ſo much Money as her Ranſom did amount unto.
That they had promiſed faithfully to do it. But having
obtained the ſaid Money, instead of bringing it unto her,
they had imployed it another way, to ranſom ſome of their
own, and particular Friends. This ill Action of
theirs was diſcovered by a Slave, who brought a
Letter unto the ſaid Lady. Her Complaints and
the cauſe thereof, being brought unto the Ears of
Captain Morgan, he thought fit to enquire there-
into. Having found the thing to be true, eſpe-
cially hearing it confirmed by the Confeſſion of the
ſaid religious Men, though under ſome frivolous
Excuſes, of having diverted the Money but for a
day or two, within which time they expected
The Lady Get more Sums to repay it, he gave Liberty unto the
at Liberty. faid Lady, whom otherwiſe he deſigned to tranſ-
port unto Jamaica. But i'th' mean while he de-
tain:

Bucaniers of America.
73
tained the ſaid religious Men, as priſoners in her
place, uſing them according to the Deſerts of their
incompaſſionate Intrigues.
As ſoon as Captain Morgan arrived, upon his
March, at the Town called Cruz, ſeated on the
Banks of the River Chagre, as was mentioned be-
fore, he commanded an Order to be publiſhed
among the priſoners, that within the ſpace of
three days, every one of them ſhould bring in Every one to
their Ranſom, under the penalty afore-mentioned, or tranſported
of being tranſported unto Jamaica. In the mean
while he gave Orders, for ſo much Rice and Maiz
to be collected thereabouts, as was neceſſary for
the victualling all his Ships. At this place fome
of the priſoners were ranſom'd, but many others
could not bring in their Moneys in ſo ſhort time.
Hereupon he continued his Voyage, leaving the
Village on the 5th day of March next following,
and carrying with him all the Spoyl that ever he
could tranſport. From this Village he likewiſe
led away ſome new priſoners, who were Inhabi-
tants of the ſaid place. So that theſe priſoners
were added unto thoſe of Panama, who had not as
yet paid their Ranſoms, and all tranſported. But
the two religious Men, who had diverted the Mo-
ney belonging to the Lady, were ranſomed three
days after their Impriſonment, by other perſons,
who had more compaſſion for their condition, then
they had ſhewed for hers. Abour the middle of
the way unto the Caſtle of Chagre, Captain Morgan
Kkk
com-

74
Bucaniers of America.
A ſtrict
concealed
Riches.
commanded them to be placed in due order, ac-
cording to their cuſtom, and cauſed every one to
be ſworn, that they had reſerved nor concealed
nothing privately to themſelves , even not ſo
much as the value of Six-pence. This being done,
Captain Morgan having had ſome Experience, that
thoſe lewd Fellows would not much ſtickle to
fwear fallly in points of Intereſt, he commanded
them every one to be ſearched very ſtrictly, both
in their Cloaths and Satchels, and every where it
might be preſumed they had reſerved any thing.
Yea to the intent this Order might not be ill taken
Search for by his Companions, he permitted himſelf to be
ſearcht, even to the very foals of his Shoos. Unto
this effect, by common conſent, there was al-
ſigned one out of every Company, to be the
Searchers of all the reſt. The French Pirats, that
went on this Expedition with Captain Morgan,
were not well ſatisfied with this new cuſtom of
Searching. Yet their Number being leſs then
that of the Engliſh, they were forced to ſubmit un-
to it, as well as the others had done before them.
The Search being over, they re-imbarked in their
Canows and Boats, which attended them on the
They arrive River, and arrived at the Caſtle of Chagre, on the
at Chagre.
9th. day of the ſaid Month of March. Here they
found all things in good order , excepting the
wounded Men, whom they had left there at the
time of their departure. For of theſe the greateſt
number were dead, through the Wounds they had
received.
From

Bucaniers of America.
75
to Puerto
The Divi-
dend made.
From Clagre, Captain Morgan ſent preſently af- A Boat fent
ter his Arrival, a great Boat unto Puerto Delo, Velo
.
wherein were all the Priſoners he had taken at the
Itle of St. Catharin, demanding by them a conſide-
rable Ranſom for the Caſtle of Chagre, where he
then was, threatning otherwiſe to ruine and de-
moliſh it even to the Ground. Unto this Mer-
fage, thoſe of Puerto Velo made Anſwer, They
would not give one Farthing towards the Ranſom
of the ſaid Caſtle, and that the Engliſh might do
with it as they pleaſed. This Anſwer being come,
the Dividend was made of all the Spoyl they had
purchaſed in that Voyage. Thus every Compa-
ny, and every particular perſon therein included,
received their portion of what was gotten. Or
rather, what part thereof Captain Morgan was
pleaſed to give them. For ſo it was, that the reſt
of his Companions, even of his own Nation, com- But with
much Diſguſt
plained of his Proceedings in this particular, and
on all ſides.
feared not to tell him openly to his Face, that he
had reſerved the beſt Jewels to himſelf. For they
judged it impoſſible, that no greater ſhare ſhould
belong unto them then 200 pieces of Eight per cao
pita, of ſo many valuable Purchaſes and Robbe-
ries as they had obtained. Which ſmall Sum they
thought too little Reward for ſo much Labour,
and ſuch huge and manifeſt Dangers, as they had
ſo often expofed their Lives unto.
But Captain
Morgan was deaf unto all theſe, and many other
Complaints of this kind, as having deſigned in his
Kkk 2
mind

76
Bucaniers of America.
mind to cheat them of as much as he could.
Captain At laſt Captain Morgan finding himſelf obnoxi-
Morgan ous to many Obloquies, and Detractions among
feared their his people, began to fear the conſequence thereof.
And hereupon thinking it unſafe to remain any
longer time at Chagre, he commanded the Ord-
nance of the ſaid Caſtle to be carried on board his
Ship. Afterwards he cauſed the greateſt part of
the Walls to be demoliſhed, and the Edifices to
be burnt, and as many other things fpoyld and
ruin'd, as could conveniently be done in a ſhort
And ſtealeth while. Theſe Orders being performed, he went
amay very ſecretly on board his own Ship, without giving
privately.
any notice of his Departure unto his Companions,
nor calling any Councel, as he uſed to do. Thus
he ſet Sayl, and put out to Sea, not bidding any
body adieu, being only followed by three or four
Veſſels of the whole Fleet. Theſe were ſuch (as
the French Pirats believed ) as went Shares with
Captain Morgan, towards the beſt and greateſt part
of the Spoyl, which had been concealed from them
The French in the Dividend. The French-men could very wil-
defirous of lingly have revenged this Affront upon Captain
Morgan, and thoſe that followed him, had they
found themſelves with ſufficient Means to encoun-
ter him at Sea. But they were deſtitute of moſt
things neceſſary thereunto. Yea, they had much
ado to find ſufficient Victuals and Proviſions for
their Voyage to Jamaica, he having left them to-
tally unprovided of all things.
СНАР.
Revenge

Bucaniers of America.
77
,
ਭਰੇ 6
CHA P. VII.
SO
of a Voyage made by the Author,
long the Coaſts of Coſta Rica, at bis
return towards Jamaica. What hap-
pened moſt remarkable in the ſaid Voy-
age. Some Obſervations made by himself
at that time.
droit
JAptain Morgan left us all in ſuch a miſerable
condition, as might ſerve for a lively Re-
preſentation, of what Reward attendeth Wicked-
neſs at the latter end of Life. From whence we
ought to have learned, how to regulate and amend
our Actions for the future. However it was, our
Affairs being reduced to fuch a poſture, every
Company that was left behind, whether Engliſh,
or French, were compelled to ſeek what means
they could to help themſelves. Thus moſt of
Companies took ſeveral courſes, at their return
homewards. As for that Party unto which I did
belong, we ſteer'd our Voyage along the Coal
of Coſta Rica, where we intended to purchaſe ſome
Proviſions, and careen our Veſſel in ſome ſecure
place or other. For the Boat wherein we were,
C Area
Was

78 Bucaniers of America.
arriveth at
Boca del
Toro.
ans.
was now grown ſo foul, as to be rendred totally
The Author unfit for Sayling. In few days we arrived at a
great Port, called Boca del Toro, where are always
to be found an huge quantity of good and eatable
Tortoiſes. The Circumference hereof is ten
Leagues, more or leſs, being ſurrounded with
little Hands, under which Vellels may ride very
ſecure from the violence of the Winds.
The ſaid Iſlands are inhabited by Indians, who
Wiadind never could be ſubjugated by the Spaniards, and
hence they give them the Name of Indios bravos,
or wild Indians. They are divided, according to
the variety of Idioms of their Language, into ſe-
veral Cuſtoms and Faſhions of People , from
whence ariſeth, that they have perpetual Wars
againſt one another. Towards the Eaſt-ſide of
this Port are found ſome of them, who formerly
did much trade with the Pirats, ſelling unto them
the Fleſh of divers Animals, which they hunt in
their Countreys, as alſo all ſorts of Fruits that the
Land produceth. The Exchange of which Com-
modities was Iron-Inſtruments, that the Pirats
brought them, Beads, and other Toys, whereof
they made great account for wearing, more then
of precious Jewels, which they knew not, nor
eſteemed in the leaſt. This Commerce after-
wards failed, becauſe the Pirats committed many
barbarous Inhumanities againſt them, killing ma-
ny of their Men on a certain occaſion, and taking
away their Women, to ſerve their diſordinate
Lut.

Bucaniers of America,
79
Luft. Theſe Abuſes gave ſufficient cauſe for a
perpetual ceffation of all Friendſhip and Com-
merce, between them and the Pirats.
We went afhore, with defign to ſeek Proviſi- They ſeek for
ons, our neceſſity, being now almoftextream. But Proviſions.
our Fortune was ſo bad, that we could find no- But find none
thing elſe then a few Eggs of Crocodiles, where-
with we were forced to content our ſelves for that
preſent. Hereupon we left thoſe Quarters, and
ſteered our courſe Eaſtwards. Being upon this
Tack, we met with three Boats more of our own Three Boats
Companions, who had been left behind by Cap- of their opon
tain Morgan. Theſe told us, they had been
able to find no Relief for the extream Hunger they
fuſtained. Moreover, that Captain Morgan him
ſelf, and all his People, were already reduced to
fuch Miſery, as he could afford them no more Al-
lowance then once a day, and that very ſhort
Comrades,
too.
Wetherefore hearing from theſe Boats, that lit-
They depart
tle or no good was like to be done, by ſailing far-Westwards.
ther Eaſtwards, changed our courſe, and ſteered
towards the Weſt: Here we found an exceſſive
quantity of Tortoiſes, more then we needed for
the victualling our Boats, ſhould we be never ſo
long without any other Fleſh or Fiſh. Having
provided our ſelves with this ſort of Viêtuals, the
next thing we wanted was freſh Water. There
was enough to be had in the neighbouring Illands,
but we ſcarce dared to land on them, by reaſon of
the

80
Bucaniers of America.
dians.
the Enmity above-mentioned, between us Pirats
and thoſe Indiaus. Notwithſtanding , Neceflity
having no Law, we were forced to do as we
could, rather then as we defired to do. And here-
2 ได้รับ
upon we reſolved to go all of us together, unto
to bi one of the ſaid Iſlands. Being landed, one Party
of our Men went to range in the Woods, mean
while another filled the Barrels with Water. Scarce
one whole hour was paſt, after our People were
Are all'ault- got alhore, when ſuddenly the Indians came upon
ed by the In- us, and we heard one of our Men cry, Arm, Arm.
We preſently took up our Arms, and began to
fire at them as hot as we could. This cauſed them
to advance no farther, and in a ſhort while put
them to Flight, fheltring themſelves in the Woods.
We purſued them fome part of the way, but not
far, by reaſon we then eſteemed rather to get in
our Water, then any other Advantages upon the
Tipo Indians Enemy. Coming back, we found two Indians
killd.
dead upon the ſhore, whereof the Habiliments of
one gave us to underſtand, he was a Perſon of
Quality amongſt them. For he had about his
Body a Girdle, or Shaſh, very richly woven; and
on his Face be wore a Beard of maſſive Gold. I
mean, a ſmall Planch of Gold hung down at his
Lips by two Strings, ( which penetrated two lit-
tle Holes, made there on purpoſe ) that covered
his Beard, or ſerved inſtead thereof. His Arms
were made of Sticks of Palmite-trees, being very
curiouſly wrought, at one end whereof, was a
One bada
golden Beard
kind

Bucaniers of America.
81
but in vain.
Water,
o serie de
ſhore.
kind of Hook, which ſeemed to be hardned with
Fire. We could willingly have had opportunity and
to ſpeak with ſome of theſe Indians, to ſee if we They defire to
could reconcile their Minds unto us, and by this ſpeak with
means renew the former Trade with them, and the Indians
,
obtain Proviſions. But this was a thing impoffi-
ble, through the Wildneſs of their Perſons, and
Savageneſs of their Minds. Notwithſtanding,
this Rencounter hindred us not from filling our
Barrels with Water, and carrying them a-
board.
The night following we heard from the Shore, Great Crges
huge Cryes and Shrieks among the Indians. Theſe heard frone
Lamentations cauſed us to believe, becauſe they
were heard ſo far, they had called in much more
People to aid them againſt us ; as alſo, that they
lamented the Death of thoſe two Men, who were
kill’d the day before. Theſe Indians never uſe to Theſe Indi-
come upon the Waters of the Sea, neither have ans never
uſe the Seas
they ever given themſelves to build Canows, or
any other ſort of Veſſels, for Navigation. Not
fo much as Fiſher-boats, of which Art of Fiſhery,
they are totally ignorant. At laſt, having no-
thing elſe to hope for in theſe Parts, we reſolved
to depart from thence for famaica, whither we de-
ſigned to go. Being ſet forth, we met with con-
trary Winds, which cauſed us to make uſe of our
Oars, and row as far as the River of Chagre. When They return
we came nigh unto it, we perceived a ship that ** Chagre.
made towards us, and began to give us Chace.
L11
Durata
OS

82 Bucaniers of America.
Are chaſed Our Apprehenfions were, that it was a Ship from
by a Ship. Cartagena, which might be ſent to rebuild and re-
cake poſſeſſion of the Caſtle of Chagre, now all the
Pirats were departed from thence. Hereupon we
siwe ni tan fer all our Sayl, and ràn before the Wind, to ſee
if we could eſcape, or refuge our ſelves in any
place. But the Veſſel being much more ſwifter
and cleaner then ours, eaſily got the Wind of us,
and ſtopt our Courſe. Then approaching nigh
into us we diſcover'd what they were, and
But of their knew them to be our former Comrades, in the
wn Party.
fame Expedition of Panama, who were but lately
ſet out from Chagre. Their Deſign was to go
unto Nombre de Dios, and from thence to Cartagend,
feek fome Purchaſe or other, in or about that
frequented Port. But the Wind at that preſent
being contrary to their intention, they concluded
to go in our Company, towards the ſame Place
where we were before, called Boca del Toro.
This Accident and Encounter retarded our
Journey, in the ſpace of two days, more then we
could regain in a whole Fortnight. This was the
occaſion that obliged us to return unto our former
Station, where we remained for a few days. From
thence we directed our Courſe for a Place, called
Boca del Dragon, there to make Proviſions of Fleſh.
Eſpecially of a certain Animal, which the Spani-
Sea-Coms. ards call Manentines, and the Dutch, Sea-Cows, be-
cauſe the Head, Nole, and Teeth, of this Bealt,
are very like unto thoſe of a Cow. They are
found

Bucaniers of America.
83
as
found commonly in ſuch places,as under the depth
of the Waters, are very full of Graſs, on which,
it is thought, they do paſture. Theſe Animals
have no Ears, and only in place of them are to be
ſeen two little Holes, ſcarce capable of receiving
the little Finger of a Man. Nigh unto the Neck,
they have two Wings , under which are ſeated
two Udders, or Breaſts, much like unto the Breaſts
of a Woman. The Skin is very cloſe, and united
together, reſembling the Skin of a Barbary, or
Guiney-Dog. T'his Skin
This Skin upon the Back is of the
thickneſs of two Fingers, which being dryed, is
rd as any Whale-bone, and may ſerye to
make Walking-ſtaffs withal. The Belly is in all
things like unto that of a Cow, as far as the Kid-
neys, or Reins. Their manner of Engendring
likewiſe, is the ſame with the uſual manner of a
Land-Cow, the Male of this kind being in ſimili-
tude, almoſt one and the ſame thing with a Bull.
Yet notwithſtanding they conceive and breed but
once. But the ſpace of time that they go with
Calf, I could not as yet learn. Theſe Fiſhes have
the ſenſe of Hearing extreamly acute, in ſo much
as in taking them, the Fiſhermen ought not to
make the leaſt noiſe, nor row, unleſs it be very
ſlightly. For this reaſon they make uſe of certain
Inſtruments for Rowing, which the Indians call
Pagayos, and the Spaniards name Caneletas, with
which although they row, yet is it performed
without any noiſe that can fright the Fiſh. Mean
L11 2
while

84
Bucaniers of America,
How tbey while they are bufied in this Fiſhery, they uſe not
take them.
to ſpeak to one another, but all is tranſacted by
Signs. He that darteth them with the Javelin,
uleth it after the ſame manner as when they kill
Tortoiſes. Howbeit, the point of the faid jave
lin is ſomewhat different, as having two Hooks at
the Extremity, and theſe longer then that of the
other Fiſhery. Of thefe Fiſhes, ſome are found
to be of the length of 20, unto 24 Foot. Their
Fleſh is very good to eat, being very like in Co-
lour unto that of a Land-Cow, but in Taſte, un-
to that of Pork. It containeth much Fat, or
Greaſe, the which the Pirats uſe to melt, and
keep in earthen Pots, to make uſe thereof inſtead
of Oyl.
CONDOMU Son
Ona certain day, wherein we were not able to
do any good at this ſort of Fiſhery, ſome of our
Men went into the Woods to hunt, and others to
catch other Fiſh. Soon after we eſpied a Canow,
wherein were two Indians. Theſe no ſooner had
diſcovered our Veſſels, but they rowed back with
all the ſpeed they could towards the Land, being
unwilling to trade, or have any thing to do with
lis Pirats.
We followed them to the shore, but
through their natural Nimbleneſs, being much
greater then ours, they retired into the Woods
before we could overtake them. Yea, what was
Huge
more admirable, they drew on ſhore, and carri-
Strength of ed with them their Canow into the Wood, as ea-
fily as if it were made of Straw, although it weigh-
ed
thoſe India
ns.

Bucaniers of America.
85
An Account
ters.
ed above 2000 l. This we knew by the Canov
it ſelf, which we found afterwards, and had
much ado to get into the Water again, although
we were in all 11 perſons to pull at it.
br We had at that time in our Company, a certain
Pilot, who had been divers times in thoſe Quar- thereof given
This Man, ſeeing this Action of the Indi= by a Pilot.
ans, told us, that ſome few years before, a Squa-
dron of Pirats happened to arrive at that place.
Being there, they went in Canows, to catch a
certain fort of little Birds, which inhabiteth the
Sea-coaſt, under the ſhade of very beautiful Trees,
which here are to be ſeen. Mean while they
were buſied at that Work, certain Indians, who now
were climbed up into the Trees, to view their ielis
Actions , ſeeing now the Canows underneath,
leaped down into the Sea, and with huge celerity
ſeized ſome of the Canows and Pirats that kept
them, both which they tranfported ſo nimbly in-
to the remoteſt parts of the Woods, as that the do
Priſoners could not be relieved by their Compani-
ons. Hereupon the Admiral of the ſaid Squadron
landed preſently after with soo Men, to ſeek
and reſcue the Men he had loft. But they ſaw
ſuch an exceſſive number of Indians flock together
in që
to oppoſe them, as obliged them to retreat with
all poſſible diligence unto their Ships.Conclu-
ding among themſelves, that if fuch Forces as
thoſe could not perform any thing, towards the
recovery of cheir Companions, they ought to ſtay
no

86 Bucaniers of America.
Arms of the
no longer time there. Having heard this Hiſtory,
we came away from thence, fearing ſome Mil-
chief might befal us, and bringing with us the Ca-
now afore-mentioned. In this we found nothing
elſe but a Fifhing-net, though not very large, and
four Arrows, made of Palm-tree, of the length
of 7 Foot each, and of the figure, or ſhape, as
followeth old as
Solo 20 blog
conly sdi ar gvinis ou horogood astia do norb
de wyrorin ev vody 919 gaisa
DYN
to obscharla zobou trou-592
1991 od TS 21011 rbirler
Theſe Arrows, we believed, to be their Arms.
Said Indi- The Canow we brought away was made of Ce-
dar, but very roughly hewen, and poliſht, which
cauſed us to think, that thoſe people have no In-
ſtruments of Iron. como basta
Tbcy go to
We left that Place, and arrived in 24 hours
the River of unto another, called Rio de Zuera, where we
found ſome few Houſes belonging to the City of
Cartagena. Theſe Houſes are inhabited by Spani-
ards, whom we reſolved to viſit, not being able to
find any Tortoiſes, nor yet any of their Eggs.
The Spani- The Inhabitants were all'fled from the ſaid Hou-
ards fly a-
ſes, having left no Victuals, nor Proviſions, be-
hind them, in ſo much as we were forced to con-
tent our ſelves with a certain Fruit, which there is
called Płatano. Of theſe Platanos we filled our
Boats, and continued our Voyage,coafting along
the
ans.
Zuera.
way.

Bucaniers of America,
87
the ſhore. Our Deſign was to find out ſome
Creek, or Bay , wherein to careen our Veſſel,
which now was very leaky on all ſides. Yea, in
ſuch a dangerous condition, that both night and They are in
great danger.
day we were conſtrained to imploy ſeveral Men
at the Pump, unto which purpoſe we made uſe of
all our Slaves. This Voyage lafted a whole
Fortnight, all which time we lay under the con-
tinual Frights of periſhing every moment.
At
laſt we arrived at a certain Port, called The Bay of
Bleevelt, being ſo named from a Pirat who uſed
to reſort thither, with the ſame Deſign that we
did. Here one party of our Men went into the
Woods to hunt, i'th' mean while that another
undertook to refitt and careen our Veſſel.
Our Companions who went abroad to hunt,
found hereabouts Porcupines, of a huge and mon- Huge Por-
ſtrous vigneſs. But their chief Exerciſe was kil- cupines.
ling of Monkeys, and certain Birds, called by the Monkeys and
Spaniards, Faiſanes, or Pheaſants. The Toyl and Pleasants.
Labour we had in this Employ of Shooting, did
ſeem, at leaſt, unto me, to be ſufficiently com-
penſated with the pleaſure of killing the ſaid Mon-
keys. For at theſe we uſually made 15 or 16
Shot, before we could kill three or four of them.
So nimbly would they eſcape our Hands and Aim,
even after being deſperately wounded. On the
Actions of
other ſide, it was delightful to ſee the Female-
the Monkeys.
Monkeys carry their little ones upon their Backs,
even juſt as the Negra's do their Children. When
any

88
Bucaniers of America.
any perſon paſſeth under the Trees where theſe
Monkeys are fitting, they will commonly open
their Bellies, and ſquire their Excrements upon
their Heads and Cloaths. Likewiſe, if ſhooting
at a parcel of them, any Monkey happeneth to be
wounded, the reſt of the Company will flock
about him, and lay their Hands upon the Wound,
to hinder the Blood from iſſuing forth. Others
will gather Mols that groweth upon the Trees,
an thruſt it into the Wound, and hereby ſtop the
Blood. At other times they will gather ſuch or
ſuch Herbs, and chewing them in their Mouth,
apply them after the manner of a Poultis, or Ca-
taplaſm. All which things did cauſe in me great
Admiration, ſeeing ſuch ſtrange Actions in thoſe
irrational Creatures, which teſtified the Fidelity
and Love they had for one another.
On the oth. day, after our Arrival at that Place,
our Women-Slaves being buſied in their ordinary
Employments, of waſhing Diſhes, ſewing, draw-
ing Water out of Wells, which we had made on
the ſhore, and the like things, we heard great
Cryes of one of them, which ſaid, ſhe had ſeen a
Troop of Indians appear towards the Woods,
whereby ſhe began immediately to cry out, India
ans, Indians. We, hearing this Rumour , ran
preſently to our Arms, and their Relief. But,
IronWomen- coming unto the Wood, we found no perſon there,
Slaves kill'dexcepting two of our Women-Slaves killed upon
by the Indi- the Place, with the ſhor of Arrows. In their Bo-
ans.
dies

Bucaniers of America.
89
es we ſaw ſo many Arrows ſticking, as might
ſeem they had been fixed there with particular
care and leiſure.
For otherwiſe we knew, that
one of them alone was ſufficient to bereave any
humane Body of Life. Theſe Arrows were all
of a rare faſhion and ſhape, their length being of
8 Feet, and their thickneſs, of a man's Thumb.
At one of the Extremities hereof, was to be ſeen
a Hook made of Wood, and tyed to the body of
the Arrow with a String. At the other end was
a certain Caſe, or Box, like the Caſe of a pair of
Twizars, in the which we found certain little Pib-
bles, or Stones. The Colour thereof was red,
and very ſhining, as if they had been locked up
ſome conſiderable time. All which, we believed, Arms of the
were Arms belonging to their Captains and Lead-
Indians.
ers.
B
с C
C
A
A
A. A Marcaſite, which was tyed unto the Extremity
of the Arrow.
B. A Hook, tyed to the ſame Extremity.
C. The Arrow.
D. The Caſe, at the other end.
Mmm
Theſe

go
Bucaniers of America.
tution.
How they Theſe Arrows were all made without Inſtru-
make their
ments of Iron. For whatſoever the Indians make,
Arrows.
they harden it firſt very artificially with Fire, and
afterwards poliſh it with Flints.
Asto the Nature of theſe Indians, they are ex-
Their Conſti-
treamly robuſt of Conſtitution, ſtrong, and nim-
ble at their Feet. We fought them carefully up
and down the Woods, but could not find the leaſt
trace of them, neither any of their Canows, nor
Floats, whereof they make uſe to go out to fiſh.
Hereupon we retired unto our Veſſels, where, ha-
ving imbarked all our Goods, we put off from the
fhore, fearing, leaſt finding us there, they ſhould
return in any conſiderable number, and, over-
powering our Forces, tear us all in pieces.
С НАР.

Bucaniers of America.
91
CHA P. VIII.
The Author departeth towards the Cape
of Gracias à Dios. Of the Com-
merce which here the Pirats exerciſe
with the Indians. His arrival at
the Iſland de los Pinos. And finally,
bis Return unto Jamaica.
He Fear we had, more then uſual, of thoſe
T
Indians above-mentioned, by reaſon of the
Death of our two Women-Slaves, of which we
told you in the former Chapter, occaſion'd us to
depart, as faſt as we.could, from that Place. We They " depart
directed our Courſe from thence, towards the for Cape
Cape of Gracias à Dios, where we had fixed our Dios.
laſt Hopes of finding Proviſions. For thither do
uſually reſort many Pirats, who entertain a friend-
ly Correſpondence and Trade with the Indians of
thoſe Parts. Being arrived at the ſaid Cape, we
hugely rejoyced, and gave thanks unto God Al-
mighty, for having delivered us out of ſo many
Dangers, and brought us unto this place of Re-
fuge, where we found People, who ſhewed us Where they
moſt cordial Friendſhip, and provided us with all find great
Neceſſaries whatſoever.
M m m 2
The
Gracias à

92
Bucaniers of America
for any
Tri-
The Cuſtom of this Iſland is ſuch, That when
any Pirats arrive there, every one hath the liberty
They buy
to buy unto himſelf an Indian Woman, at the price
here Women of a Knife, or any old Ax, Wood-Bill, or Hatchet.
By this Contract, the Woman is obliged to remain
fie.
in the Cuſtody of the Pirat all the time he ftayeth
there. She ſerveth him in the mean while, and
bringeth him Vituals of all ſorts, that the Coun-
trey affordeth. The Pirat moreover hath liberty
to go when he pleaſeth, either to hunt, or fiſh, or
about any other Divertiſements of his Pleaſure.
But withal is not to commit any Hoftility, or De-
predation upon the Inhabitants, feeing the Indians
bring him in all that he ſtandech in need of, or
that he deſireth.
Policy and
Through the frequent Converſe and Familiari-
Cuſtoms of ty theſe Indians have with the Pirats, they fome-
the Iland. times uſe to go to Sea with them, and remain
among them for whole years, without returning
home. From whence it cometh, that many of
them can ſpeak Engliſh, and French, and ſome of
the Pirats their Indian Language. They are very
dextrous at darting with the Javelin, whereby
they are very uſeful to the Pirats, towards the vi-
ctualling their Ships, by the Fiſhery of Tortoiſes,
and Manita's, a ſort of Fiſh ſo called by the Spania
ards. For one of theſe Indians, is alone ſufficient
to victual a Veſſel of an 100 perſons. We had
among our Crew, two 'Pirats, who could ſpeak
very well the Indian Language. By the Help of
there

Bucaniers of America.
93
How New
theſe Men, I was ſo curious as to enquire into
their Cuſtoms, Lives, and Policy, whereof I ſhall
give you here a brief Account.
This Iſland containerh about 30 Leagues in
Circumference, more or leſs. It is governed af-
ter the form of a little Commonwealth, they ha-
ving no King, nor Soveraign Prince, among them.
Neither do they entertain any Friendſhip, or Cor-
reſpondence, with other neighbouring Iands,
much leſs with the Spaniards. They are in all but
a ſmall Nation, whoſe number exceedeth not
1600 or 1700 perſons. They have among them
ſome few Negro's, who ſerve them in quality of
gro's came
Slaves. Theſe happened to arrive there, ſwim- ehitber.
ming after Shipwrack made upon that Coaſt. For
being bound for Tierra firme, in a Ship that carried
them to be ſold in thoſe Parts, they killed the
Captain and Mariners, with deſign to return unto
their Countrey. But through their Ignorance in
Marinery, they ſtranded their Veſſel hereabouts.
Although, as I ſaid before, they make but a ſmall
Nation, yet they live divided, as it were, into
two ſeveral Provinces. Of theſe, the one fort
imploy themſelves in cultivating the Ground, and
making ſeveral Plantations. But the others are Lazineſs of
the Indians.
ſo lazy, as they have not Courage to build them.
felves Huts, much leſs Houſes, to dwell in. They
frequent chiefly the Sea-coaſt, wandring diſorder-
ly up and down, without knowing, or caring fo
much as to cover their Bodies from the Rains,
which

94 Bucaniers of America.
which are very frequent in thoſe Parts, unleſs it
be with a few Palm-leaves. Theſe they put up-
on their Heads, and keep their Backs always turn.
ed to the Wind that bloweth. They uſe no other
Cloaths then an Apron, which being tyed to their
Middle , cometh down ſo far, as to hide the
ſhameful parts of their Bodies. Such Aprons are
made of the rinds of Trees, which they ſtrongly
beat upon Stones, till they are ſoftned. Of theſe
ſame they make uſe for Bed-cloaths, to cover
themſelves when they ſleep. Some make to
themſelves Bed-cloaths of Cotton, but theſe are
Their Arms. but few in number. Their uſual Arms are nothing
but Azagayas, or Spears, which they make fit for
their uſe with points of Iron, or Teeth of Coco-
driles.
They know, after ſome manner, that there is
a God, yet they live without any Religion, or di-
Religion.
vine Worſhip. Yea, as far as I can learn, they
believe not in, nor ſerve the Devil, as many other
Nations of America do both believe, invoke, and
worſhip him. Hereby they are not ſo much tor-
mented by him, as other Nations are.
dinary Food, for the greateſt part, conſiſteth in fe-
veral Fruits, ſuch as are called Bananas, Racoves,
Ananas, Potato's, Cazave; as alſo Crabs, and ſome
few Fiſh of other forts, which they kill in the
Their Drink. Sea with Darts. As to their Drink, they are
ſomething expert in making certain pleaſant and
delicate Liquors. The commoneſt among them
Their or-
Food.
1s

Bricaniers of America.
95
is called Achioc. This is made of a certain Seed of
Palm-tree, which they bruiſe, and afterwards
ſteep, or infuſe, in hot Water, till it be ſettled at
the bottom. This Liquor being ſtrained off,
hath a very pleaſant Taſte, and is very nourishing,
Many other ſorts of Liquors they prepare, which
I ſhall omit for brevity. Only I ſhall ſay ſome-
thing, in ſhort, of that which is made of Platanos.
Theſe they knead betwixt their Hands with hot
Water, and afterwards put into great Calabaſhes,
which they fill up with cold Water, and leave in
repoſe for the ſpace of eight days, during which
time, it fermenteth as well as the beſt fort of
Wine. This Liquor they drink for Pleaſure, and
as a great Regale, in ſo much that when theſe Ina
dians invite their Friends, or Relations, they can-
not treat them better, then to give them ſome of
this pleaſant Drink
They are very unskilful in dreſſing of Victuals;
and hence it is, that they very ſeldom treat one Their Invita--
another with Banquets. For this purpoſe, when
they go, or fend, to any Houſe, to invite others,
they deſire them to come and drink of their Li-
quors. Before the invited perſons come to their
Houſe, thoſe that expect them, comb their Hair
very well, and anoint their Faces with Oyl of
Palm, mingled with a certain black Tincture;
which rendreth them very hideous. The Women,
in like manner, dawb their Faces with another
ſort of Stuff, which cauſech them to look as red as
tions.
Crim-

96
Bucaniers of America.
Crimſon. And ſuch are the greateſt Civilities
they uſe in their Ornaments and Attire. After-
wards, he that inviterh the other, taketh his Arms,
which are three or four Azagayas, and goeth out of
his Cottage the ſpace of 3 or 400 Steps, to wait
for, and receive the perſons that are to come to
viſit him. As ſoon as they draw nigh unto him,
he falleth down upon the Ground, lying flat on
his Face, in which poſture he remaineth,
without
any Motion, as if he were dead. Being thus pro-
ſtrate before them, the invited Friends take him
up, and ſet him on his Feet, and thus they go all
together unto the Hut. Here the perſons who are
invited, uſe the ſame Ceremony, falling down on
the Ground, as the Inviter did before. But he
lifteth them up one by one, and giving them his
Hand, conducteth them into his Cottage, where
he cauſeth them to fit. The Women, on theſe
Occaſions, perform few or no Ceremonies.
Being thus brought into the Houſe, they are
preſented every one with a Calabaſh full of the
Liquor above-mentioned, made of Platanos, which
is very thick, almoſt like unto Water-gruel, or
Childrens Pap, wherein is contained four Quarts,
more or leſs, of the ſaid Liquor. Theſe they are
to drink off as well as they can, and get down at
any rate.
The Calabaſhes being emptied into
their Stomachs, the Maſter of the Houſe, with
many Ceremonies, goeth about the Room, and
gathereth his Calabaſhes. And this Drinking hi-
ther-

Bucaniers of America.
97
tals.
therto is reckoned but for one Welcom, whereas
every Invitation ought to contain ſeveral Wel-
coms. Afterwards, they begin to drink of the
clear Liquor above-mentioned, for which they
were called to this Treat. Hereunto follow ma-
ny Songs, Dances, and a 1000 Careſſes, to the
Women that are preſent. In ſo much that often-
times, for a Teſtimony of their great Love unto
them, they take their Darts, and with the points
thereof, pierce and wound their genital Parts. They pierce
This Relation, I confeſs, I could not believe, their Geni-
though oftentimes it had been certified unto me,
until ſuch time as my own Eyes were Witneſſes
unto theſe, and the like Actions. Neither only
on this Occaſion do they perform this Ceremony,
of piercing their Genitals, but alſo when they
make Love unto any Woman, intending thereby
to let them underſtand the greatneſs of their Affe-
ction and Conſtancy.
They uſe not to marry any young Maid, with- Marriages.
out the Conſent of her parents. Hereupon, if
any one deſireth to take a Wife, he is firſt examin-
ed by the Damſels Father, concerning ſeveral
Points relating to good Husbandry. Theſe are
moſt commonly; whether he can make Azagayas,
Darts for Fiſhing; or ſpin a certain Thread, which
they uſe about their Arrows? Having anſwered to
Satisfaction, the Examiner callech to his Daugh-
ter, for a little Calabaſh full of the Liquor above-
mentioned. Of this he drinketh firſt; then giveth
Nnn
the

98
Bucaniers of America.
the Cup unto the young Man; and he finally un-
to the Bride, who drinketh it up; and with this
only Ceremony the Marriage is made. When any
one drinketh to the Health of another, the ſecond
perſon ought to drink up the Liquor, which the
other perſon hath left in the Calabaſh. But in
caſe of Marriage, as was faid before, it is confu-
med alone among them three, the Bride obtain-
ing the greateſt part to her ſhare.
How theWo-
When the Woman lyeth in, neither ſhe nor her
men lye in. Husband obſerve the time, as is cuſtomary among
the Caribes. But as ſoon as the Woman is delive-
red, ſhegoeth inſtantly unto the next River, Brook,
or Fountain , and waſherh the new-born Crea-
ture, ſwathling it up afterwards in certain Row-
lers, or Swathing-bands, which there are called
Cabalas. This being done, ſhe goeth about her
ordinary Labour, as before. At their Entertain-
ments it is uſual, that when the Man dieth, his
Their Buri- Wife burieth him with all his Azagaya's, Aprons,
and Jewels, that he uſed to wear at his Ears. Her
next Obligation is, to come every day to her Huf-
band's Grave, bringing him Meat and Drink for a
whole year together. Their Years they reckon
by the Moons, allowing 15 to every year, which
make their entire Circle, as our 12 months do
alca
ours.
Some Hiſtorians, writing of the Caribe Iſlands,
do affirm, that this Ceremony, of carrying Victu-
als to the Dead, is generally obſerved among
them.

Bucaniers of America.
99
dopos bere.
them. Moreover, that the Devil cometh unto
the Sepulchres, and carrieth away all the Meat
and Drink which is placed there. But I my ſelf
am not of this Opinion, ſeeing I have oftentimes
with my own Hands, taken away theſe Offerings,
and eaten them, inſtead of other Victuals. Un-
to this I was moved, becauſe I knew that the
Fruits uſed on theſe Occaſions, were the choiceſt
and ripeſt of all others, as alſo the Liquors, of
the beſt fort, they made uſe of, for their greateſt
Regale and Pleaſure. When the Widow hath Strange Cu-
thus compleated her year, ſhe openeth the Grave, ftom of Wido
and taketh out all her Husband's Bones. Theſe
fhe ſcrapeth and waſheth very well, and after-
wards dryeth againſt the Beams of the Sun. When
they are fufficiently dryed, the tyeth them all to-
gether, and putteth them into a Cabala, being a
certain Pouch, or Satchel, and is obliged for ano-
ther
year
them
upon
her Back i'th' day-
time, and to ſleep upon them i’th’night, until the
year be compleatly expired. This Ceremony be
ing finiſhed, the hangeth up the Bag and Bones,
againſt the Poſt of her own Door, in caſe ſhe be
Miſtreſs of any Houſe. But having no Houſe of
her own, ſhe hangeth them at the Door of her
next Neighbour, or Relation.
The Widows cannot marry the ſecond time,
according to the Laws or Cuſtoms of chis Nation,
until the whole ſpace of the two years above men-
tioned, be compleated. The Men are bound to
Nnn 2
per-
to carry

100
Bucaniers of America.
perform no ſuch Ceremonies towards their Wives.
But if any Pirat marrieth an Indian Woman, ſhe
is bound to do with him, in all things, as if he
were an Indian Man born. The Negro's that are
upon this Iſland, live here, in all Reſpects, ac-
cording to the Cuſtoms of their own Countrey.
All theſe things I have thought fit to take notice
of in this place, though briefly, as judging them
worthy the Curioſity of ſome judicious and inqui-
ſitive perſons. Now I ſhall continue the Account
of our Voyage.
After that we had refreſhed and provided our
ſelves, as well as we could, at the Iſland afore-
ſaid, we departed from thence, and ſteered our
They depart Courſe towards the Iſland de los Pinos. Here we
for the Illand arrived in 15 days, and were conſtrained to refit
again our Veſlel, which now, the ſecond time,
was very leaky, and not fit for fayling any far-
ther. Hereupon we divided our ſelves, as be-
fore, and ſome went about that Work of careen-
ing the Ship,mean while others betook themſelves
to Fiſhing. In this laſt we were ſo ſucceſsful,
Great plenty
of Fiſh
as to take in 6 or 7 hours, as much Fiſh, as would
abundantly ſuffice to feed a 1000 perſons. We
had in our Company fome Indians, from the Cape
of Gracias a Dios, who were very dextrous both in
Hunting and Fiſhing. With the Help of theſe
Men we killed likewiſe, in a ſhort while, and
And Cows. falted, an huge number of wild Cows, ſufficient
both to ſatiate our hungry Appetites, and to vi-
Etu-
Pinos

Bucaniers of America.
IOI
Oxual our Vefſel for the Sea.
Theſe Cows were
formerly brought into this Iſland by the Spaniards,
with deſign they ſhould here multiply, and ſtock
the Countrey with Cartel of this kind. We falt-
ed, in like manner, a vaſt number of Tortoiſes,
whereof in this Hand huge quantities are to be
found. With theſe things, our former Cares and
Troubles began to diſipate, and our Minds to be
ſo far recreated, as to forget the Miſeries we had
lately endured. Hereupon, we began to call
one another again by the Name of Brothers,
which was cuſtomary amongſt us, but had been
diſuſed in our Miſeries, and ſcarce remembred
without Regret.
All the time we continued here, we feaſted
our ſelyes very plentifully, without the leaſt Fear
of Enemies. For as to the Spaniards that were
upon the Iſland, they were here in mutual League
and Friendſhip with us. Thus we were only con-
ſtrained to keep Watch and Ward every night, for
fear of the Crocodiles, which are here in great Many Croco--
plenty all over the Iſland. For theſe, when they diles here.
are hungry, will affault any Man whatſoever and
devour him ; as it happened in this Conjuncture,
unto one of our Companions. This Man being
gone into the Wood, in Company with a Negro,
they fell into a place where a Crocodile lay con-
cealed. The furious Animal , with incredible A Pirat al-
Agility, aſſaulted the Pirat, and faſtning upon
Saulted by
his Leg, caſt him upon the Ground, the Negro be-
one.
ing

102 Bucaniers of America.
ing fled, who ſhould aſſiſt him. Yet he notwith-
ſtanding, being a robuſt and couragious Man,
drew forth a Knife he had then about him, and
with the ſame, after a dangerous Combat, over-
came and killed the Crocodile. Which having
done, he himſelf, both tired with the Battel, and
weakned with the loſs of Blood, that ran from his
Wounds, lay for dead upon the Place, or at leaſt
belide his ſenſes. Being found in this poſture
ſome while after by the Negro, who returned to
fee what was become of his Maſter, he took him
upon his Back, and brought him to the Sea-ſide,
diſtant from thence the ſpace of a whole League.
Here we received him into a Canow, and convey-
ed him on board our Ship.
After this Misfortune, none of our Men dared
be ſo bold, as to enter the Woods without good
Company. Yea, we our ſelves, deſirous to re-
venge the Diſaſter of our Companion, went in
Troops the next day unto the Woods, with deſign
They go to to find out Crocodiles to kill. Theſe Animals
feek Croco-
would uſually come every night to the sides of
our Ship, and make reſemblance of climbing up
into the Veſſel. One of theſe, on a certain night,
we ſeized with an iron Hook, but he inſtead of fly-
ing to the bottom, began to mount the Ladder of
the Ship, till we kill'd him with other Inſtruments.
Thus after we had remained there ſome conſidera-
ble time, and refitted our ſelves with all things
af Jamaica neceſſary, we fet Sayl from thence for Jamaica.
Here
diles.

Bucaniers of America, 103
tendeth to
new Gover-
nour.
Here we arrived within few days, after a proſpe-
rous Voyage, and found Captain Morgan, who
was got home before us, but had ſeen as yet none
of his Companions whom he left behind, we be-
ing the firſt that arrived there after him.
The faid Captain at that preſent was very buſie, Captain
endeavouring to perſwade and levy People, to Morgan in-
tranſport unto the Iſle of St. Catharin, which he
keep St. Can
deſigned to fortifie, and hold as his own, think-tharin.
ing to make it a common Refuge unto all ſorts of
Pirats, or at leaſt of his own Nation, as was ſaid
before. But he was foon hindred in the proſecu- But is pre-
tion of this Deſign, by the arrival of a Man of War vented by a
from England. For this Vefſel brought Orders
from his Majeſty of Great Britain, to recal the Go-
vernour of Jamaica from his Charge over that
Hland, unto the Court of England, there to give
an Account of his Proceedings and Behaviour, in
relation to the Pirats whom he had maintained in
thole Parts, to the huge detriment of the Subjects
of the King of Spain. Unto this purpoſe, the
ſaid Man of War brought over alſo a new Gover-
nour of Jamaica, to ſupply the place of the prece-
dent. This Gentleman, being poffelled of the
Government of the Illand, preſently after gave
notice unto all the Ports thereof, by ſeveral Boats
which he ſent forth to that intent, of the good
and entire Correſpondence, which his Maſter the
King of England deſigned henceforwards to main-
tain, in thoſe Weſtern Parts of the World, to-
wards

104 Bucaniers of America,
wards his Catholick Majeſty, and all his Subjects,
and Dominions. And that unto this effect, for
the time to come, he had received from his Sacred
Majeſty, and Privy Councel, ſtrict and ſevere
Orders, not to permit any Pirat whatſoever, to
tintqo ſet forth from famaica, to commit any Hoſtility,
or Depredation, upon the Spaniſh Nation, or Do-
minions, or any other People of thoſe neighbour-
ing Iſands.
No ſooner theſe Orders were ſufficiently divul-
All the Pi- ged, but the Pirats, who as yet were abroad at
rats fear him Sea, began to fear them, in ſo much as they da-
red not return home unto the ſaid Iſland. Here-
upon they kept the Seas as long as they could, and
continued to act as many Hoſtilities as came in their
way. Not long after, the ſame Pirats took and
ranſackt a conſiderable Town, feated in the Ifle
of Cuba, called la Villa de los Cayos, of which we
made mention in the Deſcription of the ſaid Iſland.
Here they committed again all ſorts of Hoſtility,
and inhumane and barbarous Cruelties. But the
new Governour of Jamaica behaved himſelf ſo
conſtant to his Dury, and the Orders he had brought
from England, as that he apprehended ſeveral of
Some of them the chief Actors herein, and condemned them to
banged.
be hanged, which was accordingly done. From
this Severity, many others ſtill remaining abroad,
took warning, and retired unto the Iſle of Tortuga,
leaſt they ſhould fall into his Hands. Here they
joyned in Society with the French Pirats, Inhabi-
tan

Bucaniers of America.
105
tants of the ſaid Ifand, in whoſe Company they
continue unto this day.nl yarisi yd blito Post
2010
sa bino
qida
o
CHA P. IX. ssg al 15 y
NG Monot boos baisill
od
io babivogo
The Relation of the Shipwrack, which
- Monſieur Bertram Ogeron, Gover-
nonr of the Iſle of Tortuga, ſuffered
nigh the Iſles of Guadanillas Hom
both he and his Companions fell into
the Hands of the Spaniards. By
what Arts he eſcaped their Hands,
and preſerved bis Life. The Enter-
prize which ke undertook againſt Pu-
erto Rico, to deliver his People. The
unfortunate Succeſs of that Deſign.
Fter the Expedition of Panama above-menti-
A
oned, the Inhabitants of the French Iſlands
in America, in the year 1673. (mean while the
War was ſo fierce in Europe between France and
Holland ) gathered a conſiderable Fleet, for to go
and poſſeſs themſelves of the Iſlands, belonging
to the States-General of the United Provinces in the
Weſt-Indies. Unto this effe&, their Admiral called
.
Ooo
to-

106 Bucaniers of America.
Tere
cogether, and levied all the Pirats and voluntiers,
that would, by any Inductions whatſoever, fit
down under his Colours. With the ſame Deſign
the Governour of Tortuga cauſed to be built in that
Iſland, a good ſtrong Man of War, unto which
Veffel he gave the Name of Ogeron. This Ship
he provided very well with all ſort of Ammuniti-
on, and manned with goo Bucaniers, all reſolute
and couragious Men, as being the Veſſel he de-
to the ſaid States of Holland. But this Deſign met
with very ill Succeſs, by reaſon of a Shipwrack,
which impeded the Courſe of their Voyage.
Monſieur Ogeron ſet Sayl from the Port of Tortu-
ga, as ſoon as all things were in a readineſs, with
intent to joyn the reſt of the ſaid Fleet, and pur-
fue the Enterprize afore-mentioned. Being arri-
ved on the Weſt-ſide of the Iſland of St. John de Pus
erto Rico, he was ſuddenly ſurprized with a violent
Storm. This increaſed to that degree, as cauſed
Monſieur O- his new Frigat to ſtrike againſt the Rocks, that
geron is caff neighbour upon the Iflands, called Guadanillas,
where the Veſſel broke into a 1000 pieces. Yet
being nigh unto the Land of Puerto Rico, all his
Men eſcaped, by ſaving their Lives in Boats,
which they had at hand.
The next day, all being now got on ſhore,
They get a they were diſcover'd by the Spaniards, who inha-
bit the Iſland. Theſe inſtantly took them to be
French
away
fhore in Boats

Bucaniers of America. 107.
And are ta-
French Pirats, whoſe intent was to take the ſaid
Iſland anew, as they had done ſeveral times be-
fore. Hereupon they alarum'd the whole Coun.
trey, and gathering their Forces together, march-One
ed out to their Encounter. But they found them
unprovided of all manner of Arms, and conſe-
quently not able to make any Defence, craving ken by the
for Mercy at their Hands, and begging Quarter Spaniards,
for their Lives, as the Cuſtom is. Yet notwith-
ſtanding, the Spaniards, remembring the horrible
and cruel Actions, thoſe Pirats had many times
committed againſt them, would have no Com-
paſſion on their Condition. But anſwering them,
Ha ! ye thieviſh Dogs, here's no Quarter for you ;
they aſſaulted them with all Fury imaginable, and
killed the greateſt part of the Company. At laft,
perceiving they made no Reſiſtance, nor had any
Arms to defend themſelves, they began to relent
in their Cruelty, and ſtay their Blows, taking Pri-
ſoners, as many as remained alive. Yet ſtill
they would not be perſwaded, but that thoſe un-
fortunate People were come thither, with Deſign agar
to take again and ruinate the Iſland.
Hereupon 'they bound them with Cords, by
two and two, or three and three together, and
drove them through the Woods, into the Cham-
pagne, or open Fields. Being come chus far with
them, they asked them, What was become of
their Captain and Leader : Unto theſe Queſtions
they conſtantly made Anfwer, He was drowned
000 2
in

108
Bucaniers of America.
A Fiction of
geron.
in the Shipwrack at Sea; although they knew full
well it was falſe. For Monſieur Ogeron, being
unknown unto the Spaniards , behaved himſelf
Monſieur O- among them, as if he were a Fool, and had no
common uſe of Reaſon. Notwithſtanding, the
Spaniards, ſcarce believing what the Priſoners had
anſwered, uſed all the means they could poflbly
to find him, but could not compaſs their Deſires.
For Monfieur Ogeron kept himſelf very cloſe, to
all the Features and mimical Actions, that might
become any innocent Fool. Upon this account,
he was not tyed as the reſt of his Companions, but
let looſe, to ſerve the Divertiſement and Laugh-
ter of the common Souldiers. Theſe now and
then would give him Scraps of Bread, and other
Victuals, whereas the reſt of the Priſoners had.
never ſufficient wherewith to ſatisfie their hungry
Stomachs. For as to the Allowance they had
from the Spaniards, their Enemies, it was ſcarce.
enough to preſerve them alive.
It happened there was found among the French
A Surgeon Pirats, a certain Surgeon, who had done ſome re-
santyedo
markable Services unto the Spaniards. In Confide-
ration of theſe Merits, he was unbound, and fet
at Liberty, to go freely up and down, even as
Who plotteth Monſieur Ogeron did. Unto this Surgeon, Mon-
with Mon- fieur Ogeron, having a fit opportunity thereunto,
Ton to get a- declared his Reſolution of hazarding his Life, to
attempt an Eſcape, from the Cruelty and hard
Uſage of thoſe Enemies. After mature Delibe-
May:
ra.

Bucaniers of America.
109
the Woods,
ration, they both performed it, by Aying unto
the Woods, with Deſign there to make ſomething
or other that might be navigable, whereby to
tranſport themſelves elſe-where. Although un-
to this effect, they had nor could obtain no other
thing i’th' World, that could be ſerviceable in
building of Veſſels, but one only Hatchet. Thus
they joyned Company, and began their March to.
They fly into
wards che Woods that lay neareſt the Sea-coaſt.
Having travelled all day long, they came about
Evening unto the Sea-ſide almoſt unexpectedly.
Here they found themſelves without any thing to
eat, nor any ſecure Place wherein to reſt their
wearied Limbs. At laſt they perceived nigh the
Shore an huge quantity of Fiſhes, called by the
Spaniards, Corlabados. Theſe frequently approach
the Sands of the Shore, in purſuit of other little
Fiſhes that ferve them for their Food. Of theſe
they took as many as they thought neceſſary, and
by rubbing two Sticks tediouſly together, they
kindled Fire, wherewith they made Coals to roaſt
them. The next day they began to cut down and
prepare Timber, wherewith to make a kind of
ſmall Boat, in which they might paſs over unto
the Iſle of Santa Cruz, which belongeth to the
French.
Mean while they were buried about their work,
they diſcovered, at a great diſtance, a certain Ca- They ſeize'a :
now, which ſteered directly towards the Place killing twa
where they were. This occafioned in their minds Men,
fome.

ΙΙΟ: Bucaniers of America.
ſome Fears, leaſt they ſhould be found, and ta-
ken again by the Spaniards ; and hereupon they re-
tired into the Woods, till ſuch time as they could
fee from thence, and diſtinguiſh what People
were in the Canow. But at laſt, as their good
Fortune would have it, they perceived them to be
no more then two Men, who in their Diſpoſition
and Apparel ſeemed to be Fiſhermen. Having
made this Diſcovery, they concluded unanimouf-
ly betwixt themſelves, to hazard their Lives, and
overcome them, and afterwards ſeize the Canow.
Soon after they perceived one of them, who was
a Mulato, to go with ſeveral Calabaſhes hanging
at his Back towards a Spring, not far diſtant from
the Shore, to take in freſh Water. The other,
who was a Spaniard, remained behind, waiting
for his Return. Seeing them divided, they al-
faulted the Mulato firſt, and diſcharging a great
Blow on his Head with the Hatchet, they ſoon
bereav'd him of Life. The Spaniard, hearing the
Noiſe, made inſtantly towards the Canow, think-
ing to eſcape. But this he could not perform ſo
ſoon, without being overtaken by the two, and
there maſſacred by their Hands. Having now
compaſſed their Deſign, they went to ſeek for the
Corps of the Mulato, which they carried on board
the Canow. Their intent was to convey them
into the middle of the Sea, and there caſt them
over board, to be conſumed by the Fiſh, and by
this means conceal this Fact from being known un-
to

Bucaniers of America,
III
to the Spaniards, either at a ſhort or long diſtance
of time.
Theſe things being done, they took in preſent-
ly as much freſh Water as they could, and ſet
Sayl from thence to ſeek fome Place of Refuge.
That day they ſteered along the Coaſts of Puerto
Rico, and came unto the Cape, called by the Spa-
niards, Cabo Roxo. From hence they traverſed di-
rectly to the iſle of Hiſpaniola, where ſo many of
their own Comrades and Companions were to be
found. Both the Currents of the Waters and
Winds were very favourable unto this Voyage, in
fo much as in a few days they arrived at a Place, They arrive
called Samana, belonging to the ſaid Iſland, where at Samana:
they found a Party of their own People.
Monſieur Ogeron, being landed at Samand, gave
Orders unto the Surgeon, to levy all the People, Monſieur O-
he could poſſible, in thoſe Parts, mean while he geron ga-
departed to re-viſit his Government of Tortuga. Flet.
Being arrived at the ſaid Port, be uſed all his En-
deavours, to gather what Veſſels and Men he
could, to his Adiſtance. So that within a few
days he compaſſed a good number of both, very
well equipped and diſpoſed to follow and execute
his Deſigns. Theſe were to go unto the Iſland of
St. John de Puerto Rico, and deliver his fellow-Pri-
foners, whom he had left in the miſerable condi- To reſcue his
tion was ſaid before. After having imbarked all Companions,
the People, which the Surgeon had levied at Sa-
mana, he made them a Speech, exhorting them
to.

II2
Bucaniers of America.
to have good Courage, and telling them, You may
all expect great Spoyl and Riches from this Enterprize,
and therefore let all Fear and Cowardize be ſet on ſide.
On the contrary, fill your Hearts with Courage and V a-
lour, for thus you will find your felves foon fatisfied, of
what, at preſent, bare Hopes do promiſe. Every one
relyed much on theſe Promiſes of Monſieur Oge-
ron, and, from his words, conceived no ſmall Joy
They ſet Sayl in their Minds. Thus they ſet Sayl from Tortuga,
ſteering their Courſe directly for the Coaſts of Pu-
erto Rico. Being come within ſight of Land, they
made uſe only of their lower Sayls, to the intent
they might not be diſcovered at fo great a diſtance
by the Spaniards, till they came ſomething near
unto the place where they intended to land.
The Spani-
The Spaniards, notwithſtanding this Caution,
their Deſign had Intelligence before-hand of their coming, and
were prepared for a Defence, having poſted ma-
ny Troops of Horſe all along the Coaſt, to watch
the Deſcent of the French Pirats. Monſieur Oge-
ron, perceiving their Vigilancy, gave Order to the
Veſſels to draw nigh unto the Shore, and ſhoot off
many great Guns, whereby he forced the Cavalry
to retire untoPlaces more ſecure within the Woods.
Here lay concealed many Companies of Foot,
who had proftrated themſelves upon the Ground.
Mean while the Pirats made their Deſcent at lei-
Ibey. land.
ſure, and began to enter among the Trees, ſcarce
fufpecting any Harm to be there, where the Horſe-
men could do no Service. But no ſooner were
they

Bucaniers of America. 113
they fallen into this Ambuſcade, when the Spas
niards aroſe with great Fury, and aſſaulted the
French ſo couragiouſly, that in a ſhort while they And are o-
deſtroyed great part of them. And thus leaving vercome.
great Numbers of Dead on the Place, the reſt
with great difficulty eſcaped, by retreating in all
haſte unto their Ships.
Monſieur Ogeron , although he eſcaped this Monſieur O-
geron efcas
Danger, yet could willingly have periſhed in the petl.
Fight, rather then ſuffer the Shame and Confuſion,
the unfortunate Succeſs of this Enterprize was like
to bring upon his Reputation. Eſpecially confi-
dering, that thoſe whom he had attempted to ſet
at Liberty, were now caſt into greater Miſeries,
through this Misfortune. Hereupon they haftned
to ſet Sayl, and go back unto Tortuga, the ſame
way they came, with great Confuſion in their
Minds, much diminiſhed in their Number, and
nothing laden with thoſe Spoyls, the Hopes where-
of had poſſeſſed their Hearts, and cauſed them
readily to follow the Promiſes of unfortunate
Monſieur Ogeron. The Spaniards were very vigi-
lant, and kept their Pofts nigh unto the Sea-ſide,
till ſuch time as the Fleet of Pirats was totally out
of fight. I'th' mean while they made an end of
killing fuch of their Enemies, as being deſperately
wounded, could not eſcape away by Flight. In They cut off
like manner, they cut off ſeveral Limbs from the Limbs to
dead Bodies, with deſign to ſhew them unto the Rew the Pri-
foners.
former Priſoners, for whoſe Redemption theſeo
thers had croſs'd the Seas.
The
Рpp

114.
Bucaniers of America
Blinkos
Bonfires for The Fleet being departed, the Spaniards kind
Joy. led Bonfires all over the Iſland, and made great
Demonſtrations of Joy, for the Victory they had
obtained. But the French Priſoners, who were
there before, had more Hardſhip fhewed them
from that day then ever. Of their Miſery and
Mil-uſage, was a good Eye-witneſs, Jacob Binkes,
Governour at that time in America, for the Stateſ-
General of the United Provinces. For he happened
to arrive in that Conjuncture, at the Iſland of Puz
erto Rico, with ſome Men of War, to buy Provi-
fions, and other Neceflaries, for his Fleet. His
Compaſſion on their Miſery was ſuch, as cauſed
him to bring away by Stealth, five or fix of the
bringeth a faid Priſoners, which ſerved only to exaſperate
Soners.
the Minds of the Spaniards. For ſoon after they
ſent the reſt of the Priſoners, unto the chief City
The reſt ſent
19 Havana of the Iand, there to work and toil about the For-
tifications which then were making, forcing them
to bring and carry Stones, and all ſorts of Materi-
als belonging thereunto. Theſe being finiſhed,
the Governour tranſported them unto Havana,
where they imployed them in like manner, in for-
tifying that City. Here they cauſed them to work
i'th' day-time, and by night they ſhut them up as
cloſe Priſoners, fearing leaſt they ſhould enter-
prie u on the City. For of ſuch Attempts the
Spaniards had had divers Proofs, on other Occaſi-
ons, which afforded them ſufficient Cauſe to uſe
them after that manner. o onolis
t29di bidoro bail Af
way fix Pri-

Bucaniers of America. 115
France.
Afterwards at ſeveral times, wherein Ships ar- They are
rived there from New Spain, they tranſported them by degrees in
by degrees into Europe, and landed them at the to Spain.
City of Cadiz. But notwithſtanding this Care of
the Spaniards to diſperſe them, they ſoon after met
almoſt all together in France, and reſolved among Moſt of them
themſelves to return again unto Tortuga, with the meet ir
firſt Opportunity ſhould proffer. Unto this ef-
fect, they aſſiſted one another very loyingly, with
whát Neceſſaries they could ſpare, according to
every ones Condition. So that in a ſhort while
the greateſt part of thoſe Pirats had neſted them-
ſelves again at Tortuga, their common Place of And return
Rendezvous. Here, ſome time after, they equip-
ped again a new Fleet, to revenge their former
Misfortunes on the Spaniards, under the Conduct
of one le Sieur Maintenon, a French-man by Nation.
With this Fleet he arrived at the Iſland de la Trini- They take
dad, ſituated between the Iſle of Tabago, and the the Iſland de
neighbouring Coaſts of Paria. This INand they
fackt, and afterwards put to the Ranſom of 10000 And put it
pieces of Eight. From hence they departed, with to a Ranſom
Deſign to take and pillage the City of Ciracas, pieces of
ſeared over againſt the Iſland of Curaſao, belong. Eight.
ing to the Hollanders, dan
Coral
unto Tortu-
ga.
la Trinidad.
points
Ppp 2 ou rq CHA P.

116
Bucaniers of America.
The Prince of
Curland
firft Poffeffor
CHAP. X.
A Relation of what Encounters lately
happened at the Iſlands of Cayana
and Tabago, between the Count de
Eſtres, Admiral of France, in Ame-
rica, and the Heer Jacob Binkes,
Vice-Admiral of the United Provin-
ces, in the ſame Parts.
IT
T is a thing already known unto the greateſt
part of Europe, that the Prince of Curland began
of Tabago
. to eſtabliſh a Colony in the Iſland of Tubago. As
alſo, that ſome while after, his People, for want
of timely Recruits from their own Countrey, a-
bandoned the ſaid Iſland, leaving it to the firſt
that ſhould come and poſſeſs it. Thus it fell in-
Iſland porles-
to the Hands of the Heers Adrian, and Cornelius
fed by the Lampſius, Natives of the City of Fliſſing, in the
Province of Zeeland. For being arrived at the
faid Iſland of Tabago, in the year 1654. they un-
dertook to fortife it, by Commands of their So-
vereigns, the States-General. Hereupon they built
a goodly Caſtle, in a convenient Situation, capa-
ble of hindring the Alfaults of any Enemies, that
might enterprize upon the land.
The
The ſaid
Durch.

Bucaniers of America. 117
The Strength of this Caſtle was afterwards ſuf-
ficiently tryed by Monſieur de Eſtres, as I ſhall pre-
ſently relate, after I have firſt told you, what
happened before at Cayana, in the year 1676. This
year the States-General of the United Provinces, fent
their Vice-Admiral, facob Binkes, unto the Iſland
of Cayana, then in poſſeſſion of the French, for to
retake the ſaid Iſland, and hereby reſtore it unto The Ife of
the Dominions of the United Provinces afore-men- Cayana re-
tioned. With theſe Orders he ſet forth from Hol- Hollanders.
land, on the 16th. day of March, in the ſaid
year,
his Fleet conſiſting of ſeven Men of War, one Fire-
ſhip, and five other ſmall Veſſels of leſs account.
This Fleet arrived at Cayana the 4th. day of the
Month of May next following. Immediately af-
ter their Arrival, the Heer Binkes landed 900 Men,
who approaching the Caſtle, fummoned the Go-
vernour to ſurrender, at their Diſcretion. His
Anfwer was, He thought of nothing leſs then Sur-
rendring, but that he and his people were reſolved
to defend themſelves, even to the utmoſt of their
Endeavours. The Heer Binkas having received
this Anſwer, preſently commanded his Troops
to attack the Caſtle on both ſides at once. The
Aſſault was very furious. But at length; the
French being few in number, and overwhelmed
with the multitude of their Enemies, ſurrendred
both their Arms and the Caſtle. In it were found
37 pieces of Cannon. The Governour, who was
named Monſieur Leſi, together with two Prieſts,
Were

118 Bucaniers of America.
The Count
de Eftres
ſent to re-
from the
Dutch
were ſent into Holland. The Heer Binkes doft in
the Combat 14 Men only, and had 72 Wound-
ed. Troy bioavail
Suklar avlors
an The King of France no fooner underſtood this
Succeſs, but he ſent in the Month of O&obeja fol-
lowing, the Count de Eſtres, for to retake the ſaid
Iſland again from the Hollanders. He arrived there
take it again in the Month of December, with a Squadron of
Men of War, all very well equipped and provi.
ded. Being come on his Voyage as far as the Ri-
ver called Aperovaco, he met there with a ſmall
Veſſel of Nantes, which had ſet forth from the
ſaid Iſland of Cayana but a fortnight before. This
Ship gave him Intelligence of the preſent ftate and
condition, wherein he might be certain to find the
Hollanders at Cayana. They told him, there were
300 Men in the Caſtle ; that all about it they had
fixed ſtrong Palizadas, or Empalements, and that
within the Caſtle were mounted 26 pieces of Can-
olgoa Ti bodo
bodo donderbro
Monſieur de Eſtres, being enabled with this In-
telligence to take his own Meaſures, proceeded
on his Voyage, and arrived at a Port of the ſaid
Illand, three Leagues diſtant from the Caſtle.
Here he landed 800 Men, whom he divided into
two ſeveral Parties. The one he placed under
the Conduct of the Count de Blinac; and the other
And landesh he gave unto Monſieur de St. Faucher. On board
the Fleet he left Monſieur Gabaret, with divers
other principal Troops, which he thought not fit
non.
He arrivett
tbere.
bis Min.
or

Bucaniers of America,
119
or neceſſary to be landed. As ſoon as the Men
were ſet on ſhore, the Fleet weighed Anchor, and
failed very ſlowly towards the Caſtle, mean while
the Souldiers marched by Land. Theſe could
not travel otherwiſe then by night, by reaſon of
the exceſſive Heat of the Sun, and intolerable Ex-
halations of the Earth, which here is very fulphu-
reous, and conſequently no better then a ſmoaky
and ſtinking Oven. 20 diwara
On the 19th day of the ſaid Month, the Count He fummon-
de Eſtres ſent Monſieur de Leſi, (who had been Go-eth them to
vernour of the Illand, as was ſaid before ) de Surrender.
manding of them, to deliver the Caſtle unto the
Obedience of the King his Maſter, and unto him
in his Sovereigns Name. But thoſe who were
within, reſolved not to deliver themſelves up, deny to do.
but at the expence of their Lives and Blood, which
Anſwer they fent unto Monſieur de Eftres. Hereup-
on the French, the following night, aſſaulted and
ſtorm’d the Caſtle on ſeven ſeveral ſides thereof all the Caſtle.
at once. The Defendants, having performed
their Obligation very ftoutly, and fought with as
much Valour as was poſſible, were at laſt forced And taket is
to ſurrender. Within the Caſtle were found 38 it.
Perſons dead, beſides many others that were
wounded. All the Priſoners were tranſported in:
to France, where they were uſed with great Hard-
ſhip.
bodo
Monſieur de. Eftres, having put all things in good He departet
Order at the Iſle of Cayana, departed from thence to Martinica
Which they
He ſtormeth
for

120
Lucaniers of America.
And thence
for that of Martinica. Being arrived at the ſaid
Iſland, he was told, that the Heer Binkes was at
that preſent at the Mand of Tabago, and his Fleet
lay at Anchor in the Bay. Having received this
Intelligence, Monſieur de Eſtres made no long Stay
there, but ſet Sayl again, ſteering his Courſe di-
to Tabago, rectly for Tabago. No ſooner was he come nigh
unto the Iſland, but Vice-Admiral Binkes ſent his
Land-Forces, together with a good number of Ma-
riners, on ſhore, for to manage and defend the
Artillery that was there. Theſe Forces
were com-
manded by the Captains van der Graef, van Don=
gen, and Ciavone, who laboured very hard all that
night in raiſing certain Batteries, and filling up
the Palizadas, or Empalements, of the Fortreſs
called Sterreſchans.
Two days after the French Fleet came to an An-
He land th chor, in the Bay of Palmit, and immediately, with
bis Men at the Help of 18 Boats, they landed all their Men.
Tabago.
The Heer Binkes, perceiving the French to appear
upon the Hills, gave Orders to burn all the Hou-
ſes that were nigh into the Caſtle, to the intent
the French might have no place to ſhelter them-
felves thereabouts. On the 23 d. day of February,
Monfieur de Eſtres ſent a Drum over to the Hollan-
ders, to demand the Surrendry of the Fort, which
was abſolutely denied. In this poſture of Affairs
And enga- things continued until the 3d. of March. On this
Dutch Fleet day the French Fleet came with full Sayl, and en-
at the ſame gaged the Dutch Fleet. The Heer Binkes preſent-
ly
time.

Bucaniers of America.
121
by Land
ly encountred them, and the Diſpute was very
hot on both fides. I'th' mean while the Land-
Forces belonging to the French, being ſheltred by
the thickneſs of the Woods, advanced towards
the Caſtle, and began to ſtorm it very briskly,
with more than ordinary Force. But were repul-
ſed by the Dutch with ſuch Vigor, as cauſed them
after three diſtinct Attacks to retire, with the loſs But is beatle
of above 150 Men, and 200 wounded. Theſe
they carried off, or rather dragg’d away, with no
ſmall Difficulty, by reaſon of their diſorderly Re-
treat.
All this while the twoFleets continued theCom-
bat, and fought very deſperately, until that on
both ſides fome Ships were conſumed between
Vulcan and Neptune. Of this number was Monſieur He looſet by
de Eſtres his own Ship, mounted with 27 Guns of his own Ship
prodigious bigneſs, beſides other Peeces of leſſer and others.
Port. The Battel continued from break of day,
until the Evening. A little before which time,
Monſieur de Eſtres quitted the Bay, with the reſt And leaveth
the Vi&tory to
of his Ships, unto the Hollanders, excepting only the Dutch.
two, which were ſtranded under Sayl, as having
gone too high within the Port. Finally, the
Victory remained on the ſide of the Hollanders,
howbeit with the loſs of ſeveral of their Ships
that were burnt.
Monſieur de Eſtres finding himſelf under the
Shame of the loſs of this Vi&tory, and that he could
Q99

Bucaniers of America.
Ettres.rea
turnetb into
France.
expect no Advantage for that preſent, over the
Monſicur de Illand of Tabago, ſet Sayl from thoſe Quarters the
18th day of March, and arrived the 21ſt. day of
Fune next following; at the Port of Brest in France.
Having given an Account of theſe Tranſactions
And is Sent unto his moſt Chriſtian Majesty, he was pleaſed to
again unto command him, to undertake again the Enterprize
Tabago.
of Tabago. Unto this effect, he gave Orders for
& great Men of Warto be equipped with all ſpeed,
together with 8 others of ſmaller account. With
all which Veſſels he ſent again Monſieur de Eſtres
into America the ſame year. He fet Şayl from the
ſaid Port of Breſt, on the 3d. day of O&tober follow-
ing, and arrived the ift. of December, at the Iſland
of Barbadas. Afterwards having received ſome
Recruits from the Iſle of Martinica, he ſent before-
hand to review the Illand of Tabago, and conſider
He arriveth the Condition thereof. This being done, he
weighed Anchors, and fet Sayl directly for the
ſaid Iſland, where he arrived the 7th. day of the
ſaid Month of December with all his Fleet.
Immediately after his Arrival he landed 500
Men, under the Conduct of Monſieur de Blinac,
Governour of the French Iſlands in America. Theſe
were followed ſoon after by one 1000 more. The
9th day of the ſaid Month, they approached with-
He landeth in boo Paces of a certain Poſt called le Cort, where
they landed all the Artillery deſigned for this En-
terprize. On the 10th. day Monfieur de Estres went
in
tbere

Bucaniers of America.
123
blown up by
an Accidente
in Perſon, to take a View of the Caſtle, and de-
manded of the Heer Binkes, by a Meſſenger, the
Surrendry thereof, which was generouſly denied.
The next day the French began to advance to
And attack
etb the Ca-
wards the Caſtle, and on the 12th. of the ſaid
Stle.
Month, the Dutch from within began to fire at
them with great Perſeverance. The French made
a beginning to their Attack, by caſting Fire-balls
into the Caſtle with main Violence. The very
third Ball that was caſt in, happened to fall in the The Caſtle
Path-way that led unto the Store-houſe, where
the Powder and Ammunition was kept, belong-
ing to the Caſtle. In this path was much Pow-
der ſcatter'd up and down, through the Negli-
gence
of thoſe that carried it to and fro, for the
neceſſary Supplies of the Defendants. By this
means the Powder took Fire i'th' Path, and from
thence ran in a moment as far as the Store-houſe
above-mentioned. So that ſuddenly both the
Store-houſe was blown up, and with it, Vice-
Admiral Binkes himſelf, then Governour of the
Iſland, and all his Officers. Only Captain van
Dongen remained alive. This Miſchance being
perceived by the French, they inſtantly ran with
taken by the
500 Men, and poſſeſſed themſelves of the Caſtle. French.
Here chey found 300 Men alive, whom they took
Priſoners, and tranſported into France. Monſieur
de Estres after this commanded the Caſtle to be
demoliſhed, together with other Poſts that might
Q_q 9 2
ſerve
And bence is

124
Bucaniers of America.
ferve for any Defence, as alſo all the Houſes
ſtanding upon the Iand. This being done, he
departed from thence the twenty ſeventh day of
the faid Month of December, and arrived again in
France, after a proſperous Voyage.
O THE
1952
babog ang
dan mendado

The Table.
Pt. i. p. 36
A
ib.39
A.
Lcatrazes, what fort of People they are. Parti.
pag
28
Apricott-tree.
Acoma-tree.
Abelcofe-tree.
Pt. i.
p. 40
Author of this Book, his Voyage along the Coaſts of Colla Rica, at his
return, from Panama, to Jamaica. Pt. 3. p.77. They arrive at Boca
del Toro. 78. Seek Proviſions, but find none : they depart West-
wards : provide themſelves with Tortoiſes ; are affaulted by the In-
dians, kill two of them, whereof one had a golden Beard ; deſire to
Speak with them, but in vain. 79, 80. They return to Chagre: and
are chaſed by a ſhip, of their own party. 81, 82. They go to the
River of Zuera, where the Spaniards flie from them. 86. Are in
great danger of ſinking a whole fortright. 87. They arrive at the Bay
of Blecvelt : careen their Veſel: are aſſaulted by the Indians, wbo
kill two Women Slaves : this cauſeth them ſuddenly to depart. 90.
They arrive at Cape Gracias à Dios. 91. And, find, there, great re-
lief. ibid. They came to the Iſland de los Pinos, where they ca-
reen their Veſel again: here they victual themſelves well : depart for
Jamaica, and arrive there.
100. & feq.
Adrian , and Cornelius, Lampſins, take poreſſion of Tabago for the
Dutch.
Pt. 3. p. 116
St. Auguſtin ( a City of Florida) ranſackt by John Davis, Pirat of
Jamaica.
Pt. i. p. 114, 115
B.
B Aprifm ufed by the French at Sea.
- by
Braſil-wood.
ib. 39
Bucaniers, their diſtinctions, manner of living, Vices, &c.
Banana-wine, not inferiour to Spaniſh.
Bartholomew Portuguez, a famous Pirat. Pt. 1. p.95. He taketh a great
Spanih ſhip. Is retaken, and loſeth his liberty. 96. Is brought.
21 unto Campeche. 97. Condemned to the Gallows. 98. Killeth his
Centry, and eſcapeth. ibid. Goeth to the Golfo triſte. 99. Getteth
a Boat, there : and retaketh the Ship by which he vous taken. 100, 101.
He løſeth his Ship in a ſtorm, and eſcaperb in a Canom. 101, 102
Part i. pag. 3,6
ib. p. 4
Pe. i. p. 59
Pt. i. p.66
Bitu-

THE TAB L E.
Pr. ii. p. 42
of Tartu
I20
Part i. pag. 13
Bons 2 Pt. i. p. 25
Bitumen, or Pitch, in great quantities,
Boca del Toro, a Port, where great ſtore of Tortoiſes are found. Its
circumference.
Pt.ii. p.78
Boca del Dragon, another Port, on Coſta Rica, where be Indians of
prodigious ſtrength.
Pt. 3. p. 84
Bay of Blecvelt, ſo called from a Pirat of that name. Pt. 3. p.87. Here
are Porcupines of prodigious bigneſs.
ibid.
Binkes (Jacob) Sent from Holland, to retake Cayana from the
French, an. 1676. Pt. iii. p. 117. is engaged at Tabago, by the
Count de Eftres.
Brodely (Cap.) is made Viceadmiral by Morgan : taketh the Caſtle of
Chagre.
Pt.iji. p. 21.& feq.
C.
CRabs, both of Land, and Sea
.
de son
Their effects, when eaten.
ibid.
City of Santo Domingo.
-of San Tiago. ib. 26. its Commerce : is pillaged by Pirats. Pt. ii.
P: 78
of Na Sa de Alta Gracia.
ibid.
Crab-Lemons.
busing scorede su
Caramite-tree.
Cedar-tree. Pt.i. p. 37. Pt. ii. p. 16. Panama was all built with
Cedar.
Pt. iii. p.55
Canows, how they are made.
Cochinillas, or Glowo-worms.
Cricketts, or Grillones.
Cazadores de Moſcas, or Fly-catchers.
Pt.i. p. 44
Cocodriles, or Caymanes, their nature, and qualities. Pt. i. p. 47.
they perſecute the Flyes, and wherefore. ib. 48. their manner of
Pt.iii. p. 101
procréating. ib. Many at the Iſland de los Pinos.
ib.
Carpinter-birds. Pt. i. p. 57. they build Neſts for the Parrots.
Cabreros, or Goat-keepers, a Bird having ſeven galls.
Pt.i. p. 58
Crows, or Ravens, in great multitudes, at Hiſpaniola.
Cazave, or Mandioca. Pai. p. 65. How prepared, for to make bread,
ibid.
Bo Pt.i. 110
Campeche was ſackt by Lewis Scot.
St. Catharin taken by Manſvelt, and Morgan: Surrendred again to the
Spaniards, by le Sieur Simon: its convenient ſituation :- 62. & ſeq.
A Relation of its retaking, written by a Spaniſh Ingeneer. 66. Mor-
gan endeavoureth to keep it, but in vain. 75. taken again by treachery
Pt.iii. p. 15
of the Governour.
Cuba, its deſcription.
Pr.ii.p.96
Pt. ii. p. 77
Cayos Ilands, the refuge of the Pirats.
Caſtle
Pt. i. p. 31
Pt.i. p. 36
SC
o ibid. 38
Pt.i. p. 42
ib. 43
ib.
and drink.

THE TABLE.
Pt. ill. p. 27
Caſtle of Chagre, its ſituation : is taken, after great reſiſtance, by help
of a ſtrange accident.
Cows of the Sea. vid. Sea-Cows.
Cayos, a conſiderable Town of Cuba, Sackt by the Pirats: all manner of
Cruelties committed there.
Pt.iii. p. 104
Curaſao, an Iſland of the Dutch, deſigned upon by the French of Tor-
tuga in Ann. 1673.
Pt. iii. p. 105
Caracas (City) deſigned upon by the Pirats of Tortuga. Pt. iii. p.
115
Cayana ( Iſland) retaken from the French by Binkes. Pt. iii. p. 117.
is taken again by the French.
119
D.
Ate-trees, their deſcription, and ſeveral forts. Part 1. page 31
D
Davis & Pirat. vid. John.
E.
Со
Ount de Eftres his actions at Cayana, and Tabago, Ann. 1676.
Part iii. pag. 118. & feq.
F
Pt. i. p. 48
ral ſorts. ibid. They perſecute continually, and are perfecuted by
the Caymanes, or Crocodiles.
Fly-catchers. vid. Cazadores de Moſcas.
French-ſhip, ſeized by Capt. Morgan.
Pt.ji. p. 105
GGenipa-ink
.
Pt. i. p. 43
Pt.i. p. 63
Pt. ii. p. 15
Pt.ii. p.
G.
Part i. pag. 37
ibid.
Grillones, or Cricketts.
Guines agudos, whereof they make drink.
Gibraltar, it's Situation : Inundations : Trade.
Governor of Gibraltar killed.
Governor of Puerto del Principe killed.
Pc.ii. p. 82
Governor of Puerto Velo killed.
Pi.ii. p.98
Governor of Chagre killed.
Governor of Panama cometh againſt Morgan: is forced to retire : Send-
eth a ſtrange meſſage to Morgan : his anſwer. Pt. ii. p. 100.& feq.
Governor of St. Katharin betrayeth the Iſland into the hands of the
Engliſh, by a very cunning ſtratagem.
Governor of Jamaica recalled for maintaining the Pirats, there : ano-
ther fent : all the Pirats fear him: be bangeth Some of them : Pt. iii.
p. 103. & l.q.
Gua-
Pt.iii. p.27
Pt.iii. p. 15

THE TABLE.
Guadanillas certain little Iſlands, nigh St. John de Puerto Rico. Pt. iii
p. 106
Gracias a Dios ( Cape) defcription of the particular Cuftoms of the
Indians there.
Pt.iii. p. 91
H.
HP Henry Morgan, Phis Morigen. Pt
. 2. p.60. He greb o Bárba!
das, and, thence, to Jamaica : be ſerveth the Pirats. 61. is made
a Captain: and choſen Viceadmeral by Manſvelt : they take St. Catha-
rin. 62. He deſireth to keep it, though in vain. 75. Equippeth an-
other Fleet. 76. Goeth to Puerto del Principe. 81. and taketh it.
83.
Havana the ſtrongeſt place in the Weſt-Indies: its Juriſdiction, Com-
merce; Caftles, Inhabitants, convenient Situation : is deſigned againſt.
Pc.ii. p. 78. & feq.
Sir Henry Morgan equippeth a nexo Fleet. Pt. ii. p. 89. deſigneth upon
Puerto Velo. 90. and Sacketh it, with 400 men. 98. His meſage
to the Governor of Panama. 102. He returneth to Cuba, and
findeth 250 000 Pieces of Eight Spoil, taken at Puerto Velo, beſides
Goods, and Jewels. 103. He undertaketh a new Expedition againſi
Maracaibo. 104. Arriveth there, and taketh it: Cruelties againſt
the Priſoners there : be goeth to Gibraltar, and taketh it likewiſe :
other inhumane Cruelties, there, uſed. 114. & ſeq. He goeth to take
the Governor of Gibraltar: hardſhip of their Journy : bringeth home
many Priſoners. 125. & feq. A Ship, and four Boats, taken. 127.
He returnetb to Maracaibo : is blockt up there by a Spaniſh Fleet: his
bold meſage to the Admiral of the ſaid Fleet : Letter of the Admiral
commanding him to ſurrender: a Treaty, on foot, betwixt them : he
deſtroyeth the ſaid Fleet by a ſtratagem.
129. & feq.
Sir Henry Morgan equippeth another Fleet : writeth ſeveral Letters to all
the ancient Pirats for their aſiſtance : multitudes flock unto him : he
cableth a Councel: and ſendeth to ſeek proviſions. Pt.iii. p. 1. & feq.
Four ſhips, which he ſent, for this purpoſe, arrive at the River de la
Hacha : they take a great Vedel laden with Corn: they land, defeat
the Spaniards, purſue them, torture them, take great fpoil, put them
to the ranſom; and return. ib. 4, 5, 6. His Fleet maketh 37 Sail in
all, with 2000 fighting men : be divideth it into two Squadrons : Ar-
ticles of this Voyage. 8. They reſolve to go to Panama: but, firſt, to
St. Catharin, to procure Guides, for this enterprize. 10. They ar-
rive, and take St. Catharin, being betrayed by the Governor : great
hardſhip they endured, after landing : they eat, for hurger, an old
Scabby berſe : Bravado of Capt. Morgan, which occafion’d the Spa-
niards

: O THE TABLE.
niards to førrender : 12.& feq. Number of perſons found on the Iſland:
Fortreſſes, and Arms, they found there : they alſo find three Guides :
Four Ships ſent to Chagre: 17. & ſeq. Brodely made Vice-Admiral :
be arriveth at Chagre:
ſituation of the Caſtle: they land : danger of this
Enterprize : they reſolve to give the Attack: are, at firſt, forced to retire :
yet, overcome, at laſt, by help of a very ſtrange Accident. 21. & feq. He
arriveth at Chagre, and is received with great Acclamation : Loſeth his
2. comon Ship, and three more, at the entry of the River : leaveth in the Ca-
Atle a Garriſon of 500 men, and, in the Ships, 150 more. 29,30. He fet-
teth forth for Panama, at the head of 1200 men, with very ſmall Provi-
fions, tbinking to find by the way. 31. He leaveth his Boats b. bind the
3de day, with 160 men, to keep them: a pipe of Tobacco their beſt Vičiu-
als, the ift. day of this Journey: they feed, the 4.th. day, upon Bags of
Learber, which they found: ſome ſmall Proviſion is found the 5th. day,
which is diftributed among the weakeſt : they eat Leaves of Trees, green
Herbs, or Grafs, on the 6th. At noon, they find quantity of Maiz: great
Murmurings againſt Captain Morgan, and his Conduct, that night.
On the 7th. day, they eat ſome few Cats, and Dogs, they found at Santa
Cruz drink ſome Wine of Peru, and fall fick, almoſt every man, think-
ing themſelves poy ſoned: Captain Morgan ſendeth back the Canons :
8 Pirats killed, and 10 pounded, by the Indians, on the 8th. day: no
Proviſions found, and great Hardſhip endured, that night, by Rain: they
diſcover the South-Sea, with great joy, on the 9th, and find great num-
ber of Cattel, eſpecially Aſſes, which they kill, and devour : after noon,
they come within fight of Panama, and encamp nigh the City, at the
found of Drums, and Trumpets, to expreſs their joy : they march to at-
tack the Spanilh Forces on the roth in the morning : they fear the num-
ber of the Enemy, yet reſolve to hazard the Battel: thy engage, and de-
feat the Spaniards : many Pirats killd in the Battel, with 600 Spani-
ards: they march toppards the City: loſe many in the Aſſault : yet, con-
tinue, to advance: and take it in three hours: Orders, not to drink Wine.
p.31. & feq. to 53.
Sir Henry Morgan ſendeth Boats to ſearch the South Sea : be fireth the Ci-
ty of Panama, and burneth it almoſt in a day : great deſtruction of the
Fire : be ſendeth a Convoy to Chagre: much Riches found in the Ru-
ines : 200 of the Inhabitants brought in: a rich Galeon eſcapeth, their
own Debauchery being the cauſe : they ſend, to ſeek her: Several Boats,
and a Sbip, taken : the Convoy returneth from Chagre, with News of a
Spaniſh Ship taken there : Cruelties uſed at Panama i no Condition
Bared : Hiſtory of a Spaniſh Lady: Captain Morgan prepareth to de-
part : A Plot diſcovered : Ranſoms demanded : the Artille y poiled :
they leave Panama: 175 Beaſts laden with Riches: Miſery of the Pri-
foners: all are put to Ranſom: the Spaniſh Lady Set at liberty: they ar-
rize
RII

THE TABLE.
I
5. Pt. ii. p. 43
rive at Chagre: A Dividend made: but with much Diſguſt on all ſides :
Captain Morgan feareth their diſpleaſure, and ſtealeth away very private-
ly: the French deſirous of Revenge. p. 54. & feq.to 76. He is ſtill de
ſirous to keep St. Catharin, but is prevented by a new Governour fent un-
to Jamaica. Pt. 3. p. 103. i otsig of solo se istit: singin
of) Io lo lo difetto torneo 4K
Sland of Punta Rica. dies bras 91981. Parti. Page 7
Tortuga.
gadsbron ide ib. p. 8
John Eſquemeling is ſold at Tortuga : Pt. i. p. 21, is ſold again: ibid.
he getteth his liberty: ib. p. 22. turneth Pirat.
ibid,
Iſle of Savona.
v brat Pt. i.
p.27
Indians, what Women they love beſt. nodi di Pt. i. p. 28
John Davis, a famous Pirat: he landeth in Nicaragua: Pt. i. p. 111.
kileth the Centry, and entreth the City. ib. 112. ſpareth not the Churches:
gelteth away with many Riches : is purſued by the Spaniards: but all in
vain : 113. He brought away 50000 pieces of Eight: is made Admiral
of the Pirats: and ranſacketh the City of St. Auguſtin. 114, 115
Indians of Jucatan, their Cuftoms, and Religion.
Iſlands de las Pertas. Pt. ii. p. 51. Their Inhabitants, and the Cuſtoms
thereof. 52. All the Indians diſappear ſuddenly, and ſtrangely. 54. The
Pirats were there 6 months. 55. How they got away, who remained bem
bind. 57. Miſeries they endure.
Indians of Daricn, not civilized. Pt. ii. p. 56. They kill Lolonois. ib.
Iſland of St. Catharin, v. lit. C.
Iſland of Cuba. v. lit. C.
Iſlands de los Cayos. v. lit. C.
Iſlands of wild Indians. Pt. iii. p. 78. They uſe not the Sea, not ſo much
as for Fiſhing
81
Indians at Boca del Dragon Con Coſta Rica) of prodigious ſtrength of bo-
dy: tro Examples thereof : their Arms.
Pt. iii. p. 86
Indians of the Bay of Blevelt, their Arrows 8 feet long, of a rare faſhion,
and shape : the figure thereof: they are extream robuſt, and ſtrong.
Pt. iii. p. 89, go
Indians of Cape Gracias a Dios, much civilized : Women are bought there
for any trifle : Policy, and Cuſtoms, of the Iſland: how Negro's came
thither : lazineſs of thoſe Indians : they build neither Houfes, nor Huts,
to dwell in : their Arms, Religion, Food, and Drink : their Invitations :
they worſhip neither God, nor the Devil : they pierce their Genitals in
complement to the Women: their Marriages : how the Women lye in : their
Burials: Strange cuſtom of the Widows, there. Pt. jii. p. 91. & feq.
Illand de los Pinos. Pt. 3. p. 100. Here are plenty of Wild Cows. ibid.
Many Crocodiles there : a Pirat aſſaulted by one. Am
Mand of S. John de Puerto Rico,often pillaged by the Pirats.Pt 3.p.107
258, 59
Η ΙΟΙ
Ifland

5 THE TABLE.
Iſland de la Trinidad. vide Trinidad. Los hits
hohoho
K kidnappet People, boo sbey fare in the Indies. ibid! aurie Palermest
LE
K.
Idnappers.
. Page 74
ibid.
they endure there.
Atanier-palme,
Part į. Page 33
Lewis Scot, the firft Pirat that made Land-Invaſions. Pt. i. p. 110.
He ſackt Campeche.
ibid.
Lolonois, bis Origen. Pt. ii. p. 1. Is advanced to be a Captain: loſeth his
Ship : eſcapeth by a Stratagem : retireth into the Woods: the
Spaniards
believe him dead: goeth to Sea again : bis Enterprize at los Cayos : his
cruelty. Pt. ii. p. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. He taketh a Ship of Maracaibo. 7.
He equippeth a Fleet, with deſign to land. ibid. 8. cometh to Bayala. 9.
Taketh a Spaniſh Ship: lading thereof. 10. He arriveth at Maracaibo,
and taketh it. 17. & ſeq. He cutteth a Spaniard in pieces. 21. March-
eth to Gibraltar, and taketh it. 21. & feq. The Priſoners die for Hun-
ger. 27. They got 260000 pieces of Eight in ready money, beſides Jero-
els, and Goods. 31. They ſet Sayl for Tortuga, and ſoon waſte all they
had gotten. 32. Lolonois maketh nero Preparations againſt the Spani-
ards. 33. He taketh a great Spaniſh Ship. 36. His cruelty. 36. He
marcheth te San Pedro : meeterb ſeveral Ambuſcades, defeateth them,
and taketh the Town. 37. & ſeq. He goeth to Guatimala, and thence,
to other Iſlands. 41. Taketh another great Ship. 48. Many of his Com-
panions leave him. 49. He remaineth behind: wanteth Proviſions : lo-
Seth bis Ship: and intendeth to build a Boat. 51. His Misfortunes,
which preceded his death : be is torn in pieces alive. 56. As alſo many
of his Companions.
57
Lampfins, vide Adrian.
Lefi Monſieer) ſurrendreth Cayana to the Dutch.
Pt. 3. p. 117
Lady, vide Spaniſh Lady.
M.
Ulatos, what people they are.
Part i. Page 28
Meſtizos, what Men they are.
ibid.
Mapou-tree.
Pt. i. p. 38
Manzanilla, or Dwarf Apple-tree, its venomous quality.
Moſquitos, or Maranguines.
Pt.i.p. 41
Moſcas de fuego, or Fire-flyes.
Mandioca, or Cazave.
Pt.i. p. 65
Manſvelt, a famous Pirat, ſet foot in Granada, and penetrated to the
South-Sea: he took St. Catharin, &c.
Pt. i. P. IIO
Michel de Baſco, a Pirat, joyneth with Lolonois.
Pt. ii. p. 8
Rrr 2
Ma-
Mer
ib. 39
Pt.i. p. 43

THE TABLE.
Pt. ii. p. 16
Pt. ii. p. 59
Maracaibo, its ſituation, and deſcription, commerce, &c. Pt. ii. p. IT
12, 13
Merida, its ſituation and commerce.
Mines of Gold in Coſta Rica.
Morgan. vide Sir Henry.
Manſvelt chuſeth Morgan his Viceadmiral : Setteth forth with 15 Sait,
and 500 Men: taketh St. Catharin: is deſirous to keep it : returneth
to Jamaica for Recruits: which are denied. Pt. ii. p. 62, 64. be
eth to Tortuga, for the ſame purpoſe, and dietb.
Manentines, vide Sea-Cows.
Monkeys, how hard it is to Moot them: bomo they cure one another when
wounded : their apiſh tricks.
Pt. iii. p. 87
Sieur Maintenon taketh the Ifland de la Trinidad,
goa
Pt. iii. p. 115
N.
Ga Part i.
pag. .
N Haras monta on the Someb-Sea, defigned sepan. Pe sit
. sp; 63
Negro's, how they came among the Indians of Cape Gracias a Dios.
Pt. iii. p. 93
Pt. i. p. 111. & feq.
Nicaragua ( City ) ranſackt by John Davis.
0.
Opſieur Ogeron, Governor of Tortuga, buildeth a great ſhit,
MO
with intent, to take Curaſao from the Dutch. Part iii. pag. 106.
is caſt away, at the Iſlands, called Guadanillas: they get aſhore in
Boats, and are taken Priſoners by the Spaniards. Ogeron behaveth
himſelf, as a fool ; is given out for dead, by his men; and eſcapeth,
by the help of a Chirurgion, into the woods : they ſeize a Canowo, by
killing two men: he arriveth at Tortuga, and gathereth a Fleet, to
reſcue his companions. The Spaniards knowo of theſe defigns : the
French land at St. John de Puerto Rico: are beaten. Monſieur
Ogeron eſcapeth: the Spaniards cut off limbs of men, to shero the
French Priſoners : they make Bonfires for joy: The Heer Binkes bring-
eth away fix of the Priſoners: the reſt fent to work at the Havana :
by degrees, are tranſported into Spain: moſt of them meet in France :
and return unto Tortuga : they take the Iſland de la Trinidad, and put
it to a ranſom.
106. & feq. to 115,
Punta

THE TABLE.
P.
P
Part i. pag. 7
Pt. i. p. 11
Pr. i. p. 27
Pt. i. p. 31
ibid. p. 34
Pt. I. p.57
Pt. i. p. 64
ib. 73
Unta Rica Iſland.
Palmito-trees.
Wine.
ibid.
Pueblo de Aſo.
Palm-trees, their deſcription, and ſeveral forts: .
Palm-wine.
P
Prickle-palm.
.
Pintadas; or Wood-pullets.
Parrots in Hifpaniola. ibid. How they build their Neſts. ibid.
Potato-wine,
Planters of Hiſpaniola ſubjeđ to the Governors of Tortuga. Pt. i. p.68.
they rebel. ib. p. 70. reſolve to kill the Governor of Tortuga. 71.
are forced to ſurrender to him again.
Planters , their cruelty towards their ſervants. Pt. i. p. 75. they are
worfer in the Caribby Iſlands. Pt. i. p. 77. The Engliſh fell one
another for debts.
ib.
Pierre le Grand his origen. Pt. i. p. 80. bold attempt of his. ibid.
Pirats their origen at Tortuga. Pt. i. p. 83. they take many boats. ibid.
and increaſe in number. ib. 84. bow they arm their boats. 85. their
ordinary food, and allowance to every one. 85, 86. Articles they agree
spon among themſelves. 86. they are very faithful to each other. 88.
where they recruit themſelves at Sea. 89. Places, where they cruiſe.92.
they will spend 2000 pieces of Eight in a night.
106
Pierre Francois, a famous Pirat. Pt. i. p. 92. He taketh the Viceadmi-
ral of the Pearl Fleet. 92. is retaken.
95
Pirats begin to make land-invaſions.
Piraguas, what ſort of shipping.
Pt.ii. p. 16
Prieſts-tobacco fo called.
ibid.
Pitch, or Bitumen, in huge quantities. Pt. ii. p. 42. the Author's opio
nion thereof.
ibid.
Puerto del Principe, a rich Town, taken, and ranſackt, by Morgan. Pc.i.
p. 83. reſiſtance they made. 82, the Town put to ranſom. 84. 50000
pieces of Eight robbed there.
88
Puerto Velo, its deſcription, ſtrength, Situation, unhealthineſs, and other
qualities. Pt. ii. p. 91. Expedition thereof performed by Morgan. 90.
& feq. brave, and obftinate, defence of the Governor. ibid. Debauchee -
ry, and Cruelty, of the Pirats, there. 99. Religious men, and women,
foried to fix the ladders againſt the walls of the Caſtle : many of them
Main.
96
Panama, its fituation, deſcription, &c. is taken, and burnt ly Captain
More
Pt.i. p. 110

THE TABLE.
. , he S
Morgan : it contained 7000 houſes, all of Cedar: houſe of the Ge-
noiſes there : its Monaſteries, Warehouſes, &c. Pt. iii. p. 54. & feq.
Porcupines of prodigious, and monſtrous, bigneſs.
Pt.iii. p. 87
Pheaſants, called by the Spaniards Fayſanes.
ib.
Pirats of Jamaica retire unto Tortuga, and join with the French. Pt.iii.
p. 104. Some of them hanged by the new Governor of Jamaica. ibe
old
R.
Ojados, or Calarodes.
Roche Braſiliano, a famous Pirat, bis origen. Pt.i. p. 102, is
choſen Captain, and taketh a great ſhip. ib. 103. he loſeth his ſhip,
and eſcapeth in a Canow. 104. is purſued by the Spaniards ; yet ,
putteth them to flight. 104, 105. be taketh a Fleet of Canows, and
Sea again. 108. is made Priſoner with all bin men. ibid. is ſet at li-
berty, and ſent into Spain.
Rubia ( Iſend) its ſituation, and commerce. Pt. ii. p. 113. Spiders
of this place very pernicious. ib. (trange cure of their venom.
ib.
River of Zuera, nigb Cartagena.
Pt. iii. p. 86
ta
Part i. pag. 42
109.
S.
S
ib. 45
Paniards, what women they love beſt in America. Part i. p. 28
Snakes, or Serpents, of Hiſpaniola. Pt. i. p. 43. howe uſeful in
houſes there.
ibid.
Spiders very hideous in Hifpaniola. Pt. i. p. 44• pernicious at the
Iſle of Rubia.
Pt. ii. p. 113
Scorpions, not venomous, there.
Scolopendria's, or Millepedes, there.
ib.
Le Sieur Simon made Governor of St. Catharin, by Manſvelt. Pt. ii.
p. 63. He putteth the ſaid Iſland in good poſture. 64. is impatient, to
bear from Manſvelt. 65. furrendreth the Iſland unte the Spaniards:
betrayeth an Engliſh Ship unto them.
66
Sea-Cows, their deſcription, nature, and qualities. How they take them
Pt. iii. p. 82. & feq.
Spaniſh Lady, her fingular conſtancy, and chaſtity. Pt.iii. p. 64
Ship (French) ſeized by Morgan.
Pt.ii. p. 105
Ship (Engliſh) blown up
with
350 men.
ib. 107
Tortuga,

THE
TABLE.
T.
T
Pt.i. p.27
ib. p. 27
Ortuga, its deſcription.
Part i. pag. 8
is poleled by the French, loft, and retaken. Pt.i. p. 14. &
ſeq. is poffèffed by the Weſ-India Company. ib. p. 20. they quit it
again.
ibid.
Town of Afo.
St. John of Goave.
ib. p. 28
Tortoiſes of Land. Pt. 1. p. 44. of the Sea
Tobacco, how it is planted. Pt. i. p.67. property of this plant. ibid.
68.
Tortoiſes, four ſeveral forts deſcribed. Pt. i. p. 89. their eggs, 90
where they lay them. ibid. the manner of fiſhing them.
91
San Tiago of Cuba, its juriſdiction : commerce : is taken by the Pirats.
Pt. ii. p.78
Trinidad ( Iſland ) taken by the Pirats of Tortuga, and put to a ran-
fom.
Tabago ( Iſland ) made a Colony by the Prince of Curland. Pt. iii. p.
116. polled by Adrian, and Cornelius, Lampfins, in ann. 1654.
for the Dutch.
ibid.
Eraguas, a Iown in Coſta Rica, pillaged by the Bucaniers. Part
ii. pag. 50
Villa de los Cayos; a conſiderable Town of Cuba Sackt. Pt.iii. p. 104
Pt. iii. p. 115
V ,
W
.
ib. p. 13.
W.
Ild Boars preſerved.
Parti. pag. 11
Wild Pigeons.
Pt. i. p. 12
their bitterneſs at a certain ſeaſon.
Weft-India Company, of France, poleſeth Tortuga. ib. p. 20. quit-
teth it again
ib.
Wild Dogs of Hiſpaniola. Pt.i. p. 50. a notable Hiſtory of theſe. ib.
51. perſecution of them in Tortuga,
Wild Horſes in Hifpaniola.
Wild Bulls, and Cows.
ib. p. 56
Wood-pullets, or Pintadas.
Wild Indians, nigh Maracaibo, dwell upon Trees. Prii. p. 14. Others;
in little Iſlands, at Boca del Toro.
Pt.3. p.78
ib. 52
Pt.i. p. 55
Pt.i. p.57
Part i. pag. 10
Y cao-tree.
z.
Ellow Saunder is called Candle-wood.
Ycao-tree.
FINIS.
ib, 40

ATHT
36 leikatos at si
in vetros, idi.cosiblenu Wsi bulup 1
..Side
Vos mol.2
19.1. TOROT
okusgott og allotely id, c.99dT
02.1992 vit 08.01.19.-
2010
et to sotib
dad de
A do toge To
Ibrae sanitario Stult) og det
des i les ciuto terbad bon
ไวรนไร เป็น
ianuari
os cono
Boy 2018
Slobal
todister

BUCANIERS
OF
AMERICA
The Second Volume.
CONTAINING
The Dangerous Voyage and
Bold Attempts of Captain Bartholomewo
Sharp, and others; performed upon the
Coaſts of the Sonth Sea, for the ſpace of
two years, &c.
From the Original Journal of the ſaid Voyage.
WRITTEN
By Mr. BASIL RINGROSE, Gent.
Who was all along preſent at thoſe Tranſactions.
LONDON:
Printed for William Crooke, at the Sign of the
Green Dragon without Temple-bar. 1685.

SAIMADUA
A OIIMA
gulo V bropel at
DVIVITATTOO
bns ogsyoV 2019gnal or
incle nga 10
es noqu bomore, credito bas de
lo songl als not 198 duro & od to also
.' ર ' U
girov bished to Innollisio 9 mm
VITTLE
119 12010NIL JISM
2010orin Tongools leerol
:VOVOJ
ad to nyi2 odstopil 10t baie
1:20. Tono siw stogas 910

plan
TISTIT TOESTSgisid
PREFACE
bro
com os general Applauſe wherewith
-flig har vi odstupbris : etioloxí 1901
odnied on THE
eir wolsV to 19b
onto
28
SA
stirasinogariamu
brated doisbromrmani Tot englov
do od on TO THE
We lo viovoolib
2
doo
OSNOTTO 1350 fmonl stod elinaq oldsbire
owiat bibre
HE "
OD 15.se
ve Emotionen receci
the îi foryopitham Bucliner hath
been
rececived, could have Inooo-
acoidemo
ther effects, thari efly to perfwade
the Poliſher of that Piece, to undertake the
Second Volume thereof. Eſpecially confide-
ring that the fame points which deferved the
Credit and Commendation of the firft, did felem
to ſublift for the like efteem and reception of
the fecond. Theſe were the fidelity of the Rela-
tions both here and there publiſhed,
the Authors
having been not onely Eye-witneſſes , but alſo
Actors in the tranſactions they report: the candor
and fincerity of the Stile; the variety and plea-
fantneſs of theſe Voyages, the greatneſs of the
Attempts here related, the unparaleld, and
undaunted Courage of the Bucaniersi the
ſtrnge-
A 2

The PREFACE
ftrangeneſs of their performances,the novelty of
their Exploits; and withal, the glory and gran-
deur of Valour, which here is ſeen to be inherent
to our Engliſh Nation, and as pregnant of great
Actions in the preſent, as in the former Ages.
Unto which points may be added in this Second
Volume , for its recommendation, the grand
diſcovery of a new paſſage into the South-
Sea, beyond the Streights of Ferdinando de Ma-
gallanes and le Maire, through an open and in
no-wife dangerous Ocean, without thoſe for-
midable perils both from Rocks, Currents, and
Shoals, which thitherto have rendred the two
ripaffages aforementioned, altogether unacceſſible
-toor Trading boa Navigation performed by
Captain Sharp and his Companions, many
degrees beyond what Sir Francis Drake, ya-
eob le Maire, Noord, or Magallanes himſelf, who
firſt Circumnavigated the World, ever rea-
ached i unro in their Sailings. This Difcovery
alone, as hugely beneficial to Mankind, fo
may it ſeem ſufficient of it ſelf to recommend
z this preſent piece unto the publick, even as
o extremely neceſſary to all ſuch as Navigate the
Ocean ; and no leſs delightful unto thoſe per-
- fons whoſe Studys are directed to the fearch
of Nature, to the Arts of Mathematick or Na-
vigation. Beſides which point, both of Art,
Curioſity, and Uſefulneſs, we have given unto
US

To the READER.
us here, by Mr. Ringroſe, an exact account
of nany places in the South Sea ; the very
Draughts and Maps of many Ports, Iſlands,
Bays, Gulfs, Points, and Coaſts, hitherto un-
known to the greateſt part of Europe ; their
appearance at Sea, their foundings, landings,
and bearings; together with what variety of
Winds and Weather, of Currents and Calms,
and other Obſervations the Bucaniers experi-
mented in thoſe parts. All which things, as
they manifeft unto us the inquiſitiveneſs of the
Author, ſo ought we highly to applaud his Cu-
rioſity and Genius, who all along the courſe of
this Voyage, not onely fought with his Sword
rrin the moſt deſperate Engagements and Bat-
otels of the Bucaniers againſt the Spaniards, but
with his Pen gave us a true account of thoſe
Tranſactions ; and with his Penſil hath delinea-
ni ted unto us the very Scenes of thoſe Trage-
- dies. Thus we find him totally employed
towards our information and inſtruction at
home, while he endured the greateſt fatigues
e and hardſhip abroad : at the ſame time making
Quadrants at Sea, that others fate idle and mur-
muring upon the Decks; at the ſame time ſhip-
Wrackt, and almoſt naked, and ſtarving upon a
deſart Iſand, and yet deſcribing, even more
exactly than the Spaniards themſelves, the
Gulf of Ballona, otherwiſe called of San Mi-
guel,
و

The PREFACE.
gnel, where he was caſt away. Theſe things,
I ſay, as they are not undeſerving of the high-
eſt praiſe and commendation in this ingenious
Gentleman Mr. Ringroſe their Author, ſo
Thall the Curiofo's of Nature and Pofterity it
felf be his eternal debtors for their acquain-
tance with theſe writings. 3003 god bus
Some imperfect account of theſe tranſacti-
ons, both ſhort and in many things defective,
I gave the laſt year unto the publick, at the
end of the ſecond Impreſſion of the Hiſtory
of the Bucaniers. But ſuch as that Relation
was, I had no better then to give ; neither had
I then ſeen the preſent Journal of Mr. Ringrofe ;
and that ſame account being received from
the hands of ſome of the Bucaniers themſelves
at Wapping, it was eſteemed fit , both by me
and others, to be publiſhed at that time. But
as the Author of thoſe Papers miſtruſting both
his own memory and ſufficiency, remitteth him-
ſelf in that Narrative unto the Journal of Mr.
Ringroſe, and defireth by this alone to be cor-
reded, or ſupplied either in what he was
iniftaken or deficient; ſo now this Diary be-
ing publiſhed, I hope I have vindicated my
ſelf from any fault in Hiſtory, having brought
theſe papers to light, by which thoſe others
were before-hand both acknowledged and de-
fired to be amended.
As

To the READER
As to any other Journal of this Voyage,
I ſhall not concern my ſelf in the leaſt with
their veracity, nor meddle with their Relati-
ons; knowing , that if any other perſon did
take it, that no perſon in the Voyage was ſo
able as Mr. Ringroſe. Yet I know that divers
Narratives , in many points differing from one
another, have at ſeveral times been made pub...
lick of one and the ſame Battel, one and the
fame Siege, Voyage, Journey, or other tranſ-
action. And indeed all humane Affairs, where-
foever reported by ſeveral perfons, though all
were preſent at the ſame times and places of
their circumvolution, are neceſſarily ſubject
to ſome diverſity in the rehearſal ; one per-
fon obſerving, omitting, contrading, dilating,
underſtanding, or miſtaking , one particular
point or part of any tranfa&tion more than a-
nother.
Having premiſed thus much, I ſhall here
onely declare, that what here is afferted, ſhall
be ſupported by Mr. Ringroſe himſelf, when
ever he returneth into Englaud.; yea, and
owned for truth by Captain Bartholonzer Sharp,
the chiefeſt actor in thefe Affairs, affoon as
he cometh home again : and if any
other
per-
fon can ſhew unto the World any Journal of
the fame Voyage more compleat, more exact,
more elaborate, more clirious, and informing,
than
as

The PREFACE
than Mr. Ringroſe hath done, he ſhall deſerve the
Laurel for me.
The caſe being thus ſtated concerning the
preſent Narrative or Journal, I hope no per-
fon for the future will aſperſe or miſconſter
the fincerity of my Intentions, in relation to
the publick. This I ſpeak under that due re-
ſentment I ought to have, for being traduced,
the laſt year, by ſome perſons , who being
tranſported with too much paflion and partia-
lity, would have no body elſe to be an admi-
rer of the perfon and valorous A&tions of Sir
Henry Morgan, or the reſt of the Bucaniers,
but themſelves. As if to publiſh a Tranſla-
tion of the unparallel'd Exploits of that fa-
maican Hero ; to give him this commendable
-title ; to ſay, that both he and his Compani-
ons had acted beyond mortal men in Ameri-
ca; to compare them to Alexander, Julius
Cæfar, and the Nine Worthies of Fame ; to
propoſe them unto our Engliſh Nation, as
the trueſt patterns of undaunted and exem-
plary Courage, that ever it produced, were
to diſparage the Conduct of Sir Henry Morgan
and his Companions; as if all this were in-
tended onely to diminiſh the glory of his A-
dions, and eclipſe the fplendour of his and
their valorous Triumphs. Methinks, if En
vy reacheth thus far, with the fame reaſon,
or

To the READER.
or unjuſt meaſure, thoſe perfons may ſay, that
to publiſh this preſent Journal, is to divulge
nothing elſe than a Satyr againſt Captain
Sharp ; and that Mr. Ringroſe who every-
where admireth his Condu&, and extolleth
his Adions unto the Sky's, yea and was pre-
ſent himſelf, and concerned in the fame Af
fairs, did mean nothing elſe than to traduce
both his own and Captain Sharps naine, as
infamous unto Pofterity. For my part, I
judge my ſelf ſo far diſtant from blemiſh-
ing in the leaft, or diſparaging Sir Henry
Morgan, or his Heroick Adions ; that I be-
lieve I have ſhewed my ſelf to be the great-
eſt admirer of his perſonal Valour, and Con-
du&t : yea, I think that I have done more,
towards the advantage, both of the Honour,
and Credit of that great Commander, by
foliciting and publiſhing that Tranſlation,
than all the Authors of our Engliſh Nation be-
fides. And I could unfeignedly wiſh, that
theſe perſons who pretend to be ſo paſſio-
nate for Sir Henry Morgan, and his huge De-
ſerts, as to Miſinterpret the fincere refpe&s
and ſervice, I have endeavoured to perform
unto his Merits, would outdo what I have al-
ready done in this particular, and give us ei-
ther a more full, exact, and true account of
his Exploits, or the beſt Panegyrick of his
[a]
Prow-

The PREFACE
Proweſs, that zever was written and when
experiment whether d did not readily embrace
the Printing fach a thing at my own coft and
charge yorånd ratheri renders shem riten thou-
fand thanks for his Commendationsgithanacarp
at their Adtions for Penning, tor Printing the
fame.mno ni bormioonoo bris Almilang
For what if the French or Dutch Author
of the Hiſtory of the Duclamer sgivadidimifake
himſelf in two or three points, relating to
Sir Henry Morgan Muft, therefore the Pub-
Jiſher be blamed for faithfully Printing, what
was moſt faithfully Tranſlated I?- Muſt the
Saddle be ſet upon the wrong Horſe, Parid
the faults of the Author , ibe imputed unto
the Printer ? vs Thus if Mr Ringroſe fhould
happen to commit any miſtake in thefe pre-
fent Paperson that blame ſhould be preſent-
ly mines and happy ſhould be all Authors,
af fo readily their ernours could be diſcharged
upon the Publiſhers. Beſides, what Authors
can there be found fo accurate in all things,
as not to be ſubject now and then to fome
little lapſes of their Pen? Were eit ſo in
John Eſquerselings. as he ought to be par-
doned for any Imall peccadillo not sittingly
nor willingly committed , concerning what
he relateth of Sir Ilenry Mongan , fo am I hi-
therto perſwaded, that he never deligned to
offend
world

Fotbe READER
offend that great perfon, or falfelgh traducer
his memory, in the leaft: Myt Argumentis
becaufe he himſelf had then hånd of a pro
vate Bucanier in thoſe Affairs, he himſelf was a
Sharer in thofe Bootys, an Actor in thoſe En-
térprizes and could no more blame Sir Hen
ry Morgan for leading unto thoſel Attempts,
than blemiſh himſelf for following unto them
Another Reaſongd even more prevalent, isi,
that he all along speaketh more o honourably
of Sir Henry Morgan, thani of any other Com-
mander of the Bucaniers jis though they were
hisi, cown Countryv-men either Francis Lolor
noisiw ou Riacbeo Braſiliazrazil whereof the one
was a Dutcb manj and the other waist born int
France T So that to ſay that ale repreſenteth
the English Bucaniers)asl thei worfto of men,
is-plainly to forget, -thao her relatetho teni times
greater villaniesbof histown Nation and Coun-
try People ; and Sthatictheo partiality: they ac-
cufe him of, if anys ſuch can be found in that
Author, is rather benttilagainſt the French
and other Natiohsi thans thels Engliſare Doth
heoin any place ofohibi Hiforylzolay all the
faults and cruelties of the Englijoi Bucaniers;
upon Sib Hanry Morgans Of do we believe
that ifo comoritted without order, as in moſt
Armys many things are fo donep the General
or Coinmandevin Chiefbrought to be account
[a 2]
able

The PREFACE
able for them? Or if thoſe things were per-
formed by order, that the Spaniards had
not deſerved them at the hands of the Bu-
caniers?21mided as ons ni aingond 1
Ay, but he miſtaketh the Pedigree of Sir
Henry Morgan. d Truely, a great fault, and
unpardonable cim John Eſquemeling , sta For-
reigner to our Nation, and an illiterate Buca-
nier, that he ſhould not be better read in our
Engliſh HiſtoryomSo did he alſo smiftaké hiss
very name, calling him Captain John Morgan p
for Henry, but that that fault was rectifieds
in the Tranſlation.i- As if every private Soul-
dier ought to be thoroughly acquainted with
the Chriſtian name of his General, and know
whether he was Baptized John, or Thomas,
Richard, or Willianz les Now what diſhonour
can it be reputed, unto the merits of Sir Hen-i
ry Morgan to be mifreprefented by Ilfohn Ef.
quemeling, for the Son of al Rich Yeoman in
Wales, whenas at the ſame time he faith, that
he was of good quality in that Country, even
os most who bear that names in Wales are known
to be Doth not allirlour Engliſh Nation:
know the Family of the Morgans to be one
of the Ancienteft, and beſt Qualified in all
Wales, or England, and that to be defcended'
of a rich Yeoman of the fame Family, is ass
great an hounour, and as honourable a Pedies
gree,

To the READER.
gree, as any private Gentleman needeth to
pretend unto?
But then Sir Henry Morgan did not. burn
Panama. And what diſgrace were it, to
that worthy perſon, if he had ſet fire unto it,
for thoſe reaſons he knew beſt himſelf ?
Certainly no greater diſhonour than to take
and plunder the faid City. Thus are theſe
perſons ſo far tranſported with paſſion to-
wards Sir Henry Morgan, as to bereave him
of the glory of his greateſt A&ions, whether
true or falſe. For whether he fired the
Town or not, for that Queſtion I ſhall not
make mine) this I am ſure, that it was con-
ftantly ſo reported, and believed here in Eng-
land, viz. that the Engliſh had ſet fire unto it ;
that unto this day the Bucaniers do believe
it to be fo ; and conſequence unto this be-
lief Mr. Ringroſe, in theſe Papers faith plain-
ly in ſome place or other, that Panama was
once burnt by Sir Henry Morgan ; that the
Spaniards themſelves never believed nor re-
ported this Fa& otherwiſe, neither will they
eaſily be perſwaded to the contrary unto this.
very day, as I am credibly informed by thoſe
perſons who lived in Spain at the ſame time
that the news of the taking of Panama was.
brought into Spain, and who have been refi-,
dent there for theſe many years fince. For
whata

The PREFACE
what concerneth, what is now Publiſhed, that
the Governour of Panama fired the Town him
felf, is rather believed by the Spaniards to be
a fham of the Governours making, thereby to
fave his own Bacon, againſt whom they rail as
the greateſt Coward that ever was , for de-
ferting the Town, and flying to the Moun-
tains, at the approach of the Engliſh. How
then, ſay they, could he fire it himſelf, or give
orders to have it fired, when we know he was
upon the Spur, thirty or forty Miles diftant
from thence? Had he done it, he would have
fet fire unto every Houſe, before he had left
the Town, and not ſo many Hours after the
Engliſh were in poſſeſſion of the place, and he
at fuch a diſtance from it. Thus both the Engliſh
Nation, and the Spaniſh having agreed, to give
the honour of this Action either truely or falfe.
ly, unto Sir Henry Morgan, I canner but admire
that thofe who pretend to be the greateſt ad-
mirers of his merits, ſhould endeavour to develt
him of it.
strange
What concerneth two or three points more,
relating to Sir Henry Morgan in the Hiftory of
the Bucaniers, I ſhall not undertake to A polo-
gize for Fobn Eſquemeling, in cafe he hath mil-
repreſented them. All that I ſhall ſay, is this,
that that worthy perſon is not the firft General
or Chief Commander, whofe Adions have been
mif-

To the READER
miſconſtrued or miſunderſtood by the common
Souldiers, and conſequently ill repreſented by
them at home. Neither is any thing in this
World more ſubject to gloſſes, and falſe repre-
ſentations, than the Heroick Actions of great
men, by their Servants, or inferiours. If this be
the caſe of John Eſquemeling, and that he was
Male-contented whith his Fortune at Panama,
what is that to me? What fault was that of
mine ? I'th' mean while, why have not theſe
perſons, fo zealous of the honour of Sir Henry
Morgan, given us the true Journal of his huge
Exploits, but rather ſuffer his famous Actions
to lye dormient for ſo many years in England,
at the ſame time that other Nations have Pub-
fhed them abroad? And then why muſt I be
blamed by theſe perſons, his admirers, for doing
for the renown of Sir Henry Morgan what I
could, if I could not do ſo much, as I would
willingly have done?
BUCA-

Pod 03
noma dobro Bonolit
d. Bosna i la
Lady of the Tomon is also
IN bis cholg os Befdesrom bhov
2013 do anoit) Adbort sdt robe
Borboles 10 tools
als bus pa do toga ods
10, and plantil W. Schody
slots on are video
od od Tools
Torben
READER, Correct theſe two places thus:
Age 1. Line 21. for plundered once, read taken once. p. 33. l.
14.
.
pa , by him
blot out,
1190

R-Granda 18 Pedro
bermadras
znajon
mipowa
FLO
Noore
Hispa:
Holand
Huibreojo
More Hifpaniola
Boca
RJI
DA
Bahama Iſlands
SINUS
MEXICANUS
Tortugas
-nu
aufdrif &
Arena:
Pars
Triangos
C-Catoche
mdowany
Arcas •
I lozumel
vaunas plampeches
Defeada
Dorninica
Barbados
el Placel
I Perde
The Tropick of Cancer
Maiaguana
MAI
Granoja
Jamaica
Puerto Rico
Bartolme
muy 07202
1907
zugetrifte
G Dulce
obom
C3.P.lo:
omani
Honduras
Grande
LWLANE
• Pentora
Eſtuda
Serranitta
S.Andrus
. Curasao
Margarita
Serie 2 Samblar:
lanco
Granddbago
Nicoya
Roman
uchaR Hacha
Monjas
Merida
STrinidad
Inapay sa davys
MARE
es
craguas
umwa
P Mula
CBreme
(Baxo
Noord
Equinoctialis
BRAZI
Veis
Benedo deso
Paolo
Pegia
Surinam
0
OO
AN
00
CBlanco
CHonde
Esclavos
+ Ofernde de
°Nordha
R:Maranas
Paelaalarial
Todor Stor 1
R de la Guz]
A Prace
+Abrolhar
CBlanco
SUITS
R Grande
Fernabuco
RReal
MAR
Ramlighs
Creek
BRAZIL
BideTodo site
LIÆ
R dos Rey Magasi
wenn
Cabrotho
Barahora
Pariama
G-Velona
I de los Cocoso
SP Pinas
SP Quemado
B Buenapentura
I de los Galapagos,
R'S
Juan
R Gorgona
100
CS Francisco
Manta
S-Elena
R.de
V las Amazonas
Guayaquil
Blanco
illo
Paita
Cheripe
Little
B Malabrigo
Brasil
AMERICA
PSantos
SP Chancay
del Callao Lima Meridio-
Mora de Ylo
unele Juan Diaz
PERU
Arica
Terrapaca
Rocamarones
IRLea
(S. Ambrosio Ous Felix
SB Maxillones
Morro Moreno
“CHI:
Copiapa
Guasco
- CAS
Coquimbo
de Juan Fen
Valparaiſ
nandez
-natis
S:Antonio
sta Maria
patrauco CHILE
la Mocha
Baldivia
Caftro De Oforno
Sharps Reditus
Jde Mart
Espº Santo
Can Par
de
Irumdad
Acemcaon
R Jennero
QJd SºTome
Cirio
Tropick of Capricorn
Ides Catalina.
Rsolir
Cleste Maria
R dos
Pablown
ertandura
DEL
Sharpe's Reditus
Buenos Ayras
J de Lohos
Rio de la platu
Ide SAntonio
la Concepcion
B. de los Leon
B Amigada
R de los Camarones
ZUR
G de I dy gronudos
So de la victoria
R. de la Cruz
Side lasvirgine
His R-HD of Yorks Iſles
The Straight of Magallanes
Le Mares Straights
اندا
CDebeledo
Tierra
del Fuego
Albemarle
Jand
•S-Jliforfo
J.Diego
Ramiron
Passage
2
Sharpe's
SMAGADARI
A
DESCRIPTION
The South Sea x Coafts
of
AMÉRICA
Containing ý whole Navigation
and all those places at which
Copț: SHARP and
his Companions were in
1680 XJ681
the years
20 40 60 80 100 140 180 220 260 300 343 320 400
This Scale containeth 400 English League

Photos

Part IV.
BUCANIERS
A M E R I.CA.
.
Ο F.
The Second Volume.
PART IV.
Containing the dangerous Voyage, and bold Aſaults
of Captain Bartholomew Sharp, and others,per-
formed in the South Sea, for the ſpace of two
years, &c.
СНА Р. І.
Captain Coxon, Sawkins, Sharp, and others, ſet
forth in a Fleet towards the Province of Darien,
upon the Continent of America. Their deſigns
to pillage and plunder in thoſe parts. Number
of their Ships, and ſtrength of their Forces by
Sea and Land.
The place
T a place called Boca del Toro, was the
gene-
where they met
ral Rendezvouz of the Fleet,which lately had
together.
taken and fackt Puerto Velo the ſecond time;
that rich place having been plundered once
before, under the Conduct of Sir Henry Mor-
gan, as is related in the Hiſtory of the Bucaniers. At this
B
place
A

2
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
place alſo were two other Veſſels ; the one belonging un-
to Captain Peter Harris, and the other unto Captain Ri-
chard Sawkins ; both Engliſhmen and Privateers. Here
therefore a report was made unto the Fleet, of a Peace
concluded between the Spaniards and the Indians of the
Land of Darien,who for the moſt part wage incefiant Wars
againſt one another. Alſo, that ſince the concluſion of the
ſaid Peace, they had been already tryed, and found very
faithful unto Captain Bournano, a French Commander, in
an attempt on a certain place called Chepo, nigh the
South Sea. Further, that the Indians had promiſed to
conduct him unto a great and very rich place, named Tocae
mora : upon which he had likewiſe promiſed them to re-
turn in three Months time with more Ships and Men.
They refolve Hereupon we all agreed to go viſit the ſaid place, and thus
for Tocamora, diſperſed cur ſelves into ſeveral Coves, (by the Spaniards
called Cúèvas, or hollow creeks under the Coaſts) there to
careen and fit our Veſſels for that purpoſe. In this place
Boca del Toro, we found plenty of fat Tortoiſes ; the plea-
ſanteft meat in the world. When we had refitted our Vel-
fels, we met at an Iſland,called by us, the Water-key ; and
this was then our ſtrength, as followeth.
Tuns. Guns. Men.
Captain Coxon in a Ship of
80 8
97
Captain Harris in another of
150 25 107
Captain Bournáno
90
6 86
Captain Sawkins
35
Captain Sharp
25 - 2
Captain Cook
43
Captain Alleſton
24
Captain Row
Captain Macker
14
They fet-Sail We failed from thence March the 23. 1679. and in our
and touch at way touched at the Iſlands called Zamblas. Theſe are cer-
the Zamblas,
tain Iſlands reaching eight Leagues in extent, and lying
fourteen Leagues Weſtward of the River of Darien. Being
here at an Anchor, many of the Indians, both men and
16
I
40
35
oo
18
oo
OO
25
oo
20
women,

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
3
women, came to ſee us. Some brought Plantans, others
other Fruits, and Veniſon, to exchange with us for Beads,
Needles, Knives, or any trifling bauble whereof they ſtand
in need. But what they moſt chiefly covet are Axes and
Hatchets to fell Timber withal. The men here go naked, Habit of the
as having only a ſharp and hollow tip, made either of Gold, Indians of
thoſe Iſleso
Silver, or Bark, into which they thruſt their Privy Mem-
bers; the which tip they faften with a ſtring about their
middle. They wear as an ornament in their Nofes,a gol-
den or ſilver Plate,in ſhape like unto a Half Moon; which
when they drink, they hold up with one hand, mean while
they lift the cup with the other. They paint themſelves
ſometimes with ſtreaks of black; as the women do in like
manner , with red. Theſe have in their Noſes a pretty
thick ring of Gold or Silver; and for cloathing, they cover
themſelves with a Blanket. They are generally well featu-
red women: among whom I ſaw ſeveral fairer than the
faireſt of Europe , with Hair like unto the fineſt flax. Of
theſe it is reported, they can ſee far better in the dark, than
in the light.
Theſe Indians miſliked our deſign for Tocamora, and dif- They change
their deſign
ſwaded us from it, aſſerting it would prove too tedious a
of Tocamora
march, and the way ſo mountainous, and uninhabited, that for another.
it would be extream difficult to get Proviſions for our men.
Withal, they proffered to guide us undiſcryed, within few
Leagues of the City of Panama , in caſe we were pleaſed
to go thither ; where we could not chooſe but know our
felves, we ſhould not fail of making a good Voyage. Up-
on theſe and other reaſons which they gave us, we con-
cluded to deſiſt from the Journey of Tocamora, and to pro-
ceed to Panama. Having taken up theſe Reſolutions,
Captain Bournano and Captain Row's Veſſels ſeparated from
us, as being all French, and not willing to go to Panama,
they declaring themſelves generally againſt a long march
by Land. Thus we left them at the Zamblas. From
thence an Indian Captain, or chief Commander, named They go to the
Andreas,conducted us to another Iſland, called by the Eng-
liſh,
Golden Iſland
B 2

4
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
ded.
liſh, the Golden Iſland, ſituated ſomething to the weſtward
of the mouth of the great River of Darien. At this Iſland
we met, being in all ſeven Sail,on the third of April, 1680.
They ſet
forth
Here at the Golden Iſland, the Indians gave us notice of
for San&ta Ma- a Town called Sancta Maria, ſituate on a great River,which
ria.
beareth the ſame name, and which runneth into the South
Sea, by the Gulf of San Miguel. That in the Town was
kept a Garriſon of four hundred Souldiers; and that from
this place much Gold was carried to Panama, which was ga-
thered from the Mountains thereabouts. That in caſe we
ſhould not find fufficient purchaſe there, we might from
thence proceed by Sea to Panama, where we could not eaſi-
331. men lan- ly fail of our deſigns. This motion of the Indians we
liked fo well, that we landed three hundred and thirty one
men, on April the 5th 1680. leaving Captain Alleſton, and
Mackett, with a party of Seamen , to guard our Ships in
our abſence; with which we intended to return home.
Their Proviſi-
Theſe men that were landed, had each of them three or
on and Colours four Cakes of Bread , (called by the Engliſh Dough-boy's)
for their proviſion of Victuals; and as for drink,the Rivers
afforded them enough. At that time of our Landing, Cap-
tain Sharp was very faint and weak, as having had a great
fit of ſickneſs lately, which he had ſcarcely recovered. Our
ſeveral Companies that marched, were diſtinguiſhed as fol-
loweth. Firſt, Captain Bartholomew Sharp with his Com-
pany had a red Flag, with a bunch of white and green Rib-
bons. The ſecond Diviſion led by Captain Richard Saw-
kins, with his men had a red Flag ſtriped with yellow.
The third and fourth, which were led by Captain Peter
Harris, had two green Flags, his Company being divided
into two ſeveral Diviſions. The fifth and fixth, which be-
ing led by Captain John Coxor, who had ſome of Alleſton's
and Macketts men joyned unto his, made two Diviſions or
Companies , had each of them a red Flag. The ſeventh
was led by Captain Edmond Cook with red Colours ſtriped
with yellow, with a Hand and Sword for his deviſe. All,or
most of them,were Armed with Fuzee, Piſtol, and Hanger.
СНАР.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
С НА Р. II.
They march towards the Town of Santa Maria
with deſign to take it. The Indian King of
Darien meeteth them by the way. Difficulties
of this March, with other occurrences till they
arrive at the place.
Eing landed on the Coaſt of Darien, and divided into
Firſt days
Companies, as was mentioned in the preceding Chap- marche
ter, we began our march towards Santa Maria, the Indians
ſerving us for guides in that unknown Country. Thus we
marched at firit through a ſmall skirt of a wood, and then
over a bay almoſt a League in length. After that, we
went two Leagues directly up a woody valley, where we
ſaw here and there an old Plantation, and had a very good
path to march in. There we came to the ſide of a River,
which in moſt places was dry, and built us Houſes, or ra-
ther Huts to lodge in.
Unto this place came unto us another Indian, who was An Indian
a chief Commander, and a man of great parts , named Commander
Captain Antonio. This Indian Officer encouraged us very
joyneth them.
much to undertake the Journey of Santa Maria, and pro-
miſed to be our Leader ; ſaying, he would go along with
us now, but that his Child lay very ſick. However, he
was aſſured, it would dye by next day; and then he would
moſt certainly follow and overtake us. Withal, he deſired
we would not lye in the graſs, for fear of monſtrous Adders,
which are very frequent in thoſe places. Breaking ſome of
the ſtones that lay in the River, we found them ſhine with
ſparks of Gold. Theſe ſtones are driven down from the
neighbouring Mountains in time of floods. This day four Four of their.
of our men tyred, and returned back onto the Ships. So number return
back
we

Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
march.
we remained in all 327 men, with fix Indians to conduct
us. That night ſome ſhowers of rain fell.
Second days
The next day of our march we mounted a very ſteep
hill, and on the other ſide, at the foot thereof, we reſted
on the bank of a River, which Captain Andra as told us,
did run into the South Sea; being the fame River on
which the Town of Santa Maria was ſituated. Hence we
continued our march until noon, and then aſcended ano-
ther Mountain extreamly higher than the former. Here
we ran much danger oftentimes, and in many places , the
Mountain being ſo perpendicular, and the path ſo narrow,
that but one man at a time could paſs. We arrived by the
dark of the evening to the other fide of the Mountain,and
lodged again by the ſide of the fame River, having march-
ed that day, according to our reckoning, about eighteen
miles. This night likewiſe ſome rain did fall.
Third days
The next morning, being Aprilthe 7th, we marched all
march. along the River aforementioned, croſſing it often, almoſt at
every half mile, ſometimes up to the knees, and at other
times up to the middle , in a very ſwift current. About
noon we came to a place,where we found ſome Indian hou-
ſes. Thefe were very large and neat: the ſides were built
with Cabbage-trees,and the roofs of wild Canes being over
Houſes of Dari them, thatcht with Palmito Royal,but far more neater than
ours at Jamaica. They had many diviſions into rooms,
though no aſcent by ſtairs into Chambers
. At this place
were four of theſe houſes together, that is, within a ſtones
throw one of another, each of them having a large Plan-
tane walk before it. At the diſtance of half a mile from
this place, lived the King or chief Captain of theſe Indians
The King of
of Darien, who came to viſit us in Royal Robes, with his
Darien meet- Queen and Family. His Crown was made of ſmall white
reeds, which were curiouſly woven, having no other top
than its lining, which was red ſilk. Round about the mid-
dle of it was a thin plate of gold, more than two inches
His habit and broad, laced behind; from whence did ſtick two or three
Oſtrich feathers. Abcut this place went alſo a row of gol-
den
Manner of the
en.
eth them.
astire.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
7.
den beads, which were bigger than
ordinary peaſe ; under-
neath which the red lining of the Crown was ſeen. In his
noſe he wore a large plate of gold, in form of an half
Moon; and in each ear a great golden ring, nigh four in-
ches in diameter, with a round thin plate of Gold of the
fame breadth, having a ſmall hole in the center,and by that
hanging to the ring. He was covered with a thin white
cotton robe, reaching unto the ſmall of his legs, and round
its bottom a fringe of the ſame three inches deep. So that
by the length of this Robe, our ſight was impeded, that we
could ſee no higher than his naked Ankles. In his hand he
had a long bright Lance, as ſharp as any knife. With him
he had three Sons, each of them having a white Robe, and
their Lances in their hands, but ſtanding bare-headed be-
fore him ; as alſo were eight or nine perſons more of his
Retinue, or Guard. His Queen wore a red Blanket, which Attire of the
Qweento
was cloſely girt about her waſt: and another that came
looſely over her head and ſhoulders , like unto our old fa-
fhion ſtriped hangings. She had a young child in her arms,
and two Daughters walked by her,both Mariageable, with
their faces almoſt covered with ſtripes or ſtreaks of red, and
about their Neck and Arms, almoſt loaden with ſmall Beads
of feveral colours. Theſe Indian women of the Province
of Darien, are generally very free, airy, and brisk; yet
withal very modeft,and cautious in their Husbands preſence,
of whoſe jealoufie they ſtand in fear. With theſe Indians.
we made an exchange, or had a truck, as it is called, for
Knives,Pins,Needles or any other ſuch like trifles;but in our
dealing with them we found them to be very cunning. Here -
we reſted our felves for the ſpace of one day ; and withal,
choſe Captain Sawkins to lead the Forlorn, unto whom;
for that purpoſe, we gave the choice of Fourſcore men.
The King ordered us each man to have three Plantans,
with Sugar-canes to fuck, by way of a Preſent. But when
theſe were conſumed, if we would not truck we muſt have
ftarved; for the King himſelf did not refuſe to deal for hiss
Plantans. This ſort of Fruit is firſt reduced to maſh, then
laid

8
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Fourth days
march.
Fifth days
march.
laid between leaves of the ſame tree, and ſo uſed with wa-
ter ; after which preparation they call it Miſcelaw.
On April the Ninth we continued our march along the
banksaf the River abovementioned, finding in our way
here and there a Houſe. The owners of the ſaid Houſes
would moſt commonly ſtand at the door, and give, as we
paſſed by, to every one of us, either a ripe Plantane , or
ſome ſweet Cazave-root. Some of them would count us
by dropping a grain of Corn for each man that paſſed be-
fore them ; for they know no greater number, nor can
tell no farther then Twenty. That night we arrived at
three great Indian Houſes where we took up our Lodgings,
the weather being clear and ſerene all night.
The next day Captain Sharp, Captain Coxon, and Cap-
tain Cook, with about threeſcore and ten of our men,embar-
ked themſelves in fourteen Canoas upon the River, to
glide down the ſtream. Among this number I did alſo
embark; and we had in our company our Indian Captain
Andræas, of whom mention was made above; and two
Indians more in each Canoa, to Pilot or guide us down the
River. But if it was ſo that we were tired in travelling
by Land before , certainly we were in a worfer condition
now in our Canoas. For at the diſtance of almoſt every
ſtones caſt, wewere conſtrained to quit, and get out of our
Boats, and halethem over either Sands or Rocks: at other
times over Trees that lay croſs and filled up the River, ſo
that they hindred our Navigation; yea, ſeveral times over
the very points of Land it ſelf. That night we built our
"Telves Huts to ſhelter in upon the River ſide and reſted our
wearied Limbs until next morning.
This being come,we proſecuted our Journey all day long
with the ſame fatigue and toil, as we had done the day be-
fore. At night came a Tygre and looked on us for
Tome while, but we dared not to fire at the Animal, fearing
we ſhould be deſcryed by the ſound of our Fuzees: the Spa-
niards, as we were told, not being at much diſtance from
that place.
But
Sixt' days
marche

Voyage of Captain Sharp, oc.
9
march.
mych.
But the next day, which was April the Twelfth, our Seventh days
pain and labour was rather doubled than diminiſhed; not
only for the difficulties of the way, which was intolera-
ble, but chiefly for the abſence of our main
body of men,
from whom we had parted the day before. For now hear-
ing no news of them,we grew extreamly jealous of the In-
dians and their Councels, ſuſpecting it a deſign of thoſe
people thus to divide our Forces, and then cutting us off,
betray us unto the Spaniards our implacable Enemies. That
night we reſted our ſelves by building of Huts, as we had
done, and hath been mentioned before.
On Tueſday morning, the next enſuing day, we conti. Eighth days
nued our Navigation down the River , and arrived at a
beachy point of Land; at which place another Arm joyn-
eth the ſame River. Here, as we underſtood, the Indians
of Darien did uſually Rendezvous, whenfoever they drew
up in a Body, with intention to fight their ancient Enemies
the Spaniards. Here alſo we made a hault, or ſtayed for
the reſt of our Forces and Company, the Indians having
now ſent to ſeek them, as being themſelves not a little
concerned at our diffatisfaction and jealouſies. In the af
ternoon our Companions came up with us, and were huge-
ly glad to ſee us, they having been in no leſs fear for us,than
we had been at the ſame time for them. We continued
and reſted there that night alſo with deſign to fit our Arms
for action, which now, as we were told, was nigh at hand.
We departed from thence early the next morning, which Ninth days
was the laſt day of our march, being in all now, the num-
ber of threeſcore and eight Canoa's, wherein were imbar-
ked 327 of us Engliſhmen, and 50 Indians, who ſerved us
for Guides. Unto the point above-mentioned, the Indians
had hitherto guided our Canoas with long Poles or ſticks;
but now we made our felves Oars and Paddles to row with-
al, and thereby make what ſpeed we could. Thus we
rowed with all haft imaginable, and upon the River hap-
ned to meet two or three Indian Canoas that were laded
with Plantans. About midnight we arrived and landed at They arrive at
с
the
March.
Santa Maria

IO
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
the diſtance of half a mile, more or leſs, from the Town of
Santa Maria , whither our march was all along intended.
The place where we landed was deeply muddy,inſomuch,
that we were conſtrained to lay our paddles on the mud to
wade upon, and withal, lift our felves up by the boughs of
the trees, to ſupport our Bodies from ſinking. Afterwards
we were forced to cut our way through the woods for fome
fpace, where we took up our Lodgings for that night, for
fear of being diſcovered by the Enemy, unto whom we
were ſo nigh.
C Η Α Ρ. ΙΙΙ.
They take the Town of Santa Maria with no loſs of
Men, and but ſmall purchaſe of what they fought
for. Deſcription of the Place, Country, and
River adjacent. They reſolve to go and plunder
the ſecond time the City of Panama.
They aſſault
the Town and
Fort.
TH
He next morning, which was Thurſday April the Fif-
teenth, about break of day, we heard from the
Town a ſmall Arm diſcharged, and after that a Drum bea-
ting a travailler. With this we were rouſed from our ſleep,
and taking up our Arms, we put our ſelves in order and
marched towards the Town. As ſoon as we came out of the
Woods into the open ground, we were deſcryed by the
Spaniards, who had received before-hand intelligence of
our coming, and were prepared to receive us, having al-
ready conveyed away all their Treaſure of Gold, and ſent
it to Panama. They ran immediately into a large Paliza-
da Fort , having each Pale or Poſt twelve foot high, and
began to fire very briskly at us as we came.
Vanguard ran up unto the place, and pulling down two
or three of their Palizadas, entred the Fort incontinently,
and
But our
They take the
place.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
and made themſelves Maſters thereof. In this Action there
were not fifty of our men that came up before the Fort
was taken; and on our fide only two were wounded , and
not one killed. Notwithſtanding within the place were
found two hundred and threeſcore men, beſides which
number, two hundred others were ſaid to be abſent, being
gone up into the Countrey unto the Mines to fetch down
Gold, or rather to convey away what was already in
the Town. This golden Treaſure cometh down another
branch of this River unto Santa Maria,from the neighbour-
ing Mountains, where are thought to be the richeſt Mines
of the Indies, or, at leaſt, of all theſe parts of the Weſtern
World. Of the Spaniards we killed in the aſſault twenty
fix, and wounded to the number of ſixteen more. But
their Governour, their Prieſt,and all, or moſt of their chief
men, made their eſcape by flight.
Having taken the Fort, we expected to find here a con- Deſcription of
ſiderable Town belonging unto it. But it proved to be the Town.
only ſome wild houſes made of Cane,the place being chief-
ly à Garriſon deſigned to keep the Indians in ſubjection,
who bare a mortal hatred, and are often apt to rebel againſt
the Spaniards. But as bad a place as it was, our fortune
was much worſe. For we came only three days too late, or
elfe we had met with three hundred weight of Gold, which They miſs of
was carried thence to Panama in a Bark, that is ſent from their deſigns.
thence twice or thrice every year, to fetch what Gold
is brought to Santa Maria from the Mountains. This Ri-
ver, called by the name of the Town, is hereabouts twice
as broad as the River of Thames is at London, and floweth
above threeſcore miles upwards , riſing to the heighth of
two fathom and a half at the Town it ſelf. As ſoon as we
had taken the place, the Indians who belonged to our com-
pany,and had ſerved us for Guides,came up unto the Town.
For incan while they heard the noiſe of the Guns,they were
in a great confternation, and dared not approach the
Palizadas, but had hidden themſelves cloſely in a ſmall hol-
low ground, inſomuch that the bullets, while we were
fighting flew overtheir heads.
Here
C 2

12
Bucaniers of America. Part IV,
They redeem
the Rings
Here we found and redeemed the eldeſt Daughter of the
King of Darien, of wliom we made mention above. She
Daughter.
had, as it ſhould ſeem, been forced away from her Fathers
houſe by one of the Gariſon, (which Rape had hugely in-
cenſed him againſt the Spaniards) and was with Child by
him. After the Fight the Indians deſtroyed as many more
of the Spaniards, as we had done in the aſſault, by taking
them into the adjoyning Woods, and there ſtabbing them
to death with their Lances. But ſofoon as we underſtood
this their barbarous cruelty, we hindred them from taking
any more out of the Fort, where we confined them every
one Priſoners. Captain Sawkins with a ſmall party of ten
They purſue more, put himſelf into a Canoa, and went down the
ſuch as were River, to purſue and ſtop, if it were poſſible, thoſe that had
fled.
eſcaped, who were the chiefeſt of the Town and Garriſon.
But now our great expectations of making an huge pur-
chaſe of Gold at this place being totally vaniſhed, we were
unwilling to come ſo far for nothing, or go back empty-
handed ; eſpecially, conſidering what vaſt riches were to
be had at no great diſtance from thence. Hereupon, we
reſolved to go for Panama , which place if we could take,
we were aſſured we ſhould get Treaſure enough, to ſatisfie
our hungry appetite of Gold and Riches, that City being
the receptacle of all the Plate, Jewels, and Gold that is dig-
ged out of the Mines of all Potoſ and Peru. Unto this effect
therefore, and to pleaſe the humours of ſome of our com-
Captain Cox- pany, we made choice of Captain Coxon to be our General,
on chofer.
or Commander in chief. Before our departure, we ſent
back what ſmall booty we had taken here by ſome prifoners,
and theſe under the charge of twelve of our men to con-
vey it unto the Ships.
They depart for Thus we prepared to go forward on that dangerous en-
terprize of Panama. But the Indians who had conducted
us having gotten from us what Knives, Sizars, Axes, Nee-
dles, and Beads they could obtain, would not ſtay any
lon.
ger, but all, or the greateſt part of them returned to their
home. Which notwithſtanding, the King himſelf, Captain
Andræas,
Panama.
Th: Indians
leive them.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, Oc.
13
Andræas
, Captain Antonio, the Kings Son,called by the Spa- The chiefefe re-
niards, Bonete de Oro, or King Golden-cap, as alſo his Kinf-
man, would not be perſwaded by their falling off to leave
us, but reſolved to go to Panama, out of the deſire they
had to ſee that place taken and fackt. Yea, the King pro-
miſed, if there ſhould be occaſion , to joyn fifty thouſand
men unto our Forces. Beſides which promiſes, we had al-
fo another encouragement very conſiderable to undertake
this journey. For the Spaniard who had forced away the
Kings Daughter, as was mentioned above, fearing left
we ſhould leave him to the mercy of the Indians, who
would have had but little on him, having ſhewed them-
felves fo cruel unto the reſt of his Companions,for the ſafe-
ty of his life had promiſed to lead us, not only into the
Town, but even to the very bed-chamber door of the Go-
vernour of Panama, and that we ſhould take him by the
hand, and ſeize both him and the whole City, before we
ſhould be diſcovered by the Spaniards, either before or after
our arrival,
CHA P. IV.
The Bucaniers leave the Town of Santa Maria, and
proceed by Sea to take Panama.
Extream diffi-
culties , with ſundry accidents and dangers of
#bat Voyage.
ta Maria
HA
Aving been in poſſeſſion of the Town of Santa Ma- Their deſ ar-
ria, only the ſpace of two days, we departed from ture from San-
thence on Saturday April the 17th 1680. We embarked
all in Thirty five Canoas, and a Periagua, which we had
taken here lying at anchor before the Town. Thus we
failed , or rather rowed down the River, in queſt of the
South Sea, upon which Panama is feated, towards the Gulf
of

14
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Town and
Fort.
the Author.
of Belona, whereat we were to diſembogue into that O-
cean. Our priſoners, the Spaniards, begged very earneſtly
they might be permitted to go with us, and not be left a
bandoned unto the mercy of the Indians,who would fhew
them no favour, and whoſe cruelty they ſo much feared.
But we had much ado to find fufficient number of boats
for our felves, the Indians that left us, had taken with them,
either by conſent or ſtealth , ſo many Canoas. Yer not-
withſtanding they found ſoon after either Bark Logs,or old
Canoas, and by that means ſhifted ſo well for their lives,
as to come along with us. Before our departure we burnt
They burn the both the Fort, the Church, and the Town, which was done
at the requeſt of the King, he being extreamly incenſed a-
gainſt it.
Misfortunes of
Among theſe Canoas, it was my misfortune to have
one that was very heavy, and conſequently ſluggiſh. By
this means we were left behind the reſt a little way, our
number being only four men, beſides my felf, that were
embarked therein. As the Tyde fell, it left ſeveral ſhoals of
fand naked ; and hence, we not knowing of the true Chan-
nel, amongſt ſuch variety of ſtreams, hapned to ſteer with-
in a ſhoal, above two mile, before we perceived our error.
Hereupon , we were forced to lye by until high water
came; for to row in ſuch heavy boats as thoſe are againſt
the Tide, is a thing totally impoſſible. As ſoon as the
Tyde began to turn, we rowed away in proſecution of our
Voyage, and withal, made what haft we could, but all our
endeavours were in vain, for we neither could find, nor 0-
vertake our Companions. Thus about ten of the clock at
night, the Tyde being low water, we ſtuck up an Oar
in the River,and ſlept by turns in our Canoa, ſeveral ſhow-
ers of rain falling all the night long, with which we were
throughly pierced to the skin.
But the next morning, no ſooner day was come, when
They increase
we rowed away down the River,as before, in purſuit of our
people. Having gon about the ſpace of two Leagues, we
were ſo fortunate as to overtake them. For they had lain
that
apon him.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dc.
T5
that night at an Indian Hut, or Embarcadero, that is to ſay,
landing place, and had been filling of water till then i'th'
morning Being arrived at the place, they told us that we
muſt not omit to fill our Jars there with water, otherwiſe
we ſhould meet with none in the ſpace of fix days time.
Hereupon we went every one of us the diſtance of a
quar-
ter of a mile from the Embarcadero, unto a little Pond, to
fill our water in Calabazas, making withal what haſt we
could back unto our Canoa. But when we returned, wé
found not one of our men, they all being departed, and al-
ready got out of ſight. Such is the procedure of theſe
wild men, that they care not in the leaſt whom they looſe
of their company, or leave behind. We were now more
troubled in our minds than before, fearing left we ſhould
fall into the fame misfortune we had fo lately overcome.
Hereupon we rowed after them , as faſt as we poſſibly
could, but all in vain. For here are found ſuch huge num-
bers of Inands, greater and leſſer , as alſo Keys about the
mouth of the River, that it was not difficult for us, who
were unacquainted with the River, to looſe our ſelves a ſe-
cond time amongſt them. Yet notwithſtanding, though
with much trouble and toil, we found at laſt that mouth of
the River, that is called by the Spaniards , Boca chica , or
the Little mouth. But as it hapned, it was now young
flood, and the ftream ran very violent againſt us. So that
though we were not above a ſtones caſt, from the ſaid
mouth, and this was within a League broad, yet we could
not by any means come near it. Hence we were forced
to put afhoar, which we did accordingly, until the time of
high-water. We haled our Canoa cloſe by the buſhes,and
when we got out, we faſtned our Rope unto a Tree, which
the Tyde had almoſt covered, for it floweth here nigh four
fathom deep
As ſoon as the Tyde began to turn, we rowed away He is in great
from thence unto an Iſland, diſtant about a League and an dangers in the
half from the mouth of the River, in the Gulf of San Mi. Gulf.
guel. Here in the Gulf it went very hard with us, when-
foever

16
Part VI.
Bucaniers of America.
foever any wave daſhed againſt the ſides of our Canoa,
for it was nigh twenty foot in length, and yet not quite
one foot and a half in breadth where it was at the broadeſt.
So that we had juſt room enough to ſit down in her, and
a little water would eaſily have both filled and overwhelm-
ed us. At the Iſland aforeſaid, we took up our reſting place
for that night, though for the loſs of our company, and the
great dangers we were in the ſorrowfulleſt night that until
then, I ever experimented in my whole life. For it rained
impetuouſly all night long, infomuch that we were wet
from head to foot, and had not one dry thred about us ;
neither through the violence of the rain, were we able to
keep any fire burning wherewith to warm or dry us. The
Tide ebbeth here a good half mile from the mark of high
water, and leaveth bare wonderful high and ſharp pointed
rocks. We paſſed this heavy and tedious night without
one fole minute of ſleep, being all very ſorrowful to ſee
our ſelves ſo far and remote from the reſt of our compani-
ons, as alſo totally deſtitute of all humane comfort. For
a vaſt Sea ſurrounded us on the one ſide, and the mighty
power of our Enemies the Spaniards on the other. Neither
could we deſcry at any hand the leaſt thing to relieve us,
all that we could ſee being the wide ſea,high Mountains and
Rocks ; mean while our felves were confined to an Egg-
fhell, inſtead of a Boat, without ſo much as a few cloaths
to defend us from the injuries of the weather. For at that
time none of us had a ſhooe to our feet. We ſearched the
whole Key, to ſee if we could find any water, but found
none.
CH A P.

Voyage of Captain Sharp, 6.c.
the Canol,
CH A P. V.
Shipwrack of Mr.Ringroſe the Author of this Nar-
rative. He is taken by the Spaniards, and mi-
raculouſly by them preſerved. Several other ac-
cidents and diſaſters which befel him after the
loſs of his Companions till he found them again.
Deſcription of the Gulf of Vallona.
O
N Munday April the Nineteenth, at break of day,we They put out to
halled our Canoa into the water again, and depart- Sea again in
ing from the Iſland aforementioned: both wet and cold, as
we were , we rowed away towards the Punta de San Lo-
renzo, or Point St. Lawrence. In our way we met with ſe-
veral Iſlands which lye ftragling thereabouts
. But now
we were again ſo hard put to it, by the ſmalneſs of our vef-
ſel, and being in an open ſea, that it was become the work
of one man, yea ſometimes of two, to caſt out the water,
which came in on all ſides of our Canoa. After ſtrugling
for ſome while with theſe difficulties, as we came near un-
to one of thoſe Idlands, a Sea came and overturned our and are cap
Boat, by which means we were all forced to ſwim for our away.
lives. But we ſoon got unto the Shoar, and to the ſame
place our Canoa came tumbling after us. Our Arms were
very faſt laſhed unto the inſide of the Boat, and our Locks
as well caſed and waxed down as was poſſible ; fo were al-
fo our Catouche Boxes and powder-horns. But all our
Bread and freſh water was utterly ſpoiled and loft.
Our Canoa being tumbled on fhoar by the force of the
Arother frig-
waves, our firſt buſineſs was to take out and clear our Arms, wrack.
This we had ſcarcely done, but we ſaw another Canoa run
the ſame misfortune at a little diſtance to Leeward of us,a-
mongſt a great number of Rocks that bounded the Illand.
D
The

18
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
The perſons that were caſt away proved to be fix Spaniards
of the Gariſon of Santa Maria , who had found an eld
Canoa , and had followed us to eſcape the cruelty of the
Indians. They preſently came unto us and made us a fire;
which being done, we got our meat and broyled it on the
coals, and all of us eat amicably together. But we ſtood
in great need of water, or any other drink to our Victuals,
not knowing in the leaſt where to get any. Our Canoa was
thrown up by the waves to the edge of the water,and there
was no great fear of its ſplitting, as being full ſix inches in
thickneſs on the ſides thereof. But that in which the Spa-
niards came,fplit it ſelf againſt the Rocks, as being old and
ſlender, into an hundred pieces. Though we were thus
fhipwrackt and driven afhoar, as I have related, yet other-
wiſe, and at other times, is this Gulf of San Miguel a meer
Mill-pond for ſmoothneſs of water.
They, confult 46 My company was now altogether for returning, and to
bout their af proceed no farther , but rather for living amongſt the Iiza
fairs. dians, in caſe they could not reach the Ships we had left be-
hind us in the Northern Sea. But with much ado I prea
vailed with them to go forward at leaſt one day longer and
in caſe we found not our people the next day, that then I
would be willing to do any thing which they ſhould think
fit. Thus we fpent two or three hours of the day in con-
ſulting about our affairs, and withal keeping a man to
watch and look out on all fides, for fear of any ſurprizal by
the Indians , or other Enemies. About the time that we
were come to a conclufion in our debates, our watchman
by chance ſpyed an Indian ; who, as foon as he ſaw us, ran
into the woods. I ſent immediately two of my company
after him, who overtook him, and found that he was one
of our friendly Indians. Thus he carryed them unto a
place not far diſtant from thence, where ſeven more of his
company were with a great Canoa which they had brought
with them. They came unto the place where I was with
the reſt of my company, and ſeemed to be glad to meet
us on that Iffand. I asked them by ſigns for the main bo-
dy

Part-IV.: Voyage of Captain Sharp, doc. 19
ards.
dy of our Company; and they gave me to underſtanu,
that in caſe we would go with them in their Canoa, which
was much bigger than ours, we ſhould be up with the
Party by the next morning. This news, as may eaſily be
ſuppoſed, not a little rejoyced our hearts.
Preſently after this friendly invitation, they asked who The Author Sa-
the other fix men were, whom they ſaw in our company, vetih se olives
of the Spani-
for they eaſily perceived us not to be all of one and the
fame coat and lingua. We told them they were Wankers,
which is the name they commonly give unto the Spaniards
in their own Language. Their next queſtion was, if they
ſhould kill thoſe Spaniards - but I anſwered them, No, by
no means, I would not conſent to have it done. With
which anſwer they ſeemed to be ſatisfied for that preſent.
But a little while after, my back being turned, my com-
pany thinking that they ſhould oblige thereby the Indians,
beckned unto them to kill the Spaniards. With this, the
poor Creatures perceiving the danger that threatned them,
made a fad fhreek and outcry, and I came time enough to
ſave all their lives. But withal, I was forced to give way
and conſent, they ſhould have one of them,for to make him
their ſlave. Hereupon I gave the Canoa that I came in
unto the five Spaniards remaining, and bid them get away
and ſhift for their lives, left thoſe cruel Indians ſhould
not keep their word, and they run again the ſame danger
they had ſo lately eſcaped. Having ſent them away,mean
while I reſted my ſelf, here I took a Survey of this Gulf,
and the mouth of the River, the which I finiſhed the ſame
day, and do here preſent unto the view of the Reader.
D 2
But

20
Bucaniers of America, Part IV.
ethion, Zodpovie viroma
zanation
2000 Dosyoevoit
Whoittivat its
are
Now voto
Lorenze
Punta de Sant:
ren
sow
R. Fondó
Ye
van ons
da bom
I se
"RBallona
Rides? Maria
-1000 bonut Juled bed
Pikkor ydero ut patienten som
ordt zit
go
morbus
Punta
Garachina
01 Botes i les
Calculator ovil odlicnaria
millemot 10 napt to on
i 180 l tot són sul no HD
mol. Lid brus.grini
blon i lorno sort
lont stort
oor judi
oil but bis 9911
ina
Ho To Veral oto e valor
Smarts
na
De formation disdagen
Gull

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
ET
But now, thanks be to God , joyning company with They put to fez
thoſe Indians, we were got into a very large Canoa , the again, and are
made priſoners.
which for its bignefs, was better able to carry twenty men,
than our own that we had brought to carry five. The
Indians had alſo fitted a very good Sail unto the faid Canoa ;
ſo that having now a freſh and ſtrong gale of wind,we fer
fail from thence, and made therewith brave way, to the in-
finite joy and comfort of our hearts, ſeeing our ſelves ſơ
well accommodated, and ſo happily rid of the miſeries we
but lately had endured. We had now a ſmooth and eaſie
paſſage, after ſuch tedious and labourſome pains as we had
ſuſtained in coming ſo far ſince we left Santa Maria. Un-
der the point of St. Lawrence, mentioned above, is a very
great ripling of the Sea , occafioned by a ſtrong current
which runneth hereabouts, and which oftentimes almoſt
filled our Boat with its daſhes, as we failed. This evening,
after our departure from the Iſland where we were caſt a-
way, it rained vehemently for ſeveral hours, and the night
proved to be very dark. About nine of the clock that
night we deſcryed two fires on the ſhoar of the Continent,
over againſt us. Theſe fires were no ſooner perceived by
the Indians of our Canoa, but they began to ſhout for joy,
and cry out, Captain Antonio, Captain Andræas; the names
of their Indian Captains and Leaders; and to affirm, they
were aſſured thoſe fires were made by their Companions.
Hence they made for the ſhoar towards thoſe fires, as faſt
as they could drive. But ſo ſoon as our Canoa came a-
mongſt the breakers, nigh the ſhoar, out came from the
Woods above threeſcore Spaniards with Clubs and other
Arms, and laying hold on our Canoa on both ſides thereof,
halled it out of the water quite dry. So that by this means
we were all ſuddainly taken and made their priſoners. I
laid hold of my Gun , thinking to make ſome defence for
my ſelf, but all was in vain ; for they as fuddainly ſeized
me between four or five of them,and hindred me from acti-
on. I'th' mean while our Indians leaped over board, and
got away very nimbly into the Woods; my Companions
bento
ſtanden

The Bucaniers of America. 1 Part IV.
ſtanding amazed at what had hapned, and the manner of
our ſurprizal. I asked them preſently if any of them
could ſpeak either French or Engliſh: but they anſwered,
No. Hereupon, as well as I could, I diſcourſed to ſome of
them, who were more intelligent than the reſt, in Latin,
and by degrees came to underſtand their condition. Theſe
were Spaniards who had been turned here afhoar by our
Engliſh party, who left them upon this Coaſt, leſt by car-
rying them nearer unto Panama , any of them ſhould
make their eſcape , and diſcover our march towards that
City. They had me preſently after I was taken into a ſmall
Hut which they had built, covered with boughs, and made
there great ſhouts for joy, becauſe they had taken us; de-
ſigning in their minds to uſe us very ſeverely for coming
into thoſe parts, and eſpecially for taking and plundering
their Town of Santa Maria. But mean while the Captain
of thoſe Spaniards was examining me, in came the poor
Spaniard that was come along with us, and reported how
kind I had been to him, and the reſt of his Companions,by
ſaving their Lives from the cruelty of the Indians. onlar
They are civila The Captain having heard him, aroſe from his feat im-
ly treated and mediately and embraced me, faying, that we Engliſhmen
Jet at liberty.
were very friendly Enemies, and good people, but that the
Indians were very Rogues,and a treacherous Nation. Withe
al, he deſired me to fit down by him,and to eat part of fuel
Victuals as our Companions had left them when they were
turned aſhoar. Then he told me that for the kindneſs I
had ſhewed unto his Countrymen, he gave us allour Lives
and Liberties, which otherwiſe he would certainly have
taken from us. And though he could ſcarcely be perſwa-
ded in his mind to ſpare the Indians lives, yet for my fake
he did pardon them all, and I fhould have them with me,
in caſe I could find them. Thus he bid me likewiſe take
my Canoa, and go in Gods name, ſaying withal, he wiſhed
us as fortunate as we were generous. Hereupon I took mý
leave of him, after ſome little ſtay, though he invited me
to tarry all night with him. I ſearched out, and at laſt
found

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 23
found my Indians, who for fear had hid themſelves in the
buſhes adjoyning to the neighbouring woods, where they
lay concealed. Having found them, the Captain led me
very civilly down unto the Canoa, and bidding my Com-
panions and the Indians get in after me; as they at firſt
halled us aſhoar, fo now again they puſhed us off to Sea,by
a ſuddain and ſtrange viciſſitude of fortune. All that night
it rained very hard, as was mentioned above ; neither durft
we put any more afhoar at any place, it being all along
fuch, as by Mariners is commonly called an Iron Coaſt.
The next morning being come, we ſailed, and padled, or They overtače
rowed, till about ten of the clock. At which time we ef- the reft of the
pied a Canoa making towards us with all ſpeed imaginable.
Being come up with us, and in view , it proved to be of
our own Engliſh Company, who miſtaking our Canoa for
a Spaniſh Periagua,was coming in all haft to attack us. We
were infinitely gladded to meet them, and they preſently
conducted us to the reſt of our Company,who were at that
inſtant coming from a deep Bay, which lay behind a high
point of Rocks, where they had lain at Anchor all that
night and morning. We were all mutually rejoyced to ſee
one another again, they having given both me and my
Companions for loft.
CH A P. VI.
The Bucaniers profecute their Voyage, till they
come within fight of Panama. They take ſeve
ral Barks and Priſoners by the way. Are de-
cryed by the Spaniards before their arrival. They
order the Indians to kill the Priſoners
Rom the place where we rejoyned our Engliſh Forces, They arrive at
F
we all made our way towards a high hammock of Earol de Plang
Land, as it appeared at a diſtance, but was nothing elſe
than
tanosa

Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
Panama.
then an Iſland ſeven Leagues diſtant from the Bay afore
mentioned. On the higheſt part of this Iland the Spani-
ards keep a watch, or Look-out, (for ſo it is termed by the
Sea-men) for fear of Pyrates, or other Enemies. That
evening we arrived at the Inand, and being landed,went up
a very ſteep place, till we came to a little Hut where the
watchman lodged. We took by ſurprizal the old man who
watched in the place, but hapned to ſee us not, till we were
got into his Plantane walk before the Lodge. He told us
in his examination that we were not as yet defcryed by the
Spaniards of Panama, or any others that he knew; which
relation of the old fellow much encouraged us to go for-
wards with our deſign of furprizing that rich City. This
place, if I took its name rightly, is called Farol de Planta-
nos, or in Engliſh, Plantane-watch.
The Bucaniers Here, not long before it was dark that evening, a cer-
take a Bark of tain Bark came to an anchor at the outward ſide of the I-
ſland, which inſtantly was
deſcryed by us. Hereupon,we
ſpeedily Manned out two Canoas, who went under the
ſhoar and ſurprized the ſaid Boat. Having examined the
perſons that were on board, we found ſhe had been abſent
the ſpace of eight days from Panama, and had landed Sol-
diers at a point of Land not far diſtant from this Iſland,
with intention to fight and curb certain Indians and Ne-
groes, who had done much hurt in the Country therea-
bouts. The Bark being taken, moſt of our men endea-
voured to get into her, but more eſpecially thoſe who had
the leſſer Canoas. Thus there embarked thereon to the
number of one hundred thirty and ſeven of our company,
together with that Sea-Artiſt, and valiant. Commander,
Captain Bartholomew Sharp. With him went alſo an board
Captain Cook,whom we mentioned at the beginning of this
Hiſtory. The remaining part of that night we lay at the
Key of the ſaid Iſland, expecting to profecute our Voy-
age the next day.
They take anoc Morning being come, I changed my Canoa and embark-
ed my ſelf on another, which though it was ſomething
leſler
ther Bark

V Voyage of Captain Sharp, ec.
25
leſſer than the former, yet was furniſhed with better com-
pany. Departing from the Iſland, we rowed all day long
over ſhoal water, at the diſtance of about a League from
land, having ſometimes not above four foot water, and
white ground. In the afternoon we deſcryed a Bark at
fea, and inſtantly gave her chace.o But the Canoa wherein
was Captain Harris hapned to come up the firſt with her,
who after a ſharp diſpute took her. Being taken, we put
on board the ſaid Bark thirty men. But
the wind would
not fuffer the other Bark in chacing to come up with us.
This purſuit of the Veſſel did ſo far hinder us in our Voy-
age, and divide us aſunder, that night coming on preſently
after, we loſt one another, and could no longer keep in a box
dy together. Hereupon we laid our Canoa aſhoar, to take
up our reſt for that nigho, at the diſtance of two miles,
more or leſs from high water mark,and about four Leagues
to Leeward of the land of Chepillo, unto which place our ot arabril de
- pire edt de
courſe was then directed, og
The next morning', as ſoon as the water began to float They arrive at
us we rowed away for the fore-ihentioned Inand Chepilo, the file of Che-
pillo.
where by aſſignation our general Rendezvous was to be. In
our way as we went, we eſpyed another Bark under fail, as
we had done the day before. Capt.Coxons Canoa was now
the firſt that came up with this veſſel. But a young breeſe
freſhning at that inftánt, fhe got away from him after the
firſt onfet,killing in the ſaid Canoa one Mr.Bull,and wound-
ing two others. We preſently conjectured that this Bark
would get before us unto Panama, and give intelligence of
our coming unto thoſe of the Town; all which hapned as
we had foreſeen. It was that day two of the clock in the
afternoon, before all our Canoas could come together, and
joyn one another as it was aſſigned at Chepillo. We took at They take 14
that Iſland fourteen priſoners,between Negros and Mulatos ;
alſo great ſtore of Plantans, and good water, together with
two fat hogs. But now believing that ere this we had been
already deſcryed at Panama, by the Bark afore-mentioned,
wereſolved among ourſelves to waſt no time, but to haften
E
away

Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
away from the ſaid Iſland, to the intent we might at leaſt
be able to ſurprize and take their Shipping, and by that
means make our felves maſters of thoſe Seas , in caſe we
could not get the Town, which now we judged almoſt im-
And a Peria poſſible to be done. - At Chepillo we took alſo a Periagua,
which we found at anchor before the Iſland , and preſent-
ly we put ſome men on board her. Our ſtay here was
only of few hours ; ſo that about four of the clock in the
evening, which now was coming on, we rowed away from
thence, deſigning to reach Panama before the next morn-
ing; unto which place we had now.cnly ſeven Leagues to
go, it being no farther diſtant from Chepillo. But before
we departed from the ſaid Ifand, it was judged convenient
by our Commanders, for certain reaſons, which I could
not dive into, to rid their hands of the priſoners which we
They enjoyn
had taken. And hereupon orders were given unto our
the Indians to Indians, who they knew would perform them very wil-
kill the priſo-
lingly, to fight, or rather to murther and flay the faid Pri-
ſoners upon the ſhoar, and that in the view of the whole
- asht Fleet. This they inſtantly went about to do, being glad of
ollic
this opportunity to revenge their hatred againſt their ene-
mies, though in cold blood. But the priſoners, although
they had no Arms wherewith to defend themſelves, forced
their way through thoſe barbarous Indians,in ſpight of their
Lances, Bows, and Arrows, and got into the Woods of the
Iſland, one only man of them being killed. We rowed
all night long, though many ſhowers of rain ceaſed not
to fall.boivia bris innen IhuU
yet tottw. WT To 1o siods of tegning 10
yawl socio botlow
bne 1909 903 on Dino e sono molls de con
-1001 Vollistyorlangail an wie codion on you
2010 bar 2017:
Vodonolia but
idiw logo suhos beste SCHAP:
Bivald vonju zgoiti
dan
noftro
combova
NEYS.

Part IV.
27
Voyage of Captain Sharp, cc.
CHA P. VII.
They arrive within fight of Panama, Are encoun-
tred by Three ſmall men of War. They fight
them with only fixty eight men, and utterly de-
feat them, taking two of the ſaid Veſels. De-
ſcription of that bloody fight. They take leve-
ral Ships at the Iſle of Perico before Panama.
ТЕ
He next morning, which was on April the 23. 1680. They come
that day being dedicated unto St George, our Patron within fight of
of England, we came before Sun-riſe within view of the
City of Panama, which maketh a pleaſant ſhew unto the
Veſſels that are at ſea from off the ſhoar. Soon after we
faw alſo the Ships belonging to the ſaid City, which lay at
Anchor at an Mand called Perico, diſtant only two Leagues
from Panama. On the aforeſaid Iſland are to be ſeen feve-
ral Store-houſes which are built there, to receive the Goods
delivered out of the Ships. At that preſent there rid at
Anchor at Perico five great thips, and three pretty big
Barks, called Barcos de la Armadilla, or little men of War;
the word Armadilla ſignifying a Little Fleet. Theſe had Are deſcryed
been ſuddainly Manned out, with deſign to fight us, and by the Arma-
prevent any farther attempts we ſhould make upon the
City, or Coaſts of thoſe Seas. As ſoon as they eſpied us,
they inſtantly weighed Anchor, and got under fail,coming
directly to meet us, whom they expected very ſhortly, ac-
cording to the intelligence they had received of our com-
ing. Our two. Beriaguas being heavy, could not row fo
faſt as we that were in the Canoas, and hence we were
got pretty far before them. In our five Canoas (for fo
many we were now in company, we had only thirty fix
men, and theſe but in a very unfit condition to fight, as
being
E 2

28
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
with it.
Number of
tbe Armadilla.
being tyred with ſo much rowing, and ſo few in number,
And engage in compariſon of the enemy that came againſt us. They
failed towards us directly before the wind, inſomuch that
we feared left they ſhould run us down before it. Here-
upon we rowed up into the winds eye, as the Seamen term
it, and got cloſe to windward of them. Mean while we
were doing this, our leſſer Periagua came up with us, in
which were thirty two more of our Company. So that
their men that we were in all fixty eight men that were engaged in the
fought. fight of that day; the King himſelf being one of our num-
ber, who was in the Periagua aforementioned. In the
veſſel that was Admiral of theſe three ſmall men of war,
were fourſcore and fix Biſcayners, who have the repute of
being the beſt Mariners,and alſo the beſt Souldiers amongſt
crength of the Spaniards. Theſe were all Voluntiers, who came de
ſignedly to ſhew their Valour , under the Command of
Don Jacinto de Barahona, who was High Admiral of thoſe
Seas. In the ſecond were ſeventy ſeven Negro's,who were
commanded by an old and ſtout Spaniard , Native of An-
daluſia in Spain,named Don Franciſco de Peralta. In the third
and laſt were ſixty five Meſtizos, or Mulato's, or Tawny-
mores, Commanded by Don Diego de Carabaxal.So that in
all they made the number of two hundred twenty & eight
men. The Commanders had ſtrict orders given them and
their reſolutions were to give quarters to none of the Pie.
er rats or Bucaniers. But ſuch bloody Commands as theſe
A feldom or never do happen to proſper.
Beginning of
The Canoa of Captain Sawkins, and alſo that wherein I
was, were much to Leeward of the reſt. So that the ſhip
of Don Diego de Carabaxal came between us two and fired
prefently on me to Windward, and on him to Leeward,
wounding with theſe broad fides, four men in his Canoa,
and one in that I was in. But he paid fodear for his paſſage
between us, that he was not very quick in coming about
again and making the ſame way. For we killed with our
firſt volly of ſhot, ſeveral of his men dead upon the decks.
Thus we alſo got to Windward, as the reſt were before.
AC
the Fight.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
29
At this time the Admiral of the Armadilla, or Little Fleet,
came up with us ſuddainly,ſcarce giving us time to charge,
and thinking to paſs by us all with as little or leſs damage,
as the firſt of his Ships had done. But as it hapned, it fell
out much worſe with him, for we were ſo fortunate, as to
kill the man at the Helm. So that his Ship ran into the
wind, and her Sails lay a back, as is uſually ſaid in Marine-
ry. By this means we had time to come all up under his
ſtern, and firing continually into his Veſſel, we killed as
many as came to the Helm. Beſides which ſlaughter, we
cut aſunder his main ſheet and brace with our ſhot. At
this time the third veſſel , in which Captain Peralta was,
was coming up to the aid of their General. Hereupon
Captain Sawkins, who had changed his Canoa,and was gone
into the Periagua, left the Admiral to us four Canoas, (for
his own was quite diſabled) and met the ſaid Peralta. Be-
tween him & Captain Sawkins the diſpute,or fight,was very
hot, lying board on board together and both giving and re-
ceiving death unto each other as faſt as they could charge.
In the mean while that we were thus engaged , the firſt
ſhip tackt about, and came up to relieve the Admiral. But
we perceiving that, and foreſeeing how hard it would go
with us,if we ſhould be beaten from the Admirals ſtern,de-
termined to prevent his deſign. Hereupon two of our
Canoas, to wit, Captain Springers and my own, ſtood off
to meet him. He made up directly towards the Admiral,
who ſtood upon the quarter deck, waving unto him with a
Handkerchief fo to do. But we engaged him ſo cloſely, in one of them,
the middle of his way, that had he not given us the Helm, put to flight:
and made away from us, we had certainly been on board
him. We killed ſo many of the men, that the veſſel had
fcarce men enough left alive, or unwounded, to carry her
off. Yet the wind now blowing freſh, they made ſhift to
get away from us, and hereby ſave their lives.
The Veſſel which was to relieve the Admiral being thus They take the
Admiral.
put to flight, we came about again upon the Admiral, and
all together gave a loud hallow, which was anſwered by
Our.

30
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
qur men in the Periagua, though at a diſtance from us. At
that time we came ſo cloſe under the ſtern of the Admi-
ral, that we wedged up the Rudder; and withal, killed
I be Admiral
both the Admiral himſelf, and the chief Pilot of his ſhip;
and chief Pi- ſo that now they were almoſt quite diſabled and dil-heart-
lot killed.
ned likewiſe , ſeeing what a bloody Maſſacre we had made
among them with our ſhot. Hereupon, two thirds of their
men being killed, and many others wounded , they cryed
for Quarter, which had ſeveral times been offered unto
them, and as ſtoutly denyed until then. Captain Coxon
entred on board the Admiral, and took with him Captain
Captain Har. Harris
, who had been ſhot through both his Legs, as he
ris ſhot.
boldly adventured up along the ſide of the ſhip. This
veſſel being thus taken, we put on board her alſo all the
reſt of our wounded men, and inſtantly manned two of
our Canoas to go and aid Captain Sawkins, who now had
been three times beaten from on board Peralta, ſuch valiant
defence had he made. And indeed, to give our Enemies
their due, no men in the world did ever act more bravely
than theſe Spaniards.
Another of Thus coming up cloſe under Peralta's fide, we gave him
them takin. a full volley of Thot, and expected to have the like return
from him again. But on a ſuddain we ſaw his men blown
up that were abaft the Maſt ; ſome of them falling on the
deck, and others into the Sea. This diſaſter was no ſooner
perceived by their valiant Captain Peralta, but he leaped
over board, and in ſpight of all our ſhot, got ſeveral of
them into the ſhip again; though he was much burnt in
both his hands himſelf. But as one misfortune feldom
cometh alone, mean while he was recovering theſe men to
reinforce his ſhip withal, and renew the fight, another Jar
of powder took fire forward, and blew up ſeveral others
upon the Fore-caſtle. Among this ſmoak, and under the
opportunity thereof, Captain
Sawkins laid them on board,
and took the ſhip. Soon after they were taken, I went on
board Captain Peralta, to ſee what condition they were in.
And indeed, ſuch a miſerable fight I never ſaw in my life.
For

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
34
For not one man there was found , but was either killed,
deſperately wounded,or horribly burnt with Powder. In-
fomuch that their black skins were turned white in ſeveral
places, the powder having torn it from their fleſh and
bones. Having compaſſionated their miſery, I went after- Horrible fpe-
wards on board the Admiral, to obſerve likewiſe the con- wounded.
dition of his Ship and men. Here I ſaw what did meer-
ly aſtoniſh me,and will ſcarcely be believed by others than
our ſelves who ſaw it. There were found on board this ſhip
but twenty five men alive, whoſe number before the fight
had been fourſcore and ſix, as was ſaid above. So that three-
ſcore and one, out of ſo ſmall a number, were deſtroyed in
the Battle. But what is more, of theſe twenty five men,
only eight were able to bear Arms, all the reſt being del-
perately wounded, and by their wounds totally diſabled
to make any reſiſtance, or defend themſelves. Their blood
ran down the decks in whole ſtreams, and not ſcarce one
place in the ſhip was found that was free from blood.
Having poſſeſſed our ſelves of theſe two Armadilla veſ- They take the
fels, or Little men of War, Captain Sawkins asked the pri- stirs in the
foners, how many Men there might be on board the grea-
teſt ſhip that we could ſee from thence, lying in the Har-
bour of the Iſland of Perico above-mentioned, as alſo in
the others that were ſomething ſmaller. Captain Peralta
hearing theſe queſtions, diſſwaded him as much as he could
from attempting them; ſaying, that in the biggeſt alone
there were Three hundred and fifty men,and that he would
find the reſt too well provided for defence againſt his ſmall
number. But one of his men, who lay a dying upon the
deck, contradicted him as he was ſpeaking, and told Cap-
tain Sawkins, there was not one man on board any of thoſe
fhips that were in view; for they had all been taken out of
them to fight us in theſe three veſſels called the Armadilla,
or Little Fleet. Unto this relation we gave credit, as pro-
ceeding from a dying man;and ſteering our courſe unto the
Iſland, we went on board them, and found, as he had ſaid,
not one perſon there. The biggeſt fhip of theſe, which
was

32
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
Loſt in the
was called La Santiſſima Trinidad, or the Bleſſed Trinity,
they had ſet on fire, made a hole in her, and loofened her
fore-fail
. But we quenched the fire with all ſpeed, and
ſtopt the leak. This being done , we put our wounded
men on board her, and thus conſtituted her for that
prea
ſent to be our Hoſpital.
What men they Having ſurveyed our own loſs and damages, we found
that eighteen of our men had been killed in the fight, and
fight.
twenty two were wounded. Theſe three Captains againſt
whom we fought, were eſteemed by the Spaniards to be
the valianteſt in all the South Seas. Neither was this repu-
tation undeſervedly conferred upon them, as may eaſily
be inferred from the relation we have given of this bloody
Engagement. As the third fhip was running away from
the fight, ſhe met with two more that were coming out to
their aſſiſtance; but withal, gave them fo little encourage-
ment, that they returned back, and dared not engage us.
We began the Fight about half an hour after Sun-riſe, and
bent by noon had finiſhed the Battle, and quite overcome them.
estas Čapt. Peralta,mean while he was our Priſoner, would often
break out into admirations of our Valour, and ſay, furely,
We Engliſhmen were the valianteſt men in the whole world,who
deſigned always to fight open, whilſt all other Nations invent-
ed all the ways imaginable to barricade themſelves,and fight
as cloſe as they could. And yet notwithſtanding, we killed
more of our Enemies than they of us.
Captain Har Two days after our Engagement, we buryed Captain
ris dyeth. Peter Harris, a brave and ſtout Souldier,and a valiant Eng-
liſhman, born in the County of Kent ; whoſe death we ve-
ry much lamented. He dyed of the wounds he received
in the Battel, and beſides him, only one man more; all the
reſt of our wounded men recovered. Being now come
before Panama, I here enquired of Don Franciſco de Peral-
ta, our Priſoner, many things concerning the ſtate and con-
dition of this City,and the Neighbouring Country; and he
ſatisfied me in manner following.
.
el no. CHAP

Voyage of Captain Sharp, dc.
33
CH A P. VIII.
Deſcription of the State and Condition of Panama,
and the parts adjacent. What Veſſels they took
while they blocked up the ſaid Port. Captain
Coxon with ſeventy more returneth home. Saw-
kins is choſen in chief.
TH
He famous City of Panama is ſituate in the latitude Preſent ſtate of
of nine degrees North. It ſtandeth in a deep Bay, Pavama.
belonging to the South Sea. It is in form round, except-
ing only that part where it runs along the Sea-ſide. For-
merly it ſtood four miles more Eaſterly, when it was ta.
ken by Sir Henry Morgan, as is related in the Hiſtory of
the Bucaniers. But by him then being burnt, and three
times more ſince that time by caſualty, they removed it
to the place where it now ftandeth. Yet notwithſtanding,
ſome poor people there are ſtill inhabiting at the old Town,
and the Cathedral Church is ſtill kept there, the beautiful
building whereof maketh a fair ſhew at a diſtance, like un-
to that of St.Pauls at London. This new City, of which I
now ſpeak, is much bigger than the old one was, and is
built for the moſt part of brick,the reſt being built of ſtone,
and tiled. As for the Churches belonging thereunto,they
are not as yet finiſhed. Theſe are eight in number, where-
of the chiefeſt is called Santa Maria. The extent of the
City comprehendeth better than a mile and a half in length,
and above a mile in breadth. The Houſes for the moſt
part are three ſtories in heighth. It is well walled round
about, with two Gates belonging thereunto, excepting on-
ly where a Creek cometh into the City,the which at high-
water letteth in Barks, to furniſh the Inhabitants with all
forts of Proviſions and other Neceſſaries. Here are al-
F
ways

34
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
ways Three hundred of the Kings Souldiers to Garriſon the
City ; beſides which number, their Militia of alt colours,
are one thouſand one hundred. But at the time that we
arrived there, roft of their Souldiers were out of Town;
inſomuch, that our coming put the reſt into great confter-
nation, they having had but one nights notice of our be-
ing in thoſe Seas. Hence we were induced to believe that
had we gone afhoar, inſtead of fighting their ſhips, we had
certainly rendred our felves maſters of the place ; eſpecial--
ly conſidering, that all their chief men were on board the
Admiral; I mean, ſuch as were undoubtedly the beſt Soul-
diers. Round about the City,for the ſpace of feven Leagues,
more or leſs, all the adjacent Country is Savana, as they
call it in the Spaniſh Language, that is to ſay, plain and
level ground, as ſinooth as a theet; for this is the ſignifi-
cation of the word Savana. Only here and there is to be
ſeen a ſmall ſpot of woody Land; and every where this
level ground is full of Vacadas, or Beef Stantions, where
whole droves of Cows and Oxen are kept, which ſerve as
well as ſo many Look-outs, or Watch-Towers , to deſcry if
an Enemy is approaching by land. The ground whereon
the City ſtandeth, is very damp and moiſt,which rendreth
the place but of bad repute for the concern of health. The
water is alſo very full of worms and theſe are much prejudi-
cial to ſhipping;which is the cauſe that the Kings Ships lye
always at Lima, the Capital City of Peru, unleſs when they
come down to Panama to bring the Kings Plate; which is
only at ſuch times, as the Fleet of Galeones cometh from
Old Spain to fetch and convey it thither. Here in one night
after our arrival, we found Worms of three quarters of an
inch in length, both in our Bed-cloaths and other Appa-
rel.
Number of
At the Iſland of Perico above-mentioned, we ſeized in
Ships taken be- all five ſhips. Of theſe, the firſt and biggeſt was named,
fore Panama.
as was ſaid before, the Trinidad and was a great ſhip, of the
Note, in this, burthen of four hundred Tuns. Her lading conſiſted of
Ship they came
Wine, Sugar, Sweet-meats, (whereof the Spaniards in thoſe
hot
homlo

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
35
hot Countreys make infinite uſe) Skins, and Soap. The
ſecond ſhip was of about Three hundred Tuns burthen,
and not above half laded with bars of Iron, which is one
of the richeſt Commodities that are brought into the South
Sea. This vefſel we burned with the lading in her, becauſe
the Spaniards pretended not to want that Commodity,and
therefore would not redeem it. The third was laden with
Sugar, being of the burthen of one hundred and fourſcore
Tuns, more or leſs. This veſſel was given to be under the
Command of Captain Cook. The fourth was an old ſhip
of fixty Tuns burthen, which was laden with flower of
Meal. This fhip welikewiſe burnt with her lading; eſteem-
ing both bottom and Cargo, at that time, to be uſeleſs unto
us. The fifth was a ſhip of Fifty Tuns, the which, with a
Periagua, Captain Coxon took along with him when he left
us.
Within two or three days after our arrival at Panama, Captain Cox-
Captain Coxon being muchdiſſatisfied with ſome reflections on mutineth,
and returneth
which had been made upon him by our company, deter- bome.
mined to leave us, and return back to our ſhips in the Nor-
thern Seas, by the ſame way he came thither. Unto this
effect, he perſwaded ſeveral of our company, who fided
moſt with him, and had had the chiefeſt hand in his Electie
on, to fall off from us, and bear him company in his jour-
ney, or march over-land. The main cauſe of thoſe rem
flexions , was the backwardneſs in the laſt Engagement
with the Armadilla ; concerning which point, ſome ſtick-
ed not to defame, or brand him, with the note of Cowar-
dize. He drew off with him,to the number of threeſcore
and ten of our men, who all returned back with him in
the Ship and Periagua above-mentioned towards the mouth
of the River of Santa Maria. In his company alſo went
back the Indian King, Captain Antonio, and Don Andreas,
who being old, deſired to be excuſed from ſtaying any
longer with us. However the King defired we would not
be leſs vigourous in annoying their enemy and ours, the
Spaniards , than if he were perſonally preſent with us.
F 2
And

36
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
All their For
And to the intent we might ſee how faithfully he did in-
tend to deal with us, he at the ſame time recommended
Captain Saw- both his Son and Nephew unto the care of Captain Saw
kins, who was now our newly choſen General,or Comman-
der in chief, in the abſence of Captain Sharp. The two
Armadilla Ships which we took in the Engagement we
burnt alſo, ſaving no other thing of them both, but their
Rigging, and Sails. With them alſo we burnt a ſmall Bark,
which came into the Port laden with Fowls and Poul-
try.
On Sunday, which was April the 25th , Captain Sharp,
ses joyn them. with his Bark and Company came in and joyned us again.
His abſence was occafioned by want of water, which forced
A Bark taken. him to bear up to the Kings Iſlands. Being there, he found
a new Bark,which he preſently took,and burnt his old one.
This veſſel did fail excellently well. Within a day or two
after the arrival of Captain Sharp, came in likewiſe the
people of Captain Harris, who were ſtill abſent. Theſe
Axother Bark had alſo taken another Bark,and cut down the Maſts of their
taken.
old one by the board, and thus without Mafts or Sails
turned away the Priſoners they had taken in her. The
A third Bark next day we took in like manner another Bark, which ar-
takerto
rived from Nata, being laden with Fowls, as before. In this
Bark we turned away all the meaneſt of the Priſoners we
had on board us.
They go to the Having continued before Panama for the ſpace of ten
Iſe of Tavoga days, being employed in the affairs afore-inentioned, on
May the ſecond we weighed from the Iſland of Perico, and
ſtood off to another mand, diſtant two Leagues farther
from thence, called Tavoga. On this Ifiand ftandeth a
Town which beareth the ſame name, and conſiſteth of a
hundred houſes, more or leſs. . The people of the Town
were all fled, ſeeing our veſſels to arrive. Mean while we
were here, ſome of our men being drunk on ſhoar,hapned
to fet fire unto one of the Houſes, the which conſumed
twelve houſes more before any could get afhoar to quench
it. Unto this Iſland came ſeveral Spaniſh Merchants from
Panama,

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
37
Panama, and fold us what Commodities we needed, buying
alſo of us much of the goods we had taken in their own
veſſels. They gave us likewiſe two hundred pieces of
Eight for each Negro we could ſpare them of ſuch as were
our priſoners. From this Iſland we could eaſily ſee all the
Veſſels that went out, or came into the Port of Panama ;
and here we took likewiſe ſeveral Barks that were laden
with Fawls.
Eight days after our
arrival at Tavoga , we took a ſhip a good Prize
that was coming from Truxillo,and bound for Panama. In taken.
this veſſel we found two thouſand Jars of Wine, fifty Jars
of Gunpowder, and fifty one thouſand pieces of Eighr.
This money had been ſent from that City, to pay the Sol-
diers belonging to the Gariſon of Panama. From the ſaid
Prize we had information given us, that there was another
fhip coming from Lima with one hundred thouſand pieces
of Eight more; which ſhip was to fail ten or twelve days
after them, and which they ſaid could not be long before the
arrived at Panama. Within two days after this intelligence, Another Prizes
we took alſo another ſhip laden with Flower from Truxillo,
belonging unto certain Indians , Inhabitants of the ſame
place,or thereabouts. This Prize confirmed what the firſt
had told us of that rich ſhip, and ſaid, as the others had
done before, that ſhe would be there in the ſpace of eight
or ten days.
Mean while we lay at Tavoga,' the Preſident, that is to A meſſage
ſay, the Governour of Panama, ſent a Meſſage by ſome from the Preſi-
Merchants unto us, to know what we caine for into thoſe
dent of Pana-
parts ? Unto this Meſſage Captain Sawkins made anſwer,
That we came to afilt the King of Darien, who was the true The anſwer
Lord of Panama, and all the Country thereabouts. And that unto it.
ſince we were come ſo far, it was no reaſon but that we ſhould
have ſome ſatisfa&tion. So-that if he pleaſed to ſend us five
hundred pieces of Eight for each man, and one thouſand for
each Commander, and not any farther to annoy the Indians, but
ſuffer them to uſe their own power and liberty, as became the
true and natural. Lords of the Country, that then we would
defift.
ma.

38
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV
defiſt from all farther Hoftilities, and go away peaceably; other-
wiſe that we ſhould ſtay there, and get what we could, cauſing
unto them what damage was poſſible. By the Merchants alto
that went and came to Panama, we underſtood, there lived
then as Biſhop of Panama, one who had been formerly Bi-
ſhop of Santa Martha, and who was Priſoner unto Captain
Sawkins , when he took the ſaid place about four or five
years paſt
. The Captain having received this intelligence,
ſent two loaves of Sugar unto the Biſhop as a preſent. On
the next day the Merchant who carryed them, returning to
Tavoga, brought unto the Captain a golden ring for a reta-
liation of faid preſent. And withal, he brought a mef-
fage to Captain Sawkins from the Preſident above-mentio-
ned, to know farther of him , ſince we were Engliſhmen,
from whom we had our Commiſſion, and to whom he ought to
complain for the damages we had already done them ? Unto
this Meſſage Captain Sawkins fent back for an anſwer,That
as yet all his company were not come together ; but that when
they were come up we would come and viſt him at Panama,and
bring our Commiſſions on the muzzles of our Guns, at which
time he ſhould read them as plain as the flame of Gunpowder
could make them.
They go to the
At this Iſland of Tavoga, Captain Sawkins would fain
Iſle of Otoque. have ſtayed longer, to wait for the rich Ship above-men-
tioned, that was coming from Peru; but our men were fo
importunate for freſh Victuals, that no reaſon could rule
them, nor their own intereft perſwade them to any thing
that might conduce unto this purpoſe. Hereupon, on
May the 15th weweighed Anchor , and failed from thence
unto the Iſland of Otoque. Being arrived there, we lay by
it, mean while our Boat went aſhoar, and fetcht off Fowls,
and Hogs, and other things neceſſary for ſuſtenance. Here
at Otoque I finiſhed a draught, comprehending from point
Garachine, unto the Bay of Panama, &c. Of this I may
dare to affirm, that it is in general more correct and true,
than any the Spaniards have themſelves. For which cauſe.
I have here inſerted it, for the fatisfaction of thoſe that are
curious in ſuch things.
From

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc. 39
From Otoque we failed to the Iſand of Cayboa, which is And thence te
Cayboa.
a place very famous for the fiſhery of Pearl thereabouts;
and is at the diſtance of eight Leagues from another place
called Puebla Nueba, on the Main. In our way to this
Iſland, we loſt two of our Barks, the one whereof had
fifteen men in her, and the other feven. Being arrived,
we caſt anchor at the faid Iſland.
С НА Р.

40
Part VI.
Bucaniers of America.
sta Maria
The Bay of Panama
and
Gulf of Ballona
P: S.Laurence
08
and
بلي
Gulf
of Ballona
PGarachina
Chepo
Chepillo
o
Gallera
ago
Chechecos
oo
Tabogilla
title Tabog
Bau
ఆరం
Panama
Penco
Chuchos
oo
808
8
Tabaga
Oto que
so
mo

Part IV.
41
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
CHA P. IX.
Captain Sawkins, chief Commander of the Bucani-
ers, is killed before Puebla Nueba. They are
repulſed from the ſaid place. Captain Sharp
choſen to be their Leader. Many more of their
company leave them, and return home over land.
M
Ean while we lay at Anchor before Cayboa, our two They land ox
chiefeſt Commanders,Captain Sawkins and Captain the Continent.
Sharp, taking with them to the number of threeſcore men,
more or leſs, went in the Ship of Captain Cook unto the
mouth of the River where Puebla Nueba is ſituated. The
day of this action, as I find it quoted in my Journal, was
May 22. 1680. When they came unto the Rivers mouth,
they put themſelves into Canoas, and were piloted up the
River towards the Town by a Negroe, who was one of our
Priſoners. I was choſen to be concerned in this action, but
hapned not to land, being commanded to remain in Cap-
tain Cooks fhip, while they went up to aſſault the Town.
But here at Puebla Nueba, the Inhabitants were too well
provided for the reception of our party. For at the di-
ſtance of a mile below the Town, they had cut down great
Trees,and laid them croſs the River, with deſign to hinder
the aſcent of any Boats. In like manner on fhoar before
the Town it ſelf,they had raiſed three ſtrong breaſt-works,
and made other things for their defence. Here therefore
Captain Sawkins running up to the breaft-works at the head
of a few men, was killed; a man who was as valiant and Captain Saw
couragious as any could be, and likewiſe next unto Captain kins killed.
Sharp,the beſt beloved of all our company,or the moſt part
thereof. Neither was this love undeſerved by him; for
we ought juſtly to attribute unto him the greateſt honour
G
we

42
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Some account
we gained in our Engagement before Panama,with the Spa-
niſh Armadilla,or Little Fleet. Eſpecially conſidering that
as hath been ſaid above, Captain Sharp was by accident ab-
ſent at the time of that great and bloody fight.
We that remained behind on board the Ship of Captain
of the River of Cook, carryed her within the mouth of the River of Puebla
Puebla Nueba. Nueba, and entred cloſe by the Eaſt ſhoar, which here is
crowned with a round hill. Here within two ſtones caſt
of ſhoar, we had four fathom water. Within the Point
openeth a very fine and large River, which falleth from a
ſandy Bay,at a ſmall diſtance from thence. But as we were
getting in, being ſtrangers unto the place, we unwittingly
ran our ſhip on ground, nigh unto a Rock which lyeth on
the weſtward fhoar : for the true Channel of the ſaid Ri-
ver is nearer to the Eaſt than Weſt ſhoar. With Captain
Sawkins, in the unfortunate aſſault of this place, there dyed
two men more, and three were wounded in the Retreat,
which they performed unto the Canoas in pretty good or-
Veſels taken
der. In their way down the River, Captain Sharp took a
and deſtroyed. Ship, whoſe lading conſiſted of Indigo, Otto, Manteca, or
Butter and Pitch; and likewiſe burnt two veſſels more, as
being of no value. With this he returned on board our
Ships, being much troubled in his mind and grieved for the
loſs of ſo bold and brave a partner in his Adventures, as
Sawkins had conſtantly thewed himfelf to be. His death
was much lamented, and occaſioned another party of our
men to mutiny, and leave us returning over land, as Cap-
tain Coxon and his company had done before.
Three days after the death of Captain Sawkins, Captain
Sharp choſen.
Sharp, who was now Commander in chief, gave the ſhip
which he had taken in the River of Puebla Nueba, and
which was of the burthen of one hundred Tuns, more or
leſs, unto Captain Coek, to Command and Sail in. Order-
ing withal, that the old veſſel which he had, ſhould go with
thoſe men that deſigned to leave us ; their Mutiny,and our
Diſtraction being now grown very high. Hereupon Cap-
tain Sharp coming on board La Trinidad, the greateſt of
our

Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
43
them.
our ſhips, asked our men in full Councel, who of them were
willing to go or ſtay, and proſecute the deſign Captain
Sawkins had undertaken,which was to remain in the South
Sea, and there to make a compleat Voyage; after which,
he intended to go home round about America, through the
Straights of Magallanes. He added withal, that he did not
as yet fear, or doubt in the leaft,but to make each man who
ſhould ſtay with him, worth one thouſand pound, by the
fruits he hoped to reap of that Voyage. All thoſe who
had remained after the departure of Captain Coxon for love
of Captain Sawkins, and only to be in his company, and
under his Conduct,thinking thereby to make their fortunes,
would ſtay no longer, but preſſed to depart. Among this
number I acknowledge my ſelf to have been one, as being Many leave
totally deſirous in my mind, to quit thoſe hazardous ad-
ventures, and return homewards in company of thoſe who
were now going to leave us. Yet being much afraid and
averſe to truſt my ſelf among wild Indians any farther, I
choſe rather to ſtay, though unwilling and venture on that
long and dangerous Voyage. Beſides which danger of the
Indians, I conſidered that the Rains were now already up,
and it would be hard paſſing ſo many Gullies, which of ne-
ceſſity would then be full of water, and conſequently cre-
ate more than one ſingle peril unto the undertakers of that
Journey. Yet notwithſtanding, fixty three men of our
company were reſolved to encounter all theſe hardſhips and
to depart from us. Hereunto they took their leave of us,
and returned homewards, taking with them the Indian
Kings Son, and the reſt of the Indians "for their guides over-
land. They had, as was ſaid above,the ſhip wherein Cap-
tain Cook failed to carry them: and out of our Proviſion as
much as would ſerve for treble their number.
Thus on the laſt day of May they departed, leaving us A ſmall ccm
employed about taking in water, and cutting down wood, count of the
Iſle of Cayboa.
at the Iſland of Cayboa afore-mentioned, where this mutiny
hapned. Here we caught very good Tortoiſe , and Red
Deer. We killed alſo Alligators of a very large ſize, fome
G 2
of

44
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
of them being above twenty foot in length. But we could
not find but that they were very fearful of a Man, and
would fly from us very haſtily when we hunted them.
This Iſland lyeth S. S. E. from the mouth of the River a-
bove-mentioned. On the South-Eaſt ſide of the Iſland is
a ſhoal, or ſpit of ſand , which ſtretcheth it ſelf the ſpace
of a quarter of a League into the Sea. Here therefore, juſt
within this ſhoal, we anchored in the depth of fourteen fa-
thom water. The Iſland on this fide thereof maketh two
great Bays, in the firſt of which we watered , at a certain
pond not diſtant above the caſt of a ſtone up from the Bay.
In this pond, as I was waſhing my ſelf, and ſtanding under
a Manzanilla-tree, a ſmall ſhower of rain liapned to fall on
the tree , and from thence dropped on my skin. Theſe
drops cauſed me to break out all over my body into red
fpots, of which I was not well for the ſpace of a week af-
Huge Oyſters. ter. Here I eat very large Oyſters, the biggeſt that ever
I eat in my life ; infomuch, that I was forced to cut them
into four pieces; each quarter of them being a good mouth-
ful.
Three days after the departure of the Mutineers,Captain
Sharp ordered us to burn the ſhip that hitherto had fai-
led in, only out of deſign to make uſe of the Iron-work
belonging to ſaid Veffel. Withal, we put all the Flour
that was her lading into the laſt Prize, taken in the River
They mutiny a- of Puebla Nova ; and Captain Cook,as was ſaid before, was
gainſt Captain ordered to command her. But the men belonging to his
company would not fail any longer under his command.
Hereupon, he quitted his veſſel and came on board our Ad-
miral, the great Ship above-mentioned,called La Trinidad,
Cox put in his determining to rule over ſuch unruly company no longer.
place. In his place was put one, whoſe name was Fohn Cox,an In-
habitant of New-England, who forced Kindred , as was
thought, upon Captain Sharp, out of old acquaintance, in
this conjuncture of time, only to advance himſelf. Thus
he was made, as it were, Vice-Admiral unto Captain Sharp.
The next day three of our Priſoners, viz. an Indian, who
Cook,
was

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &-c.
45
ralta removed.
was Captain of a ſhip, and two Mulatos, ran away from us,
and made their eſcape.
After this it was thought convenient to ſend Captain Captain Pe-
Peralta priſoner in the Admiral, on board the Ship of Mr.
Cox. This was done to the intent he might not hinder the
endeavours of Captain Juan, who was Commander of the
Money-fhip we took, as was mentioned at the Iſland of Ta-
voga. For this man had now promiſed to do great things
for us, by Piloting and conducting us unto ſeveral places of
great Riches. But more eſpecially to Guayaquil, where he
ſaid we might lay down our Silver, and lade our veſſels
with Gold. This defign was undertaken by Captain Saw.
kins, and had not the head-ſtrongneſs of his men brought
him to the Iſland of Cayboa, where he loſt his life, he had
certainly effected it before now. That night we had ſuch
thunder and lightning, as I never had heard before in all my
life. Our Priſoners told us, that in theſe parts it very of-
ten cauſeth great damages both by Sea and Land. And
my opinion gave me to believe, that our Main-maſt re-
ceived ſome damage in this occafion. The rainy, ſeaſon
being now entred, the wind for the moſt part was at N. W.
though not without ſome calms.
Great thunder
CH A P. X.
Ovisna
They depart from the Iſland of Cayboa unto the
Iſle of Gorgona , where they Careen their Vef-
ſels. Deſcription of this ifle. They reſolve to
go and plunder Arica ,l leaving their deſign of
Guayaquil
.
SE
SIL
HA
Aving got in all things neceffary for Navigation, we They ſet sail
were now in a readineſs to depart, on Sunday Tune from Cayboa.
the 6th 1680. That day we had ſome rain fell, which
now.

46
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
now was very frequent in all places
. About five of the
clock in the evening we ſet ſail from the Iſland of Cayboa,
with a ſmall breez, the wind being at S.S.W. Our courſe
was E. S. by E. and S. E. having all night a very ſmall, or
little wind. The ſame calmneſs of weather continued all
the next day; infomuch, that we lay and drove only as the
current horſed us to N. W.
Little better then a calm we had alſo the third day of our
Navigation. Mean while a current drove us to the Weſt-
ward. About Sun-riſing we deſcryed Quicara, which at
that time bore N.W. by W. from us; at the diſtance of five
Leagues,more or leſs. With the riſing of the Sun an eaſie
gale of wind ſprung up, ſo that at noon we had altered our
bearing, which was then N. by E. being fix Leagues di-
ftant,and appearing thus,as is underneath demonſtrated.
OVICARA
Lat. 7 Deg. 40. N.
1
Quicara des-
cribed.
Theſe are two ſeveral Iſlands,whereof the leaſt is to the
Southward of the other. The Land is a low table Land :
theſe Iſlands being more than three Leagues in length.
About fix of the clock that evening, we were nigh ten
Leagues diſtant W.S. W. from them. Much like unto the
former weather we had the fourth day of our Sailing, with
little wind in the forenoon, and rather leſs than more in the
afternoon. I judged about the middle of the day,we were
at the diſtance of twenty Leagues S. S. W. from the ſaid
Iſlands.
Thurſday fune the Tenth, we had very ſmall and varia-
ble winds. This day I reckoned that we had made hither-
to

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
47
to a S. by E. way, and a S. by W. from our departure; be-
ing driven by a current , according to the obſervation I
made, into the Latitude of fix degrees and thirty minutes.
This day we ſaw much Tortoiſe floating upon the Sea. Much Tortoiſe
Hereupon, we hoiſted out our Boat, and came to one of and other fiſh.
them, who offered not to ſtir until ſhe was ſtruck; and
even then not to ſink to the bottom, but rather to ſwim
away. The ſea hereabouts is very full of ſeveral ſorts of
Fiſh, as Dolphins, Bonitos, Albicores, Mullets,and Old Wives,
&c.which came ſwimming about our ſhip in whole ſhoals.
The next day, which was Friday, we had likewiſe very lit-
tle wind; which was no more than we had all Thurſday
night , with ſome ſhowers of rain. That day we had an
obſervation, which was ſix deg. N. latitude. In the even-
ing a freſh wind came up at S. W. our courſe being S.S. E.
On Saturday we had in like manner, about ſeven in the
morning, a freſh breeze at South. So we ſtood W. S. W.
with cloudy weather, and ſeveral ſhowers of rain. This
day our Spaniſh priſoners informed us, we muſt not expect Inconſtancy of
any ſetled wind, until we came within the Latitude of three winds.
degrees. For all along the Weſtern ſhoar of theſe ſeas there
is little wind; which is the cauſe that thoſe ſhips that go
from Acapulco unto the Iſlands called de las Philippinas, do
How the Spa-
coaſt along the ſhoar of California , until they get into the
heighth of forty five degrees ; yea ſometimes of fifty de- Philippinas.
grees latitude. As the wind varyed, ſo we tacked ſeveral
times, thereby to make the beſt of our way that was poſſi-
ble to the Southward.
As our Priſoners had informed us, ſo we found it by ex- Great calmese
perience. For on the next day, which was Sunday fune
the 13th, we had very little wind, and moſt commonly
none, for the ſpace of twenty four hours. That day we
tryed the current of the ſea,and found it very ſtrong to the
Eaſtward. The ſame day we had much rain, and in the
afternoon a ſmall breeze at Weſt, and Weſt South Weſt,but
moſtly at Weft. Yet notwithſtanding all this calmneſs of
weather, the next day in the morning very early, by a fud-
niards
go
to
dain

48
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV
More calms.
dain gale of wind which aroſe, we made ſhift to ſplit our
main top-fail. We had all the night before, and that day,
continual and inceſſant ſhowers of rain, and made a S. W.
and by fouth way; ſeeing all along as we went a multitude
of Dolphins, Bonitos,and ſeveral other forts of fiſh floating
upon thoſe Seas, whereof in the afternoon we caught ma-
ny, the weather being now changed from ſtormy to calm
They take fiſh. again; infomuch that we could fiſh as we failed along, or
rather as we lay tumbling in the calm.
Tueſday fune the 15th, the morning continued calm,
as the day before ; and this day alſo we ſaw multitudes of
fiſh of ſeveral ſorts , whereof we caught ſome for our Ta-
ble as we were wont to do. By an obſervation which was
made this day, we found our felves to be now in the lati-
Their course
tude of four degrees and twenty one minutes. At this
and deſign.
time the courſe of our Navigation, and our whole deſign
was to go and careen our Veſſels at the Inands commonly
called by the Spaniards, de los Galapagos, that is to ſay, of
the Tortoiſes, being ſo denominated from the infinite num-
ber of thoſe Animals ſwarming and breeding thereabouts.
Theſe Iſlands are ſituated under the Aquinoctial Line , at
the diſtance of a hundred Leagues inore or leſs from the
main Continent of America, in the South Sea. In the af-
ternoon of this day we had a ſmall breeze to puſh us for-
wards.
June the 16th being Wedneſday, we made our way this
this Voyages day and for the four and twenty hours laſt paſt, E.S. E. with
much rain, which ceaſed not to fall, as in all this Voyage,
fince our departure from Cayboa. This day likewiſe we
caught ſeveral Dolphins, and other forts of fiſh. But in the
evening we had again a freſh breeze at S. by W. our courſe
being, as was juſt now ſaid, E.S. E.
They fee Land. The next day,which was fune the 17th,about five in the
morning we deſcryed Land, which appeared all along to
be very low, and likewife full of Creeks and Bays. We
inſtantly asked our Pilot what Land that was before us ?
But he replyed, he knew it not. Hereupon, being doubt-
ful
Great Yains all

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
49
ful of our condition, we called Mr.Cox on board us, who
brought Captain Peralta with him. This Gentleman be-
ing asked, preſently told us, the Land we ſaw was the Land
of Barbacoa, being almoſt a wild Country all over. With-
al, he informed us, that to Leeward of us, at the diſtance of
ten Leagues, or thereabouts, did lye an Iſland called by the
name of Gorgona ; the which Iſland, he ſaid, the Spaniards Gorgona, and
did ſhun, and very ſeldom come nigh unto, by reaſon of the its qualities.
inceſſant and continual rains there
falling ; ſcarce one day
in the year being dry at that place. Captain Sharp having
heard this information of Captain Peralta, judged the ſaid
Iſland might be the fitteſt place for our company to careen They reſolve to
at ; conſidering, that if the Spaniards did not frequent it, career there.
we might in all probability lye there undiſcryed, and our
Enemies the Spaniards, in the mean time might think, that
we were gone out of thoſe Seas. At this time it was that
I ſeriouſly repented my ſtaying in the South Seas, and that
I did not return homewards in company of them that went
before us. For I knew, and could eaſily perceive, that by
theſe delays the Spaniards would gain time, and be able to
ſend advice of our coming to every Port all along the Coaſt,
fo that we ſhould be prevented in all, or moſt of our at-
tempts and deſigns whereſoever we came. But thoſe of
our company, who had got money by the former Prizes of
this Voyage , overſwayed the others who had loſt all their
booty at gaming. Thus we bore away for the Iſland afore-
ſaid of Gorgona , and at the diſtance of fix Leagues and an
half at S.W. I obſerved it to make the appearance following.
cartusul gion
on borda
01 sonop CIVIL
molto ai bai I zi biswbarw obni Interior
for tonin i frodi gollo sban
contos axa non neli a batolab
ita vw tinw M200 gbodno
1002 al doich 109 Hedbloodwody Gorgona.
borboob das mobis advogs

50
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
Lat. I. 00. N.
GORGONA.
2
terblivedlo
Gold is ge-
thered.
A place where
On the main Land over againſt this Iſland of Gorgona,
we were told by our priſoners, that up a great Laguna, or
Lake,is ſeated an Indian Town, where they have great quan-
tity of ſand grains of Gold. Moreover, that five days
journey up a River, belonging to the ſaid Laguna, do dwell
four Spaniſh Superintendents, who have each of them the
charge of overſeeing fifty or ſixty Indians, who are em-
ployed in gathering that Gold which ſlippeth from the
chief Collectors, or finders thereof Theſe are at leaſt three-
ſcore and ten, or fourſcore Spaniards, with a great number
of ſlavęs belonging unto them, who dwell higher up then
theſe four Superintendents, at the diſtance of twenty five
or thirty days Journey on the ſaid River. That once eve-
ry year, at a certain ſeaſon, there cometh a veſſel from Li-
ma, the Capital City of Peru, to fetch the Gold that here is
gathered ; and withal, to bring unto theſe people ſuch Ne-
ceſſaries as they want. By Land it is nothing leſs than ſix
weeks travel from thence to Lima.
The main Land to windward of this Iſland is very low,
and full of Rivers. All along the Coaſt it raineth moſt
deſperately. The Iſand is diſtant from the Continent
only the ſpace of four Leagues. Mean while we lay at it,
I took the whole circumference thereof, which is accor-
ding to what is here underneath deſcribed.
Captain

Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
51
♡
SJpla de la Gorgona
Cast: Sharpes Jle
trolado
cuments
og lol
Erache
soda erotetaan

53.
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Captain Sharp gave unto this Iſland the name of Sharps
Iſle, by reaſon we careened at this place. We anchored on
the South ſide of the Iſland, at the mouth of a very fine
River, which there diſgorgeth it ſelf into the Sca. There
belong unto this Iſand about thirty Rivers and Rivolets,
all which fall from the Rocks on the ſeveral ſides of the
Iſland. The whole circumference thereof is about three
Leagues and an half round, being all high and mountai-
nous land, excepting only on that ſide where we caſt An-
chor. Here therefore we moor’d our ſhip in the depth of
eighteen or twenty fathom water, and began to unrig the
They unrig
veſſel. But we were four or five days ſpace before we could
their veſelo get our Sails dry, ſo as to be able to take them from the
yards, there falling a shower of rain almoſt every hour of
the day and night. The main Land to the Eaſt of the
Iſland, and ſo ftretching Northward, is extream high and
towering, and withal perpetually clouded, excepting only
at the riſing of the Sun, at which time the tops of thoſe
hills are clear. From the South ſide of this Iſland where
we Ankored, as was ſaid above, we could ſee the low-land
of the main ; at leaſt a point thereof which lyeth neareſt
unto the Iſland. The appearance it maketh, is as it were
of Trees growing out of the water.
Friday July the ſecond, as we were heaving down our
ſhip, our Main-maſt hapned to crack. Hereupon our Car-
penters were conſtrained to cut out large fiſhes, and fiſh it,
as the uſual terms of that art do name the thing.
A huge Snake.
On the next day after the miſchance of our Main-maſt,
we killed a Snake which had fourteen inches in circumfe-
rence, and was eleven foot in length, About the diſtance
of a League from this Iſland, runneth a ledge of Rocks,
over which the water continually breaketh; the ledge be-
ing about two miles, more or leſs, in length. Had wean-
chor'd but half a mile more Northerly, we had rid in much
fmoother water; for here where we were, the wind came
in upon us in violent guſts. Mean while we were there,
from June the thirtieth, to July the third, we had dry wea-
ther,

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, bue. 53
nero
ther, which was eſteemed as a rarity by the Spaniards our
priſoners. And every day we ſaw Whales and Grampuſſes, whales and
who would often come and drive under our ſhip. We fi- Grampulj at
Gorgona.
red at them ſeveral times, but our Bullets rebounded from
their bodies. Our choice and beſt proviſions here, were
Indian Conies, Monkeys, Snakes, Oyſters, Cunks, Periwinkles,
and a few ſmall Turtle, with ſome other forts of good filh.
Here in like manner we caught a Sloath, a beaſt well deſer- 1 Sloath t&
ving that name, given it by the Spaniards, by whom it is ker.
called Pereza, from the Latin word Pigritia.
At this Iſland dyed Joſephe Gabriel, a Spaniard, born in Death of a
Chile, who was to have been our Pilot unto Panama. He Spaniſ prifcon
was the ſame man who had ſtolen and married the Indian
Kings Daughter, as was mentioned above. He had all a-
long been very true and faithful unto us, in diſcovering ſe-
veral Plots and Conſpiracies of our priſoners, either to get
away or deſtroy us. His death was occafioned by a Ca-
lenture, or Malignant Feaver, which killed him after three
days ſickneſs, having lain two days fenceleſs. During the
time of our ſtay at this Iſland, we lengthned our top-fail-
yards, and got up top gallant maſts; we made two ſtay.
fails, and refitted our ſhip very well. But we wanted
Proviſions extreamly as having nothing conſiderable of any
fort, but flower and water. Being almoſt ready to depart,
Captain Sharp our Commander, gave us to underſtand, he They change
had changed his reſolution concerning the deſign of going reſolution.
to Guayaquil, for he thought it would be in vain to gothi.
ther,conſidering, that in all this time we muſt of neceſſity
be deſcried before now. Yet notwithſtanding he himſelf
before had perſwaded us to ſtay. Being very doubtful a-
mong our ſelves what courſe we ſhould take, a certain old
man, who had long time ſailed among the Spaniards, told
us, he could carry us to a place called Arica. Unto which
Town,he ſaid, all the Plate was brought down from Potoſi,
Chuquiſaca, and ſeveral other places within the Land, where They defea forum
it was digged out of the Mountains and Mines. And that
he doubted nt, but that we might get there of purchaſe
Aricas
.

54
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
at leaſt two thouſand pound every man. For all the Plate
of the South Sea lay there as it were in ſtore ; being de-
poſited at the ſaid place , until ſuch time as the ſhips did
fetch it away. Being moved with theſe reaſons, and ha-
ving deliberated thereupon, we reſolved in the end to go
unto the ſaid place. At this Iſland of Gorgona afore-men-
tioned, we likewiſe took down our Round-houſe coach,and
all the high carved work belonging to the ſtern of the ſhip.
For when we took her from the Spaniards before Panana,
flie was high as any Third-Rate ſhip in England.
C H A P. XI.
The Bucaniers depart from the Iſle of Gorgona,
with deſign to plunder Arica. They looſe one ano-
ther by the way. They touch at the Iſle of Plate,
or Drakes Ifle, where they meet again. Des-
cription of this Iſle. Some Memoirs of Sir
Francis Drake. . An account of this Voyage, and
the Coaſts all along. They ſail as far in a fort-
night, as the Spaniards uſually do in three
months.
O
They depart N Sunday July the 25th, in the afternoon, all things
from Gorgona.
being now in a readineſs for our departure, we fet
fail, and ſtood away from the Iſland of Gorgona, or Sharps
Iſle, with a ſmall breez which ſerved us at N. W. But as
the Sun went down that day, ſo our breez dyed away by
degrees. Yet already we could begin to experiment, that
our fhip failed much better, fince the taking down her
round houſe, and the other alterations which we made in
her.
The next day about two of the clock in the morning,
we

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 55
we had a land breez to help us, which laſted for the ſpace
of ſix hours, more or leſs. So that at noon we found our
ſelves to be five Leagues and a half diſtant to the South
Weſt from Gorgona. This day the Spaniards our priſoners, A deep Coafa
told us, in common diſcourſe, that in moſt part of this low-
land Coaſt, they find threeſcore fathom water. In the af-
ternoon we had from land a very ſtrong breez: mean
while we continued making ſhort trips off and in. That
night we had much rain for the greateſt part of the night,
which occafioned the next morning, being the third day of
our Navigation, to be very cloudy until ten of the clock.
About that hour it cleared up, and then we ſaw the Iſland
of Gorgona at E. N. E. being diſtant about twelve Leagues
more or leſs from us. We had the wind all this day at
S.W. where it continued, ſeldom varying above two points
of the Compaſs to the Weſtwards. Night being come,a-
bout ten of the clock, Captain Sharp ordered me to ſpeak
unto Captain Cox, and bid him go about and ſtand off
from the ſhoar, för he feared leaſt Cox ſhould come too
nigh unto it. But he replyed, he knew well;that he might
ſtand in until two of the clock. The next day very early They looſe ones
in the morning, we ſaw him not, the morning being clou- anothers-
dy and ſtark calm. Yet notwithſtanding at eight of the
clock it cleared up, and neither then could we fee him.
From hence we concluded, and ſo it proved, that we had
loſt him in the obſcurity of the night, through his obſtina-
cy in ſtanding in too long, and not coming about when we
fpoke unto him. Thus our Admirals ſhip was left alone,
and we had not the company of Captain Cox any longer in
this Voyage, till we arrived at the Iſle of Plate, where we
had the good fortune to find him again, as ſhall be mention
ned hereafter. The weather being clear this morning, we
could ſee Gorgona, at the diſtance of at leaſt fifteen or fixo
teen Leagues to the EN, E. All this day it continued
calm, till about four in the afternoon, at which time we
had a W. S. W. wind, which continued to blow all that
night
Thurſday

56
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
tland del Gal-
lo.
Thurſday July the 29th 1680. This day the wind con-
tinued pretty freſh all day long. About four in the after-
noon we came within ſight of the Iſland del Gallo, which
I gueſſed to be nigh twenty eight Leagues diſtant from
that of Gorgona , the place of our departure S.W. It is
about nine Leagues diſtant to Eaſt from the Main. So that
the Idand with the Main Land S.W. from it appeareth thus.
GALLO
Lat. 2. 12. N.
3
n
All this day the weather continued clear, and the wind
W. S.W.
The next day being July the zoth, the wind blew very
freſh and brisk; inſomuch, that we were in ſome fear for
the heads of our low Maſts,as being very ſenlible that they
were but weak. About three or four in the afternoon, we
ſaw another Iſland, fix or ſeven Leagues diſtant from Gallo,
7[le of Gcrgo- called Gorgonilla. At E. by S. from us it made the appea-
rance which I have here adjoyned. All the Main-Land
hereabouts lyeth very low and flat , and is in very many
places overflown and drowned every high-water.
tilla.
GORGONIL L A.
4
لا
On Saturday July the thirty firſt in the morning, the I-
fland

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
57
ſland del Gallo, at E.N.E. being diſtant about eight Leagues,
gave us this appearance.
GALL 0, Another Proſpect thereof.
2
2
ammare
3
door
DONIS
དེ ད ར ར ང ར ད ནུ་ the
WW spain
evo
The paint of Mangroves is a low and level point , run-
ning out S.S. W. This day, and the night before it, we
loft by our computation three Leagues of our way.Which they looſe wdy.
I believe hapned, by reaſon we ſtood out too far from the
Land, as having ſtood off all night long. 2 9950
Auguſt the firſt, which was Sunday, we had a very freſh
wind at W. S.W. This was joyned alſo with ſeveral ſmall
ſhowers of rain which fell that day. In the mean while
we got pretty well fo Windward with it, by making ſmall
trips to and fro; which we performed moſt commonly,by
ſtanding in three glaſſes, and as many eut.
The next day, Auguſt the ſecond in the morning, we came Land of San
Tiago.
up unto the high-land of San Tiago, where beginneth the
high-land of this Coaſt. We kept at the diſtance of ten
Leagues from it, and making continual fhort trips, as was
mentioned before. The next day likewiſe we continued
to do the ſame. But the weather was cloudy, and for the
moſt part full of rain,
full of rain, gick on
200
alto
Wedneſday Auguſt the fourth, we continued ftill turn- Land of San
ing in the winds eye, as we had done for two days before. Matteo.
This day in the afternoon we diſcovered three Hills at
E. N. E. of our ſhip. Theſe Hills make the Land of San
Matteo, which giveth this following appearance.
$$913
9190
Woon
la baurulan I
San

58
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
borgsod
San MATTEO.
20
uwun
numurrow
ฯ
~
Cape St. Fran-
CIS
SD 1
we
010
xi
All the Coaſt along hereabouts is high land. That eve-
ning alſo we ſaw the Cape of San Franciſco
. At firſt this
Cape appeared like unto two ſeveral Iſlands. But two
hours after, at the
diſtance of twelve
Leagues, at S. by W.
It looked thus.
gre 99103 noitstumo po ya stol
only moti huo
sold bang veiled
Cape of San FRANCISCO..
tllert yiovs bed-ow Ebre arw shidw
od stupul
Ilom Istovalni voizsw eidTeoriw
olid
doir oise 20 219 wo
mitar
novom
tony
413 la buning iqror att
Thurſday August the fifth;we being tlfen about the Cape,
it looked very like unto Beachy-head in England. It is full
of white Cliffs on all fides. The land turneth off here to
the Eaſtward of the South , and maketh a large and deep
Bay, the circumference whereof is full of pleaſant Hills
.
In the bite of the Bay are two high and rocky Iſlands, the
the which repreſent exactly two ſhips with their Sails full.We
were now come out of the rainy Countreys, into a plea-
fant and fair Region, where we had for the moſt part a
clear sky, and dry weather. Only now and then we could
here find a ſmall miſt
, which foon would vaniſh away. In
the mean while , every night a great dew uſed to fall,
which ſupplied the defect of rain.
The two next days following, we continued plying to
wind-

Voyage of Captain Sharp, douc.
59
windward with fair weather, nothing elſe remarkable
hapning in them which might deſerve any notice to be ta-
ken thereof.
swi base
bredo
On Sunday Auguſt the eighth, we came cloſe under a
wild and mountainous Country. This day likewiſe we ſaw
Cape Paſſao, at the diſtance of ten Leagues more or leſs Cabo Paſſao.
to windward of us. Ever ſince we came on this ſide Man-
grove point, we obſerved a windward Current did run all
along as we failed. Under ſhoar the Land is full of white
Cliffs and Groves ; lower towards the pitch of the Cape.
The next day, we had both a fair day, and a freſh wind
to help us on our Voyage. We obſerved that Cape Paſſao
maketh three points, between which are two Bays. The
Leeward-moſt of the two, is of the length of three Leagues,
and the other of four. Adjoyning to the Bays is feen a
pleaſant valley. Our priſoners informed us, that North-
ward of theſe Capes live certain Indians , who fell Maiz,
and other Proviſions to any ſhips that happen to come in
there. The Cape it felf is a continued Cliff, covered with
feveral forts of ſhrubs and low buſhes. Under theſe Cliffs
lyeth a ſandy Bay of the depth of forty feet. The Spa-
niards fay, that the wind is always here between the S.S.W.
and W.S.W. The Cape repreſenteth with much likely-
neſs the brow of an Alligator or Cayman. At South Cape
GLISS obzott
Paſlao appeareth thus.
xil nuod
Cape PASSAO.
Lat. 1. 30. S.
8
Tueſday Auguſt the Tenth. This morning the sky was
ſo thick and haſey, that we could not ſee the high-land;
I 2
though

Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
though it were juſt before us, and not altogether two
Leagues diſtant from us. But as ſoon as it cleared up, we
ftood in towards the Land, until we came within a mile of
the ſhoar. Here having founded, we found ſeven fathom
and a half water , under which was a light and clayey
citate ground. The Coaft all along is very mountainous, and
likewiſe full of high and towring Cliffs. When we foun-
ded, the Tyde was almoſt at low-water. Here it ebbeth
and floweth nigh four fathom perpendicular. From this
Cape the land runneth along S. E. for the ſpace of three.or
four Leagues, with huge high - land Cliffs, like unto
thoſe of Callis over againſt England. Being paſt this Cape,
high-land South from us, is Cape St. Lawrence.
Auguſt the rith, we found our ſelves N. N. W. from
Monte de Chriſto, being a very high and round hill. From
thence to windward is ſeen a very pleaſant Country, with
ſpots here and there of woody land; which cauſeth the
Country all over to look like ſo many encloſures of ripe
Corn fields. To Leeward of the ſaid. Hill, the Land is all
high and hilly, with white Cliffs at the ſea-ſide. The
Coaſt runneth S. W. till it reacheth, unto a point of Land,
within which is the Port of Manta, as it is called. This
Port of Manta Port of Manta, is nothing elſe than a ſettlement of Spa-
niards and Indians, together, where ſhips that want Provi-
fions do call in, and are furniſhed with ſeveral neceſſaries
.
About fix or ſeven Leagues to windward of this Port is
Cape St. Lawrence, butting out into the Sea,being in form
like unto the top of a Church. Monte de Chriſto giveth
this appearance at Sea.
Monte de
Chrifto.
Monte

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
Monte de CHRISTO.
Lat. 50. S.
The Cape rileth higher and higher from the Port of
Manta. As we failed along we ſaw multitudes of Gram- Water-Snakes
puffes every day; as alſo Water-Snakes of divers colours. and Grampuse
ses.
Both the Spaniards,and Indians too are very fearful of theſe
Snakes, as believing there is no cure for their bitings. At
the diſtance of eight Leagues, or thereabouts, to Leeward
of Cape St. Laurence, it appeareth thus.
Cape St. L AVRENCE.
Lat. 55. So
ܟܫܫܩܝܩܩ
LO
This day before night we came within ſight of Manta.
Here we ſaw the Houſes of the Town belonging to the
Port, which were not above twenty or thirty Indian houſes,
lying under the windward and the Mount. We were not
willing to be deſcryed by the Inhabitants of the ſaid place,
and hereupon we ſtood off to ſea again.
On Thurſday Auguſt the 12th, in the morning, we ſaw
the Iland of Plate at S. W. at the diſtance of five Leagues iſe of Palcea.
more or leſs. It appeared unto us to be an even land. Ha-
ving made this Iſland, we reſolved to go thither and refit
our rigging, and get ſome Goats which there run wild up
and

62
Part VI.
Bucaniers of America.
and down the Country. For as was ſaid before, at this
time we had no other proviſion than flour and water.
The Iſland it ſelf is indifferent high land, and off at fea,
looketh thus, as is here defcribed.
Iſle of PL ATE.
Lat. 2. 4.2. S.
10
Cape Paſſao.
But the high-land of Cape Paffae,of which we have fpo-
ken before , at the diſtance of fifteen Leagues to North,
giveth in ſeveral hamocks this appearance.
High-land of Cape PAS SA O.
C. St. Law
rence.
tain Cox,
whom they
12
การทา
The Land of Cape Lorenzo is all white Cliffs; the head
of the Cape running N. and S. This day ſeveral great
Whales came up to us, and dived under our ſhip. One of
theſe Whales followed our ſhip, from two in the afternoon
"They find Cap. till dark night.
The next morning very early , about ſix of the clock,
had lot.
we came under the aforeſaid me of Plate , and here unex-
rectedly, to our great joy, we found at anchor the ſhip of
Captain Cox, with his whole company, whom we had loft
at ſea for the ſpace of a whole fortnight before. We found
they had reached this Iſland, and had been there at an an-
chor four days before us, being now juſt ready to depart
from thence. About ſeven we came to an anchor, and
then the other veſſel fent us a live Tortoiſe, and a Goat, to
feaſt upon that day; telling us withal, of great ſtore of
Tortoiſe to be found aſhoar upon the Bays; and of much
fill

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dve.
63
merous.
fiſh to be caught hereabouts. The Iſland is very ſteep on Deſcription of
all ſides ; infomuch, that there is no landing, but only on
the Iſle of Plare
the N. E. ſide thereof; where is a Gully, nigh unto which
we anchored in twelve fathom water. Here at the di-
ſtance of a furlong, or little more from the ſhoar, as you
go to land , you will ſee on the left ſide hill a Croſs ſtill
ſtanding, being there erected in former times. No Trees
are to be found on the whole Iſland , but only low ſhrubs,
on which the Goats feed; which Cattle is here very nu...
The ſhoar is bold and hard; neither is there any
water to be found upon it , excepting only on the S. W.
fide of the Iland, where likewiſe it cannot be come at, as
lying ſo much encloſed by the Rocks, and too great a Sea
hindring the approach unto it in boats.
This Iſland received it's name from Sir Francis Drake, 'Sir Fr.Daake..
and his famous Actions. For here it is reported by tradi-
tion, that he made the dividend, or ſharing of that vaſt
quantity of Plate, which he took in the Armada of this
Sea, diſtributing it unto each man of his company by
whole bowles full. The Spaniards affirm unto this day,
he took at that time twelve ſcore Tuns of Plate, and fix-
teen Bowles of Coyned Money a man; his number being
then forty five men in all. Inſomuch, that they were for-
ced to heave much of it over board, becauſe his ſhip could
not carry it all
. Hence was this Inand called by the Spas
niards themſelves the Iſle of Plate, from this great Divi-
dend, and by us Drakes Iſle.
All along as we failed, we found the Spaniſh Pilots to be svaniſh Pilotsong
very ignorant of the Coaſts. But they plead thus much their igno-
for their ignorance, that the Merchants their employers,
either of Mexico, Lima, Panama, or other parts, will not
entruſt one penny worth of Goods on that man Veſſel
that corketh her, for fear left the ſhould miſcarry. Here
our Priſoners told us likewiſe, that in the time of Oliver
Cromwel, or the Common-wealth of England, à certain
A ſhip with
money sent to
ſhip was fitted out of Lima, with ſeventy braſs Guns, ha- King Charles
ving on board her no leſs then thirty Millions of Dollers,
finclo
the secondo

The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Their Pilot ye-
moved.
or pieces of Eight. All which vaſt ſum of money was given
by the Merchants of Lima , and ſent as a Preſent unto
our gracious King(or rather his Father)who now reigneth,
to ſupply him in his Exile and diſtreſs. But that this great
and rich ſhip was loſt by keeping the ſhoar along in the
Bay of Manta above-mentioned, or thereabouts. What
truth there may be in this Hiſtory, I cannot eaſily tell.
At leaſt, it ſeemeth to me as ſcarce deſerving any credit
.
At this Iſland we took out of Mr.Cox's fhip the old
Moor,(for of that Nation he was) who pretended he would
be our Pilot unto Arica. This was done, left we fhould
have the misfortune of looſing the company of Cox's vef-
fel, as we had done before , our ſhip being the biggeſt in
burthen, and having the greateſt number of men. Captain
Peralta admired oftentimes that we were gotten ſo far to
windward in fo little ſpace of time; whereas they had been,
he ſaid, many times three or four months in reaching to
this diſtance from our departure. But their long and te-
dious Voyages, he added, were occafioned by their keep-
ing at too great a diſtance from the ſhoar. Moreover, he
told us, that had we gone unto the hands of Galapagos, as
we were once determined to do, we had met in that Voy-
age with many Calms, and ſuch Currents, that many
fhips have by them been loſt, and never heard of to this
day. This Iſland of Plate is about two Leagues in length,
and very full of both deep and dangerous Bays, as alſo
ſuch as we call Gully's in theſe parts. The circumference
and deſcription of the ſaid Iſland is exactly thus.
We

Part IV.
Voyage of Captain Sharp, crea
65
Bondo
+
it tt
S Fran :Drakes Ille
or Iſla de la Plata
+
+ +
+
ut
UCS
LAO
lereng

66
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
Great number
of Tortoiſes
and Goats.
We caught at this Iſland, and ſalted good number of
Goats and Tortoiſes. One man ſtanding here on a little
Bay, in one day turned ſeventeen Tortoiſes ; beſides which
number our Muſquito ſtrikers brought us in ſeveral more.
Captain Sharp our Commander ſhewed himſelf very in-
genious in ſtriking them , he performing it as well as the
Tortoiſe ſtrikers themſelves. For theſe creatures here are
ſo little fearful, that they offer not to ſink from the fiſher-
men, but lye ſtill until ſuch time as they are ſtruck. But
we experimented that the Tortoiſes on this fide, were not
ſo large nor ſo ſweet unto the taſt, as thoſe on the North
fide of the Iſland. Of Goats we have taken, killed, and
ſalted above a hundred in a day, and that without any la-
bour. In the mean while we ſtayed here, we made a
{quare main top-fail yard. We cut alſo fix foot of our
bolt-ſprit, and three foot more of our head. Moſt of the
time that we remained here, we had haſey weather. Only
now and then the Sun would happen to break out, and
then to ſhine ſo hot, that it burnt the skin of the necks
of ſeveral of our men. As for me, my lips were burnt
in ſuch manner, that they were not well in a whole week
after.
СНАР.

Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
67
CH A P. XII.
Captain Sharp and his company depart from the Iſle
of Plate, in proſecution of their Voyage towards
Arica. They take two Spaniſh Veſſels by the
way,and learn intelligence from the enemy. Eight
of their company deſtroyed at the Iſle of Gallo.
Tediouſneſs of this Voyage, and great hardſhip
they endured. Deſcription of the. Coaft all as
long, and their ſailings.
Plate.
HA
Aving taken in at the Iſle of Plate, what Proviſions They depart-
and other Neceſſaries we could get, we ſet ſail from from the ifte of
thence on Tueſday the 17th of Auguſt, 1680. in profecu-
tion of our Voyage and deſigns above-mentioned, to take
and plunder the vaſtly rich Town of Arica. This day we
failed fo well and the ſame we did ſeveral others afterwards,
that we were forced to lye by ſeveral times, beſides reifing,
our top-fails , to keep our other ſhip company, leaſt we
fhould looſe her again.
The next morning about break of day, we found our They outfäit
ſelves to be at the diſtance of ſeven or eight Leagues to the other Vete-
the Weſtward of the Iſland from whence we departed,
sele
ſtanding W.by S.with a S.by W. wind. About noon that
day we had laid the land. After dinner the wind came at
S.S. W. at which time we were forced to ſtay more than
once for the other veſſel belonging to our company.
On the following day we continued in like manner a:
weſt courſe all the day long. Sometimes this day the
wind would change, but then in a quarter of an hour it
would return to S.S. W. again as before. Hereabouts.
where we now were, we obſerved great riplings of the Seas
Auguſt
K 2

68
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
of her.
Auguſt the twentieth, yeſterday in the afternoon about
ſix of the clock, we ſtood in S. E. But all night and all
this day, we had very ſmall winds. We found ſtill that
They ſtill gain we gained very much of the ſmall ſhip, which did not a
little both perplex and hinder us in our courſe.
The next day likewiſe we ſtood in S. E. by S. though
with very little wind,which ſometimes varyed,as was men-
tioned above. That day I finiſhed two Quadrants; each
The Author of which were two foot and a half radius. Here we
maketh na-
Arants at ſea.s had in like manner, as hath been mentioned on other days
of our failings, very many Dolphins, and other forts of fiſh
ſwimming about our ſhip.
On the morning following we ſaw again the Iſland of
Plate at NE. of our ſhip, giving us this appearance at that
diſtance of Proſpect.
Iſle of PLATE
23
*Solango.
The ſame day at the diſtance of fix Leagues more or
leſs from the ſaid Iſland, we ſaw another Iſland, called So-
lango. This Iſle lyeth cloſe in by the Main-land. In the
evening we obſerved it to bare E. N. E. from us. Our
courſe was S. E. by S. and had the wind at S. W. by S. This
day likewiſe we found that our leſſer ſhip was ſtill a great
hindrance to our ſailing , as being forced to lye by, and
ſtay for her two or three hours every day. We experi-
mented likewiſe, that the farther from ſhoar we were, the
leſs wind we had all along; and that under the fhoar we
werealways ſure of a freſh gale, though not fo favourable
unto us as we could wiſh it to be. Hitherto we had uſed
to ſtand off forty Leagues, and yet notwithſtanding in the
ſpace of ſix days,we had not got above ten Leagues on our
Koyage, from the place of our departure. Auguſt
Great caluso

Part IV.
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
69
Auguſt the twenty third, this day the wind was S.W.
by S. and S. S.W. In the morning we ſtood off. The
Iſland Solango, at N. E. by N. appeareth thus:
Iſle of SOLAN G O.
14
len.
At S. by W. and about ſix Leagues diſtance from us, we Point St. He-
deſcryed a long and even hill. I took it to be an Iſland,
and conjectured it might be at leaſt eight Leagues diſtant
from the Continent. But afterwards we found it was a
point of Land joyning unto the Main, and is called Point
St. Helena, being continued by a piece of Land which lyeth
low, and in ſeveral places is almoſt drowned from the
fight; ſo that it cannot be ſeen at two Leagues diſtance.
In this low-land the Spaniards have convenience for ma-
king Pitch, Tar, Salt, and ſome other things, for which
purpoſe they have ſeveral houſes here, and a Fryar, who
ſerveth them as their Chaplain. From the Iſland of Solar-
go, unto this place, are reckoned eleven leagues, more or
leſs. The Land is hereabouts indifferent high, and is like-
wiſe full of Bays. We had this day very little wind to
help us in our Voyage, excepting what blaſts came now
and then in ſnatches. Theſe ſometimes would prove pret-
ty fair unto us, and allow us for ſome little while a South
courſe. But our chiefeſt courſe was S.E. by S. The point
of St. Helen at South half Eaſt, and about fix Leagues di-
ſtance, giveth exactly this appearance as followeth.
Punta

70
Part VI
Ds
Bucaniers of America.
Punta de Santa HELENA
man
15
2 ?
Here we found no great current of the Sea to move
any way. At the Iſle of Plata, afore deſcribed , the Sea
- 21 22 trio ebbeth and floweth nigh thirteen foot perpendicular. About
four Leagues to Leeward of this point is a deep Bay, ha-
ving a Key at the mouth of it, which taketh up the bet-
ter part of its wideneſs. In the deepeſt part of the Bay
on ſhoar, we ſaw a great ſmoak, which was at a Village be-
longing to the Bay ; unto which place the people were rea
moved from the Point above-mentioned. This afternoon
we had a ſmall Weſterly wind, our courſe being S. S. W.
Hereabouts it is all along a very bold ſhoar. At three of
the clock after noon, we tackt about to clear our felves of
Bark-logs. the Point. Being now a little way without the Point, we
eſpied a fail,which we conceived to be a Bark. Hereupon,
we hoiſted out our Canoa,and ſent in purſuit of her, which
made directly for the ſhoar. But the fail proved to be no-
thing elſe, then a pair of Bark-Logs, which arriving on
ſhoar, the men ſpread their fail on the fand of the Bay to
dry. At the ſame time there came down upon the ſhoar
an Indian on horſeback, who hallowed unto our Canoa,
which had followed the Logs. But our men fearing to
diſcover who we were in caſe they went too near the ſhoar,
left the deſign and returned back untous. In theſe parts the
Indians have no Canoas, nor any wood indeed that may be
thought fit to make them of. Had we been deſcryed by
theſe poor people, they would in all probability have been
very fearful of us. But they offered not to ſtir, which gave
us to underſtand, they knew us not. We could perceive
from the ſhip a great path leading unto the Hills. So that
No Canoas
hereabouts.
We

Part IV Voyage of Captain Sharp, dr.
71
Tow.
we believed this place to be a look-out , or watch-place, for
the ſecurity of Guayaquil. Between four and five we dou-
bled the point, and then we deſcryed the Point Chandy,
at the diſtance of ſix Leagues S.S. E. from this point. At
firſt fight it ſeemed like unto a long Iſland, but withal,
lower then that of St. Helena,
Tueſday Auguſt the 24th, this day at noon we took the Cox's veſſel
other ſhip wherein Captain Cox failed into a Tow, ſhe be- taken in a
ing every day a greater hinderance than before unto our
Voyage. Thus about three in the afternoon we loſt ſight
of land, in ſtanding over for Cape Blanco. Here we found
a ſtrong current to move unto the S.W. The wind was
at S.W. by S. our courſe being S. by E. At the upper end
of this Gulf, which is framed by the two Capes afore-
mentioned, ftandeth the City of Guayaquil, being a very Guayaquil.
rich place, and the Embarcadero, or Sea-port unto the great
City of Quito. Unto this place likewiſe, many of the Mer-
chants of Lima do uſually ſend the Money they deſign for
Old Spain in Barks,and by that means ſave the Cuſtom that
otherwiſe they ſhould pay unto the King by carrying it on
board of the Fleet. Hither cometh much Gold from
Quito, and very good and ſtrong broad-cloath, together
with Images for the uſe of the Churchies, and ſeveral o-
ther things of conſiderable value. But more eſpecially Cacao-nut the
Cacao-nut, whereof Chocolate is made , which is ſuppoſed beft fort.
here to be the beſt in the whole Univerſe. The Town of
Guayaquil conſiſteth of about one hundred and fifty great
houſes, and twice as many little ones. This was the
Town unto which Captain Sawkins intended to make his
1 doyage, as was mentioned above. When ſhips of greater
burthen come into this Gulf, they anchor without Lapina,
and then put their lading into leſſer Veſſels to carry it un-
to the Town. Towards the evening of this day, a ſmall
breez ſprung up, varying from point to point. After
which, about nine of the clock at night we tacked about,
and ſtood off to Sea, W.by N.
oral
As
200

72
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV
A prize taken.
As ſoon as we had tackt,we hapned to eſpy a Sail N.N.E.
from us. Hereupon,we inſtantly caſt off our other Veſſel,
which we had in a Tow, and ſtood round about after
them. We came very near unto the veſſel before they
faw us, by reaſon of the darkneſs of the night. As ſoon as
they eſpied us,they immediately clapt on a wind and failed
very well before us ; inſomuch, that it was a pretty while
2016: before we could come up with them, and within call. We
halled them in Spaniſh, by means of an Indian priſoner,
and commanded them to lower their top-fails. They an-
ſwered, they would ſoon make us to lower our own. Here-
upon, we fired ſeveral Guns at them, and they as thick at
us again with their Harquibuſſes. Thus they fought us
for the ſpace of half an hour, or more, and would have
done it longer, had we not killed the man at the Helm;
after whom , none of the reſt dared to be ſo hardy as to
take his place. With another of our ſhot we cut in pieces
and diſabled their main-top halliards. Hereupon , they
cryed out for Quarter, which we gave them, and entred
their ſhip. Being poſſeſſed of the Veſſel, we found in her
five and thirty men : of which number twenty four were
Natives of old Spain. I. They had one and thirty fire arms
on board the ſhip for their defence. They had not fought
or nous, as they declared afterwards, but only out of a bravado,
to find having promiſed on ſhoar ſo to do, in caſe they met us at
Sea. The Captain of this Vefſel was a perſon of Quali-
ty, and his Brother, ſince the death of Don Facinto de Bar
crabena , killed by us in the Engagement before Panama,
was now made Admiral of the Sea Armada. With hi*
we took alſo in this Bark, five or fix other perſons of Qua-
lity. They did us in this fight, though ſhort, very great
damage in our Rigging, by cutting it in pieces. Beſides
iwhich, they wounded two of our méh. And a third man
waś wounded by the negligence of one of our own men,
pacafioned by a Piſtol which went off unadvilçdiy, About
eleven of the clock this night we ſtood off to the West.
The

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 73
The next morning about break of day, we hoiſted out What informa-
our Canoa, and went aboard the Bark which we had taken from the Prize.
the night before. We tranſported on board our own ſhip
more of the Priſoners taken in the ſaid veſſel, and began
to examine them to learn what intelligence we could from
them. The Captain of the veſſel, who was a very civil
and meek Gentleman, fatisfyed our deſires in this point
very exactly, ſaying unto us : Gentlemen, I am now your pri.
Soner at War by the over-ruling providence of fortune ; and
moreover, am very well ſatisfyed that no money whatſoever can
procure my ranſom, at leaſt for the preſent at your hands.
Hence I am perſwaded, it is not my intereſt to tell you a Lye ;
which if I do, I deſire you to puniſh me as ſeverely as you ſhall
think fit. We heard of your taking and deſtroying our Ar-
madilla, and other ſhips at Panama,about fix weeks after that
Engagement, by two ſeveral Barks which arrived here from
thence. But they could not inform us whether you deſigned
to come any farther to the Southward ; but rather , deſired
we would ſend them ſpeedily all the help by Sea that we could.
Hereupon, we ſent the noiſe and rumour of your being in theſe
Seas, by land unto Lima, defiring they would expedite what
ſuccours they could ſend to joyn with ours. We had at that
time in our Harbour two or three great ſhips, but all of them
very unfit to fail. For this reaſon, at Lima, the Vice-Roy of
Peru preſſed three great Merchant ſhips, into the biggeſt of
which he put Fourteen braſs guns ; into the ſecond, Ten ; and
in the other Six. Unto theſe he added two Barks, and put
ſeven hundred and fifty Souldiers on board them all. Of this
number of men they landed eightſcore at Point St. Helena ;
all the reſt being carryed down to Panama, with deſign to fight
you there. Beſides theſe Forces, two other men of War, bigger
than the afore-mentioned, are ſtill lying at Lima, and fitting
out there in all ſpeed to follow and purſue you. One of theſe
men of war is equipped with thirty ſix braſs guns, and the o-
ther with thirty. Theſe ſhips, beſide their complement of ſea-
men, have four hundred Souldiers added unto them by the
Vice-Roy. Another man of war belonging to this number,
and
L

74
☺ Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
and leſſer than the afore-mentioned, is called the Patache.
This ſhip conſiſteth of twenty four guns, and was ſent to Arica
to fetch the Kings Plate from thence. But the Vice-Roy ha-
ving received intelligence of your exploits at Panama , Sent
for ihis ship back from thence with
ſuch haft, that they came
away and left the Money behind them. Hence the Patache
now lyeth at the Port of Callao, ready to ſail on the firſt occa-
fron, or news of your arrival thereabouts : they having for
this purpoſe ſent unto all parts very ſtrict orders to keep a
good look-out on all ſides, and all places along the Coafts. Since
this, from Manta they ſent us word, that they had ſeen two
Ships at ſea paſs by ibat place. And from the Goat Key al-
ſo we heard, that the Indians had ſeen you,and that they were
aſſured, one of your veſels was the ſhip called la Trinidad,
which you had taken before Panama, as being a ſhip very well
known in theſe Seas. From hence we concluded, that your de-
Sign was to ply, and make your Voyage thereabouts. Now this
Bark wherein you took us priſoners
being bound for Panama,
the Governour of Guayaquil fent us out before her departure,
if poſſible to diſcover
you. Which if we did, we were to run
the Bark on ſhoar and get away, or elſe to fight you with theſe
Souldiers and fire arms that you ſee. As ſoon as we heard of
your being in theſe Seas,we built two Forts, the one of fix Guns,
and the other of four , for the defence of the Town. At the
laſt Muſter taken in the Town of Guayaquil,we had there eight
hundred and fifty men, of all colours ; but when we came out,
we left only two hundred men that were actually under Arms.
Thus ended the Relation of that worthy Gentleman.
About noon that day we unrigged the Bark which we had
taken, and after ſo doing funk her. Then we ſtood S.S.E.
and afterwards S. by W. and S.S.W. That evening we ſaw
Point St. Helena at North half Eaſt, at the diſtance of nine
Leagues more or leſs.
The next day, being Auguſt the 26th, in the morning
we ſtood S. That day we cryed out all our pillage , and
found that it amounted unto 3276 Pieces of Eight,which
was accordingly divided by ſhares amongſt us. We alſo
puniſhed
What Plate
they took in
the Prize.

Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
75
towards me
at Gallo.
puniſhed a Fryar, who was Chaplain to the Bark afore. Their cruelty
mentioned, and ſhot him upon the deck, caſting him over- Fryar.
board before he was dead. Such cruelties though I abe
horred very much in my heart, yet here was I forced to
hold my tongue and contradict them not, as having nor
authority to overſway them. About ten of the clock
this morning we faw Land again , and the Pilot ſaid we
were ſixteen Leagues to leeward of Cabo Blanco. Hereup-
on we ſtood off and in, clofe under the ſhoar; the which
all appeared to be barren land.
The morning following we had very little wind; fo Eight of their
that we advanced but ſlowly all that day. To windward men deſtroyed
of us we could perceive the Continent to be all high land,
being whitiſh clay , full of white Cliffts. This morning
in common diſcourſe, our Priſoners confeſſed unto us, and
acknowledged the deſtruction of one of our little Barks,
which we loſt in our way to the Iſland of Cayboa. They
ftood away, as it appeared by their information, for the
Goat-key, thinking to find us there, as having heard Cap-
tain Sawkins fay, that he would go thither. On their
way they hapned to fall in with the Iſland of Gallo, and
underſtanding its weakneſs by their Indian Pilot , they
ventured on ſhoar,and took the place, carrying away three
white women in their company. But after a ſmall time
of Cruiſing, they returned again to the aforeſaid Iſland,
where they ſtayed the ſpace of two or three days: after
which time they went out to ſea again. Within three or
four days they came to a little Key four Leagues diſtant
from this Ille. But mean while they had been out and in
thus ſeveral times, one of their priſoners made his eſcape
unto the Main, and brought off from thence fifty men
with fire-arms. Theſe placing themſelves in Ambuſcade,
at the firſt volly of their fhot, they killed fix of the ſeven
men that belonged unto the Bark. The other man that.
was left took quarter of the enemy; and he it was that
diſcovered unto them our deſign upon the Town of Guay-
aquil
. By an obſervation which we made this day, we
found
12

76
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
laid.
Their whole
number.
An Embargo found our felves to be in the latitude of 3 d. 50. S. At
this time our priſoners told us, there was an Embargo laid
on all the Spaniſh ſhips, commanding them not to ſtir out
of the Ports, for fear of their falling into our hands at
Sea.
They Cane Cap- the water, and moſt part of the flower that was in Cap-
Saturday Auguſt the 28th, this morning we took out all
vajel. tain Cox's veſſel. The people in like manner came on board
our ſhip. Having done this, we made a hole in the vef-
ſel, and left her to fink, with a ſmall old Canoa at her ftern.
To Leeward of Manta, a League from ſhoar, in eighteen
fathom water, there runneth a great current outwards.
About eleven in the forenoon we weighed Anchor, with a
wind at W.N. W. turning it out. Our number now in all
being reckoned, we found our felves to be one hundred and
forty men, two boys, and fifty five priſoners, being all
now in one and the fame bottom. This day we got fix
or ſeven Leagues in the winds eye.
All the day following we had a very ſtrong S. S. W.
The firſt place
Setled in these wind; inſomuch, that we were forced to fail with two
riffs in our main-top fail, and one alſo in our fore-top fail.
Here Captain Peralta told us, that the firſt place which the
Spaniards fettled in theſe parts, after Panama, was Tumbes,
a place that now was to Leeward of us, in this Gulph
A ftrange ſtory where we now were. That there a Prieſt went afhoar
with a Crofs in his hand, while ten thouſand Indians ſtood
gazing at him. Being landed on the ſtrand , there came
out of the woods two Lyons; that he laid the Croſs gent-
ly on their backs, and they inſtantly fell down and wor-
fhipped it: and moreover, that two Tigres following them,
did the ſame;whereby thefe Animals gave unto the Indians
to underſtand the excellency of the Chriſtian Religion,
which they ſoon after embraced. About four in the eve-
ning we came abreaſt the Cape, which is the higheſt part
of all
. The Land hereabouts appeareth to be barren and
rockey: At three Leagues diſtance Eaſt from us,the Cape
fhewed thus :
Cape
Seas.
Cabo Blanco.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &-c.
77
Cape BLANCO.
16
Were it not for a windward Current which runneth un-
der the ſhoar hereabouts, it were totally impoſſible for any
fhips to get about this Cape ; there being ſuch a great
current to Leeward in the offing. In the laſt Bark which
we took, of which we ſpoke in this Chapter , we made
Priſoner one Nicolas Moreno, a Spaniard by Nation, and
who was eſteemed to be a very good Pilot of the South Sea.
This man did not ceaſe continually to praiſe our ſhip for
her failing, and eſpecially for the alterations we had made
in her. As we went along, we obſerved many Bays to
lye between this Cape and Point Parina, of which we ſhall
foon make mention hereafter.
In the night the wind came about to S. S.E. and we had Point Parina.
a very ſtiff gale of it. So that by break of day the next
morning, we found our ſelves to be about five Leagues di-
ſtance to windward of the Cape aforementioned. The
Land hereabouts maketh three or four ſeveral Bays, and
groweth lower and lower, by how much the nigher we
come unto Punta Parina. This point ſheweth it ſelf at
firſt ſight thereof like unto two Iſlands. Between four and
five of the clock that evening, we were Weſt from the ſaid
Point.
The next day likewiſe, being the laſt day of Auguſt, the
wind ſtill continued S. S.E, as it had done the whole day
before. This day we thought it convenient to ſtand far-
ther out to ſea, for fear of being deſcryed at Paita, which Paica
now

78
Part VI.
Bucaniers of America.
Bark.logs and
their ufe.
now was not very far diſtant fromus. The morning proved
to be haſey. But about eleven we eſpied a Sail, which
ſtood then juſt as we did, E. by S. Coming nearer unto it,
by degrees we found her to be nothing elſe than a pair of
Bark-Jogs under a fail, which were going that way. Our
Pilot adviſed us not to meddle with thoſe Logs, nor mind
them in the leaſt,for it was very doubtful whether we ſhould
be able to come up with them or not ; and then by giving
chace unto them, we ſhould eaſily be deſcryed and known
to be the Engliſh Pirates, as they called us. Theſe Bark-
logs ſail excellently well for the moſt part, and ſome of
them are of ſuch a bigneſs, that they will carry two hun-
dred and fifty packs of Meal from the Valleys unto Pana-
ma, without wetting any of it. This day by an obſervation
made, we found our felves to be in four degrees fifty five
Latitude South. Point Parina at N.E. by E. and at the di-
ſtance of ſix Leagues more or leſs, giveth this following
appearance,
Punta P. ARIN A.
17
AC

Part IV.
Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
79.
At the ſame time la Silla de Paita bore from us S.E.by
E. being diſtant only ſeven or eight Leagues. It had the
form of a high Mountain, and appeared thus unto us.
La Silla de PAITA.
a
I 8
25
The Town of Paita it ſelf is ſituated in a deep Bay, as
bout two Leagues to Leeward of this Hill. It ferveth for
an Embarcadero, or Port Town, unto another great place
which is diſtant from thence about thirteen Leagues higher
in the Country, and is called Piura, being feated in a very Piurai:
barren Country.
On Wedneſday the firſt of September , our courſe was
S. by W. The midnight before this day we had a land-
wind that ſprung up. In the afternoon La Silla de Paita,
at the diſtance of ſeven Leagues,at E. by N. appeareth thus.
La Silla de PAITA.
19
All along hereabouts is nothing but barren land, as was
faid before. Hereabouts likewiſe for three or four days
laſt paſt, we obſerved along the Coaſts many Seales.
That night as we failed, we ſaw ſomething that appea-
red unto us to be as it were a light. And the next morn-
ing

80
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
A Prize def. ing we eſpyed a fail
, from whence we judged the light had
Ciged.
come. The veſſel was at the diſtance of fix Leagues from
us , in the winds eye, and thereupon we gave her chace.
She ſtood to windward as we did. This day we had an
obſervation, which gave us Lat. 5 d. 30 S. At night
we were about four Leagues to Leeward of her ; but lo
great a Mift fell, that we ſuddainly loſt ſight of her. At
this time the weather was as cold with us as in England in
November. Every time we went about with our ſhip, the
what she was. other did the like. Our Pilot told us, that this ſhip ſet
forth from Guayaqnil eleven days before they were taken.
And that ſhe was laden with Rigging, Woollen, and Cot-
ton Cloath, and other Manufactures made at Quito.More.
over, that he had heard that they had ſpent a Maft, and
had put into Paita to refit it.
The night following; they fhewed us ſeveral lights
through their negligence, which they ought not to have
done, for by that means we ſteered directly after them.
The next morning ſhe was more than three Leagues in
the winds eye diſtant from us. Had they ſuſpected us, it
could not be doubted,but they would have made away to-
wards the Land; but they ſeemed not to fly nor ftir for
our chace. The Land here all along is level, and not ve-
ry high. The weather was haſey, ſo that about eleven of
Their ſhortneſs
the clock that morning we loſt fight of her. At this time
- of provifions. we had been for the ſpace of a whole week, at an allow-
ance of only two draughts of water each day, ſo ſcarce
were Proviſions with us. That afternoon we ſaw the ver-
ſel again, and at night we were not full two Leagues diſtant
from her', and not more than half a League to Leeward.
We made ſhort trips all the night long.
On Saturday, September the Fourth, about break of day,
we ſaw the ſhip again at the diſtance of a League, more or
leſs, and not above a mile to windward of us. They ſtood
out aſſoon as they eſpied us, and we ſtood dire&ly after
them. Having purſued them for ſeveral hours, about four
of the clock in the Afternoon, we came up within the di-
ſtance

Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
80
ſtance of half our ſmall Arms ſhot, to windward of them.
Hereupon they perceiving who we were, preſently lower'd
all their Sails at once,and we caft dice among our felves for
the firſt entrance. The lot fell. to larboard; ſo that
twenty men belonging to that watch, entred her. In the
Veſſel were found Fifty packs of Cacao-nut, ſuch as Choco-
The Prize tas
late is made of, many packs of Raw-ſilk, Indian cloth, and
ker.
Thred-ſtockings; theſe things being the principal part of
her Cargo. We ſtood out S. W. by S. all the night follow-
ing
The next day being come, we tranſported on board our
fhip the chiefeſt part of her lading. In her hold we found
fome Rigging, as had been told us by Nicholas Moreno our
Pilot, taken in the former Veſſel off of Guayaquil: but the
greateſt part of the Hold was full of Timber. We took
out of her alſo ſome Ofenbriggs, of which we made Top-
gallant fails, as ſhall be ſaid hereafter. It was now nine-
teen days, as they told us, ſince they ſet ſail from Guyaquil ;
and then they had onely heard there of our Exploits be-
fore Panama, but did not ſo much as think of our coming
ſo far to the Southward, which did not give them the leaft
ſuſpicion of us, though they had ſeen us for the ſpace of
two or three days before at Sea, and always ſteering after
them ; otherwiſe they had made for the land, and endea-
voured to eſcape our hands.
The next morning likewiſe we continued to take in the
They turn to
remaining part of what goods we deſired out of our Prize. way many pri-
When we had done, we ſent moſt of our Priſoners on board Soners.
the ſaid veſſel, and left only their fore-maſt ſtanding, all
the reſt being cut down by the board. We gave them a
fore-fail to fail withal; all their own water, and ſome of
our flour to ſerve them for Proviſions; and thus we tur-
ned them away, as not caring to be troubled or encum-
bred with too many of their company. Notwithſtanding
we detained ſtill ſeveral of the chiefeſt of our priſoners.
Such were Don Thomas de Argandona, who was Comman-
der of the veſſel taken before Guayaquil; Don Chriſtoval,
M
and

82
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
and Don Baltazar,both Gentlemen of Quality taken with
him ; Captain Peralta, Captain fuan Moreno, the Pilot,
and twelve flaves , of whom we intended to make good
uſe, to do the drudgery of our ſhip. At this time I recko-
ned that we were about the diſtance of thirty five Leagues,
little more or leſs from Land. Moreover, by an obſerva-
tion made this day, we found Lat. 7. d. 1. S. Our plun-
der being over, and our Prize turned away, we fold both
Cheſts, Boxes, and ſeveral other things at the Maft, by the
voice of a Cryer.
On the following day we ſtood S. S. W. and S. W. by S.
One of their
company dýeth all day long. That day one of our company dyed, named
Robert Montgomery, being the ſame man who was ſhot by
the negligence of one of our own men with a Piſtol
through the leg, at the taking of the veſſel before Guaya-
quil, as was mentioned above. We had an obſervation al-
ſo this day, by which we now found Lat. 7.d.26.S. On
the ſame day likewiſe we made a dividend, and ſhared all
They make a
the booty taken in the laſt Prize. This being done, we
hoiſted into our ſhip the Lanch which we had taken in her,
as being uſeful unto us. All theſe days laſt paſt, it was ob-
An obſervati- ferved, that we had every morning a dark cloud in the
on of theſeSeas. sky; the which in the North Sea would certainly fore-
tell a ſtorm ; but here it always blew over.
Wedneſday September the eighth in the morning, we
They desery a threw our dead man above-mentioned into the Sea , and
gave him three French Volleys for his Funeral-Ceremony.
In the night before this day, we ſaw a light belonging to
ſome veſſel at ſea. But we ſtood away from it, as not de-
firing to ſee any more fails to hinder us in our voyage to-
wards Arica, whither now we were deſigned. This Light
was undoubtedly from ſome ſhip to Leeward of us; but
on the next morning we could deſcry no fail. Here I
judged we had made a S. W. by S.way from Paita, and by
an obſervation found 8. d. oo. S.
dividend.
light at Sea.
CHAP

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
83
CHA P. XIII.
A continuation of their long and tedious Voyage
Arica, with a deſcription of the Coaſts and
Sailings thereunto. Great hardſhip they endu-
red for want of Water and other Proviſions.
They are deſcryed at Arica, and dare not land
there ; the Country being all in Arms before
them. They retire from thence , and
go
Puerto de Hilo, cloſe by Arica. Here they land,
take the Town with little or no loſs on their fide,
refreſh themſelves with Proviſions ; but in the
end are cheated by the Spaniards, and forced
Shamefully to retreat from thence.
unto
N September the Ninth we continued ſtill to make a
S. W. by S. way,as we had done the day before. By
a clear and exact obſervation taken the ſame day,we found
now Lat. 8. d. 12 S. All the twenty four hours laſt paſt
Calms.
afforded us but little wind, ſo that we advanced but as lit-
tle on our Voyage, and were forced to tack about every
four or five hours.
- The next day by another obſervation taken, we found
then Lat. 9 d. 00. Now the weather was much warmer
than before; and with this warmth we had ſmall and mi. Warm weather
again.
ſty rains that frequently fell. That evening a ſtrong
breeze came up at S. E. by E.
The night following likewiſe we had a very great dew
that fell, and a freſh wind continued to blow. At this
time we were all hard at work to make ſmall fails of the They makefails
Ofenbrigs we had taken in the laſt Prize, as being much
at Sea.
M 2
more

84
Bucaniers of America. Part IV
more convenient for its lightneſs
. The next morning be-
ing Saturday, September the 11th, we lay by to mend our
rigging. Theſe laſt twenty four hours we had made a
S. by W.way. And now we had an obſervation that gave
us Lat. 10. D. 9. S. I ſuppoſed this day that we were
Weſt from Cofmey about the diſtance of eighty nine leagues
and an half.
September the 12th. This day we reckoned a S.S. W.
way; and that we had made thirty four leagues and three
quarters or thereabouts. Alſo that all our Weſting from
Paita was eighty four leagues. We ſuppoſed our felves
now to be in Lat. 11. D. 40. S. But the weather being ha-
ſey, no obſervation could be made.
September the 13th, yeſterday in the Afternoon we had
A great Eclipſe a great Eclipſe of the Sun, which laſted from one of the
of the Sun.
clock till three after dinner. From this Eclipſe I then took
the true judgment of our longitude from the Canary I-
flands, and found my ſelf to be 285 D. 35. in Lat il D.
45 S. The wind was now ſo freſh, that we took in our
Top-fails; making a great way under our Courſes and
Sprit-ſail.
September the 14th we had a cloudy morning, which
what followed continued ſo all the firſt part thereof. About eight it clea-
red up, and then we ſet our fore-top-fail; and, about
noon, our main-top-ſail likewiſe. This was obſervable,
that all this great wind precedent did not make any thing
of a great Sea. We reckoned this day that we had run
by a S. W. by W. way, twenty fix Leagues, and two
thirds.
The next day, in like manner, we had cloſe weather,
ſuch as the former morning. Our reckoning was Twenty
four Leagues and two thirds, by a S. W. by W.way. But,
by obſervation made, I found my ſelf to be 23 D. South.
ward of my reckoning, jas being in the Lat. of 15 D. 17
South.
On the 16th, we had but ſmall and variable winds.
For the twenty four hours laſt paſt we reckoned twenty
four
it.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, Guc.
85
Clouds.
four leagues and two thirds, by a S. W. by S. way. By ob-
fervation we had Lat. 16.D.41. That evening we had a
gale at E.S. E. which forced us to hand our top-fails
.
The 17th likewiſe, we had many guſts of wind at ſeve-
ral times, forcing us to hand our top-fails often. But in
the forenoon, we ſet them with a freſh gale at E. S. E. My
reckoning this day was thirty one leagues by a S.S. W.
way. All day long we ſtood by our top-fails.
On the 18th, we made a S. by W. way. We reckoned
our ſelves to be in Lat. 19. D. 33. S. The weather was
haſey; and the wind began to dye this day by degrees.
The next day, being the 19th, we had very ſmall wind.
I reckoned thirteen leagues and an half, by a S. W. by S.
way ; and our whole Weſting from Paita to be 164
leagues in Lat. 20. D. 06. S. All the afternoon we had a
calm, with drizling rain.
Monday, September the 20th. Laſt night we ſaw the
Magallan Clouds, which are ſo famous among the Mariners Magallan
of theſe Southern Seas. The leaſt of theſe clouds was a-
bout the bigneſs of a mans hat. After this fight, the morn-
ing was very clear. We had run at noon at E. S.E thir-
teen leagues and an half; and, by an obſervation then
made, we found Lat. 20. D. 15.S. This day the wind be-
gan to freſhen at W. by S. Yet notwithſtanding we had a
very finooth Sea.
But on the next morning, the wind came about to S.W.
and yet ſlacken by degrees. At four this morning it came
to S. by E. And at ten the ſame day, to S. E. by S. We
had this day a clear obſervation, and by it Lat. 20. D. 25.
S. We ſtood now E by N. with the wind at S. E.
September the 22d. This morning the wind was at
E. S. E. By a clear obſervation we found Lat. 19. D.30
S. Likewiſe on a N. E. by E. way, ------and two leagues
and two thirds.
September the 2 3d we had a freſh wind, and a high Sea.
This morning early the wind was at E. and about ten at
E. N. E. From a clear obſervation we found our latitude
to

86
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV
to be 20 D. 35 S. The way we made was S. by W. That
morning we hapned to ſplit our Sprit-fail.
Next morning the wind was variable and inconſtant,
and the weather but haſey. We reckoned a S. by E. way:
this day webent a new main-top-fail; the old one ferving
for a fore-top-fail
. In the afternoon we had but little wind,
whereupon we lowered our top-fails ; having, in like man-
ner, a very ſmooth ſea.
The following day likewiſe brought us calm and warm
weather; which occafioned us to ſet up our fhrouds both
fore and aft. An obſervation taken this day afforded us
Lat. 21. D. 57. That evening we bent a ſprit-fail
.
On September the 26th, an obſervation gave us Lat. 22.
D.05.S. At noon we had a breez at N. N. E. our courſe
being E. S. E. In the afternoon we ſet up a larboard top-
fail ſtudden-fail
. In the evening the wind came about at
North pretty freſh.
The next day we had a ſmooth fea, and took in four
ſtudden-fails. For yeſterday in the afternoon we had put
out, beſides that above-mentioned, another ſtudden-fail
,
and two main ſtudden-fails more. This day we had by
obſervation 22 D. 45 S. having made by an E. S. E. way,
thirty five leagues and an half. Our whole Merid. differ.
ſixty eight leagues and an half.
September the 28th, all the forenoon we had very little
wind, and yet withal a great Southern fea. By obſervati-
on we had Lat. 22 D. 40 S.
September the 29th. All the night paſt we had much
wind, with three or four fierce ſhowres of rain. This was
the firſt that we could call rain, ever ſince that we left Cape
Franciſco above-mentioned. This day our allowance was
ſhortned, and reducedunto three pints and a half of water,
Their aller and one cake of boyled bread to each man for a day. An
again.
obfervation this day gave us Lat. 21 D. 59 S. by a N. E. by
Much rain.
E. way.
On September the zoth we had a cloudy day, and the
wind very variable, the morning being freſh. Our way
was

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
87
was N. E. half N. wherein we made eighteen leagues.
October the Firſt. All the night paſt and this day we
had a cloudy sky, and not much wind. We made a N. E.
by E. way, and by it ſeventeen leagues and two miles. Their allow-
ance ftill shor.
This day we began at two pints and a half of water for a tens.
day.
The Second, we made a E.N. E way, and by it twenty
fix leagues, more or leſs. Our obſervation this day gave
us Lat. 20 D. 29 S. I reckoned now that we were ten
leagues and an half to Eaſt of our Meridian, the Port of
Paita; ſo that henceforward our departure was Eaſtward.
The wind was this day at S. E. by S.
On the Third we had both a cloudy morning, a high
ſea, and drizling weather. An obſervation which we had
this day, gave us Lat. 19 D. 45 S. In the afternoon the
wind blew ſo freſh, as that we were forced to hand our top-
fails and ſprit-fail.
The 4th likewiſe we had a high ſea and a cold wind.
At break of day we ſet our top-fails. An obſervation made
afforded us Lat. 19 D. 8 S. Here we ſuppoſed our ſelves
fifty nine leagues D.M.
The 5th we had ſtill a great ſea, and fharp and cold
winds, forcing us to our low fails. By a N. E. by E way,
we reckoned this day twenty fix leagues and an half.
But on the 6th we had great guſts of wind. Inſomuch,
that this morning our ring-bolts gave way which held our
Main-ſtay, and had like to have brought our Main-maſt by Their Maire
the board. Hereupon we ran three or four glaſſes Weſt maſt in dangote
before the wind. By an obſervation we found Lat. 19 D.
4
On the 7th of October the wind was ſomething fallen:
We had both a cloudy day and variable winds.
The 8th of the ſaid Month we had again a ſmooth ſea,
and ſmall whiffling winds. This morning we faw a huge Water-ſnakes
ſhoal of fifh, two or threeWater-ſnakes, and ſeveral Seals. and Sealso
On the next day we had in like manner a very ſmooth
ſea, and withal a cloudy day. Our courſe was Eaſt.
October

88
Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
October the Tenth, we had likewiſe a cloudy day, with
ſmall and variable winds, and what is conſequent unto
theſe , a ſmooth Sea. Our way was S. by E. This day
Tufts of fear we eſpied floating upon the Sea, ſeveral Tufts of Sea-graſs,
grafs.
which gave us good hopes that we were not far from ihoar.
In the afternoon we had a N. E. by E. wind that ſprang up.
the night was very cold and cloudy.
On the eleventh we had a freſh wind at S. E. and E.S.E.
together with a cloudy day ; ſuch as we had experimented
for ſeveral days before. We reckoned this day thirty two
Leagues by a N. E. by E. way. Here our Pilot told us, that
A Haley sky the sky is always haſey nigh the ſhoar upon theſe Coafts
near ſhoar. where we now were.
On October the 12th we had a clear day, and a North-
Eaſt way.
Awbale feen.
The 13th we had but little wind. This day we ſaw a
Whale, which we took for an infallible token that we were
not far diſtant from Land, which now we hoped to ſee in
a few days. We made an E.S.E. way,and by it we recko-
ned nineteen Leagues. All the evening was very calm.
Thurſday O&tober the 14th we had both a calm, and
cloſe day until the afternoon. Then the weather became
Land-Fomes very hot and clear. This day we ſaw ſeveral land-Fowls,
seen. being but ſmall Birds. Concerning which our Pilot ſaid,
that they uſe to appear about one or two days fail from
the Land. Our reckoning was eleven Leagues by an E.S.E.
way. In the evening of this day we thought that we had
ſeen Land; 'but it proved to be nothing elſe than a foggy
bank
October the 15th, both the night paſt, and this day, was
very clear. We made an obſervation this day,which gave
us Lat. 18 d. oo South.
The 16th, laſt night and this day were contrary to the
former, both cloudy. Our way was N. E. by E. whereof
we reckoned thirteen Leagues.
They deſcry
Sunday October the 17th the wind blew very freſh, our
courſe being E. N.E. About five that morning we faw
Land
land.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc. 89
Land; but the weather was ſo haſey, that at firſt we could
ſcarce perceive whether it was Land or not. It was diſtant
from us about eight Leagues, and appeared as a high and
round hill, being
in form
like unto a Sugar-loaf
. We ſaw
Land afterwards all along to the S. E. by E. from it. In
the evening, we being then within five Leagues of the
ſhoar, the Land appeared very high and ſteep,
October the 18th, all the night laſt paſt we ſtood off to
fea with a freſh wind. This morning we could juſt ſee
Land at N. N.E. We reckoned a S. E. by E.way; and by
obſervation we found Lat. 17 d. 17 South.
Tueſday Oktober the 19th,we had very cloudy weather,
High-lands
finding what our Pilot had told us to be very true, con- near Arica.
cerning the haſeyneſs of this ſhoar. We ſaw all along as
we went very high Land.covered with Clouds; inſomuch,
that we could not ſee its top.
On Wedneſday the next day, we had likewiſe cloudy
weather, and for the moſt part calm. The fame weather
being very cloudy, as before, continued in like manner on
Thurſday.
Friday October 22. this morning we ſaw the Land plain PuntadeHilo.
before us. Our Pilot being asked what Land that was,an-
fwered, it was the point of Hilo. At N.N.E. and about fix
or ſeven Leagues diſtance it appeared thus unto us. 170
Punta de HILO.
Lat. 18. d.
4
S.
20
There is every morning and evening a brightneſs over
the Point, which laſteth for two or three hours, being
cauſed by the reflection of the Sun on the barren land , as
N
it

90
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
water.
it is ſuppoſed. This day we had but little wind; and the
Great want of huge want of water we were now under, oceafioned much
diſturbance among our men. As for my part, I muſt ac-
knowledge I could not ſleep all night long through the
greatneſs of my drougth. We could willingly have lan-
ded here to ſeek for water ; but the fear of being diſco-
vered and making our felves known, hindred us from ſo de-
ing. Thus we unanimouſly reſolved to endure our thirſt
for a little longer ſpace of time. Hereabouts is a ſmall
Current that runneth under the ſhoar, This morning
we had but little wind at South, our courſe being E S.E.
The Point at the diſtance of five leagues N. E. looketh on
DO
the following ſide, thus:
1
Punta de HILO.
Half a pint a
day.
Our wind continued to blow not above fıx hours each
day. We reckoned the difference of our Meridian to be
this day one hundred and eighty leagues. Very great was
our affliction now for want of water; we having but half
a pint a day to our allowance.
October the 23d. This day we were forced to ſpare one
meaſure of water, thereby to make it hold out the longer ;
fo ſcarce it became with us. At three this afternoon the
Point looked thus :
og langit a aninge Bao tintor y svo ci son
Portas 2009. sbichetnid for
ed or notte da altyd hoes

Pårt IV.
919
Voyage of Captain Sharp, cc.
Punta de HILO.
Mora de SAMA.
22
am
On 1303
OVOOSI
pad
Here the Point looketh like unto an Iſland. And Mora
de Sama, to the Southward thereof, giveth this appearance:
bod of colors
more 5103l som
Cenuo bais dont 309)
ob pravi Mora de SAMA. 100 din
enotni mhuwit
eta boost or blog w songuillows
27910cco al
arliyico Tribalso or no. aria
hammer 23
BIOT
About nine of the clock at night we had a land wind, and
with it we ſtood S. E. by S. But all the night after we had
but little wind.
October the 24th. All the night paſt we had very clou-
dy and dark weather, with mizling rain. The morning
being come, it cleared up; but all the land appeared cove-
red with clouds. Yet notwithſtanding in the afternoon it
gave us again this appearance.
o bar
Salad
or Under
N 2

92
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
Mora de SAMA,
Lat. 18 d. 29 S.
24
REMAOMM Mainmn mm. misras
They cannot
Under the Hill of Mora de Sama are eighteen or nine-
teen white cliffs ; which appear in the form above deſcri-
Zbey reſolve to bed.
This day, we reſolved that One hundred and twelve,
men ſhould go afhoar. And about eight this evening, we
ſent our Lanch and four Canoas, with fourſcore men, to
take three or four Fiſher-men at a certain River, cloſe by
Mora de Sama, called el Rio de Juan Diaz, with intent to
gain what intelligence we could how affairs ſtood at pre-
ſent on the Coaſt and Country thereabouts.
Munday October the 25th. Laſt night being about the
diſtance of one league and an half from ſhoar, we founded,
and found forty five fathom water, with an hard ground
at the bottom. This morning our people and Canoas that
find the River. were ſent to take the Fiſhermen, returned, not being able
to find either their houſes or the River. They reported
withal,they had had a very freſh wind all the night long un-
der ſhoar, whereaś we had not one breath of wind all night
on board.
Tueſday Oktober the 26th. Laſt night, being the night
before this day, about ſix of the clock , we departed from
the ſhip to go to take Arica, reſolving to land about the
fand at Arica. diſtance of a league to windward of the Town. We were
about ſix leagues diſtant from the Town when we left our
fhip, whereby we were forced to row all night, that we
might reach before day the place of our landing. Towards
morning, the Canoa's left the Lanch, which they had had alle
They dare not
night

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, Cyc.
93
night in a Tow, and wherein I was; and made all the ſpeed
they poſſibly could for the ſhoar, with deſign to land be-
fore the Lanch could arrive. But being come nigh the
place where we deſigned to land, they found, to our great
forrow and vexation, that we were deſcryed; and that all
along the ſhoar, and through the Country, they had certain
news of our arrival.Yet notwithſtanding our diſcovery,we
would have landed, if we could by any means have found
a place to do it in. But the ſea ran ſo high, and with ſuch
a force againſt the rocks, that our boats muſt needs have
been ſtaved each in one thouſand pieces, and we in great
danger of wetting our arms,if we ſhould adventure to go on
ſhoar. The Bay all round was poſſeſſed by ſeveral parties
of horſe ; and likewiſe the tops of the hills, which ſeemed
to be gathered there by a general alarm through the whole
Country, and that they waited onely for our landing, with
deſign to make a ſtrong oppoſition againſt us. They fired
a gun at us, but we made them no anſwer, but rather re-
turned to our ſhip, giving over this enterprize until a fairer
opportunity. The hill of Arica is very white, being occa- Hill of Arica .
fioned by the dung of multitudes of Fowls that neſt them-
ſelves in the hollow thereof. To Leeward of the ſaid Hill
lyeth a ſmall Iſland, at the diſtance of a mile, more or leſs,
from the ſhoar. About half a league from that INand, we
could perceive fix fhips to ride at anchor : four of which
had their Yards taken down from their Maſts; but the O-
ther two ſeemed to be ready for fail. We asked our Pilot
concerning theſe ſhips, and he told us that one of them was
mounted with fix guns, and the other with onely four.
Being diſappointed of our expectations at Arica, we now
reſolved to bear away from thence to the Village of Hilo, They bare &
there to take in Water and other Proviſions; as alſo to
way for Hilo.
learn what intelligence we could obtain. All that night
we lay under a calm.
On October the 27th in the morning, we found our
ſelves to be about a league to windward of Mora de Sama;
Yet notwithſtanding the weather was quite calm, and we
onely

94
VICE
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
onely drived with the current at Leeward. The land-be-
tween Hilo and Mora de Sama formeth two ſeveral Bays,
and the Coaſt runneth along N.W. and S.E. as may appear
by the following demonſtration. Over the land we could
ſee from our ſhip, as we drove the coming or riſing of a
very high land, at a great diſtance far up in the Country.
October the 28th. The night before this day, we fent
men to land away our four Canoas with fifty men in them, to ſeize and
plunder the Town of Hilo. All the day was very calm,
as the day before.
The next morning about break of day, we had a fair
breeze ſprang up, with which we lay right in with the
They arrive at
Port. About one in the afternoon we anchored, and the
Port lyeth thus, as is here deſcribed.
tbere.
the Port.
Port of HILO.
25
We caſt anchor at the diſtance of two miles from the
Village : and then we perceived two flags, which our men
The Town ta- had put out, having taken the Town, and ſet up our Eng-
ken.
liſh Colours. The Spaniards were retreated unto the hills,
and there had done the ſame. Being come to an anchor,
our Commander Captain Sharp ſent a Canoa on board of
us, and ordered that all the men our ſhip could ſpare, ſhould
come aſhoar. Withal they told us, that thoſe of our par-
ty that landed the morning before, were met by ſome
horſemen on the ſhoar, who onely exchanged ſome few
volly's of ſhot with our men, but were ſoon put to flight.
That 'hereupon our forces had marched directly to the
Town, where the Spaniards expecting we would have lan-
ded at firſt, made a breaſt-work, thirty paces long, of clay
and

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, cc.
95
ons.
and banks of fand. Here, in a ſmall skirmiſh, we hapned
to kill an Indian, who told us before he dy'd, that they
had received news of our coming, nine days ago, from Li-
ma, and but one day before from Arica. Having taken
the Town, we found therein great quantity of Pitch, Tar,
Oyl, Wine and Flower, with ſeveral other ſorts of proviſi-
Weendeavoured to keep as good a watch as the Spa-
niards did on the hills, fearing left they ſhould ſuddainly
make any attempt to deſtroy us.
On the next day, being October the zoth, we choſe out
threeſcore men of them who were the fitteſt to march, a- They ſearch the
mong the reſt ; and ordered them to go up and ſearch the valley.
valley adjoyning and belonging to the Town. We found
the ſaid valley to be very pleaſant, being all over ſet with
Fig-trees, Olive-trees, Orange, Lemmon, and Lime-trees,
with many other fruits agreeable to the Palat. About four
miles up within the valley , we came to a great Sugar-
work, or Ingenio de azucar, as it is called by the Spaniards,
where we found great ſtore of Sugar,Oyl,and Molofus. But
moſt of the Sugar,the owners had hidden from us in the
cane it ſelf. As we marched up the vally,the Spaniards mar-
ched along the hills, and obſerved our motion. From the
tops of the hills they often tumbled down great ſtones up-
on us, but with great care we endeavoured to eſcape thoſe
dangers, and but the report of one Gun would ſuddainly
cauſe them all to hide their heads. From this houſe, I
mean the Sugar-work above-mentioned, Mr.Cox, my felf,
and one Cannis a Dutchman (who was then our Interpre-
ter) went unto the Spaniards with a flag of Truce. They
met us very civilly, and promiſed to give us fourſcore with the Spa-
Beeves for the Ranſom of the Sugar-work, and upon con- niards.
dition that it ſhould not be ſpoilt nor demoliſhed. With
them we agreed, that they ſhould be delivered unto us at
the Port, the next day at noon. Hereupon Captain Sharp
in the evening fent down unto the Port twenty men, with
ftrict orders that our forces there ſhould offer no violence
in the leaſt unto thoſe that brought down the Beeves.
Sunday

96
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
Sunday,Oktober the 31ſt
. This day being employed in
caſting up ſome accounts belonging to our Navigation, I
reckoned that Hilo was to the Eaſtward of Paita,
one hun
dred eighty and ſeven leagues. This morning the Cap-
tain of the Spaniards came unto our Commander Captain
Sharp, with a flag of Truce; and told him, that fixteen
Beeves were already ſent down unto the Port, and that the
reſt ſhould certainly be there the next morning. Here-
upon we were ordered to prepare our felves to retreat, and
march back unto the Port, and there embark our ſelves on
board our ſhip. My advice was to the contrary, that we
ſhould rather leave twenty men behind to keep the houſe
of the Sugar-work, and that others ſhould poſſeſs them-
ſelves of the Hills, thereby to clear them of the Spaniards
and their look-out. But my counſel not being regarded,
each man took away what burthen of Sugar he pleaſed and
Zhey begin to thus we returned unto our veſſel. Being come there, we
dealing in the found no Beeves had been brought down at all, which oc-
caſioned us much to ſuſpect ſome double dealing would in
the latter end. be found in this caſe.
The next morning being November the firſt, our Cap-
A parly with tain went unto the top of the Hills afore-mentioned, and
ſpoke with the Spaniards themſelves, concerning the per-
formance of their agreement. The Spaniards made an-
fwer, that the Cattle would certainly come down this night.
But in caſe it did not, that the Maſter or Owner of the
Sugar-work was now returned from Potoſi, and we might:
go up and treat with him, and make, if we pleaſed, a new
bargain for the preſervation of his Houſe and Goods ;
whoſe intereſt it was, more than theirs , to ſave it from
being demoliſhed. With this anſwer our men returned
unto us, and we concluded to expect until the next day for
the delivery of the Beeves.
On the following day about eight in the morning, there
A fag of truce came in unto us a Flag of Truce from the enemy, telling
us, that the winds were ſo high, that they could not drive
the Cattle, otherwiſe they had been delivered before now.
But
exemy.
the enemy

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
97
Three hundred
But withal, that by noon we ſhould in no manner fail to
have them brought unto us. Noon being come, and no
Cattle appearing, we now having filled our water, and
finiſhed other concerns, reſolved to be revenged on the
Enemy, and do them what miſchief we could ; at leaſt,by
ſetting fire on the Sugar-work. Hereupon, threeſcore
men of us marched up the valley, and burnt both the sugar-work
They burn the
Houſe, the Canes, and the Mill belonging to the Ingenio.
We broke likewiſe the Coppers, Coggs, and multitudes of
great Jars of Oyl that we found in the houſe. This being
done, we brought away more Sugar, and returned unto the
Port over the Hills or Mountains; the which we found to
be very pleaſant, ſmooth, and level after once we had al-
cended them. It fell out very fortunately unto us that we
returned back this way we did, for otherwiſe our men at
the Sea-ſide had inevitably been cut off and torn in pieces
by the enemy, they being at that time diſperſed and ſtrag-
ling up and down by two and three in a Party. For from
the Hills we eſpied coming from the Northward of the
Horſe coming
Bay, above three hundred horſemen,all riding at full ſpeed againſt them.
towards our men, who had not as yet deſcryed them, and
little thought of any ſuch danger from the enemy ſo nigh
at hand. Being alarumed with this fight, we threw down
what Sugar we had, and ran incontinently to meet them,
thereby to give our other men time to rally,and put them-
ſelves into a poſture of defence. We being in good rank
and order, fairly proffered them Battle upon the Bay; but
as we advanced to meet them, they retired and rid towards
the Mountains to ſurround us, and take the Rocks from
us if poſſibly they could. Hereupon, perceiving their in-
tentions, we returned back and poſſeft our felves of the ſaid
Rocks, and alſo the lower Town; as the Spaniards them-
ſelves did of the upper Town (at the diſtance of half a mile
from the lower) the Hills and the Woods adjoyning there-
unto. The Horſemen being now in poſſeſſion of theſe Quar-
ters, we could perceive, as far as we could ſee, more and
more men reſort unto them, ſo that their Forces encreaſed
O
hour-

93
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
hourly to conſiderable numbers. We fired one at another
as long as we could reach, and the day would permit. But
in the mean while we obſerved , that ſeveral of them rid
unto the Watch-hill,and looked out often to the Sea-board.
This gave us occafion to fear that they had more ſtrength
and Forces coming that way, which they expected every
minute. Hereupon, leaſt we ſhould ſpeed worſe than we
They are forced had done before we reſolved to imbark ſilently in the dark
of the night, and go off from that Coaſt where we had
been ſo early deſcryed, and the enemy was ſo much prepa-
red againſt us. We carryed off a great Cheſt of Sugar,
whereof we ſhared ſeven pound weight and a half each
What they got
man ; thirty Jars of Oyl, and great plenty of all ſorts of
Garden Herbs, Roots, and moſt excellent Fruit.
to retreat.
at Hilo.
CH A P. XIV.
The Bucaniers depart from the Port of Hilo, and
fail unto that of Coquimbo. They are deſcry-
ed before their arrival
. Notwithſtanding they
land: are encountred by the Spaniards, and put
them to flight. They take, plunder, and fire the
City of la Serena. A deſcription thereof. A
Stratagem of the Spaniards in endeavouring to
fire their ſhip, diſcovered and prevented. They
are deceived again by the Spaniards, and forced
to retire from Coquimbo, without any Ranſom
for the City, or conſiderable pillage. They re-
leaſe ſeveral of their chiefeſt Priſoners.
They depart
from Hilo.
T
He next morning (being Wedneſday November the
third, 1680.) about ſeven of the clock we ſet ſail
from Hilo, ſtanding directly off to Sea, with a ſmall land-
wind.

A Deſcription f Hilo
Hilo
upper
Place this at Page 98
Rocks
pood
Hilo +rext the sea
The Creek
Rocks
Mooring place
The point of Hilo

niards, and put
them to flight. They take, plunder,and fire
the
City of la Serena. A deſcription thereof. A
Stratagem of the Spaniards in endeavouring to
fire their ſhip, diſcovered and prevented. They
are deceived again by the Spaniards, and forced
to retire from Coquimbo, without any Ranfome
for the City, or conſiderable pillage. They re-
leaſe ſeveral of their chiefeſt Priſoners.
They depart
from Hilo.
T
He next morning (being Wedneſday November the
third, 1680.) about ſeven of the clock we fet fail
from Hilo, ſtanding directly off to Sea, with a fmall land-
wind.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 99
wind. Upon the ſhoar we could not diſcover this morn-
ing, above fifty men of our Enemies Forces, which cauſed
us to ſuſpect the reſt were run away from their Colours,
and had deſerted in the dark of the night. If this were ſo,
we were equally afraid of each other, and as we quitted
the Land, being jealous of their multitudes, ſo they aban-
doned their ſtations for fear of our Encounters. All the
while we lay in the Port of Hilo, we had a freſh wind, but
now being come out from thence, we found it was almoſt
ſtark calme. Hereabouts runneth a great Sea all along
this Coaſt, as we experimented at Arica ; inſomuch, that
there is no landing except under the favour of fome Rock
or other.
November the fourth in the morning, we ſaw the Port A great re-
of Hilo at E.N.E. at the diſtance of nine Leagues, more flečtion.
or leſs from the Land. The white fand giveth a bright re-
flection over the land; the which we could ſee after we
had loſt the ſight of the land it felf.
The next day unto this, we had an indifferent fresk wind
at S.S.E. We reckoned a S. W. half weſt way, and by it,
that we had made twenty Leagues. The day was very
fair and ſun-fhiny, and the fea very ſmooth
November the 6th,we had a clear night the laſt paſt,and
the day proved very fair and clear, like unto the former.
We reckoned by a S. W. by. W. way, about twenty one
leagues. In the afternoon it was almoſt ſtark calme.
On the following day we had in like manner very little They are trou-
wind, no more than the laſt twenty four hours. We were bled with the
now about this time many of us very much troubled and survey.
diſeaſed with the Survey. It proceeded as we judged, from
the great hardſhip and want of Proviſions which we had
endured for ſeveral Months paſt, as having had only bread
and water, as was mentioned above. Only at Hilo we At Hilo they
killed a Mule, which gave unto thoſe who would eat of eat a Mule.
the fleſh, a very good meal, as we eſteemed it , the Spani-
ards having ſwept away with them all other proviſions of
fleſh. But there we had plundered ſome ſmall quantity of
good
O2

100
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Chocolate.
land.
ved.
good Chocolate, whereof the Spaniards make infinite uſe.
So that now we had each morning a diſh of that pleaſant
liquor, containing almoſt a pint.
Next day likewiſe we had very little wind, as before.
We made an obſervation this day, and found Lat.20. d. 05.
South.
November the Ninth we had ſtill very little wind, and
that variable. We took almoſt every hour an obfervation,
and found our felves to be in the Lat. of 20 d. 18. South.
The roth we had in like manner but little wind, as for
ſo many days before. We obſerved an E.S.E. current, or
neareft unto it , to run hereabouts. This day we ſaw the
homing of a very high land, which much admired us , for
They descry
at this time I conceived we could not be leſs than thirty
five or forty leagues diſtant from land. We ſuppoſed it to
be Mora Tarapaca. That day we ſet up our ſhrouds.
Upon the 11th an indifferent gale of wind ſprang up at
But are decei- S.W. by S. by which we made twenty five Leagues, and
one third.
We had now a great S.S.W. ſea. In the night
the wind as we experimented,came one or two points from
the land. This morning we ſaw the like homing of land,
whereby we were made ſenſible it was no land, that which
we had ſeen the day before.
On the 12th we had ſeveral miſts of rain, with windy
weather. We made by a S.S. W. halfS. way, twenty five
leagues and one third. We had likewiſe a great and row-
ling S.S. W. ſea, as the day before.
The 13th of the ſaid Month, we had both cloudy and
miſty weather. We made a S.S. W. and one quarter S.
way; by which we ran fifty leagues.
But the next day, fair and clear weather came about a-
gain. We had likewiſe an eaſie gale of wind, by which we
made a S. W. way, and advanced twenty two leagues and
On the 15th of November, we had alſo clear weather, and
an indifferent gale of wind. Our way was S.W. by W. by
which we reckoned eighteen leagues. Likewiſe that our
Weſting
an half.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, Quc. IOІ
Weſting from Hdo, from whence we ſet forth, was one
hundred and fourteen leagues, and one third. Our lati-
tude by obſervation we found to be 23 D. 25 S. I took The Table of
now the Declination-Table uſed and made by the Cofmo. Lima uſed by
.
grapher of Lima.
Tueſday, November the 16th. In the night laſt paſt,
we had a ſhower or two of rain. This day we made an
obſervation, by which we found Lat. 23 D. 35 S.
The 17th we made a S. W. by W. half S. way. By ob-
fervation we found Lat. 23 D.45 S. with very little wind.
The 18th, upon a S. W. by W. way, we made twenty
one leagues. By obſervation we found Lat. 24 D. 20
South
Friday, Nov.the 19th, 1680. This morning, about an
hour before day,we obſerv'd a Comet to appear a degree N.
A Comet seere
from the bright in Libra. The body thereof ſeemed dull;
and its tail extended it ſelf eighteen or twenty degrees in
length, being of a pale colour, and pointing directly N. N.
W. Our priſoners hereupon reported unto us, that the Strange fights
Spaniards had ſeen very ſtrange ſights, both at Lima, the ſeen in the Air,
capital City of Peru, Guayaquil, and other places, much a-
bout the time of our coming into the South Seas. I
reckoned this day we had ran twenty leagues by a S. W.
way.
The following day, unto the appearance of the Comet,
what followed
we had iany ſtorms of wind at S.S.E. and at E. S. E. Our the Comet.
reckoning by a S. W. by W. way, was twenty two
leagues.
Sunday, November the 21th, we had likewiſe many
guſts of wind, ſuch as the day before, with frequent ſhowers
of rain. The wind varyed to and fro, according as the
Clouds drew it here and there. We reckoned a S. S. W.
way, and by it twenty one leagues and a half. In all. Weſt
from Hilo, we judged our ſelves to be one hundred ſeven-
ty eight leagues and two thirds. We had this day a great
S. W. Sea, and cloudy weather. I ſuppoſed our Latitude erot
to be 26 D.53.S.
Novemo

qugh stats
.VI 31
I02
5002
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
November the 22d we had in like manner cloudy weather,
of and now but little wind. We reckoned a S. way, and fifty
Preseni one leagues. d obem bor bolir Blasters.com
The 2 3d we had very little wind, all the ſtorm, after
Calm weather the appearande of the Comet, being now quite allayed.
again.
We reckoned we had made a S. E. by E. way; and found
our latitude, by obſervation, to bare 27 D. 46 S.
Wedneſday, November the 24th. All the twenty four
hours laſt paſt, we had a N.W.wind. Our way was S E.
half S. by which we reckoned thirty one leagues and one
third bruot sw
The 25th. Laſt night the wind blew at W.S.W. but
this morning it came about again at N. W. as the day be-
fore. Our reckoning this day was a S. E. and one quarter
E. way, twenty nine leagues and one third Our Latitude
now, by obſervation made this day, was 39 D. 57 S. Our
difference of Merid. 135.
November the 26th. In the night the wind ſtarted to
di S. S. W. But this day at noon we had little better than a
calm. I reckoned an E.S.E. half E. way, and by it twenty
three leagues.
Saturday the 27th. Yeſterday in the evening the wind
came to S. I reckoned an Eaſt, and ſomething Southerly
way, and by that, twenty three leagues, as the day before
this.
baba
November the 28th. All the twenty four hours laft paſt
we enjoyed a freſh wind at S. S E. having a high S. W. fea.
Our reckoning was an E. by N and half N. way, and with-
al twenty four leagues. By obſervation, we found Lat.
30 D. Tó S. and Meridian diſtance eighty eight leagues.
At noon the wind came at S. half E. OT,
On the 29th we had a very great S. W. fea; and with-
al cloudy weatherno My reckoning was by an E. one third
S. way, twenty leagues and one third. This day we hap-
Great fowls. ned to ſee two or three great fowls flying in the air. Con-
cerning which our Pilot told us, that they uſed to appear
ſeventy or eighty leagues off from the Illand, called of Juan
Fer-
ON

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
103
Anchovas.
Fernandez. The day before this
, Captain Peralta our pri- Captain Peral-
foner, was taken very much frantick , his diſtemper being ta taken fran-
occaſioned, as we thought, through too much hardſhip and ticko
melancholy. Notwithſtanding, this preſent day he became
indifferent well again.
The following day we had likewiſe cloudy weather.
We made, according to our account, an E. half N. way,
and by it fixteen leagues and two thirds. Our Meridian
difference fifty two leagues.
The firſt of December we had haſey weather, and with-
al an indifferent good wind at S. yea, ſometimes S. by W.
Our way was E. by S. by which we reckoned twenty two
leagues. The night before this day, we failed over white
water like banks, of a mile in length, or more. But theſe
banks, upon examination, we found to be onely great Huge Shoals of
ſhoals of Anchovas.
On December the ſecond, very early in the morning,we
They ſee landa
eſpied Land, the which appeared to be very high. About
noon this day we were at ſix leagues diſtance from it. All
the preceding night we had ſo much wind, that we were doinga
forced to make uſe only of a pair of courſes. By an ob-
fervation made this day, we found Lat. 30. d. 35. South.
We went away largely , driving better than nine leagues
every watch. With this wind we made all the Sail we poſſi-
bly could, deſigning by this means to get into Coquimbo, Bay of Co-
upon which Coaſt we now were before night. But there
wind was ſo high, that ſometimes we were forced to lower
all our fail, it blowing now a meer fret of wind. Towards
the evening it abated by degrees ; inſomuch, that at mid-
night it was ſtark calme again. At that time we hoiſted
out our Lanch and Canoas, and putting into them one
hundred men, werowed away from the ſhip, with deſign
to take by ſurprizal a conſiderable City, ſituated nighun,
to the Coaſt, called by the Spaniards, la Ciudad de la Ses
longisorerit vobal good.biz yeni as morbowol
NOT or
Friday,
ogas conta
rena.

104
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
we
They land and Friday December the third, 1680. when we departed
take the City from the ſhip, we had above two leagues, more or leſs, to
of la Serena. rou
row unto the ſhoar. But as it hapned, the Lanch(wherein
I was) rowed fo heavy, in compariſon to the Canoas, that
we could not keep pace with the ſaid Boats. For this rea-
fon, and no other, it was broad day before we got unto a
certain Store-houſe, ſituate upon the ſhoar ; the which we
found our men had paſſed by in the dark of the night,
without perceiving it. They being landed , immediately
marched away from their Canoas, towards the City afore-
mentioned of la Serena. But they had not proceeded far
on their march, when they found, to the great forrow and
chagrin of us ail, that we were timely diſcovered here al-
fo, as had been at the other two places before, to wit,
Arica and Hilo. For as they marched in a body together,
being but thirty five men in all, who were all thoſe that
were landed out of the Canoas , they were ſuddainly en-
countred and engaged by a whole Troop of an hundred
They rout the Spaniſh horſe. We that were behind hearing the noiſe of
Spaniſh börſe. the diſpute, followed them at their heels, and made all
the haft we poſſibly could to come up to their relief. But
before we could reach the place of the Battle, they had al-
ready routed the Spaniards, and forced them to fly away
towards the Town.
Notwithſtanding this rout given unto the horſe , they
of the Enemy. rallyed again , at the diſtance of about a mile from that
place, and ſeemed as if they did wait for us, and would
engage us anew. But as ſoon as all our Forces were come
together, whereof we could make but fourſcore and eight
men in all, the reſt being left behind to guard the Boats,
we marched towards them and offered them Battle. As
we came nigh unto them we clearly found they deſign-
ed no ſuch thing ; for they inſtantly retired and rid away
before us, keeping out of the reach of our guns. We fol-
lowed them as they rid, being led by them deſignedly clear
out of the road that went unto the Town, that we
might not reach nor find it ſo ſoon. In this engagement
sos
A Stratagem
C
with

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 105
ons.
with the horſe, our company had killed three of their chic-
feſt men, and wounded four more ; killing alſo four of
their horſes. When we found that we had been led by this
ſtratagem of the enemy, out of the ways of the Town, we
left the Bay, and croſſed over the green fields to find it;
wading-oftentimes over ſeveral branches of water, which
there ſerve to encloſe each plot of ground. Upon this
march we came unto ſeveral houſes, but found them all
empty, and ſwept clean both of inhabitants and provifit bovenste la mais
We ſaw likewife ſeveral horſes and other heads of me
cattel in the fields, as we went along towards the City.
This place of la Serena, our Pilot had reported unto us to La Serena a
be but a ſmall Town; but being arrived there, we found in conſiderable
City.
it no fewer than ſeven great Churches and one Chappel
belonging thereunto. Four of theſe Churches were Mo-
naſteries or Convents, and each Church had its Organs
for the performance of Divine Service. Several of the
houſes had their Orchards of Fruit, and Gardens, belong-
ing unto them ; both Houſes and Gardens being as well
and as neatly furniſhed, as thoſe in England. In theſe Gar-
Huge Straw.
dens we found Strawberries as big as Walnuts, and thoſe berries.
verg delicious to the taſte. In a word, every thing in this
City of la Serena, was moſt excellent and delicate, and far
beyond what we could expect in ſo remote a place. The
Town was inhabited by all ſorts of Tradeſmen, and be-
fides them, had its Merchants, ſome of which were accoun-
ted to be very rich. i din
The Inhabitants of la Serena, upon Qur approach and dif-
covery, were all fled, carrying with them whatſoever was tánts all fled.
moſt precious of their goods and jewels, or leſs cumberſome
unto them. Much of their valuable things they had like-
wiſe concealed or buryed, as havirghad time ſince we were
firſt diſcovered, fo to do. Beſides that they had had fore-
warning enough how to beware of as, fent them over land
from Arica, and ſeveral other places where we had landed
or been deſcryed at Sea. Notwithſtanding, we took in
the Town one Fryer, and two Chileno's, or Spaniards natives
р
of
The Inhabi-

106
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV
The Bucaniers
of the Kingdom of Chile, which adjoyneth unto that of
Peru, towards the Streight of Magallanes. Theſe Priſo-
ners related unto us, that the Spaniards, when they heard
of our coming, had killed moſt of their Chilean ſlaves, fea.
ring left they ſhould run or revolt from them unto us
.
Moreover, that we had been defcryed from their Coaſts
four days before our arrival, or deſcent upon land ; all the
which time they had employed in carrying away their
timely deſeryed Plate and Goods.idUnto this information they added, that
by the Enemy , for their defence they had received a ſupply of fixty men
gad prevented, from Arica. Having taken poſſeſſion of the Town, that
evening there came a Negro unto us, running away from
the Spaniards. He likewiſe informed us, that when we
were before Panama, we had taken a Negro, who was es
ſteemed to be the beſt Pilot in all the South-ſea ; but more
eſpecially for this place, and all the Coafts of Coquimbo.
Moreover, that if the Spaniards had not ſent all the Neo
gro's belonging unto this City farther up into the Coun-
try, out of our reach and communication, they would all
undoubtedly have revolted unto us,
Zhey purſue the
That night about midnight our Boatſwain, being accom
Inhabitants
, panied by forty men, and having a Chilean for their guide,
went out of the Town ſome miles within the Country,
with deſign to find out the places where the Spaniards lay
concealed, and had hid their goods and plate. But before
they came, the Spaniards had received intelligence thereof
from ſome ſecret ſpies they had in the Town,
and both the
men and their women were all fled to places that were
more occult and remote. So that by this ſearch, they on-
ly found an old Indian woman and three children ; but no
gold nor plate, nor yet any other priſoners. This morn-
ing our ſhip came to an anchor, by the Store-houſe above-
mentioned, named Tortuga, at the diſtance of a furlong
from ſhoar, in the depth of ſeven-farhom water. Mean
while we were quartered in the Town, I took this follow-
ing ground-plat thereof.
The
bus in vain.

Part IV.
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
107
63005
bud
2 st Francis
5
2 st Domingo
3 St Peter
4. S. Iohn y Cathedrall
Auftine
8
PO
TOPPS
5st.
6 st Mary
Jo
00
9
2 17 31 Phillip
85Saviours
9 Goveruours Seat
jo Scriveners houſe
IJ Markett place
12 Hoſpitali
W
13 Entrance from y Sea
画画 ​The Citty of lasySerena. Altitide 30. d. 00. South .
#7
or hot fro
13
is too
118 10
older
-

108
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
my
Aftag of Iruce
The next morning, being Saturday, December the 4th,
from the Enem- came into the Town-a flag of Truce from the Enemy.
Their meſſage was to proffer a ranſom for the Town to
preſerve it from burning; for now they began to fear we
would ſet fire unto it, as having found no conſiderable
booty nor pillage therein. The Captains, or chief Com-
manders of both ſides, met about this point, and agreed
95000 nieces betwixt them for the ſum of 95000 pieces of eight to be
Sofie ha prou the price of the whole ranſom. In the afternoon of this
day, Twas ſent down unto the Bay of Coquimbo, with a
party of twenty men, to carry thither both goods taken in
the Town, and provifions for the fhip. It is two leagues
and a halffrom the Town unto the Port; one league on the
Bay, the reſt being a very great road, which leadeth from
the Bay unto the City. The Spaniards promiſed that the
Ranſom ſhould be collected and paid in by the next day.
This day alſo there dyed one of our Negro ſlaves on board
the ſhip
The following day in the morning, I returned back unto
the Town, with the men I had brought down the day be-
fore. Onely fix of them I left behind, to look after our
Canoa's at the end of the Bay When I came up into the
breaketh his City, I found that the Spaniards had broken their promiſe,
#romiſe.
and had not brought in the Ranſom they had agreed for;
but had begged more time until to morrow at eight in the
forenoon. This evening another party of our men went
down unto the ſhip, to carry goods, ſuch as we had pillaged
in the Town. Moreover, that night about nine of the
clock , hapned an Earthquake, the whieh we were very.
ſenſible of, as we were all together in the Church of San
Juan, where our chief rendezvous and Corps du garde was
kept. In the night the Spaniards opened a Nayce, and let
the water run in ſtreams about the Town, with intent ci-
ther to overflow it, and thereby force us out of the place,
or at leaſt that they might the eaſier quench the flame, in
caſe we ſhould fire the Town.
On
The Enemy
Az Earth-

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, evc.
109
On the next morning we ſet fire to the Town, percei-
They fire the
ving it to be overflown, and that the Spaniards had not Town
performed; or rather that they never deſigned to perform
their promiſe. We fired, as nigh as we could, every hcuſe
in the whole Town, to the intent it might be totally re.
duced into aſhes. Thus we departed from la Serena, car-
rying with us what plunder we could find, having ſent two
parties before loaded with goods unto the ſhip, as was men-
tioned above. As we marched down unto the Bay, we
beat up an Ambuſcade of two hundred and fifty horſe, An Ambuſcade
which lay by the way in private, with an intent to fall on of the Enemy.
our men, in cafe we had ſent down any other party again
with goods unto the ſhip. When we came to the Sea-fide,
being half way unto our ſhip, we received advice that the
Spaniards had endeavoured, by an unuſual ſtratagem, to 4 ftratagem
burn our ſhip, and by theſe means deſtroy us all. They
diſcovered.
acted thas: They up blew a horſes hide like unto a bladder,
and upon this float a man ventured to fwim from ſhoar,
and come under the ſtern of our ſhip. Being arrived there,
he crammed Okeham and Brimſtone, and other combuſti.
ble matter,between the Rudder and the Stern-poſt. Having
done this, he fired it with a match, ſo that in a ſmall time
our Rudder was on fire, and all the ſhip in a ſmoak. Our
men both alarmed and amazed with this ſmoak, ran up and
down the ſhip, ſuſpecting the priſoners to have fired the
veſſel, thereby to get their liberty and ſeek our deſtructi-
on. At laſt they found out where the fire was, and had
the good fortune to quench it, before its going too far. Af-
ſoon as they had put it out, they ſent the boat afhoar, and
found both the hide afore-mentioned, and the match bur-
ning at both ends, whereby they came acquainted with the
whole matter. When we came unto the Store-houſe on
the ſhoar-ſide, we fet at liberty the Fryar our priſoner, and
another Gentleman who was become our Hoſtage for the
performance of the Ranſom. Moreover, when we came a-. They ſet at lie
board, (we ſent away and ſet at liberty Captain Peralta , berty their
Don Thomas de Argandong, Don Baltazar, Don Chriſtoval,
chief priſoners.
Captain

110
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV
Captain Juan, the Pilots Mate, the old Moor, and ſeveral o,
thers of our chiefeft priſoners. Unto this releaſment of
our priſoners we were moved, partly becauſe we knew not
well what to do with them, and partly becauſe we fearedi
left by the example of this ſtratagem, they ſhould plot our
deſtruction in earneſt, and by the help of ſo many men, e
ſpecially perſons of Quality, be able to go through it.
CH A P. XV.
The Bucaniers depart from Coquimbo for the Iſle of
Juan Fernandez. An exact account of this Voyage.
Miſery they endure, and great dangers they eſcape
very narrowly there. They mutiny among them-
ſelves and chooſe Watling to be their chief Com-
mander. Deſcription of the iſland. Three Spa-
niſh Men of War meet with the Bucaniers , at
the ſaid Iſland; but theſe outbrave them on the
one ſide, and give them the ſlip on the other.
B
Eing allembarked again, as was mentioned in the prea
cedent Chapter, the next morning, which was Tuef
day, December the 7th,twenty of us were ſent afhoar to ob-
ferve the motion of the Enemy. We went unto the look-out,
or watch-hill, but from thence could learn nothing. Here-
upon, about noon we returned on board the ſhip, and at
two in the afternoon, we weighed anchor, and ſet ſail, di-
recting our courſe for the Iſle of Juan Fernandez, not far di-
ftant from the Coaſt of Coquimbo. At night we were five
leagues diſtant from thence at N. W. by N. The Souther-
moſt Iſland of thoſe which are called de los Paxaros, or the
Iſlands of Birds, was then N. N. W. from us. Before
our departure, I took this following draught of the Bay of
Coquimbo, and City of la Serena.
Decema
Illas de Iso
Puxaros,

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, Qvo.
La Ciudad
de Le Serena
Store
House
Tortuga
I 떻
​Heradura
Bay of Coquimbo
Rocks 30
Coquimbo Bay described
Pasaros

Búcaniers of America.
Part VI.
of
December the 28th we had but very little wind, and a
leeward current here, which we could perceive did heave
us to the Northward. The afore-mentioned Iſland de los
Paxaros, at three in the afternoon, bore N. E of us. Ar
the diſtance of three leagues, more or leſs, it appeared
thus.
Iſla de los PAXAROS.
26
It is diſtant from the main Continent four leagues,
and from the next Iſland of the ſame name, about two.
The Main is extream high and mountainous hereabouts.
At evening we were Weſt from the ſaid Iſland five leagues.
About eight or nine leagues to Windward of Coquimbo, are
phite cliffs.
certain white cliffs, which appear from the fhoar to thoſe
that are off at Sea.
On the 9th of December we had likewiſe but little wind,
as the day before. I ſuppoſed my ſelf this day to be about
thirteen leagues Weſt from the Iſland above-mentioned.
The weather was cloudy, with miſling rain, ſo that no ob-
They are put to ſervation could be taken. However, this day it was thought
an allowance
of water.
convenient to put us to an allowance of water; for we had
taken in little or none at Coquimbo. The ſame wea-
ther, or very like unto it, we had the next day, being the
I oth; that is to ſay, ſtark calm and cloudy.
On the oth of December, we had ſome ſmall rain in the
forepart of the day. But in the alternoon it cleared up, ſo
that
Calms.

Part I V. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc. 313
that the weather was very hot. We had ſtill but little
wind.
The next day, December the i2th, we had very fair
weather and by a clear obſervation made this day,we found
Lat. 30 D. 06 S.
December the 13th. By a W. S. W. way, we made for-
ty two leagues
. By obſervation we found Lat. 30 D.45
S. D. M. four leagues and two thirds.
On the 14th in the morning, we had a handſom ſhower
of rain, which continued for ſome while. Then, about
eight of the clock, there ſprang up a S. S. W. breeze. My
reckoning was by an E. S. E. way, fourteen leagues
. And
by obſervation, we found this day 30 D. 30 S. In the af- One of their
ternoon of this day, dyed one of our men, whoſe name company dyeth.
was William Cammock. His diſeaſe was occaſioned by a
ſurfeit, gained by too much drinking on ſhoar at la Serena;
the which produced in him a Calenture, or Malignant Fea-
ver, and an Hicup. Thus in the evening we buryed him
in the Sea, according to the uſual cuſtom of Mariners, gi-
ving him three French Vollies for his Funeral.
The following day, we had an indifferent freſh wind on
both tacks. Ourway was W. S. W. and by it we reckon-
ed thirty four leagues. So likewiſe by an obſervation we
had Lat. 30 D. 42 S. All the afternoon blew a S. by W.
wind very freſh, with a ſhort topping S. W. Sea.
But on the next enſuing day, we had no ſmall breez, but
rather hard guſts of wind. Theſe grew ſo high, that they
forced us to take in our top-fails. We made a S. W. half
S. way, and forty five leagues.
On the 17th we had likewiſe high winds, and withal a
S.W. ſea. Our way W. by S. By obſervation taken this
day, we found Lat. 30 D. 51 S. In the afternoon we had
a S.S. E. wind, our courſe being S. W.
December the 18th. This day we had the ſame high
winds as before, at S.S. E. We reckoned by a W. S.W.
way forty fiveleagues. At noon the wind was ſomething
fallen, and then we had fome rain.
Q
The

114
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
The 19th we had both cloudy and windy weather. My
reckoning was a S.W. by S. way, and here uron fifty eight
miles. Yeſterday we were aſſured by our Pilot, that we
were now in the Meridian of the Iſland of Juan Fernandez,
whither our courſe was directed for that preſent. What
occafioned him to be ſo poſitive in his aſſertion, was the
Great birds feeing of thoſe great birds, of which we made mention in
Teen again.
the foregoing Chapter.
On the 20th, we had cloudy weather in the morning
on both tacks. We made a S. W. and half S. way, and by
it fifty two leagues. By obſervation we found this day
Lat. 32 D. 20 S. Difference of Meridian was now one
hundred and twenty three leagues.
The next day likewiſe we had cloudy weather ; yet by
obſervation we found a W. way. On the 22d by obſer-
vation we found and E. way proved.
Thurſday, December the 23d. All the night paſt we
had a freſh wind. But in the morning, from top-maſt
They defcry
head, we deſeryed a hammock of land. In the evening
we ſaw it again. We found afterwards that what we had
ſeen, was the Weſtermoſt Iſland of Juan Fernandez ; which
is nothing elſe but a meer rock, there being no riding, nor
ſcarce landing, near unto it.
Fryday, December the 24th. This morning we could
defcry the Iſland it felf, of Juan Fernandez, S. by E. it be-
Tefl of Juan
Fernandez. ing at fixteen leagues diſtance when we ſaw it yeſterday.
At ſeven this morning the Iſland food E. the wind being at
N. W. by N. At eight the ſame morning, the Iſland, at
the diſtance of five leagues, little more or leſs, appeared
thus.
land.
They see the
illa

Part IV.
115
Voyage of Captain Sharp, duo.
19 Iſla de JUAN FERNANDEZ.
sr
2
o
w
27
Here my obſervation was, that I could ſee neither fowl A particular
nor fiſh nigh unto this Iſland ; both which things are uſu- obſervation.
ally to be ſeen about other Iſlands. Having told my ob-
fervation unto our Pilot, he gave me for anſwer, that he had
made many Voyages by this Iſland, and yet never ſaw any
either fowl or fiſh more than I. Our reckoning this day
was an E.S. E. way, and hereby thirty ſix leagues. Our
latitude by obſervation was found to be 33 D. 30 S.
Saturday, December the 25th. Yeſterday in the after-
noon, at three of the clock, we ſaw the other Iſland, making
two or three hammocks of land. This morning wewere
about eight leagues diſtant from it, the Iſland bearing E. S.
E. from us. At eight the ſame morning, we were right
at breaſt with it. Heretherefore are two Iſlands together,
the biggeſt whereof is three leagues and an half in length, Bigneſs of theſe
neareſt N. W. and S.E. the other, and leſſer, is almoſt one
Iſles.
league, and no more in circumference. At ten of the clock
we ſent off from the ſhip one of our Canoa's, to ſeek for the
beſt landing and anchoring for our Veſſel. As we ap-
proached, both Iſlands ſeemed unto us nothing but one en-
tire heap of rocks. That which lyeth more unto the N.
is the higheſt, though we could not now ſee the tops there-
of for the clouds which covered it. In moſt places it is fo
ſteep, that it becometh almoſt perpendicular.
Q2
This

116.
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
This day being Chriſtmas-day, we gave in the morning
Cbriſtmas-day.
early three Vollies of ſhot, for folemnization of that great
Feſtival. I reckoned an E. by S. way. By a clear obſer-
vation from the middle of the Inand, I found here Lat.
33
D. 45 S. and M. D. to be ninty nine leagues. In the e-
vening of this day, we came to an anchor at the South end
of the Iſland, in a ſtately Bay that we found there, but
which lyeth open from the South, to the South-Eaſt winds.
We anchored in the depth of eleven fathom water, and at
the diſtance of onely one furlong from the ſhoar. Here we
Many Seals. faw multitudes of Seals covering the Bay every where, in-
ſomuch that we were forced to kill them, to ſet our feet
on ſhoar.
fem i Sunday, December the 26th. This day we ſent a Ca-
zonoa to ſee if we could find any riding ſecure from the Sou-
therly winds; theſe being the moſt conſtant winds that
blow on theſe Coaſts. The Canoa being gone, our Com-
mander fent likewiſe what men we could ſpare on ſhoar,
They kill
to drive Goats, whereof there is great plenty in this Illand.
They caught and killed that day to the number of three-
ſcore, or thereabouts. The Canoa returning unto the ſhip,
made report that there was good riding in another Bay, fi-
tuate on the North ſide of the Iſland, in fourteen fathom
water, and not above one quarter of a mile from the ſhoar.
Moreover that there was much wood to be had, whereas
in the place where we had firſt anchored, not one ſtick of
wood nor tuft of graſs was to be found.
The next day, being the 27th, between two and four of
A great ſtorra the clock in the morning, we had a tempeſt of violent winds
and fierce ſhowers of rain. The ſame day we got in two
They take in
hundred jars of water, bringing them the full diſtance of a
leaguefrom the place of our riding. In the mean while, o-
thers were employed to catch Goats, as they had done the
day before.
On the 28th of the ſaid month, in the morning I went
with ten more of our company, and two Canoas, to fetch
water from the land. Being come thither, and having fil-
led
Goats.
water.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dic.
117
led our jars, we could not get back unto the ſhip, by rea-
ſon of a Southerly wind that blew from off the Ocean, and The Author in
great dangers
hindred our return. Thus we were forced to lie ſtill in
a water-hole, and wait till the wind were over for a ſafer
opportunity. Mean while, the violence of the wind en-
creaſing, our ſhip was forced to get under fail, and make a-
way, not without danger of being forced aſhoar. Here-
upon the failed out of the harbour, to ſeek another place of tangis
anchoring. At noon I ventured out, to try if I could fol-
low the ſhip, but was forced in again by the wind and a ra-
ging ſea. Thus we lay ſtill for ſome while longer, till the
evening came on. This being come, we ventured out a-
gain both Canoa's together: but the winds were then ſo
high, that we were forced to throw all our jarrs of water
over-board to lighten our boats, otherwiſe we liad inevita
bly periſhed. I ought to bleſs and praiſe God Almighty
for this deliverance ; for in all humane reaſon, the leaſt
wave of that tempeſt muſt have funk us: Notwithſtan-
ding, we came that night to our place or harbour, where
we expected to have found our ſhip (called Falſe wild har-
bour) but found her not. Hereupon not knowing what to
do, we went afhoar, and halled up our Canoa's dry. Ha-
ving done this, we aſcended higher within the Iſland, along
a Gulley, for the ſpace of half a mile , there to clear our
ſelves of the noiſe and company of the Seals which were multitudes of
very troubleſome on the ſhoar. Here we kindled a fire, seales.
and dryed our clothes, and reſted our felves all night,
though with extream hungry bellies, as having eaten very
litte or nothing all the day before. In the ſides of the hill, i
under which we lay, we obſerved many holes like Coneya
holes
. Theſe holes are the neſts and rooſting places of
multitudes of birds that breed in this Iſland, called by the
Spaniards , Pardelas. One of theſe birds, as we lay drying Pardelas
and warming our felves, fell down into our fire.
The next morning being come, very early before Sun-
riſe, we went farther to the Northward, to ſeek for our ſhip
which we feared we had loft. But we were not gone far,
when

118 The Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
Into this Bay
when we foon eſpied her at ſea. Hereupon we paſſed a
u to
gtahta point of land, and entered a certain Bay, which was about a
mile deep, and not above halfa league over.
we put, and inſtantly made a fire, thereby to fhew the ſhip
wirereabouts we were. Here we found good watering and
wooding cloſe unto the ſhoar. In this Bay alſo we law a-
nother fort of amphibious Animal, the which I imagined
Deſcription of
to be the fame, that by fome Authors is called a Sea-Lyon.
a Sea-Lyon. Theſe Animals are ſix times bigger than Seals. Their heads
are like unto that of a Lyon, and they have four fins not
unlike unto a Tortoiſe. The hinder parts of theſe Crea-
tures are much like fins, but are drawn after them,as being
uſeleſs upon the ſhoar. They roared as if they had been
Lyons and were full of a certain ſhort and thick hair,which
was of a Mouſe colour ; but that of the young ones was
ſomething lighter. The old ones of theſe Sea-Lyons are
between twelve and fourteen foot long, and about eleven
or twelve foot in thickneſs, or circumference. A Seal is
very eaſily killed, as we often experimented, but two of
our men with great ſtones could not kill one of theſe Ani-
mals.
That day in the afternoon there came a Canoa from on
The bip forced board the ſhip with Proviſion for us, they fearing leaft
we ſhould be ſtarved. In like manner the Lanch came
zihinside with men to cut wood. They told us that the ſhip came
250 to an Anchor in the other Bay, but that within half an
hour the Cable broke, and they were forced to leave their
Anchor behind them and get out to Sea again. Night be-
ing come, we made our beds of Fern,whereof there is huge
plenty upon this Iſland; together with great multitudes of
Trees like unto our Engliſh Box, the which bore a ſort of
green Berries, ſmelling like unto Pimiento, or Pepper. All
this day the ſhip was forced to ply off at Sea , not being
able to get in.
December the thirtieth. The morning of this day we
employed in filling water, and cutting down wood. But
in the afternoon, eight of us eleven, went aboard the ſhip,
all
ON
thrice.
13

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dvc.
119
all in one and the ſame Canoa, ſending her aſhoar again with
Proviſions for the men that were there. This day in like
manner we could not get into the Harbour, for no ſooner
the ſhip came within the parts of Land,but the wind come-
ing out of the Bay,blew us clear out again. Thus we were
forced to ply out all that night, and great part of the fol-
lowing day.
On the next day having overcome all difficulties, and They get the
many dangers, - we came to an Anchor in the afternoon, in ſhip in again.
fifteen fathom water, at the diſtance of a Cable length
from ſhoar. - Here it was obſervable, that we were forced
to keep men afhoar on purpoſe to beat off the Seals, mean
while our men filled water at the Sea fide , at high-water
mark, for as much as that the Seals covet hugely to lye in
freſh water. About this Ifland fiſh is ſo plentiful, that in
leſs then one hours time, two men caught enough for all
our whole company.
Saturday January the firſt, 1680. This day we put up Craw-fth.
a new Main-top, larger then the old one ; and we caught
Craw-fiſh that were bigger than our Engliſh Lobſters.
The next day being January the ſecond, dyed a chief man The death of
of our company, whoſe name was Fohn Hilliard. This the Maſter of
man until our weighing Anchor from the Port of Coquim-
the ship.
bo, had been our Maſter all the ſpace of this Voyage. But
from that time we choſe John Cox for the Starboard, and
John Fall for the Larboard watch. The diſeaſe whereof he
dyed was the Dropſie. That evening we buryed our
dead Companion , and gave him a Volley for his Funeral,
according to the uſual cuſtom.
On the third of January we had terrible gufts of wind
from the ſhoar every hour. This day our Pilot told us, five years a-
that many years ago a certain ſhip was caſt away upon this lone.
Iſland, and onely one man faved, who lived alone upon
the Iſland five years before any ſhip came this way to car-
ry him off. The Iſland hath excellent Land in many Val-
leys belonging thereunto. This day likewiſe we fetched
our Anchor which we left in the other Bay when the ſhip
broke her Cable.
Tueſday
A man liveth

Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
gain
New dangers Tueſday January the fourth, 1680. This day we had
of the ſhip. ſuch terrible flaws of wind, that the Cable of our ſhip
brake, and we had undoubtedly been on ihoar, had not the
other held us faft. At laſt it came home and we drove
outward. By the way it caught hold of a Rock, and held
ſome time, but at laſt we haled it up, and the wind came
A great ſtorm. with ſo much violence, that the waves flew as high as our
Main-top, and made all the water of a foam.
Ibey drive to January the fifth, the ſame huge guſts of wind continu-
ed all the night laſt paſt, which notwithſtanding this day
at noon it was brave and calme. But in the morning the
Anchor of our ſhip gave way again, and we drove to the
Eaſtward more than half a mile , till at laſt we hapned to
faften again in the depth of fixty fathom water. Here in
this Bay where we rid at Anchor,did run a violent current,
ſometimes into, and at other times out of the Bay; ſo that
all was uncertain with us. But our greateſt diſcomfort
The "men begin was that our men were all in a mutiny againſt each other,
to mutiny. and much divided among themſelves. Some of them be-
ing for going home towards England, or our Forreign Plan-
tations,& that round about America through the Straights
of Magallanes , as Captain Sawkins had deſigned to do;
others of them being for ſtaying longer, and ſearching
farther into thoſe Seas, till ſuch time as they had got more
Toer remove to Money. This day at noon our Anchor drove again; where-
another Bay. upon to ſecure our felves from that dangerous place, we
failed from thence into the Weſt Bay, and anchored there
in twenty five fathom water, and moored our ſhip one
quarter of a mile from ſhoar.
On Thurſday January the fixth, our diffentions being
Thi Mutineers now grown unto a great heighth, the Mutineers made a
make a nemo
new Election of another perſon to be our chief Captain
and Commander, by vertue whereof they depoſed Cap-
tain Sharp, whom they proteſted they would obey no
longer. They choſe therefore one of our company,whoſe
name was fohn Watling, to command in chief, he having
been an old Privateer, and gained the eſteem of being a
Commander.
Itout

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, doc.
J 21
ſtout Seaman. The election being made, all the reſt were
forced to give their aſlent unto it, and Captain Sharp gave
over his command, whereupon they immediately made
Articles with Watling, and figned them.
The following day being the ſeventh, we burnt and tal- Cook put in
lowed the ſtar-board ſide of our ſhip. In this Bay where Irons,
we now anchored, we found a Croſs cut in the Bark of a
Tree, and ſeveral Letters beſides. Hereupon, in another
Tree up the Gulley, I engraved the two firſt Letters of my
name, with a Croſs over them. This day likewiſe Willi-
am Cook, ſervant unto Captain Edmund Cook, confeſſed that
his Maſter had oft times Buggered him in England, leaving
his Wife and coming to bed to him the ſaid William. That
the ſame crime he had alſo perpetrated in Jamaica; and
once in theſe Seas before Panama. Moreover , ſearching
his Writings,we found a paper with all our names written
in it, the which it was ſuſpected he defigned to have given
unto the Spaniſh priſoners. For theſe reaſons, this eve-
ning our Captain thought it convenient to put him in Irons,
which was accordingly done. The next day unto the a-
bove-mentioned in this Paragraph, we finiſhed the other
fide of our ſhip.
Sunday January the ninth , this day was the firſt Sun-
day that ever we kept by command and common conſent, Sundays ordes
red to be kept.
ſince the loſs and death of our valiant Commander Cap-
tain Sawkins. This generous ſpirited man threw the dice
over board, finding them in uſe on the faid day.
Fanuary the Tenth, this day the weather was very clear Great plexty
and fetled again. We caught every day in this Bay,where of fish.
we now were, great plenty of fiſh ; and I ſaw the ſame
day a fhoal of fiſh a mile and more long.
On the next day being the eleventh , we filled our wa- water and
ter, and carryed our wood on board the ſhip. Moreover, wood taken in
our two Canoas went to the other ſide of the Iſland to
catch Goats, for on the barren fide thereof are found and
caught the beſt ; and by Land it is impoſſible to go from
one ſide of the Inand to the other.
R
Wed-

I22
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
They eſpy three Wedneſday January the twelfth, this morning our Ca-
men of war.
noas returned from catching of Goats, firing of Guns as
they came towards us to give us warning. Being come on
board, they told us,they had eſpied three fail of ſhips, which
they conceived to be men of War coming about the Illand.
Within half an hour after this notice given by our Boats,
the ſhips came in fight to Leeward of the Iſland. Here
upon we immediately ſlipt our Cables, and put to Sea, ta-
king all our men on board that were a'hoar at that time.
Onely one William a Moſquito Indian, was then left behind
upon the Illand, becauſe he could not be found at this our
ſuddain departure. Upon the Iſland of Juan Fernandez
do grow certain Trees that are called by the name of Bilby-
Cabbage-trees, trees. The tops of theſe trees are excellent Cabbage and
of them is made the fame uſe that we do of Cabbage in
England. Here fiſh aboundeth in ſuch quantity, that on
the ſurface of the water I have taken fiſh with a bare and
naked hook, that is to ſay, unbaited. Much fiſh is taken
here of the weight of twenty pound; the ſmalleſt that is
taken in the Bay being almoſt two pound weight. Very
good Timber for building of Houſes and other uſes,is like-
wiſe found upon this Iſland. It is diſtant from the Main
Continent the ſpace of ninety five Leagues, or thereabouts,
being fituate in 33 d. 40 South. The plats of the Iſlands
lye N. W. and S. E.
Being got out of the Bay we ſtood off to Sea, and kept
to windward as cloſe as we could. The biggeſt of theſe
Strength of the Spaniſh men of War, for ſuch they proved to be, was of
men of war.
the burthen of eight hundred Tuns,and was called El San-
to Chriſto, being mounted with twelve Guns. The ſecond
named San Franciſco, was of the port of fix hundred Tuns,
and had ten guns. The third was of the carriage of three
hundred and fifty Tuns, whoſe name I have forgot. As
ſoon as they ſaw us, they inſtantly put out their bloody
flags, and we, to fhew them that we were not as yet daun-
ted, did the ſame with ours. We kept cloſe under the
wind, and were, to confeſs the truth, very unwilling to
fight

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dc.
123
fight them, by reaſon they kept all in a knot together and
we could not ſingle out any one of them, or ſeparate him
from the reſt. Eſpecially conſidering, that our preſent
Commander Watling had ſhewed himfelf at their appea-
rance to be faint hearted. As for the Spaniards themſelves,
they might have eafily come unto us, by reaſon we lay by
ſeveral times: but undoubtedly they were cowardly gi-
ven , and peradventure as unwilling to engage us , as we
were to engage them.
The following day being January the thirteenth, in the
morning we could deſcry one of the fore-mentioned men
of war, under the Leeward ſide of the Iſland; and we be-
lieved that the reſt were at Anchor thereabouts. At W.by
S. and at the diſtance of ſeven Leagues the Iſland appea-
reth thus.
Iſle of Juan Fernandez.
Lat. 33 d. 40 South
28
At noon that day we ſtood in towards the Iſland , ma- They gave
then the flip
king as if that we intended to be in with them. But in the
afternoon our Commander propounded the queſtion unto
us, whether we were willing now that the Fleet was to
windward, to bare away from them? Unto this we alla-
greed with one conſent.. And hereupon,night being come,
with a freſh wind at S.S.E. we ſtood away N.E. by N. and
thus
gave them handſomly the ſlip, after having outbra-
ved them that day, and the day before.
R 2
CHAP.

124
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
CapiShamps
Bay
I Windy
Bay
Rockey Point
Illa de Iuan Fernandez
Falf
f 운
​Great
Rock
I Bay
Great Key
Suger loof Key

Part IV.
I 25
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
CH A P. XVI.
The Bucaniers depart from the Iſle of Juan Fer-
nandez, unto that of Yqueque. Here they take
ſeveral Priſoners, and learn intelligence of the
poſture of affairs at Arica. Cruelty committed
upon one of the ſaid priſoners, who had rightly
informed them. They attempt Arica the ſecond
time, and take the Town, but are beaten out of it
again before they could plunder, with great loſs
of men, many of them being killed, wounded,
1o and made Priſoners. Captain Watling their
chief Commander is killed in this Attacque, and
Captain Sharp preſently choſen again, who lea-
deth them off and through Mountains of diffi-
culties, maketh a bold Retreat unto the ſhip.
H
Aving bid our enemies adieu, after the manner as was
They leave the
ſaid in the precedent Chapter , the next morning Iſle of J. Fer-
being Fanuary the 14th. we bore N. E. We reckoned this nandez.
day a N.N. E. one quarter South way, and by it, thirty
Leagues. We were four Leagues Eaſtward from the Ife of
Juan Fernandez, when I took our departure.
Saturday Fauuary the 15th,we had haſey weather. This
day we made by a N. E. by N. way eleven Leagues. The
ſame haſey weather continued in like manner the 16th.
But about ten that morning the wind dyed away. Our
reckoning was a N.E. by N. way, and thirty fix Leagues.
On the 17th we had a ſoft gale, and a clear obſervati-
on. We found by it Lat. 28 d. 47 S. Eaſting ſeventy
Leagues. The next day we had likewiſe a clear day, and
we

126
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
laido
we reckoned by a N. E. by N. way, thirty one leagues. By
obſervation Lat. 27 d. 29 South.
They reſolve
Wedneſday January the 19th, we had a clear day, as
for Arica.
before , and reckoned a N. E. by N. way, and thirty five
Leagues and two thirds. By obſervation we took Lat.25
d. oo. South. This day we put up our top-gallant maſts
and fails, the which we had taken down at the Iſland of
Juan Fernandez, when we thought to have gone directly
from thence for the Straights of Magallanes. But now our
reſolutions were changed, and our courſe was bent for Ari.
ca, that rich place, the ſecond time, to try what good we
could do upon it by another attempt, in order to the ma-
king all our fortunes there. In the evening of this day we
faw Land at a great diſtance.
They deſcry January the 20th, about midnight paſt we had a ſmall
Land-wind that ſprang up and reached us. At break of
day we could deſcry Land again, at the diſtance of nine or
ten Leagues more or leſs. This day was very hot and
calme, Eaſting ninety two Leagues.
On the 21. we had very little wind, and all along as we
went we could deſcry high-land, and that barren. We fai-
led N. by E. and N.N.E. along the Coaſt of the Continent.
The next day being Saturday the 22 of January, we
They look out
for Yqueque. had very hot weather. This day we failed N.and N.by E.
and looked out continually for the Iſland of Tqueque,which
our Pilot told us was hereabouts. We kept at a juſt di-
ſtance from Land, for fear of being deſcryed by the ene-
my.
On the following day, Sunday the 23. we failed in like
manner N.N.E. along the Coaſt, which ſeemeth to be ve-
ry full of Bays hereabouts. By obſervation this day, we
took Lat. 21 d.49. South.
'They ſend a
Munday January the 24th, this day we had an indiffe-
Canoa to ſeeke rent gale of wind, and we ſtood N. and by E. the wind be
the iſland.
ing S.S.E. We found Latitude by obſervation 21 d. 02
South. Our whole Eaſting I reckoned to be ninety two
leagues and an half. In the afternoon of this day Captain
Watling

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
127
Watling our Commander, and twenty five men more de-
parted from the ſhip in two Canoas,with deſign to ſeek for,
and take the Iſland of Tqueque, and there to gain intelli-
gence of the poſture of affairs at Arica. We were at the
diſtance of twelve leagues froin fhoar, when they went a-
way from the ſhip.
The next day by a clear obſervation, we found Lat. 20 They find it
d.49 South. At four in the afternoon this day, returned not.
one of our Canoas, bringing word that they could not find
the Iſland, though they had ſearched for it very diligently.
At night came the other, being brought back by a wrong
ſign given us by the firſt Canoa. This ſecond Canoa had
landed upon the Continent, and there found a track, the
which they followed for ſome little ſpace. Here they met
a dead Whale, with whoſe bones the Spaniards had built a
Hut, and ſet up a Croſs. There lay alſo many pieces of
broken Jars. They obſerved likewiſe, that hereabouts upa
on the Coaſt were many Bays,good landing, and anchoring
for ſhips. That evening about ſeven of the clock, a freſh
gang departed from the ſhip to ſeek for the ſame Iſand,
mean while we lay becalmed all night , driving about a
league to leeward.
Wedneſday January the 26th, we had extream hot wea- Rich Mines
ther. This day the Spaniſh Pilot told us, that on the Con on the Couti-
tinent over againſt us, and at the diftance of a very little
way within the Land, are many rich Mines of Silver, but
that the Spaniards dared not to open them for fear of an
Invaſion from ſome Forreign enemy or other. We failed
North,at the diſtance of about two leagues from ſhoar. At
noon we had an obſervation, and found Lat. 20 d. 21 S.
At four of the clock we ſaw a ſmoak made by our men,
The Iſland ist)
cloſe by a white clift, which proved to be the Iſland. Here-
found.
upon we immediately fent away another Canoa with more
men , to ſupply them in their attempts. But in the mean
while the firſt Canoa which had departed the evening be-
fore this day, came aboard, bringing with them four priſo-
ners, two old white men, and two Indians.
IDOO
ment.
The

128
Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
An account of The other Canoa which ſet out laſt, brought back Mo-
the Iſlande
loſus, Fiſh, and two Jars of wine. To windward of the
faid Iſland, is a ſmall village of eighteen or twenty houſes,
having a ſmall Chappel nigh unto it, built of ſtone , and
for adornment thereof, it is ſtuck full of Hides, or the skins
of Seals. They found about fifty people in this Hamlet,
but the greateſt part of them made their eſcape at the ar-
rival of the Canoa. Unto this Iſland do frequently come
Barks from Arica, which City is not far diſtant from
thence to fetch clay, and they have already tranſported a-
way a conſiderable part thereof. The poor Indians, Inha-
bitants or Natives of this Iſland, are forced to bring all the
freſh water they uſe, the full diſtance of eleven leagues
from thence, that is to ſay, from a River name Camarones,
which lyeth to Leeward of the Iſland. The Barque where-
in they uſed to bring it, was then gone for water, when
our men landed upon the place. The Iſland all over is
white, but the bowels thereof are of a reddiſh fort of earth.
From the ſhoar is ſeen here a great path which leadeth O-
ver the Mountains into the Country. The Indians of this
Iſland uſe to eat much and often, a ſort of Leaves that are
of a taſt much like unto our Bay-leaves in England. Inſo.
much, that their teeth are died of a green colour, by the
continual uſe thereof. The Inhabitants go ſtark naked,
and are very robuſt and ſtrong people; yet notwithſtand-
ing they live more like beaſts than men.
Their cruelty Thurſday January the 27ıh, this morning on board the
towards an fhip, we examined one of the old men, who were taken
priſoners upon the Iſland the day before. But finding him
in many Lies, as we thought, concerning Arica, our Com-
mander ordered him to be ſhot to death, which was accor-
dingly done. Our old Commander Captain Sharp was
much troubled in his mind and diſſatisfyed at this cruelty
and raſh proceeding; whereupon he oppoſed it as much
as he could. But ſeeing he could not prevail, he took wa-
Sharp troue
terand waſhed his hands, ſaying, Gentlemen, I am clear of
the blood of this old man; and I will warrant you a hot day
for
led at it.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
129
for this piece of cruelty, whenever we come to fight at Arica.
Theſe words were found at the latter end of this expediti.
on of Arica, to contain a true and certain propheſie, as ſhall
be related hereafter.
The other old man being under examination , informed
Another priſo-
us, that the Iſland of Tqueque afore-mentioned, belonged ner examined.
unto the Governour of Arica,who was Proprietor thereof;
and that he allowed unto theſe men a little wine, and other
Neceſſaries, to live upon for their ſuſtenance. That he
himſelf had the ſuperintendance of forty or fifty of the
Governours ſlaves, who caught fiſh and dryed it , for the
profit of the ſaid Governour ; and he ſold it afterwards to
the inland Towns, and reaped a conſiderable benefit there-
by. That by a Letter received from Arica , eight days
ago, they underſtood there was then in the Harbour of A.
rica, three ſhips from Chile, and one Bark. That they had
raiſed there a Fortification mounted with Twelve Copper
Guns. But that when we were there before, they had con-
veyed out of the Town unto the neighbouring Itantiens,
all their Plate, Gold, and Jewels, burying it there in the enda vode
ground, and concealing it after ſeveral manners and ways.
The which whether it were now returned or not, he could
not eaſily tell. That there were two great places, the one
at ten, the other at twenty five leagues diſtance from Ari-
ca,at which Towns lay all their ſtrength and treaſure. Thatod of
the day
before had paſled a Port to declare our having
been mod yd use
at Coquimbo. That the Embargo laid on all veſſels going
to the Northward, was now taken off ; ſo that a free pal-
Yage was allowed them. That by Land it wasimpoſſible
go from hence unto Arica in leſs than four or five days,
for as much as they muſt carry water for themſelves and
Horſes for the whole journey. At laſt, that thoſe Armsival
that were brought from Lima unto Arica,as was mentioned
above, were now carryed away from thence unto Buenos
Ayres. All theſe things pleaſed us mighty well to hear
them. But however, Captain Sharp was ſtill much difla-...
tisfyed , by reaſon we had ſhot the old man. For he had
S
given
to

130
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
given us information to the full, and with all manner of
truth, how that Arica was greatly fortified , and much
more tlian before; but our misfortune was, that we took
his information to be all contrary to the truth.
The leaves of which we made mention above, are
They take the
Barque of the brought down unto this Iſland in whole Bales, and then
Iſland. diſtributed unto the Indians by a ſhort allowance given to
each man.
This day we liad very hot weather, and a S.
W. Sea. By obſervation we found Lat. 20 d. 13 South.
Beſides the things above-mentioned, our priſoners inform-
ed us, that at Arica the Spaniards had built a breaſt-work
round about the Town ; and one alſo in every ſtreet, that
in caſe one end of the Town were taken, they might be a-
ble to defend the other. We ſtood off and in for the grea-
teft part of this day. In the afternoon we were eight
leagues and an half diſtant from ſhoar, with a freſh wind.
That morning moreover we took the Barque that was at
the River of Camarones, to fill water for the Iſland.
Friday January the 28th, laſt night about midnight we
They embarke left the ſhip, and embarked our felves in the Barque afore-
for Arica. mentioned, the Lanch,and four Canoas, with deſign to take
Arica by ſurprizal. We rowed and failed all night,making
in for the ſhoar.
Saturday January the 29th,about break of day this day,
They lye bid.
den by day.
we got under ſhoar, and there hid our ſelves among the
Rocks for all the day long, fearing left we ſhould be def-
cryed by the enemy, before we came to Arica. At this
time we were about five leagues to Southward of Arica,
nigh Quebrada de San Vitor, a place ſo called upon that
Coaſt. Night being come, werowed away from thence.
Sunday January the zoth, 1680. this day (being the day
They land and that is conſecrated in our Engliſh Kalendar, unto the Mar-
4ttaque the
tyrdom of our glorious King Charles the Firſt) in the
morning about Sunriſe, we landed amongſt fome Rocks,at
the diſtance of four miles, more or leſs, to the Southward
from Arica. We put on ſhoar ninety two men in all, the
reft remaining in the Boats, to keep and defend them from
being
130
1919
70w

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
131
being ſurprized by the enemy, to the intent we might
leave behind us a ſafe retreat, in caſe of neceſſity. Unto
theſe men we left ſtrict orders, that if we made one ſmoak
from the Town, or adjoyning fields, they ſhould come af-
ter us towards the harbour of Arica with one Canoa ; but
in caſe we made two, that they ſhould bring all away,
leaving only fifteen men in the Boats. As we marched from
our landing place towards the Town, we mounted a very
ſteep hill, and ſaw from thence no men, nor Forces of the
enemy; which cauſed us to hope we were not as yét def-
cryed, and that we ſhould utterly ſurprize them. But
when we were come about half of the way unto the Town,
we eſpied three horſemen,who mounted the Look-out hill;
and ſeeing us upon our march, they rid down full ſpeed
towards the City, to give notice of our approach. Our
Commander Watling choſe out forty of our number , to
attaque the Fort, and ſent us away firſt thitherwards, the They aſſault
reſt being deſigned for the Town. We that were appoint- the Fort.
ed for the Fort,had ten hand Granadoes among us,when we
gave the aſſault, and with them, as well as with our other
Arms, we attacked the Caſtle, and exchanged ſeveral ſhot
with our enemies. But at laſt, ſeeing our main body in
danger of being overborn with the number of our ene-
mies,we gave over that attempt on the Fort,and ran down
in all haft unto the valley, to help and aſſiſt them in the
fight. Here the Battel was very deſperate, and they kil-
led three, and wounded two more of our men from their pris
out-works,before we could gain upon them. But our rage
encreaſing with our wounds, we ſtill advanced, and at lait
beat the enemy out of all, and filled every ſtreet in the
City with dead bodies. The enemy made ſeveral retreats The Town to
unto ſeveral places, from one breaſt-work to another ; and kena
we had not a ſufficient number of men wherewith to man
all places taken. Inſomuch, that we had no ſooner beat
them out of one place, but they came another way, and
man'd it again with new Forces and freſh men.
S 2
We

132
Bucaniers of America
Part VI.
dech ont.
Many priſoners We took in every place where we vanquiſhed the ene-
my, great number of Priſoners, more indeed, then perad-
venture we ought to have done, or we knew well what to
do withal; they being too many for ſuch a ſmall body as
ours was to manage. Theſe priſoners informed us, that
we had been deſcryed no leſs than three days before, from
the Iſland of Tqueque,whereby they were in expectation of
our arrival every hour, as knowing we had ſtill a deſign
to make a ſecond attempt upon that place. That into the
City were come four hundred Souldiers from Lima, the
which, beſides their own, had brought feven hundred Arms
for the uſe of the Country-people, and that in the Town
they had ſix hundred armed men , and in the Fort three
hundred.
The Fort fan- Being now in poſleſfion of the City, or the greateſt part
thereof, we ſent unto the Fort, commanding them to fur-
render. But they would not vouchſafe to ſend us any an-
ſwer. Hereupon we advanced towards it, and gave it a fe-
cond Attaque, wherein we perfifted very vigorouſly for
a long time. Being not able to carry it, we got upon the
top of a houſe that ſtood nigh unto it, and from thence fi-
red down into the Fort, killing many of their men, and
wounding them at our eaſe and pleaſure. But mean while
we were buſyed in this Attaque,the reſt of the enemies For-
ces had taken again ſeveral Poſts of the Town, and began
to furround us in great numbers, with deſign to cut us off.
The Spaniards Hereupon we were conſtrained to deſiſt the ſecond time,as
rally against
before, from aſſaulting the Fort , and make head againſt
them. This we no ſooner had done, but their numbers
and vigour increaſing every moment, we found our ſelves
to be overpowred, and conſequently we thought it conve-
nient to retreat unto the plaee where our wounded men
were, under the hands of our Surgeons, that is to ſay, our
Hoſpital. At this time our new Commander Captain
Led and many Watling , both our Quartermaſters, and a great many Q-
thers of our men were killed, befides thoſe that were woun-
ded and diſabled to fight. So that now the enemy rally-
ing
them.
otbsys.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, c. 133
anew
ing againſt us,and beating us from place to place, we were
in a very diſtracted condition, and in more likelihood to
periſh every man, than eſcape the bloodineſs of that day.
Now we found the words of Captain Sharp to bear a true
propheſie, being all very ſenſible that we had had a day too
hot for us , after that cruel heat in killing and murdering
in cold blood, the old Meſtizo Indian whom we had taken
priſoner at Tqueque, as before was mentioned.
Being ſurrounded with difficulties on all ſides, and in
Sharp is choſen
great diſorder, as having no head nor leader to give orders
for what was to be done, we were glad to turn our eyes
unto our good and old Commander Captain Bartholomew
Sharp, and beg of him very earneſtly to commiſerate our
condition, and carry us off. It was a great while that we
were reiterating our fupplications unto him, before he would
take any notice of our requeſt in this point. So much
was he diſpleaſed with the former mutiny of our people a-
gainſt him, all which had been occaſioned by the inſti-
gation of Mr.Cook. But Sharp is a man of an undaunted
courage, and of an excellent conduct, not fearing in the
leaſt to look an inſulting enemy in the face, and a perſon
that knoweth both the Theory and practical parts of Na-
vigation, as well as moſt do. Hereupon, at our requeſt and
earneſt petition, he took upon him the command in chief They retreat
again , and began to diſtribute his orders for our ſafety. difficulty.
He would have brought off our Surgeons, but that they
had been drinking in the mean while that we aſſaulted
the Fort,and thus would not come with us when they were
called. They killed and took of our number twenty
eight men, beſides eighteen more that we brought off,who
were deſperately wounded. At this time we were all ex-
tream faint for want of water and victuals, whereof we
had had none all that day. Moreover , we were almoſt
choaked with the duſt of the Town ; this being ſo much
raiſed by the work that their great Guns had made, that
we could ſcarcely ſee each other. They beat us out of the
Town,and then followed us into the Savanas,or open fields,
ſtill

134
Part IV:
The Bucaniers of America.
ſtill charging us as faſt as they could. But when they ſaw
that we rallyed again, reſolving to dye one by another,
they then ran from us into the Town, and ſheltred them-
ſeives under their breaſt-works. Thus we retreated in as
good order as we could poſſibly obſerve in that confuſion.
But their Horſemen followed us as we retired, and fired at
us all the way, though they would not come within reach
of our Guns ; for their own reached farther then ours,and
out-ſhot us more than one third. We took the ſea-ſide for
our greater ſecurity; the which when the enemy law, they
betook themſelves unto the Hills, rowling down great
ſtones, and whole Rocks to deſtroy us. In the mean while
thoſe of the Town examined our Surgeons and other men
whom they had made priſoners. Theſe gave them our
figns that we had left unto our Boats that were behind us,
ſo that they immediately blew up two ſmoaks,which were
perceived by the Canoas. This was the greateſt of our
dangers. For had we not come at that inſtant that we
did, unto the ſea-ſide, our Boats had been gone, they be-
ing already under fail, and we had inevitably periſhed eve-
ry man. Thus we put off from the ſhoar, and got on
board about ten of the clock at night, having been invol-
ved in a continual and bloody fight with the enemy all
that day long.
CHAP.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
135
CH A P. XVII.
A deſcription of the Bay of Arica. They fail
from hence unto the Port of Guaſco, where
they get Proviſions. A draught of the ſaid
Port. They land again at Hilo to revenge
the former affronts, and took what they could
find.
H
Aving ended our attempt at Arica, the next day, be- They depart
ing January the laſt, we plyed to and fro in ſight of from Arica,
the Port, to ſee if they would ſend out the three ſhips we
had ſeen in the Harbour to fight us. For upon them we
hoped to revenge the defeat and diſappointment we had
received at the Town the day before. But our expectati-
ons in this point alſo were fruſtrated, for not one of thoſe
veſſels offered to ftir.
The houſes of this Town of Arica are not above eleven an account of
foot high, as being built of earth , and not of brick or
timber. The Town it ſelf is fourſquare in figure, and
at one corner thereof ſtandeth the Caſtle,which may eaſi-
ly be commanded even with ſmall Arms, from the hill
which lyeth cloſe unto it. This place is the Embarcadero,
or Port-Town of all the Mineral Towns that lye herea-
bouts, and hence is fetched all the Plate that is carryed to
Lima, the head-City of Peru. I took the Bay of Arica as
it appeared to me thus.
Arica.
On

130
Part IV.
Bueaniers of America.
Rio de Juandiaz
moorings
Arica
bolo ani
A
10
&
Istand
10 ago
เ Vols bovisa91
but now contains ni ano
16
OTOO LAST
slideragin 1001
Connaud
Togo Tontoo aro
Arica tours
Fort
US
Bongodoval
ons lewo-130
osomer bestod
Boor 912,
nitko oszlop
Landed
Here wee
009
Rocks

Part IV. Voyage of Captaia Sharp, &c. 137
On Tueſday February the firſt, we had a clear obſervas
tion, and by it we found Lat. 19 d.06.South. This day They make a
we ſhared the old remains of our Plate, taken in ſome of Sn all dividend
our former booties. Our ſhares amounted only unto thir-
ty feven pieces of Eight to each man.w.2.7 bool sw.vob
- N. B. Here I would have my Reader 2o také notices that
from this day forwards, I kept no conſtant Diary or Journal,
as I had done beforer, at leaſt for ſome conſiderable ſpace of snoring oth
time, as you fhati ſee hereafteb: my diſeaſe and fickneſs at Sea
being the occaſion of intermitting what I had never failed to
do in all the courſe of this Voyage till now orl Only fome few
Memorandums, as my weakneſs gave leavezi s now and thera
committed to paper, the which I ſhall give yonds I find them,
towards a continuancetofi this Hiſtory. i Thusgoo 1o grileme
559900
Munday February the 14th, this night between eleven
addtwelve of the clock dyed on board our ifhipWillida
Captain Cooks
man dyetha
Cook , who was the ſervaht afore mentioned untb Captain
Edmund Cook, i of whom likewiſe mention hath beenroſten!
made in this Journal - He defifted not in the leaſt ,even 2009 to Smios
at his laſt hour, to accuſe his Maſter of Buggering him,bası
before was related. Moreover , that his Máſter fhould
ſay. It was no ſiri to ſteal
from uszwho thought it none to robthe
Spaniards.cooq ortocrorud bluco w sila alla guidt
2 February the 16th, 1680. this day we found our felves
to be in Lat. 27 d. 301South. We had a conſtant breezčiat
S. E. and is. S. Es still we got about two hundred' Leagues
from land. Then ab the Eclipſe of the Moonlome båd ai -Ort *99. bich
a calm for two or three days and then a breeze at North Several calmesen
for the ſpace of two days after which we had a calmla-1
gain for two on tänee days more. odnu zbosd orng sw 950orli
9 March the firſt we found Latitudel by.robſervation 34 d.
or South Atnthistime begionèth the dirty weather in Dirty weather
thefe Seas.is We day under a pair of courſesis, the wind be-s
ing at S: E. and E:S. Eo with a very great Sea af S.S.E -iert
March the third, all hands were called up anda Councel
held; wherein conſidering it was now dirty weather, and They reſolve to
go home over
låterin the year, we bore up the Helm, cand reſolved to goland.
T
V109W
unto

138
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
allowance.
land.
unto the Main for water, and thence to Leeward, and ſo
march over land towards home, or at leaſt to the North
Sea. But God directed us from following this reſolution,
as you ſhall hear hereafter. We being thus determined that
day, we ſtood N.E. with a ſtrong wind at S.E. and E.S.E.
On March the fifth dyed our
Coquimbo Indian. The ſe-
venth we had a weſt-wind, our courſe being E. by N. The
Are put to an eighth of the ſaid Month we were put to an allowance,
having only one Cake of bread a day. March the tenth we
had a ſtrong South-wind.
They defcry On March the izth we fell in with the main land, fome-
thing to Leeward of Coquimbo. Within the Iſland of Pax-
aros are double lands, in whoſe Valleys are fires for the
Furnaces of
Copper.
melting of Copper, with which Metal theſe Hills abound.
Off to fea-board it is a rocky land, and within it is fandy.
aloo Oristano
About the diſtance of eight Leagues to Leeward is a rocky
point with ſeveral Keys or Rocks about it. About one
half mile to Leeward of this point turneth in the Port of
Point of Gual. Guaſco. Right againſt the anchoring are three Rocks,clofe
under the ſhoar. U looM i losofnodi in
bBeing arrived here, we landed on ſhoar threeſcore men
They land.
of our company, with deſign to get Proviſions, and any
thing elſe that we could purchaſe. The people of the
Country ran all away as ſoon as they ſaw us. There was
building on ſhoar in this Port, a fire Barque of fixteen or
eighteen Tuns burthen, with à Cock-boat belonging unto
and ger Pro- it. We took one Indian Priſoner, and with him went up
THFans. the ſpace of fix or ſeven miles into the Country, unto an
Indian Town of Threeſcore or Fourſcore houſes. From
thence we came back unto the Church,which is diſtant four
miles from the Sea-fide,and lodged there all night. Here
se ish are multitudes of good Sheep and Goats in the Countrey
adjoyning to this Porr, and it is watered with an excellent
freſh-water River; but the getting of water is very diff-
cult, the banks being very high, or otherwiſe inacceſſible.
o close
However, we made a thift to get in five hundred Jars of
water. Furthermore, we brought away one hundred and
twenty
CO.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dc. 139
twenty Sheep, and fourſcore Goats, with which ſtock we
victualled our veſſel for a while. As for Oxen, they had
driven them away farther up into the Countrey. Theju. An account of
riſdiction of Guaſco it ſelf is governed by a Teniente , or
Guaſco.
Deputy-Governour, and a Fryar, and is in fubje&tion unto the
City of la Serena above-mentioned, as being a dependance
thereupon. Here groweth both Corn, Peafe, Beans, and
ſeveral other forts of Grain ; and for Fruits, this place is
not inferiour unto Coquimbo. Here we found likewiſe a
Mill to grind Corn, and about two hundred buſhels there
of ready ground; the which we conveyed on board our
ſhip. Every houſe of any account hath branches of wa-
ter running through their yards or courts. The Inhabi-
tants had hidden their Wine,and other beſt things as Plate,
and Jewels
, having deſcryed us at ſea before our landing : They were des-
ſo that our booty here, beſides Proviſions, was inconfide- cryed before
rable. However, we caught ſome few Fowls, and eat five landing.
or fix Sheep, and likewiſe a great Hog, which taſted ve-
ry like unto our Engliſh Pork. The hills are all barren, ſo
that the Countrey that beareth Fruit, is only an excellent
Valley, being four times as broad as that of Hilo above-
mentioned. Theſe people of Guaſco ſerve the Town of
Coquimbo with many forts of Proviſions, We gave the
Indian whom we had taken his liberty, and I took the Port
of Guaſco thus.
I 2
Tueſday

144
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
w lol
17. o obregol? vinna
parlo davon
w.snd IV Bullou
។ នាង
En mod bovins
DOWS
swife lovio
OH T.noquator
trobodno bog
Zo zorlansud need
Rio de Guaſco
od
sotho
Latt:28:46.S
place?
buuoou
Guasco
alwo
med uliwal
-
3 909 Sontact
oltre 10. tol Terhiw okopo
bris Boreid olisi ber
iba
Rocks
Guasco

Part IV.
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 141
Tueſday March the 15th, 1680. This morning we de-They depart
from Guaſco
parted from the Port of Guaſco aforementioned, with very
little wind, having done nothing conſiderable there,except-
ing only the taking in the few Proviſions above-related.
We were bent therefore to ſeek greater matters, having
experimented but ill ſucceſs in moſt of our attempts hither-
to. On March the 20th, Moro de Horſe, being high dou-
bled Land, and at E. by N. appeared thus unto us, in Lat.
24 d. South.
om site ud olm
borrow
Moro de Horſe
d. S.
Lat. 24
derson
29
At North, and at the diſtance of ten Leagues, more or
leſs, we ſaw the great and high hill of Morro Moreno, being
ſo called from its colour. It is a dark hill,but much high-
er and bigger than the other afore-mentioned, and appea-
reth like unto an Iſland, thus..
mots
Morro Moreno. lots bar Lat. 23 d. 30
S.
30
We had now very dark weather all along the Coaſt. On
March

142
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
the River Loa.
But cannot
Bay of Mexil- March the 21 we were Weſt from the Bay of Mexillones.
lones.
The point of this Bay one League upwards , repreſenteth
exactly a Sugar-loaf.
They seek for
March the 22. This day our Boat and Canoas went from
the ſhip, being well man’d, to find the River Loa. They
went alſo about two Leagues to Leeward of it, unto a fiſh-
find it.
ing village, but could find no place fit for landing; where-
upon they returned without acting any thing. The next
day another Canoa of our company went out upon the
ſame exploit, but found the fame ſucceſs. Yet notwith-
ſtanding, here Sir Francis Drake watered, and built a Church,
as we were told by our Pilot. This Church is now ſtand-
ing on the Sea-ſide by the River, whoſe mouth is now dry.
There are ſeveral Huts to windward of it, and from the
faid Church or Chappel goeth a great path up the hills,
which leadeth to Pica.
On Thurſday March the 24th, we found Latitude by
obſervation, 20 d. 10 South. This day alſo we faw Land,
at eighteen leagues diſtance more or lefs.
Sunday March the 27th, we ſaw Mora de Sama, and La
cumba at ſome diſtance. The ſame day we had an obſer.
vation, and found by it Lat. 18 d. 17 South.
That eve-
ning we departed from the ſhip with our Boats and Canoas,
towards the Coaſt of Hilo , upon which we now were.
They surprize We landed and took the village of Hilo undiſcryed, they
Hilo.
fcarce fuſpecting we could have any deſign upon that place
the ſecond time. We caught the Fryar who was Chaplain
unto the Town, and moſt of the Inhabitants aſleep, making
them priſoners at war. Here we heard a flying report, as
if five thouſand Engliſh had lately taken Panama the ſecond
time, and kept it. But this rumour, as it ſhould ſeem, pro-
ved to be a falſity. At this time the River came out, and
was overflown, it being near the time of the freſhes. Here
Tbey beur of the priſoners told us, that in Arica ten of our men were ſtill
ibeir Surgeons alive, whereof three were Surgeons, all the reſt being dead
at Arica.
of their wounds. The Spaniards ſent word unto Hilo,that
we had killed them ſeventy men, and wounded three times
as

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
143
as many of their Forces. But here the Inhabitants ſaid,
that of forty five men ſent to the relief of Arica from
hence, there carne home but only two alive. We filled
what water we pleaſed here; but a ſmall boat that we
brought from Guaſco broke looſe from us,and was ſtaved to
pieces on the Rocks. Here we took eighteen Jars of wine,
and good ſtore of new Figs. On Tueſday following we
went up to the Sugar-work, mentioned in our former ex-
pedition againſt Hilo, and found all Fruits juſt ripe, and fit
for eating. There we laded ſeven Mules downwards with
Moloſus and Sugar. The Inhabitants told us moreover,
that thoſe men who came to fight us when we were here
the firſt time, were moſt of them Boys, and had only fifty
Fire-arms amongſt them. They being commanded by an
Engliſh Gentleman who is Married at Arequipa. Likewiſe
that the owner of the Sugar-work afore-mentioned was
now engaged in a Suit at Law againſt the Town of Hilo,
pretending it was not the Engliſh who robbed him, and
ſpoilt his Ingenio, when we were there before, but the
Townſmen themſelves. This day in the evening we failed
from Hilo with dark weather, and little wind, which con-
tinued for ſeveral days afterwards.
Labore
20
bar List
sional
wilow gain
CHAP
ugris hidi )
b-ovod lobor
lisbreite
Todo sozining mood

140
Part IV
Bucaniers of America.
DO
3
Hilo.
CHA P. XVIII.
to moldguard
They depart from the Port of Hilo, unto the Gulf
of Nicoya, where they take down their decks,
and mend the failing of their ſhip. Forty ſeven
of their Companions leave them, and go home o-
ver land. A deſcription of the Gulf of Ni.
coya. They take two Barks and ſome Priſoners
there. Several other remarques belonging to this
Voyage.nets bangM a weboliger
anu bomodnom gols showingua ori o ponvi srivera
They leave
"Rom the time that we fet fail from the Port of Hilo,
until Sunday April the tenth, 1681. nothing hapned
unto us that might be accounted remarkable; neither did
I take any notes all this.while , by reaſon of my indifpofi-
tiönt afore-mentioned. This day we could hear diftin&tly
the breaking of the Seas on the ſhoar, but could ſee no
land , the weather being extream dark and haſey. Not-
withſtanding about noon it cleared up, and we found our
ſelves to be in the Bay called de Malabrigo. The land in
this Bay runneth due Eaſt and Weſt. By an obſervation
made, we found this day 6 d. 35 South. We ſaw from
hence the Leeward Iſland of Lobos, or Seals, being nothing
elſe than a rocky and ſcraggy place. On the S.W. ſide
thereof is a red hill, which is a place about the ſaid Illand,
where the Indian Fiſhermen much frequent. It is ſituate in
Lat. 6 d. 15 S. This day likewiſe in the evening we ſaw
the Point called Aguja.
On Saturday April the 16th, we came within a league
Iſle of Plate.
diſtance of the Weſt-end of the Iſland of Plate, above del-
They mutiny a- cribed. The next day unto this, being Sunday April the
themſelvese
17th, 1681. our Mutineers broke out again into an open
diſſention,
gain among

Part IV.
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 141
diſfention they having been much diſfatisfyed all along the
courſe of this Voyage, but more eſpecially ſince our unfor-
tunate fight at Arica, and never entirely reconciled unto
us fince they chofe Captain Watling, and depoſed Sharp at
the Iſle of Juan Fernandez, as was related above. Nothing
now could appeaſe them, nor ſerve their turn,but a ſepara.
tion from the reſt of the company, and a departure from
us. Hereupon this day they departed from the ſhip, to
Forty ſeven
the number of forty ſeven men, all in company together, return home.
with deſign to go over land by the ſame way they came
into thoſe Seas. The reſt who remained behind, did fully
reſolve, and faithfully promiſe to each other, they would
ſtick cloſe together. They took five ſlaves in their com..
pany, to guide and do them other ſervice in that Journey.
This day we had 1 d. 30 minutes Southern Latitude. We
ſailed N. N. W. before the wind.
The next day after their departure,being April the 18th,
Teey begin to
we began to go to work about taking down one of our up- take down the
per decks, thereby to cauſe our ſhip ſtill to mend her fail- decks.
ing. We now made a N. W.by N. way, and had Latitude
by obſervation 25 North, the wind being at S.W.
On April the 19th we made a N. W. by N.way. This
day our obfervation was Lat. 2 d. 45 North. In the af-
ternoon we had cloudy weather. The following day like-..
wife we made the fame way, and by it feventy miles, ac-
cording to my reckoning.
On the twenty firſt in the morning we had ſome ſmall
fhowers of rain, and but litrle wind. We faw ſome Turtle e
upon che ſurface of the water, and great quantity of fiſh.
We caught twenty fix fmall Dolphins. By a N. W. by N.
way, we reckoned this day forty miles.
April the 22. this day we caught , ſeven large Dolphins, Dolphins -
and one Bonito. We ſaw likewife whole multitudes of caught.
Turtle ſwimming upon the water, and took five of them.
We had an obſervation that gave us Lat. 5 d. 28 North.
Hereabouts runneth a great and ſtrong current. This day
we lowered the quarter deck of our ſhip, and made it even
unto the upper deck.
The

142
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
They ſave was The following day we had but ſmall wind, and yet great
Fatin fel. ſhowers of rain. Hereupon every man ſaved water for
himſelf, and a great quantity was ſaved for the whole
company. In the morning of this day we caught eight
Bonitos, and in the evening ten more.
On April the 24th we had both cloudy and rainy wea-
ther. By an obſervation we had Lat. 7 d. 37 North.
Meridian difference was ninety two Leagues. This morn,
using we caught forty Bonitos,and in the evening thirty more.
In the afternoon we ſtood North, the wind being at S.W.
by S.
Tila del Cano.
bere.
Munday April the 25th, all the night before this day,
we had huge guſts of wind and rain. At break of day
we were cloſe in with Land, which upon examination pro-
ved to be the Inand of Cano. To weſtward thereof is ve-
ry high land. About noon this day it cleared up, and we
had Lat. 8.2.34 N. In the evening we fent a Canoa to
al ſearch the Iſland. In it they found good water, and even
ground, but withal, an open road. At night we ſtood off
the firſt watch, and the laſt we had a land wind.
They anchor The next day following, at day light we ſtood in , and
about noon we came to an anchor at the Eaſt ſide of the
Iſland afore-mentioned, which is not in breadth above one
Jeague over. In the afternoon we removed from our for-
mer anchoring place, and anchored again within ſhot of
the N. E. point of the Iſland. In this place groweth great
number of Cacao trees, all over the greateſt part of the
Ille. On the North ſide thereof are many Rivulets of good
What elſe they water to be found in fandy bays. We ſaw moreover fome
found.
good Hogs on ſhoar, whereof we killed one and two pigs.
Here are great numbers of Turtle-doves, and huge ſtore
of fiſh, but withal, very ſhye to be caught. To North-
ward of the Iand it looketh thus.
con l'ovi zlozbres 15 907 noqo gnici su
etcom 8 120 g de quitsvaldo as bs ma
beim J9Yido grof busong sridento nodroid
van Sen bergino lo uporabowolow
oobasquale
Cacao-trels.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
143
Illa del Cano.
Lat. 8 d. 45 N.
31
Cano.
April the 27th, we had ſome rain and wind the forepart
of the day ; but the afternoon was fair. The next day They depart
in like manner we had great quantity of rain. On Satur- from the Iſle of;
day the zoth, about ſeven of the clock in the morning we
weighed from the aforeſaid Inand with little wind, and
ſtood N. W. That day fell much rain with great thunder
and lightning
Munday, May the 2d. This day we obſerved and found
Lat. 9 D. N. The Coaſt all along appeared to us very
high and mountainous, and ſcarce fix hours did paſs, but Much thunder
,
we had thunder, lightning, and rain. The like continued and rain.
for the two days following, wherein we had nothing but al-
moſt continual thunder and rain.
On May the 5th we had an indifferent fair day. And
that evening we were right off of the Gulf of Nicoya.
Gulf of Nicoya
Friday, May the 6th. This morning we ſaw the Cape
very plain before us. N. by E. from it, are certain keys at
eight leagues diſtance , cloſe under the Main. We ſteered
N. NW. towards the biggeſt of them ; at whoſe E. S. E.
fide are two or three ſmall rocks. The Main Eaſtward is
fine Savana, or plain and even land, through which goetha.
very great road, which is to be ſeen from off at Sea. At :
noon the Port of Caldero, commonly called Puerto Caldero. Puerto Calde-
bore N. from us. At which time the Ebb forced us to
found in the middle of the Gulf, where we found fourteen
fathom water. After this we anchored nearer unto the
Eaſtern
ro.
V.2

+444
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV
Eaſtern keys, in the depth of nineteen fathom, where we
had oofey ground.
Saturday, May the 7th. The night before this day was
very fair all night long. In the morning we went in a
Canoa, being ſeveral in company, to ſeek for a place to lay
our ſhip in. Amongſt the Iſlands along the ſhoar, we found
many brave holes, but little or no water in them, which
cauſed us to diſlike what we had found. On one of the
faid Iſlands we hapned to find a hat, and many empty jarrs
of water, which ſhewed us that ſome people had been late-
ly there. About eight in the evening our ſhip weighed
anchor at young flood, and about three after noon we an-
chored again in fix fathom water.
Sunday, May the 8th, 1681. The night before this day,
we had much rain with thunder and lightning. The morn-
ing being come, our Commander Captain Sharp departed
from the ſhip in two Canoas, with twenty two men in his
company, out of deſign to furprize any veſſels or people
they could meet hereabouts. In the mean while , i'th'
evening we drove up with the tide (there being no wind)
They take ſome in the ſhip, for the ſpace of two or three leagues higher, till
priſoners, and
two barks.
that we found but three fathom high water. Here we
back’t a ſtern. At this time we ſaw one of our Ca-
noas coming off from the Hand, that was at head of us
(which was named Chira) calling for more men and arms,
and ſaying there was two fail of thips that were ſeen higher
up the Gulf. Hereupon eight of us went away with them
aſhoar, whereof two joyned the party aforementioned, and
the fix remaining were appointed to guard the priſoners
they had taken. Unto theſe we ſhewed our felves very
kind, as finding that they were very ſenſible of the cruelties
of the Spaniards towards them and their whole Nation.
Here we found to the number of eight or nine houfes, and
a ſmall Chappel ſtanding. Theſe people have been in for-
mer times a conſiderable and great Nation, but are now al-
moſt deſtroyed and extinguiſhed by the Spaniards. We a-
ſcended a creek of the Sea for the ſpace of a league, or
there-

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
145
thereabouts, and took there by ſurpriſal two Barks, which
were the two fail they had told us of before. On of theſe
Barks was the ſame we had taken before at Panama, of
which I made mention at the beginning of this Hifto-
ry.
On Manday following this day, we weighed anchor
with our barks, and drove down the creek,with the tide at
They leark iz-
ebb, towards our ſhip. The priſoners that we had taken telligence, and
here, informed us, that when we were to Weſtward in sit some spa-
theſe Seas before, there lay one hundred men at the Port
niſh Carpenters
of Santa Maria. That our men who left us at the Iſland
of Cayboa, as was mentioned above, met the other Bark
that we loſt at Sea, as we were failing thither, and thus all
went over land together. That in the North Seas, near
Puerto Velo, they had taken a good ſhip, and that for this
cauſe, ever ſince the Spaniards had kept at the mouth of the
river of Santa Maria, three Armadilla-barks, to ſtop and
hinder others from going that way. On Munday night
our Captain with twenty four men, went from the ſhip in-
to another creek, and there took ſeveral priſoners, among
whom was a Shipwright and his men, who were judged able
to do us good ſervice in the altering of our ſhip; thoſe
Carpenters being there actually building two great fhips
for the Spaniards. Having taken theſe men, they made
a float of timber to bring down the Tools and Inſtruments
they were working withal. Here it hapned that they put
ſeveral tools, and ſome quantity of iron-work, into a
Doree, to be conveyed down the river with the float. But
this Doree fank by the way, as being over-laden with iron,
and one of our company, by name John Alexander a Scotch- A scotchman
man, was unfortunately drowned by this means.
On Thurſday following, May the 12th, we ſent a Canoa
from the ſhip, and found the Doree that was drowned.
That evening likewife drove down the body of our drow-
He is found
ned man aforementioned. Hereupon we took him up, and buryed.
and on Friday morning following threw him cver-board,
giving him three French vollies for his cuſtomary Cere-
mony.
drowned.

146
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
away:
mony. Both this day and the day before, we fetched wa
ter from a Point near the houſes, on the Iſland of Chira a
forementioned. From the ſhip alſo we ſent away a Spa-
A Merchant nifh Merchant, whom we had taken among the priſoners,
rent to ſeek a
ransom.
to fetch a certain number of Beeves, that might ſerve for a
ranſom of the new bark taken here. This day the weather
was fair ; but on Sunday following it rained from morning
until night.
On Munday, May the 16th, we began to work all hands
A boy runneth together on our ſhip. On Tueſday an Indian boy named
Peter ran away from us. He belonged unto Captain Sawa
kins, and waited upon him as his Servant. On Wedneſday
A ſlave dyetha
died an Indian ſlave, whoſe name was Salvador. On Thuri-
day we heard thirty or forty guns fired on the Main,
which cauſed us to think that theſe would alſo turn to Hilo
Beeves: On Friday we caught cockles, which were as large
as both our fifts. At night there fell ſuch dreadful rain,
Much thunder
and rain. with thunder, lightning, and wind, that for the ſpace of two
hours the air was as light as day; the thunder not ceaſing
all the while. On Sunday we continued to work; the
night before which day we had more thunder, lightning,
and rain.
They finih
Wedneſday, May the 25th. This day we finiſhed our
their work.
great piece of work, viz. the taking down the deck of our
ſhip. Beſides which, the length of every maſt was ſhort-
ned, and all was now ſerv'd and rigg’d. "Infomuch that it
would ſeem incredible unto ſtrangers, could they but ſee
They ſet at li-
how much work we performed in the ſpace of a fortnight
berty ſeveral or leſs. The ſame day likewiſe we ſer at liberty our Spa-
priſoners.
niſh Carpenters, who had been very ſerviceable to us all this
while ; the old Pilot ; the old Spaniard taken at the Iſle
of Tqueque ; and ſeveral others of our Spaniſh.priſoners and
flaves. Unto theſe people, but chiefly unto the Spaniſh
Carpenters as a reward of their good ſervice, we gave the
new Bark, which we had taken at this place. But the old
They put men Bark we thought fit to keep,and fail her in our company,as
Bark:
we did, putting into her for this purpoſe fix of our own.
into the other
inen

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, duc.
147
Their Interpre-
us.
men and two ſlaves. The next day we fell down as low as
Vanero, a place ſo called hereabouts, and would have failed a- Vanero.
way again that very evening, but that our tackle gave
way in hoiſting our anchor, whereby we lay ſtill. In the
Gulf of Nicoya we experimented moſt commonly a freſh
breeze, and at night a land wind.
Friday, May the 27th. This day likewiſe we drove down
with the tide as low as Cavallo, another place ſo named in
the Gulf. Here we ſtayed and watered that day; and
here one Cannis Marcy our Interpreter, ran away from runneth away.
On May the 28th in the morning we failed from thence,
and came within twenty nine leagues of that rich and roc-
ky ſhore. Yet notwithſtanding we had but ſeven fathom
water. Here I ſaw this day a white Porpus. Behind this A white Por-
Illand is a Town called New Cape Blanco. At Puerto Cal- pus.
dero above-mentioned is but one Store-houſe to be ſeen. We
came to an anchor in the depth of ſeven fathom water, at
the diſtance of a league from ſhoar, and caught five Tur-
tle.
May the 29th. This day we faw Cape Blanco. Both
this day and the day following we continued turning it
out of the Gulf, againſt a South wind. Here I took the
enſuing demonſtration of the Gulf of Nicoya, which, for the
uſe of the Reader, I have hereunto annexed.
CHAP.

148
Part VI
Bucaniers of America.
OYNAY?stva
botole
ovsg sino parlando
and av and singe
odatni um vals voor golon
svorbs
Cape Blanco
SWS
16
jo
18 sobre
-301
od de
000
109 w
Cavallas
Chira
wwy
Digipaci
sven
Gulf of Neoya decribed
S. Lucas
qol en a todos
sugolelo
owgnion
Roomla sa wolow the
100% buiw i ostali
Werobil 70 ko noonnon
bozens otram verileri
S'Chriſtophers-R
Caldero
C:
Herradura

Part IV.
149
Voyage of Captain Sharp, dve.
100 COLA
20hovo 5 0523
CH A P. XIX.
They depart from the Gulf of Nicoya, un-
to Golfo Dulce, where they career their Ves
fel. An account of their ſailings along the
Coaſt. Alſo a deſcription of Golfo Dulce.
The Spaniards force the Indians of Darien un-
to a Peace; by a ſtratagem contrived in the name
nt of the Engliſh as a otevol inte voel nea
brislon: an w
WE
TEdneſday, June the firſt, 1681. This day we had They leave the
very fair weather, and yet withal but little wind. Gulf.
Hereupon the Tide, or Current, drove us to the Weſtward
of Cabo Blanco. Off of this Cape, and at the diſtance of
two miles within the Sea, is fituate a naked and nothing
but barren Key. At E. by N. and at four leagues diftance,
Cape Blanco gave us this appearance.
Cabo BLANCO.
Lat. 9 D. 30 N.
Gelombang
ring over 50 to
6
n
132
The Coaſt here along runneth N. W. half W. and grow-
eth lower and lower towards Cape Guyones. This Cape
now mentioned, at ſeven leagues diſtance, and at N. W. by
N. appeared thus unto us.
X
Cabo

150
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
Cabo de Guyones.
Lat. 10 D. DO N.
3
33
At firſt fight the Cape appeared very like unto two I-
ſlands. The latter part of this day was cloudy, which hin-
dred much our proſpect.
Fune the ad. *This morning we faw land, which appea-
peared like ſeveral Keys to us at N. W.by N. and at ſeven
leagues diſtance. It was the land of Puerto de Velas, and
et appeared thus.
si o Puerto de VEL AS.
Ob orld
Ho
canla
endron bts bar SOLO
34 Romance
careen, and
ther cywize.
They reſolve to This evening our Captain called us together, and asked
our opinions concerning the courſe we ought to ſteer. Ha-
ving diſcuſſed the points by him propoſed amongſt us, we
all reſolved to bear up for Golfo Dulce, and there to careen
our Veſſels. This being done, we concluded to go from
thence unto the Cape, and cruizethereabouts under the E-
quinoctial. We obſerved this day that our Bark taken at
the Gulf of Nicoya, failed much better than our ſhip.
Friday, June the 3d. The night before this day was ve-
ry fair, and we had a freſh wind, our courſe being S.E.
This morning we faw no land. In the evening the wind
came about at S.S. W. and S. W. by S.
June

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
151
June the 4th. This day we ftood E. and E. by N. the
wind being W. and W. by N. In the evening we ſtood N.
E. and deſcryed land at the diſtance oftwenty four leagues,
more or leſs, from Cabo Blanco.
Sunday, June the 5th. Laſt night we lay by for all, or
the greateſt part thereof. This morning we ſaw the Illand
of Cano above deſcribed, which bore E. S. E. from us. We
ſaw likewiſe multitudes of fiſh, but they would not bite.
Alſo Water-ſnakes of divers colours.
Fune the 6th. All the night paſt we had rain, and with
it but little wind. Yea , ſcarce enough to carry us clear
off from the Iand aforementioned. Towards morning
we had a freſh wind at N.N. W. So then we ſtood out S.
until morning, and this being come, we ſtood N. E. by E.
The land runneth from Punta Mala to Golfo Dulce , and
Punta Borrica, E.S. E. half S. At nine leagues diſtance we
laid the Iſland of Cano. And Punta Borrica at the fame
diſtance, or thereabouts, looketh thus.
Punta Borrica.
Lat. 8 D. OO N.
m
35
2
no
TO
The Weſt-end of Golfo Dulce is very high land, and a
high rock lye cloſe off it. Beſides which, two orlier
rocks lyeth farther out; the outermoſt of which is a mile
diſtant from the ſhoar. The Eaſt-ſide is alſo high, but
breaketh into ſmall points and bays, growing lower and
lower to Punta Borrica. We came within the mouth of
the Gulf about the ſpace of a mile. Then we anchored in They anchoy.
eight fathom and a half water. The mouth of the Gulf is
almoſt three leagues over.
The next day, being Fune the 7th, we weighed anchor a.
gain

152
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
Mucl rain.
gain at young flood, and got about two leagues higher. At
evening we came again to an anchor in the depth of ſeven
fathom and a half water. It rained this day until eight of
the clock, more like the pouring down of water from the
clouds, than the uſual falling of drops.
Wedneſday, June the 8th, at day break we weighed an-
chor again, with a freſh Sea-breeze. The higher up we
went,the deeper we found the Gulf, and at laſt no ground
even with thirty fathom of line. This day we ſent our
Canoa away to ſeek water and a good place to lay our ſhip
They take three in. Having landed, they found one Indian and two boys,
priſoners. all which they made priſoners and brought aboard. Here
we uſed them very kindly giving them victuals and cloaths,
for they had no other than the bark of a tree to cover
their nakedneſs withal. Being examined, they informed
us that a Spaniſh Prieſt had been amongſt them, and had
made Peace with their Nation, ordering them ſtrictly not
to come near any ſhip nor veſſel that had red Colours;
foraſmuch as that they were Engliſh-men, and would cer-
tainly kill them. Being asked where now the Prieſt
was ? they anſwered he was gone to a great Spaniſh Town,
which was diſtant from thence four ſleeps up in the Coun-
try. After this, the Indian left the two boys which were
his children, with us, and went to fetch more Indians unto
us , from a Plantane-walk or grove, ſituate by a river a
league off, or thereabouts. We came to an anchor in a
Bay cioſe by one of the Indian Keys, where two freſh Ri-
vers were within a ſtones throw of each other, in twenty
ſeven fathom and a half water, and at a cables length from
the mark of low water. The Indians whom our priſoner
went to ſeek, came to us feveral times, ſelling unto us Ho-
ney, Plantanes,and other neceſſaries that we uſually bought
of them, or truckt for with other things. We alſo made
uſe of their bark-logs in tallowing our ſhip, in which con-
cern they did us good ſervice. Their Darts are headed
with iron as ſharp as any razor.
Here

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. $153
Here one of the priſoners which we took at the Gulf of A peace forcede
Nicoya, informed us, by what means, or rather ſtratàgem ans of Darien.
of War the Spaniards had forced a peace upon the Indians
of the Province of Darien,fince our departure from thence.
The manner was as followeth., A certain Frenchman who
ran from us at the Iſland of Taboga unto the Spaniards, was
ſent by them in a ſhip to the Rivers mouth, which diſem-
bogueth from that Province into the South-Sea. Being ar-
rived there, he went afhoar by himſelf in a Canoa , and
told the Indians that the Engliſh who had paſſed that way,
were come back from their adventures in the South-Sea.
Withal, he asked them, if they would not be ſo kind and
friendly unto the Engliſh men,as to come aboard and con-
duct them on ſhoár? The poor deceived Indians were ve-
ry joyful to underſtand this good news; and thus forty of
the chiefeſt men amongſt them went on board the Spaniſh
veſſel, and were immediately carryed priſoners at War to
Panama. Here they were forced to conclude a peace,though and ai trov
upon terms very diſadvantageous unto them, before they songs
could obtain their liberty.
hodina
Theſe poor and miſerable Indians of Golfo dulce, would
They career
come every day into our company, and eat and drink very their veffel
familiarly with us all the time we were there. We laid
our ſhip on ground, but the water did not ebb low enough
to ſee her keel. Mean while we were careening our vel-
fel, we built a houſe upon the ſhoar, both to lodge and
eat in ; and every day we caught plenty of good fith. On
Sunday Fune the 12th, the work of Careening our ſhip go- A frange aon
ing on in due order, we came to cleanſe our hold, and here cident.
on a ſuddain, both my ſelf and ſeveral others were ſtruck-
en totally blind with the filth and naſtineſs of the ſaid place.
Yet ſoon after we recovered our fight again, without any
other help than the benefit of the freſh and open air,
which diſſipated thoſe malignant vapours that oppreſſed
our eyes. On June the 14th, we had a great and fierce
Tornado, with which our Cable broke, and had it not
A great dan
then hapned to be high water at that inſtant, we had been
loft
827.

154
2009 Bueaniers of America.
Part VI.
COS
Two Negroes
cape.
loft inevitably. However, we had the good fortune to
sohas fhoar her up again,and by that means ſecure our felves from
farther danger. On June the 21. We weighed anchor a-
gain, and went a league higher than the former place.
Here we watered, and in the mean while left men below to
cut wood.
Congo
Thurſday June the 23. this day ran away from us two
make their ef
. Negroes; the name of one of them was Hernando , who
was taken with Don Thomas de Argandona, upon the Coaſt
of Guayaquil, as was mentioned above. The other was
named Silveſtre, being taken at the Town of Hilo. Fol-
lowing the example of theſe afore-mentioned, on Munday
June the 27th, that is four days after, two more of our
priſoners endeavoured to make their eſcape, both of them
flaves. One of theſe was named Franciſco, who was a Ne-
gros
and had been taken in the Cacao-ſhip mentioned be-
Others ended fore. The name of the other was alſo Franciſco , and he
voxy it but are was an Indian born, who was taken before Panama. Their
taken.
attempts to eſcape fucceeded not, for we caught them both
again, before they got on ſhoar. On Tueſday following I
went to fail up and down the Gulf, in the little Bark be-
and longing to our ſhip; and having viewed all places , took
this deſcription of Golfo Dulce here inſerted. Our Cap-
tain gave this Gulf the name of King CHARLES his
bas
mod bogati
Harbour.
bar
wood
la bicord
returi
node
L
CHAP.
Jom borton
w Holodor bandar

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, van
155
.
Je
Caicaus
Pta Mala
JT
SH
eingrs 30
-o. To
--1100 119905
5110 let
جایگاه
&
Golfo Dulce
bas Dog Ingin ohi diod ellose pelo be
omni stil thodA 70mentoweb
Do W.2bus. 3 1. sve Vng deile node
o signinsko zavaro
Broad Reuer
Pta Borica
.domas brecare
borgins og algilin doors
(zawie rollwoopind or no
bin beyond
IS.
nogurt 32
Clo
Dulec
Adefeription S Golpo
1
Td to own
be

3 Betonados vóf America. Part. IV.
CHA P. XX.
They depart from Golfo Dulce, to go and
cruiſe under the Æquinoctial. Here they take
a rich Spaniſh veſſel with 37000 Pieces
of Eight, beſides Plate and other Goods. They
take alſo a Pacquet-boat bound from Panama to
Lima. An account of their Sailings and the
Coaſts along
Odineſs
Ur veſlel being now careened, and all things in a rea-
Ilsey reſolve te
go and cruiſe.
dineſs for our departure, on Tueſday June the 28th
in the afternoon, we weighed anchor to go to Sea again,
turning out towards the mouth of Golfo Dulce. Our de-
ſign was to cruiſe under the Æquinoctial, as had been con-
cluded upon before, thereby to get what purchaſe we could
by Sea, ſeeing the greateſt part of our attempts upon land
had proved hitherto very unſucceſsful unto us.
Wedneſday June the 29th, both the night laſt paſt and
this day we had rainy weather. About three in the after-
noon a freſh gale ſprang up at S. W. and S.S.W. our courſe
being S. E, and S. E. by S. At five this evening the Gulf
bore N.W. by W. being ſeven leagues diſtant; and Punta
Borrica three leagues and an half diſtant.
The bark ont Thurſday Fune the 30th,all night paft we enjoyed a freſh
Sailetb the ship
gale at S.S.W, We failed in the Barque (where I was) bet-
ter than the man of war; for ſo we called the Trinity vef-
ſel; notwithſtanding that ſhe was newly cleanſed and tal-
lowed. This day we had haſey weather, and I reckoned
my ſelf from Punta Borrica S.S.E. eighteen leagues and an
half.
July the firſt 1681, laſt night we had two or three Tor-
nados. I reckoned this day a S.S.E.way,and by a clear ob-
ſervation
Tornados.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
157
fervation, found Lat. 6 d. 1o. North. We ſaw great quan-
tities of fiſh as we failed this day,
Fuly the ſecond, we made a S. Eaft way, and our recko-
ning was 64 by it. By obſervation I found Lat. 5 d:20,
North. At noon the ſame day we had a freſh galeat S.W.
with ſome rain.
July the third, we had haſey weather. We made a S.E.
by S.way, and 37:
Munday July the fourth, the night paſt was windy with
rain, which forced us to hand our top-fails. Our recko-
ning this day was a S. E. way, and an hundred miles.
Fuly the fifth we had a clear night the laſt paſt and with-
al, a freſh gale. By this we made a S.E. way: Our Lati-
cude this day gave us 2 d.10. North. This morning we
faw Land Southward of us llying in low hammocks. It
was the Point, ſo called, of Manglaresbetod
Wedneſday July the 6th, we turned up along ſhoar, and
by obſervation took this day, Lat. 2 d. 02 N. Hereabouts
every new Moon is experimented a windward current. In
the evening of this day we were cloſe in with low land.
We had windy weather and a great Sea. bean
Thurſday Fuly the feventh , this day by obſervation ta.
ken, we found Lat, or d. 48. North. In the evening of
the ſaid day we loft fight of the ſaid ſhip.us
The next day being July the eighth, we ſaw the ſhip a-
gain, whoſe lofs began to create ſome concern in our minds.
This day we made very high land all along as we wenti
And the Port,or rather Bay, of San Mateo, or St. Matthews,
appeared unto us like ſeveral Iſlands.
Saturday July the ninth , this morning we ſtood fair in
with the Port of Tucames. Off of the higheſt part of
the land ſeemeth to lye a Key. At the North Eaft point
of the Port it appeareth exađly thus.
vba
Yth Puerto

158
no Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
-1000 W
Puerto de Tucames.es
3097100 be
bhool ar vi
noisvaldo a iwe
W2 oglegro
(3 госпA
9.2. ODS
36
They eſpy a
Sail.
door mi
This day at noon we had a clear obſervation,which gave
us Lat. ou d 22 North.
Sunday July the tenth , laſt night paſt we ſtood off to
Sea, thereby to keep clear of the ſhoar. This days obſer-
vation fhewed us Lat. o1 d. 31. North. About noon the
ſame day we hapned to eſpy a Sail, unto which immedi-
ately we gave chace. We bore up one point of the Com-
paſs, thereby to hinder her lasking away ; but notwith-
ſtanding in the evening loſt ſight of her again, However,
our great ſhip got up with her, and about eight of the clock
at night made her a Prize. She proved to be the ſame ſhip
named San Pedro, which we had taken the laſt year, being
then bound from Truxillo to Panama,and laden with Wine,
Gunpowder , and pieces of Eight, whereof mention was
made in its due place. Thus this fame bottom became
doubly fortunate unto us, being twice taken by us in the
ſpace of fourteen Months. For ſhe had on board her now
twenty one thouſand pieces of Eight, in eight Cheſts, and
in bags fixteen thouſand more, beſides Plate.
Munday and Tueſday the 11th and 12th of the ſaid
Month we made in for the ſhoar. Our Prize was ſo deep-
ly laden, that ſhe ſeemed clearly to be buryed in the water.
She had forty men on board her beſides fome Merchants
and Fryars. On Tueſday an obſervation gave us Lat. I
W.20 N.
Wedneſday Fuly the 13th, this day we dared not adven-
ture into the Bay of San Mateo , becauſe we ſaw ſome In.
dians

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 159
dians who had made a great fire on fhoar, which as we
judged, was deſignedly done to give intelligence of our ar-
rival. Hereupon we bore away for the River of San Tig-
go, fix leagues more or leſs, diftant from the Bay afore-
mentioned, to the North Eaſt. Thurſday, Friday, and Sa- They commage
turday of the ſaid week, we ſpent in taking out what par- the Prize.
cels of Cacao-nut we thought fit from on board the Prize,
which was chiefly laden with the ſaid Commodity. This
being done, we cut down the Main-maft by the board,and And turx ber
gave them only their Main-fail, and thus turning the thip away.
looſe, ſent away in her all our old flaves, for the good fere
vice they had done us, taking new ones from the Prize in
their room. One only we ſtill detained, who was Fran-
ciſco the Negro, that attempted to run away by ſwimming
aſhoar, as was mentioned above.
Sunday Fuly the 17th, this day we went from the ſhip, River of San
and found the River of San Tiago afore-mentioned. At Tiago.
the mouth of this River we ſtayed Munday and Tueſday
following to take in water, which we now much wanted.
On the fides of the River we found good ſtore of Plantans.
Our freſh water we fetched the diſtance of four miles up
the River. We ſaw ſeveral Indians , but could not ſpeak
with them, they were ſo ſhy of us, being forewarned by
the Spaniards not to come near us. boÀ obzo
On wedneſday Fuly the 20th, we ſhared our plunder a- They make a
mong our ſelves, or rather this day made part of the divi- dividend.
dend of what we had taken, the reſt being reſerved to a-
nother day. Our priſoners being examined, informed us,
that the Spaniards had taken up our Anchors and Cables
which we left behind us at the Iſle of Juan Fernandez. Al-
ſo that they had ſurprized the Moſquito Indian that we left
behind us there on ſhoar, by the light of a fire which he
made in the night upon the Ille.
Tueſday Fuly the twenty firſt, all the four and twenty They ſhare the
hours laſt paſt, we ftood off and in. The next day we reſt of the
ſhared the reſt of our things taken in the Prize; as alſo the goods.
Money that was in the bags; the reſt we laid up to divide
upon
/
Y 2

Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
upon another occaſion. Especially after ſuch time as we
were got through the Straights of Magallanes. Our divi-
dend amounted to the ſum of 234 Pieces of Eight unto
each man. 1Our priſoners informed us this day,that a new
Vice-roy of Peru was arrived at Panama, and that he da.
red not adventure up to Lima in a ſhip of twenty five guns
that was at Panama, for fear of meeting with us at Sea, but
had choſe rather to ſtay until the Armada came down from
Zima to ſafeguard and conduct him thither.
Fuly the 23 we had a freſh breeze at S.W. And the next
day a clear obfervation, which gave us only Latitude
m. North. This day Cape San Franciſca at N. E. appeared
thus unto us.rw. borist low vino ono
gaitrínaivled to loquitur
Cabo de San Francifco.
se to stoise
Serotondo T.
14;
SO
nos 37
Munday July the 25th, this day we obſerved Latitude
OI d. 20 S. And we had a South Weſt wind. July the
Su 26th, this morning we had a very great dew fallen in the
night laſt paſt
. The weather in like manner was very
clofe. On Wedneſday July the 27th Cape Paſao, at S.S.W.
and at fix leagues diſtance appeared thus.
Cabo

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, G.
161
Cabo Paſjao.
C
9
38
The fame morning about ſeven of the clock we eſpied They eſpy ano-
a fail E.S.E. from us, under the ſhoar. We preſently gave
ther ſail at sea
her clofe chace, as eagerly as we could, and about noon
came up with her. But ſeveral of the people belonging to
her were already got to ſhoar, whereby they made their ef-
cape from being taken our priſoners. Theſe were chiefly a
Fryar, who was either a paſſenger, or Chaplain to the veſ-
fel, and five Negroes. She proved to be a Barco de Avi- VVbich is ta-
ſo, or Pacquet-boat that was going with Letters from Pa- ken.
nama to Lima. In this Barque we took among other Pri-
foners, two white women who were paſſengers to the ſame
place. Both theſe and the reſt of the priſoners told us,
they had heard at Panama, that we were all gone out of
thefe Seas homewards over land, and that made them ad-
venture now up towards Lima, otherwiſe they had not
come. This day and Thurſday following, we ſpent in ta-
king out of the Pacquet-boat what we could find in her ;
which all were things of no conſiderable value,they having
ſcarce brought any thing with them but the Pacquet. They
told us moreover, that the new Vice-roy of Peru,of whom
we made mention above, was ſetting forth from Panama
under the conduct of three fail of ſhips; the one of ſix-
teen, the other of eight, and the third of fix Guns. That
a general peace was all over Europe,excepting only that the
Engliſh had wars with the Argerines by Sea, and the Spani-
ards by land. Having got what we could out of the pri-
foners and the veſſel, we gave them their liberty, and ſent
them

162
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
them away in the fame Barque,as being deſirous not to en-
cumber ourſelves with more then we could well manage.
That night we ſtood out to Sea all night long, moſt of
our men being fudled.
8.3
Ć HH P. XXI.
They take another Spaniſh ſhip richly laden under
the Æquinoctial. They make ſeveral Dividends
of their booty among themſelves. They arrive
at the Iſle of Plate, where they are in danger of
being all Maſacred by their Slaves and Priſo
Their departure from thence for the Port
and Bay of Paita, with deſign to plunder the ſaid
place.
ners.
They met with
another Prize.
T
He next morning after we had turned away the
Pacquet-Boat afore-mentioned, the weather being
very cloſe, we eſpied another fail creeping cloſe under our
Lee. This veſſel looked mighty big; ſo that we thought
ſhe had been one of their chiefeſt men of war, who was
ſent to ſurprize or deſtroy us: Notwithſtanding, our
brave Commander Captain Sharp reſolved to fight her,and
either to take the ſaid veſſel, though never ſo big, or that
fke ſhould take us. Unto this effect, coming nearer unto
her, we eaſily perceived ſhe was a Merchant ſhip of great
bulk, as moſt of your Spaniſh Veſſels are, and withal, ve-
ry deeply laden. Being up with them, thoſe within her fi-
red three or four Guns at us firſt, thinking to make their
party good againſt us. But we anſwered them briskly,
with a continual volley of ſmall Arins , ſo that they foon
Ald take her. ran down into the Hold, and ſurrendred, crying aloud for
quarter. As it ſhould ſeem we had killed in that Volley
their

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
16:
their Captain , and one Seaman , and alſo wounded their
Boat-ſwain; which loſs of their Commander daunted them
ſo ſuddenly, he being a man of good repute in thoſe Seas.
Captain Sharp, with twelve more of our Company, entered
her the firſt. In this Veſſel I ſaw the beautifulleſt woman
that I ever did ſee in all the South Sea. The name of the
Captain of this Veſſel was Don Diego Lopez, and the ſhip
was called el Santo Roſario, or the Holy Roſary. The men
we found on board her, were about the number of forty,
more or leſs.
Having examined our priſoners, they informed us, that
the day before they ſet ſail froin el Callaoffron which Port They hear of
they were going towards Panama)our men whom they had their surgeons.
taken priſoners at Arica , were brought in to that place.
And that they had been very civilly entertained there by all
forts of people, but more eſpecially by the women. That
one of our Surgeons, whom we ſuſpected to be Mr.Bul-
lock, was left behind and remained ftill at Arica.
We lay at anchor from Friday, July the 29th, which was
They růmmage
the day we took this prize, until Wedneſday following, at the prize.
the ſame place under Cape Paſao that we anchored before.
Here we ſunk the Bark that we had taken at the Gulf of They link their
Nicoya, being willing to make uſe of what rigging ſhe had, Bark.
and alſo to contract our number of men.
In the mean
while we took out of the prize much plate, and ſome mo-
ney ready coyned, beſides ſix hundred and twenty jarrs of
wine and brandy, and other things. Thus, leaving onely
the fore-maſt ſtanding in the ſaid veſſel, we turned her a-
way, as we had done the others before, together with all
the priſoners in her , giving them their liberty not to be
encumbred with them; and withal, being deſirous to
ſpare our proviſions as much as we could. We detained
onely one man, named Franciſco, who was a Biſcainer, by
reaſon he reported himſelf to be the beſt Pilot of thoſe.
Seas. This being done, we ſhared all the Plate and Linnen
taken in our prize, and weighed from thence, ſtanding S.S.
E. with a freſh wind that ſprang up.
Friday,
7

164
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Anotber divi-
dend made.
Friday, Auguſt the 4th. This day we ſhared the ready
money taken
in the Roſario, our laſt prize. Our dividend
came unto ninety four pieces of eight each man. Cape
Palao, under which all theſe prizes were taken, at N. E.
appeareth thus
Gabo Paſao.
mor
their divi-
The land runneth S. E. and is for five leagues together
to windward of this Cape, all mountainous and high
land.
They compleat
The next day, being Auguſt the 5th, we compleated our
dividends, ſharing this day all our odd money ready coined
dends.
and plate, with fome other things.
Letters perused Saturday, Auguſt the 6th. This day peruſing ſome let-
ters taken in the laſt prize, I underſtood by them that the
Spaniards had taken priſoner one of the laſt party of our
men that left us. Alſo, that they were forced to fight all
their way over land as they went, both againſt the Spani-
ards and the Indians; theſe having made peace with the
Spaniards fince our departure, as was mentioned above.
That our Engliſh-men had killed, amongſt other Spaniards,
the brother of Captain Afientos , and Captain Alonſo, an
Officer ſo named. Moreover, that ten fail of Privateers
were coming out of the North Sea, with intent to march
over-land into the South Sea, as we had done before, but
that they were prevented, being forced back by the great
rains that fell near the Iſlands called Zamblas.
On Auguſt the 7th we had very fair weather, and not-
A Ptrong Cur- withſtanding ſometimes ſtrong winds from ſhoar, and alſo
a ſtrong Current to leeward. This ran fo fierce againſt
u

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, Guc.
165
us the next day, Auguſt the 8th, that in the ſpace of the
laſt four and twenty hours we loſt three lea gues.
Tueſday Auguſt the ninth, we ſaw the Port and Town Manta.
of Manta ; this being nothing elſe than ſixteen or ſeven-
teen ſtragling houſes, with a large and high brick Church
belonging unto it. What we got in the day by the help of
the wind, we loſt in the night by the current. The ſame
fortune we had the next day, for weftill gained no way
all this while.
Thurſday Auguſt the eleventh, all the night laſt paſt we
had but little wind; this day we had a violent current to
windward, as before, with ſome guſts of wind. How-
eyer , by the help of theſe we made ſhift to get to wind-
ward of the Iſle of Plate.
Auguſt the 12th, in the morning, we came to an anchor
at the aforeſaid Iſle. We ſent our boat afhoar with men,as
Iſle of Plare,
we had done formerly to kill Goats, but we experimented
them to be extreamly fhy and fugitive over what they
were the laſt year. Here it was that our Quarter-maſter The Author
James Chappel and my ſelf fought a Duet together on ſhoar, fightetb a Duel
In the evening of this day our ſlaves agreed among them-
ſelves, and plotted to cut us all in pieces, not giving quar-
ter to any, when we ſhould be buryed in ſleep. They
conceived this night afforded them the fitteſt opportuni- ſlaves,
A plot of their
ty, by reaſon we were all in drink. But they were diſco-
vered unto our Commander by one of their own Compa-
nions. And one of them named San Tiago, whom we
brought from Iqueque , leapt over-board ; who notwith-
ſtanding was ſhot in the water by lour Captain, and thus
puniſhed for his Treaſon. The reſt laid the fault on that
flave, and ſo it paſſed, we being not willing to enquire any
farther into the matter, having terrifyed them with the
death of their companion. Welay at this ifle until Tuef-
day following, and in the mean while gave our veſſel a pair
of boots and tops, being very merry all the while with the
wine and brandy we had taken in the Prize.
Z
On

166
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
On Tueſday Auguft the 16th in the afternoon,we weigh-
ed from thence with a S. W.wind. The Iſland at N.W.
from us, gave us this following appearance.
Iſla de la Plata.
Wedneſday Auguſt the 17th, the Iſland at Eaſt, this
morning and at two leagues and an half diſtance,appeared
thus.
Iſland of PLATE.
40
Solango,
All the day long until the evening we had a Leeward
current, but then I could not perceive any.
Thurſday Auguſt the 18th, this morning we were to
windward of the Iland of Solango. In the night before
we had continual miſty rain. At noon the aforeſaid Iſland
bore N. by E. of us, and at three Leagues diſtance appear.
ed thus.
Isla

Part IV.
767
Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
2 colo bar
Iſla de Solango.
ovi) in ord of
vrhanol
072
41
18
About three Leagues from Solango are two Rocks, called
Los ahorcados. They appear both high and black unto
the view. Beſides this N. N. E. from Point, St. Helena
is a high Rock, which to windward thereof runneth fhoa-
ling for the ſpace of half a mile under water. It is diſtant
about eight leagues, more or leſs, from the ſaid Point, and
is called Chanduy.; At this place, and upon this Rock, was voortugal
loſt the ſhip afore-mentioned, that was ordered from theſe
Seas, to the aid of our moſt gracious Soveraign King Charles
the Firſt, late King of England. Said ſhip had on board as
the Spaniards relate, to the ſum of many millions of pieces
of Eight; all which quantity of Plate was ſent as a preſent
unto our King, being then in his troubles, by the worthy
Merchants of Lima. The Rock afore-mentioned lyeth a-
:
jAugust the 29th, this day our Pilot told us that ſince we A great rich
were to windward, a certain ſhip that was coming from veſſel caft as
Lima, bound for Guayaquil, ran afhoar on Santa Clara, loo- way.
ſing there in money, to the value of one hundred thou-
ſand pieces
of Eight; which otherwiſe, peradventure, we
might very fortunately have met withal. Moreover, that
the Viceroy of Peru had Beheaded their great Admiral
Ponce, for not coming to fight and deſtroy us, mean while
we were at Gorgona, This evening, we ſaw the Point of
Santa Helena, at the diſtance of ten leagues to S.S.E.from su obrana
I to joqodi, qon bobod bloodlaw feants in
Auguſt the 20th,
this day we had both miſty and cold Point St. Helen
weather. In the afternoon we ſaw la Punta de Santa He-
lena,
bas
us.
Z2

168
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
or leſs.
ro.
V 510
Droid
21
Paita
lena , at N. E. by N. and at ſeven leagues diſtance more
On Sunday, August the 21ſt, we had a fair and clear
day. I reckoned my ſelf this day to be about twenty five
leagues to the Southward of Santa Helena.
Auguſt the 22d. This morning about two of the clock
we came clole in with the ſhoar. We found our felves to
Punta de Me-be Leeward of a certain Point called
Punta de Mero, which
is 'nothing elfe than a barrer and rocky Point. Here
runneth an eddy current under the fhoar.
Tueſday, Auguſt the 2 3d. This day in the morning we
had but little wind. At noon it blew freſh again. We
made all day but ſhort trips, and riffed top-ſails.
Wedneſday, Auguſt the 24th. This morning a great
dew fell. At noon we were Weſt from Cape Blanco. We
found by obſervation Lat. 4 D. 13 S. We reſolved now to
They reſolve for bear up for Paita, and take it by ſurprizal if poſſible, there-
by to provide our felves with many neceſſaries that we
wanted.2014 gioiavod ZDODATNO
22 bicod no bei giri Lise bu o qual os ShiTo.
mint 2 ans
om si el nom oriw lis dgid 20
finow 901 C HA P. XXII.dan mo com
bei benoitnom
point lo rebom
They arrive at Paita, where they are diſap-
alirang a swpointed of their expectations , as not daring
duo fine v mn to land, ſeeing all the Country alarmed before'
-them. They bear away for the Straight of
Magallanes. Deſcription of the Bay, and
Port of Paita, and Colan. An account of their
I Sailings towards the Streight aforementioned.
u yorit onlari orasimog ion 107 Sono
Hurſday, Auguſt the 25th. The night befare this
They defcry the day, we ſtood off to Sea for fear of the ſhoar, and
land of Paita. leſt
we ſhould be deſcryed from the Coaſt of Paita, unto
which we were now pretty nigh. About noon this day
do 10 hiba JSC
.
TH
201
TOONOTIS 10 l
We

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dve. 169
.
we began to ſtand in again, and ſaw the homing of land,
though with haſey weather. The next day,being Auguſt the
26th, we had cold winds, great dews, and dry wea-
ther.
Saturday, Auguſt the 27th. All this day, but more e- La Silla de
ſpecially in the morning, we had many fogs. In the after. Paita.
noon we ſaw la Silla de Paita at W. S. W. being about five
leagues diſtant from it. 09
Sunday Auguſt the 28th, laſt night about ten of the
clock we were cloſe in with land, at the diſtance of half
a league, more or leſs to leeward of the Iſland of Lobos. Iſle of Lobos,
We continued our courſe all that night, and about break of
day found our ſelves to be cloſe under Pena Horadada , a Pena Horada
high and ſteep rock ſo called. From hence we failed with da.
a land-wind, and fent away from the ſhip two Canoas well
Manned and Armed, with good hopes that we had concei-They endeavong.
ved in our mind, to have taken the Town of Paita undif-
cryed. But as it ſhould feer ,othey had aiready received
news of our coming, or being upon that Coaſt, and alſo
ſupplies of Forces that were ſent them from the City of
Piura , diſtant from thence twelve leagues up within the
Country. Theſe ſupplys conſiſted chiefly of three Com-
panies, of Horſe and Footg all of them being armed with
fire-arms. Beſides this, they had made for the defence of
the Town, a breaſt-work along the ſea-ſide, and the great
great the part
Church which lyeth at the outermoſt part of the Town.
From theſe places, as alſo from a hill that covereth the sonlítgeM
Town, they fired at our men, who were innocently rowing
towards ſhoar with their Canoas. This prepoſterous fi-
ring was the preſervation of our people. For had the
Spaniards permitted our men to come aſhoar, they had af-
ſuredly deſtroyed them every man. But fear always hin-
dreth that Nation of Victory , at leaſt in moſt of our at-
tempts.
Our men perceiving themſelves to be diſcovered, and
They dare not
the enemy prepared for their reception,hereupon retreated, to land.
and came on board the ſhip again without attempting to
land,

170
Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
Bài 5:21
land, or do any thing elſe in relation to the taking of the
place. We judged there could not be leſs then one hun-
dred and fifty fire-arms, and four times as many Lancës
upon the ſhoar, all in a readineſs to hinder our people from
one landing. Within the Town our Pilot told us, there might
min be to the number of one hundred and fifty Families, more
or leſs.
Delloni w moon
Being diſappointed of our expectations at Paita,we ſtood
A deſcription
of Colan. down the Bay towards Colar. This is another Town fo
called, and which exceedeth three times the bigneſs of Pai-
ta. It is chiefly inhabited by Fiſhermen, and from hence
they ſend fiſh unto moft inland Towns of Peru; and alſo
ferve Paita with water from the River Colannot far di-
ftant from the Town. It is the ſpace of two leagues more
or leſs from the Town of Paita afore-mentioned to Colan,
shown to and from thence unto the River, one league, although the
balot Houſes of Colan do reach almoft unto the River. The
Town it felf of Colan is only inhabited by Indians, and
theſe are all rich; for as much as that they will be paid in
ready money for every thing they do for the Spaniards.
But the Town of Paita is chiefly inhabited by Spaniards,
though there be alſo ſome Indians ; but the Spaniards do
not ſuffer the Indians to be any great gainers, or grow rich
under them ri o bom bad voditet 2012
They ſtand as About ten of the clock a young breeze ſprang up, and
w ay for the with that, we ſtood away Weſt, and W. by S. Within a
Straight of little while it blew ſo freſh, that we were forced to riff our
Magallanes.
top-fails. the weather being very dark and haſey. I took
the Port of Paita, and Bay of Colar , as they lay exactly
ſituated, thus. olan
Во појави
Toivio 919 w or
te bed vett trono o tom do bonec abstaisen
islotasaver Ibero ab ylbest
solo fom n sol 10. V1o3KV zorous A della dob
.1991
bne borsvoolib ed ot as rimelig givin3q tis nuo
cod. 910
saqovor: yo bouqy Munday
only
Tegin om din
bris

Part IV.
171
Voyage of Captain Sharp, Gve.
Colan
A Defeription of
Paita and Colan
The Port and boy
of Paita
i Paita
The Point
+
Golden Rock

172
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Munday, Auguſt the 29th. All our hopes of doing any
farther good upon the Coaſts of the South Sea, being now
fruſtrated , ſeeing we were deſcryed before our arrival
where-ever we came, we reſolved unanimouſly to quit all
other attempts, and bear away for the Straight of Magal-
lanes, in order to our return homewards either for Eng-
land, or fome of our Plantations in the Weſt-Indies. This
day we had a great dew, and I reckoned my ſelf W. S.W.
from Paita thirteen leagues and an half, with very little
wind. So we ſtood Eaſt.
The next day, Auguſt the zoth, we had miſty weather.
We made a W. S. W. way, and by it five leagues and one
third. In the afternoon of this day, the wind freſhned a-
gain, having been but little before, and we ſtood E. S.E.
The laſt day of Auguſt we had very fair weather. I
believed now that the wind was ſerled at S. E. and S. S.E.
We made a S.S. W. way, and twenty one leagues and two
thirds.
September the Firſt
. The night paſt was very cloudy,
but withal we had a freſh gale. Our reckoning was a
S. W by S.way, and that we had made ſixteen leagues and
two thirds.
September the 2d we reckoned a S. W. way, and by it
twenty fix leagues and two thirds. This day we had an
obſervation, and found Lat. 7 D. 40 S.
September the 3d brought us both cloudy and miſty
weather. We made a W.S.W.way, and fourteen leagues.
September the 4th. This day the wind was at E. S. E.
and ſometimes E. coming in many flaws. We had a S. W.
by S. way, and reckoned twenty three leagues and two
thirds. We had a great Sea from the South.
Munday, September the 5th, we had great winds, and a
high and ſhort Sea. Our way was S. S. W. and half W.
by which we reckoned twenty eight leagues and two
thirds of a league.
September the 6th we had a very freſh wind at S. E.
by E with an indifferent ſmooth Sea. By obſervation we
found

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, uc.
173
found this day Latitude 12 d.oo South. We made a S.W.
by S. way, and twenty eight leagues and one third
Wedneſday September the ſeventh, we had a very freſh
wind. We reckoned a S.W. by S. way, and thirty ſix
leagues. We obſerved Latitude 13 d. 24 South. We make
now each meſs a plumb Pudding of Salt-water and wine-
Lees.
On the eighth we enjoyed a freſh gale of wind, though
with haſey weather. Our reckoning was a S.W.by $. way,
and hereby twenty five leagues, and one third of a league.
September the 9th, we made a S.W.by S. way, and twen-
ty one leagues and a third. In the afternoon the wind
came about ſomething more Southerly, allowing us a S. W.
courſe.
Saturday September the roth, all the night paſt and this
morning the wind was very freſh at Eaſt. Our way was
S.S.W. and by our reckoning thirty five leagues and one
third. The weather now was warm. An obſervation this
day gave us Lat. 16 d. 40. South.
September 11 we had whiffling winds. A South-weſt
half South way,and thereby twelve leagues and two thirds.
By an obſervation made we found 17 d. 10 South. Now
we had a very great Sea, ſo that we took in our ſprit-ſail.
September the 12th, all the night before this day, we
were under a pair of courſes. Yet this morning we hea-
ved out main top-fail. We made a W.S.W.way, and le-
venteen leagues and one third. By obſervation we found
Lat. 17 d. 30
South.
The 13th, in the night paſt we had huge and great
ſtorms of wind. In the morning our Gooſe-head gave
way, ſo that about noon we were forced to lye by till four
in the afternoon to mend it. Our courſe was S. W. half
W.and our reckoning twenty nine leagues, and two thirds
of a league. Latitude by obſervation 18 d. 12 South.
Wedneſday September the 14th, this day we had very
hafey weather. We made a S.S.W.way, and twenty leagues.
September the 15th, this day likewiſe we had a S.S.W.
Аа
way,

174
Bucaniers of America. Part IV:
way, and reckoned twenty three leagues and one half
. Our
obſervation taken this day gave us 20 d. 09. South.
On September the 16th, we had a clear day, a S. W. half
South way, and made ſixteen leagues and two thirds, We
found by obſervation, Lat. 20 d. 48 South.
The 17th, laſt night was very calm. Alſo this day, it
being a full Moon. We reckoned a S.W. way,and only by
reaſon of the calmneſs of the weather nine leagues and one
third of a league. We had an obſervation which afforded
us 21 d. 08 S. Latitude.
Sunday September the 18th, in the night laſt paſt a wind
ſprang up at S.S.E. which the morning of this day freſhned
at S. Ē. We made a W.S. W. way, and by it eighteen
leagues. Moreover, this day we had a clear obſervation
that ſhewed us Lat, 21 d. 30 S.
2 September the 19th , all the night paſt we had a very
freſh wind. But this morning it came about to E. by S.
and E.S.E. with haſey weather. I reckoned a S.W. by S.
way, and twenty two leagues..
September the 20th, this day gave us a freſh wind, haſey
weather, a S.by W.way,and hereupon twenty three leagues
and one third.
September the 21, this day alſo the freſh gale continued,
with cloudy, and ſometimes miſty weather. Our recko-
ning ſhewed us a S. by W. way, as the day before, and by
it twenty eight leagues and one third. By an obſervation
made, we found Lat. 25 d. 15 South.
Thurſday September the 22,this day we had a very freſh
wind. We reckoned a South half Weſt way, and by that
twenty nine leagues and two thirds. An obſervation ta-
ken gave us Lat. 26 d. 42 South. We obſerved this day a
A North Eaſt North Eaſt Sea, which ſeemed very ſtrange unto us.
The next day we had ſeveral ſhowers of ſmall rain. My
reckoning was a S. by W. way; and thereupon twenty fix
leagues. We found by obſervation Lat.27. d. 57 South.
September the 24th, we had haſey weather, and the wind
not ſo fresh at E. S. E. with a ſmooth Sea. We made a
S.S.W.
S.a.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dc.
75
two thirds.
S. S. W.way half weſterly, and twenty three leagues and
This day alſo an obſervation gave us Lat. 28
d.
57
South. I reckoned now that we were diſtant from
Paita 302 leagues and two thirds.
Sunday September the 25th, this day we had not much
wind, and withal, haſey weather. At noon the wind came
Eaſt, then E.N.E. and then again N.E. by E. We reckoned
a S. by E. way, half Eaſterly and 55.
Munday the 26th, we had haſey weather and a freſh
wind at N. Eaſt. We reckon a S.E. half South way, and
twenty four leagues. In the afternoon we experimented a
N.N.E. Sea, and then ſoon after a N.N.E. wind. After this
a North wind, and that but very little.
September the 27th, all the night before this day we had
a freſh wind at N.N.E. About eight this morning it came
about again to N.N.W. We made a S.E. by S. way, and
thirty eight leagues. By obſervation I found Lat. 32 d. 30
South. Now we enjoyed a very ſmooth ſea, and fair wea-
ther.
Wedneſday September the 28th, in the night paſt a very
freſh wind at NNW. and N.W. At break of day we had
a wind at.... heaving us a back at once. At noon again
the wind was at S.W. our courſe being S. E. This morning
we took down our top gallant-maſts. We made a S.E. by E.
way, and on this road twenty ſeven leagues and two thirds.
We found by an obſervation made, Lat. 33 d. 16 South, a
South weſt fea.
On the 29th we had very windy and haſey weather, with
ſome rain now and then. All laſt night we handed our
main top-fail. We made a S.E. by E. way, and thirty two
leagues and two thirds. We had a South weſt ſea and
wind.
Friday September the zoth, this day we had freſh winds
between S. W. and W. We reckoned a S. E. half South
way, and thereupon forty four leagues. By obſervation
we found Lat. 35
d.
54
South.
October
A a 2

176
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
tbe Anthor.
Oktober the firſt, the wind this day was not very freſh,
but varying. My reckoning was a S. E half South way,
and twenty four leagues. An obfervation gave us 36 d. 50
Another Qua- South. This day I finiſhed another Quadrant, being the
drant made by
third I finiſhed in this Voyage. We had a South weſt fea,
with ſhowers of rain and guſts of wind.
Sunday October the ſecond, the wind this day was hang-
ing between W.N.W. and N.W. by N. We made a S.E.by
S. way, and thirty three leagues and two thirds. By ob-
ſervation we found 38 d. 14 South About noon we had
a freſh wind at N.W. and S.W.
October the third, the laſt night in the forepart thereof
was clear, but the latter was rainy. The wind very freſh
at N.W. by N. But this day we had little wind, and clou-
dy weather. A S.W. by W.wind, and a S.E. by S. way,
by which we reckoned thirty three leagues and one third
of a league.be
October the fourth,we had a clear night and a very freſh
wind. We reckoned a S. E. by S. way, and thereby forty
three leagues. An obſervation taken ihewed us, that we
were in Lat. 41 d. 34 South. This day alfo fell ſeveral
Showers of rain.
October the fifth, we had a windy night the laſt paſt,and
a clear day. We reckoned a S.S.E. half E. way, and forty
four leagues and two thirds. By an obſervation made,we
found Lat. 43 d. 26 South. The weather now was very
windy, cauſing a huge tempeſtuous ſea. The wind at N.W.
and N.W.by N. blowing very high.
October the ſixth, this day the wind was ſtill at N.W.
and yet not ſo freſh as it was yeſterday, the weather very
foggy and miſty. As for the wind it came in gufts, ſo
that we were forced to hand our top-fails, and ſprit-fail.
We reckoned a S. E. half S. way, and thereby forty three
leagues and one third of a league. The Seas now were not
ſo high, as for ſome days paſt. In the evening we ſcudded
away under our fore courſe.
Friday, October the 7th. Laſt night was very cloudy,
and

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
177
and this day both dark and foggy weather with ſmall rain.
We made a S. E. way, and thirty teagues and two thirds.
A freſk wind at N.N.W and N. W. We keep ſtill under
a fore courſe, not ſo much for the freſhneſs of the wind, as
the cloſeneſs of the weather.
Oktober the 8th, we had a clear night the night before
A great ſtorm
this day, and withal a ſtrong gale; inſomuch that this day
we were forced to take in our fore-fail, and looſen our Mi-
zen, which was foon blown to pieces. Our eldeſt Sea-
men ſaid that they were never in the like ſtorm of wind
before. The Sea was all in a foam. In the evening it dul.
led a little. We made a S. E. half E. way, and eighteen
leagues, with very dark weather.
Sunday, Oktober the 9th. All the night paſt we had a They drive at
furious W. NW. wind. We fet our ſail a drough, and ſo a great rate.
drove to the Southward very much, and almoſt incredibly,
if an obſervation had not hapned, which gave us Lat. 48
15 S. We had a very ſtiff gale at W.N. W. with a great
Sea from W which met with a S.S. W. Sea as great as it.
Now the weather was very cold, and we had one or two
froſty mornings. Yeſterday in the afternoon we had a ve-
ry great ſtorm of hail. At noon we bent another Mi-
zen.
Monday,Octob, the roth. This day brought us a freſhwind
at N. W. and N. N. W, We made a S. E. half E. way,
and by it forry four leagues. By obſervation we found
Lat.49 D. 41 S. I reckoned my ſelf now to be Eaſt from
Paita fixty nine leagues and an half.
Tueſday, October the 11th. Laſt night we had a ſmall
time calm. This day was both cloudy and rainy weather.
The wind at S. W. and S. S. W. fo furious, that at ten of the
clock this morning we ſcudded under a main ſail. At noon
we lower'd our fore-yard while we failed. We made a S.
E. by E. way, and thirty leagues.
CHA P.

178
Part VI.
Bucaniers of America.
CHA P. XXIII.
The Bucaniers arrive at a place incognito, unto
which they give the name of the Duke of Yorks
Iſlands. A deſcription of the ſaid Iſlands, and
of the Gulf, or Lagoon, wherein they lie, ſo far
as it was ſearched.
They remain there many
days by ſtreſs of weather, not without great dan-
gers of being loft
. An account of ſome other
things remarkable that hapned there.
W
are miracu-
Edneſday, October the 12th. All the night before
this day we had many higli winds. I reckoned an
E.S. E. way, and twenty leagues; for our veſſel drove at
a great rate. Moreover, that we were in Lat. 50 D. 50 S.
So that our Eaſting from Paita by my account ought to
be one hundred and one leagues, or thereabouts.
This morning about two hours before day, we hapned
They See land by great accident to eſpie land. It was the great mercy
before day,and
of God, which had always attended us in this Voy age, that
Louſly preſerved ſaved us from periſhing at this time; for we were cloſe a-
fhoar before we ſaw it; and our fore-yard, which we moſt
needed in this occaſion, was taken down. The land we
had ſeen was very high and towering; and here appeared
to be many Iſlands ſcattered up and down. We ſteered in
with what caution we could, between them and the Main,
and at laſt, God be praiſed, arrived at a place or rather Bay,
where we perceived our ſelves to be land-lockt, and as we
thought pretty ſafe from the danger of thoſe tempeſtuous
Seas. From hence we ſent away our Canoa to found and
ſearch the ftteſt place for anchoring. At this time one
of our men, named Henry Shergall, as he was going into
our ſprit-fail top, hapned to fall into the water, and was
dron-
One of their
men drowned.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 179
bere.
and Fowls.
drowned before any help could be had unto him, though
we endeavoured it as much as we poſſibly could. This ac-
cident ſeveral of our company did interpret as a bad Omen.
of the place; which proved not ſo, through the providence
of the Almighty, though many dangers were not wanting
here unto us, as I ſhall relate.
We came to an anchor in the depth of forty fathom Wa-
They came to
ter, more or leſs, and yet at no greater diſtance than a an anchor.
ftones caſt from ſhoar. The water where we anchored was
very ſmooth, and the high lands round about all.covered
with ſnow. Having conſidered the time of the year, and
all other circumſtances, we reſolved, that in caſe we could
find a ſufficient ſtock of proviſions here, we would ſtay the They reſolve to
longer, that is, until Summer came, or ſomething more, ſtay
before we proſecuted our intended Voyage homewards
through the Straights of Magallanes ; which now we be-
gan to be careful how to find. That day of our ancho-
ring in this Bay, we ſhot fix or eight brave Geeſe, and They kill Geefe
| fome ſmaller fowl beſides. Here we found alſo many hun-
dreds of Muſſel-banks ; all which were very plentifully
ſtockt with that kind of fiſh. We buryed our dead man
on the ſhoar, giving him feveral Volleys for his Funeral-
Rites, according to the cuſtom. In the night of this day our
anchor came home, ſo that we were forced to let
grapling to ſecure our ſelves. But ſtill every flaw of wind
drove us. Hereupon we ſet our ſprit-fail
, and ran about a dangere
mile into another Bay, where we let go another anchor,
and thus anchored again. The firſt anchor, which was al-
ſo the biggeſt in our thip, we loſt by this accident, the cable
being cut by the rocks. Unto theſe Iſlands afore-mentio-
ned our Captain gave the name of His Royal Highneſs the
Duke of Yorks Iſlands.
Thurſday, Oétober the 13th. This day we began to moor
our ſhip, the driving as we eaſily could perceive with eve- their
veſel
ry
flaw of wind that blew. The tide floweth here full
ſeven foot up and down. We moored our Veſſell into a
rockey point, being a key whereof there be many in the
circuma
go a
They are in
They moor

2
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
circunference of this Bay. The ground of the bottom of
the faid Bay we found was hard and fandy, being here and
there rockey. This evening we brought on board great
ftore of Lamperts, of which we made a kettle of broath,
that contained more than all our company could eat.
On Friday October the 14th, we killed ſeveral Geefe.
Asalſo many of another ſort of Fowl like unto an Eagle,
A frangesen
fowl. but having a bigger beak, with their noſtrils riſing from
the top of the middle of their beak by a hand trunk.
This Fowl liveth on Fish, but we ſaw none. Yeſterday
in the evening there fell a great fleet of ſnow on the hills,
round about the Bay, but none where we were at anchor.
Muttitudes of Moreover, this day in the evening we caught Lamperts in
Lamperts and great quantity, being three times as many as we could eat.
Muffels.
Our men in ranging the Keys for Game, found graſs plai-
ted above a fathom long,and a knot tyed at the end there-
of. In like manner on other Keys they found Muſſels and
Lampert ſhells. From theſe things we preſently conclu-
They find to- ded, that theſe Countries were inhabited, and that ſome In-
kens of the dians or others were to be found hereabouts.
Saturday Oktober the 15th, in the night laſt paft we had
Another form. much rain, with large hail-ftones
. About midnight the
wind came to North with ſuch great fury,that the Tree un-
to which our Cable was faſtned on fhoar, gave way, and
came up by the Roots. All thoſe gufts of wind were mixt
with violent ſtorms of rain and hail. Thus we faſtned a-
gain unto other trees. But here it hapned, that our ſhip
coming up to the ſhoar, our Rudder toucht, and thereup-
on broke our Gooſe-neck. Great was now our extremity,
great danger. and greater it will be , if God ſend not better weather.
Scarce a minute now paſſed without flaws of wind and
rain.
Sunday Otober the 16th, all the night paſt was rainy, as
Much rain.
before. About nine of the clock our biggeſt harfer gave
way and brake. All this day likewiſe we had rain with ſe-
sveral ſhowers of hail, and but little wind to weſtward of
the North
Munday
Inhabitants
They are in

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
181
40 S.
Munday October the 17th , all laſt night until five this
morning, it ceaſed not to rain. Then until ten it ſnowed.
On the hills it ſnowed all the night long. This day we Tracts of peo
hanted on the ſhoar many tracts of people hereabouts, ple.
but could find none hitherto, they having fled and conceal-
ed themſelves for fear of us, as we ſuppoſed.
Oktober the 18th. In the night paſt we had much rain
and hail. But the day was very clear. Hereupon we
made an obſervation, which gave us Lat. 50 D.
Moreover, this day we had pretty warm weather.
O&tober the 19th. Both a clear and froſty night the laſt
paſt. This day was haſey, and ſomething windy from
the North quarter. Every day we had plenty of Lam-
perts, and Muſſels of a very large ſize.
Oktober the 20th. The night paſt was rainy, and this Another storm.
day windy, with very great gufts of wind at N. N. W. un-
til the afternoon. Then we had wind at N. W. being very
freſh and in gufts.
October the 2 Ift. All the night paſt was tempeſtuous, Which contin
with huge guſts of wind and ſhowers of hail. Yeſterday nueth.
in the evening we carried a cable aſhoar , and faſtned it
unto a tree. This being done, at midnight our biggeſt
cable broke in the middle. Towards morning we had New dangers.
much ſnow. In the day, great guſts of wind with large
hail ſtones, and alſo great plenty of Lamperts.
Oktober the 22d. Laſt night we had ſtrange guſts of
wind from N. W. together with much hail and rain. This
day we killed a Penguin ; and alſo began to carry water on Penguin.
board.
Oétober tlie 2 3d. All the twenty four hours laſt paft Much rain ſtiky
we had much rain. The wind was but little at W. and
W. S.W.
Oktober the 24th. All this time until noon nothing but
rain. At that time it held up fair for the ſpace of half an
hour, or thereabouts, and then it rained again all the reſt of
mat
the day.
Bb
Octa

182
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Oktober the 25th. All this while we had not one mi-
nute fair. Towards evening it held up from raining, but
the weather was cloudy, and withal much warmer than
Warm weather. when we came hither at firſt.
Wedneſday, October the 26th. All the night paſt, and
this forenoon, we had fair weather. But after noon it
rained again. We found Cockles like unto thoſe we have
Cockles.
in England.
Thurſday, Oétober the 27th. In the night paſt we had
A new ſtorm. much rain, with very great guſts of wind, laſting for the
whole ſpace thereof. Yet notwithſtanding, this day pro-
ved to be the faireſt that we ever had ſince we came into
this place. In the evening of this day, our Canga which
was gone to ſearch the adjacent places for Indians, or what
elſe they could find, returned unto the ſhip with a Doree at
her ſtern. They had gone, as it ſhould ſeem, beyond the
old Bay where we firſt anchored, and thereabouts hapned
to meet with this Doree. In it were three Indians, who
They take a
Doree and one perceiving themſelves nigh being taken, leapt over-board
priſoner.
to make their eſcape. Our men in purſuing them did
His babit.
unadviſedly ſhoot one of them
dead. A ſecond, being a
woman, eſcaped their hands. But the third, who was a
lufty boy about eighteen years of age, was taken, and him
they brought on board the ſhip. He was covered onely
with a Seals skin, having no other cloathing about him:
His eyes were ſquinted, and his hair was cut
pretty ſhort.
In the middle of the Doree they had a fire burning either
for dreſſing of victuals, or ſome other uſe. The Doree it
felf was built ſharp at both ends, and flat bottom'd. They
had a net to catch Penguins,and a club like unto our bandies,
called by them a Tomahunks
. His Language we could not
underſtand, but withal he pointed up the Lagoon, giving
us to underſtand, that there were more people thereabouts.
This was confirmed by our men, who alſo ſaid they had
ſeen more. They had Darts to throw againſt an Eenemy
pointed with wood.
On

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc. 183
On the next day, being October the 28th, in the evening
our Canoa went from the ſhip again to ſeek for more Indi- They ſearch for
,
ans. They went into ſeveral Lagoons, and ſearched them find none.
narrowly. But they could find nothing elſe than two or
three Huts; all the Natives being fled before our arrival.
In the evening they returned unto the ſhip, bringing with
them very large Lamperts, and alſo Muffels which were Huge Mussels.
fix inches and an half long. Our Indian priſoner could
open Muſſels theſe with his fingers, which our men could
not fo breadily do with their knives. Both the night paſt
and this day we ad very fair weather.
On the 29th we had in like manner a very fair day, and
alſo a ſmooth wind at S. S.E. Our Indian this day poin-
ted unto us, that there were men in this Country, or not
far off from hence, with great beards. He appeared unto
us by his actions to be very innocent and fooliſh. But by
his carriage I was alſo perfwaded that he was a Man-eater.
This day likewiſe we caught Lamperts enough to ſuffice
for the morrow.
Sunday, Oétober the zoth. This day was fair, and there
blew a ſmall S.S. E. wind. In the morning we fent a They can find
Canoa over to the Eaſtward-fhore, to ſeek either for provi- neither provie-
ons nor India
fions or Indians. I my felf could not go, as I deſired, be-
ing with two or three more, at that time very much .
tormented with the Gripes. I am perſwadled that this place
where we now were, is not ſo great an Iſland as fome Hy-
drographers do lay it down, but rather an Archipelago of
ſmaller Ilands. We faw this day many Penguins, but they ponguins.
were ſo fhie, that we could not come near them. They
pad on the water with their wings very faſt, but their bo-
dies are too heavy to be carried by the ſaid wings. The
Sun now made the weather very warm, inſomuch that the warm weather
ſnow melted apace.
Oktober the 31ſt
. Both laſt night and this day were
At noon our Canoa returned from the
Eaſtern ſhoar, bringing word they had found ſeveral good
Bays and Harbours, that were deep even cloſe unto the
Bb 2
fhoar.
US
ans.
very fair.

184
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
ſhoar. Onely that there lay in them ſeveral funcken
Rocks, the which we had alſo where we were. But theſe
Rocks are not dangerous to ſhipping, by reaſon they have
weeds which lye two fathoms in circumference about them.
This morning blew a ſmall wind ar N.N.E.
November the firſt, this day was alſo fair, and we had a
ſmall wind as before, at N.N.E.
November the ſecond laſt night I took the Polar diſtance
of the South ſtar of the Cocks foot, and found it to be
28 d. 25. I obſerved alſo the two Magallan Clouds, of
which I made mention in this Journal before, and found
them to be as followeth, viz. the leſſer 14 d.05. and the
greater 14 d. 25. The morning of this day we hoyſted
an end our top-maſts, and alſo brought too a Main-top-
fail, and Fore-fail, and finiſhed our filling all the water we
needed. At the ſame time the wind hung Eaſterly, and I
was ſtill much tormented with the Gripes as before.
November the third , this morning we hanged our Rud-
They make reaa
dy to depart. der, the greateſt piece of work we had to do, after thoſe
violent ſtorms above-mentioned. In the afternoon we
halled in our two biggeſt Harſers; and alſo our biggeſt
Cable from the ſhoar. For the three days laſt paſt we had
a very great and dark fog between us and the Eaſtward
ſhoar. We had now very little wind in the Cove where
We were, but abroad at ſea there blew at the ſame time a
ſtiff gale at S.S.E. Moreover, we could perceive now the
ſtormy weather being blown over, much ſmall fry of fiſh
about the ſhip, whereof we could ſee none, as was mentio-
ned before. This day we had a very clear and calme eve-
ning
November the fourth, both all laſt night and this day we
again. had very calme weather. And this morning a ſmall
breeze ſprang up at N. and N.N.E.which afterwards wheel-
ed about unto S. and S.S.E. This morning we hoiſted
our Main and Fore-yards ; and likewiſe fetcht off from
the ſhoar our other harſer and Cable, into the depth of ele-
ven fathom water. Our reſolutions were now changed
tor
Calme weather

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 185
for a departure, in order to ſeek the mouth of the Straights
of Magallanes , ſeeing that we could not winter here, for
want of Proviſions, which we could not find either on the
Continent, or about theſe Iſands afore-mentioned. The
weather now was very warm, or rather hot, and the Birds
did fing as ſweetly as thoſe in England. We ſaw here both
Thruſhes and Black birds, and many other ſorts of thoſe
that are uſually ſeen in our own Country.
Saturday November the fifth, this morning brought us a They fail away
wind at N.N.E. hereupon, we warped unto a rocky point,
thereby to get out of the Cove where we lay. For our an-
chor came home unto us as we were carrying our Warp
At this time a ſecond breeze came up very freſh in
our ſtern; ſo that we took the opportunity thereof, and
went away before it. By noon this day we hoiſted in our
Canoas,and alſo turned away looſe unto the ſea our Indian
Doree. As for the Indian boy whom we had taken in ſaid
Doree,we kept him ſtill priſoner,and called him Orſon. Our
Cove at our departure from this place , looked thus, as I
took then the deſcription thereof. When we were come
out into the Channel, the weather grew ſtark calme. On-
ly now and then we had a ſmall breeze, fometimes from
one quarter, and then from another. By this ſlackneſs of
wind we obſerved, that the Current hoiſted us to the South-
ward. On the Eaſt-ſide of this Lagoon, we perceived the
Indians to make a great ſmoak at our departure.
out.
We

Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
Adencriolion of his Royal Highneses Isles
hely
83
lin
8 3
The Cave
fods

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, cc.
187
a
We had a very fair day till fix in the evening, when we
got without the mouth of the Gulf, it blew fo hard, that
in an hour it forced us to hand our top-fails. Having now
fit gale at N. W. and N.N W. we ſtood S. W. by W. to
clear our ſelves of ſome breaks which lye four Leagues
from the Gulfs mouth at S. and S. S. E. Hereabouts we
faw many riffs and rocks, which occaſioned us to ſtand
cloſe halled. I have drawn here and given unto my Rea-
der , ſo much as I have ſeen of the Gulf it ſelf; the reſt
muſt be compleated in due time by them, that have grea-
ter opportunities of making a farther ſearch into it, then I
had at the time of our ſtay here under ſuch tempeſtuous
weather , as I have deſcribed, and the diſtemper which
hung upon me at the ſame time.
CHAP

188
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
Snowy mountaines
Snow hills
Spring R
Englifh Gulfe
07:20 STORIES
VOTOS
Datort
an
Tiny og
Shergalls R.
Windy Harbor
Cox's. R:
Sharpes Bay
Limp ett point
Mufell point
A deſcription f;Englif Gulfe
Sving a litle to the Northward
of Magallanes Straights.
Penguin fhoat

Part IV.
189
Voyage of Captain Sharp, douc.
Tog-Ilom
112 peb st
CHA P. XXIV.
They depart from the Engliſh Gulf in queſt of the
Straight of Magallanes which they cannot find.
They return home by an unknown way, never
- Navigated before.
700-
1
S to .
Unday November the fixth, this morning we had loſt
the night lait paſt, and this day, we were under our two
Courſes and Sprit-fail
. The weather this day was hafey.
My reckoning was a S.W. half South way, and by it twen-
ty one Leagues. We had now an indifferent high Sea,
and a freſh wind at N.N.W.
November the ſeventh,laſt night was both rainy and fog. Variatiox of
gey, but in the morning it cleared up. The wind for the the Needle
moſt
found here.
part was at W. and W. N.W. But at noon it came
about at W. S.W. Our reckoning was a S. W. by S. way,
and by it twenty Leagues. We found by obſervation Lat.
52 d. 03. We now ſteered away S.S.E. the wind being at
that time at W.S.W. In the evening of this day I found
a variation of the Needle to N.E. to the number of 15 ds
or better. I was ſtill troubled with the Gripes as I had
been before.
November the eighth, we had a fair night the laſt paſt.
About midnight the wind came to N.N.W. This day ear-
ly, at the break of day,we all were perſwaded that we had
ſeen Land, but at noon we ſaw that it was none, but only
a Cloud. The wind was now at North. My reckoning
was a S.E. half Eaſt way, and thirty two leagues and one
third of a league. We had an obſervation that gave us 53
d. 27 South. The whole day was very fine and warm,and
we ſaw great numbers of Fowles and Seales.
November the ninth, yeſterday in the evening the wea-
Сс
ther

190
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
ther was cloudy. Hereupon we lay by under a main-courſe.
After midnight we failed Eaſt, and E. by N. with a freth
wind at W. N. W. and not any great Sea. The day it ſelf
was cloudy, and toward noon we had fome rain. So at two
in the afternoon we lay by under a Main courſe, the wind
being freſh at N. W. I reckoned an E. N. E. way, and
thereby twenty eight Leagucs.
4 ſtorm.
Thurſday November the tentlt
, all the night laſt paſt we
lay under a Main-courſe with a meer fret of wind at N.W.
and N.N.W. Day being come, the wind did rather en-
creafe ; inſomuch, that about noon our ſail blew to pieces.
Hereupon we were forced to lower the yard, and unbend
the fail
, lying for a little while under a Mizen. But that
alſo foon gave way. So that all the reſt of this day we
lay a hull in very dark weather, foggy and windy, with a
huge fea, which often times rowled over us. In the after-
noon it ſeemed to abate for ſome ſpace of time; but ſoon
after it blew worſe than before, which compelled us to
is lower our Fore-yard.
November the tenth, all the night laſt paſt we had furi-
all night and ous windy and tempeſtuous weather, from the points of
N.W. and N.N. W. together with Seas higher and higher.
In the evening we ſet our Mizen. At which time the Sun
appeared very wateriſh; but the wind now abated by de-
grees, and the Seas alſo.
November the twelfth, this morning little wind was ſtir-
ing, but only fome rain fell
. About ten it cleared up, and
by an obſervation then made, we found Lat. 55 d. 25. The
Sea was now much fallen, and a freſh wind was ſprung up
at W. and W.S. W. We experimented alſo a very great
current to the S. W. In the afternoon of this day we ſet
our ſails again, reſolving now unanimouſly together, to
make for the Straights of St.Vincent, otherwiſe called the
Straights of Fernando de Magallanes. We had a freſh wind
at W.N.W.our courſe being S.S.E.under our Sprit-Sail Fore-
fail, and Fore-top-fail. This day we ſaw many Files, or
rather Fowls, who had heads like unto Muſcovia Ducks, as
ſeen at Seda
alſo
It continueth
zext day.
Paxaros Ninos

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, Buc. 191
alſo two feet like unto them. They had two Fins like the
fore-fins of Turtles: white breaſts and bellies; their beak
and eyes being red. They are full of Feathers on their bo-
dies, and their hinder parts are like unto thoſe of a Seal,
wherewith they cut the water. The Spaniard calleth
theſe Fowles Paxaros Ninos. They weigh moſt common-
ly about fix or ſeven pound, being about one foot, a little
more or leſs in length. Our Commander Captain Sharp,
had ſo much dexterity as to ſtrike two of them. In the
evening we ſet alſo our Main-fail; the wind now coming
to the Southward of the Weſt.
Sunday November the 13th, all the night paſt we had a
freſh wind between S.W.and W.N.W. with ſometimes miſts
of ſmall rain. In the evening we enjoyed a fine leading
gale at W.N. W. together with both clear and wholeſome
weather. We made a S.E. way,and by it forty two leagues
and two thirds. This day an obſervation gave us Lat. 56
d. 55 South. We ſtill experimented a great S.W.current,
In the afternoon of this day we ſteered E.S.E. and in the e
vening had whiffling winds.
November the 14th, both laſt night and this morning we
had cloudy weather. About eight it cleared up. My
reckoning was a S.E.by E.way,and by it thirty two leagues.
Our obfewation gave us Lat. 57 d. 50. South. This day
we could perceive
land, and at noon were due Weſt from They ſee Land.
it. In the evening we ſtood E.by S.
November the 15th, all the night paſt was very cloudy. But loſe it as
gain.
We judged now that we ſhould be cloſe in with the Land
we had ſeen the day before, but the morning being come
we could ſee none. In the night much ſnow fell, and in
the day we had great fleets thereof, the weather being ve-
ry cold and cloudy. I reckoned an E.S.E.way, and hereby
twenty nine leagues and two thirds. Moreover, that our
Latitude was 58 d. 25 S. The wind was now ſo freſh at
North, that we were forced to lye under our two Courſes
and Sprit-fail
.
Novembe the 16th, moſt of this time we had ſtill rain
CC2
and

192
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
of Ice.
and ſnow, but now no night at all, though the weather was
dark. The wind was various, but from midnight before
They alter
their course
. this day,the wind was
at S.E. and S.S.E. We now lay E.N.E.
I reckoned a N.E. by E. way, and twenty three leagues.
About four in the afternoon two of our fore-ſhrouds bolts
broke, but withal, were preſently mended. This after-
noon alſo we ſaw a very large Whale. In the evening we
AWbale ſier handed in our fore-top fail, and lay under our pair of Cour-
fes, and Sprit-fail, the evening being very clear.
November the 17th, in the night paſt there was a very
Great Iſlands
hard froſt. At four this morning we faw two or three I.
ſlands of Ice , the diſtance of two or three leagues to the
Southward of us. Soon after this, we ſaw ſeveral others,
the biggeſt of them being at leaſt two leagues round. By
an obſervation made this day, we found Lat. 58 d. 23
South. We had now a vehement current to the South-
ward. At noon I ſaw many others of theſe Iflands of Ice
afore-mentioned, of which ſome were ſo long,that we could
fcarce fee the end of them, and were extant about ten or
twelve fathom above water. The weather in the mean
while was very clear, and the wind cold. I found variati-
Variation of
on of the Needle eighteen degrees to the North Eaſt.
November the 18th, all the night paft was very fair. I
Ne right herb- muſt call it night; for otherwiſe it was not dark at all.
The Sea was very ſmooth, and the wind at N. and N.N.W.
I reckoned a N.E. by N. way, and by the ſame twenty two
leagues. At ten it grew ſtark calme, which beld all the
afternoon of this day. But at night we had a wind again at
N.and N. by E.
November the 19th, this day was cloudy with ſnow,and
a froſty night preceeding it. The wind now was ſo freſh at
North, that we were forced to take in our top-fails , and
lye all day under our Courſes and Sprit-ſail. We made by
an E.S.E. way, eighteen leagues and two thirds.
A great fog
November the twentieth, we had a cloudy night the laſt
paſt, together with milling rain and ſnow. This morning
fell fo great a fog, that we could not fee from ſtem to ffern
of
tbe Needle.
abouts.

Part IV
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
193
seen yet no
Land.
of our ſhip. From ten of the clock laſt night we had alſo
a calm and very cold weather. But what was worſe than a ſhort allow-
all this, we were now kept to a very ſhort allowance of our ance.
forry victuals; our Proviſions growing very ſcanty with
us. About ten this morning we had a very ſmall breeze
at North. Several of our men were not able to endure the Extremity of
cold, fo fierce it was whereby they were forced to lye and cold.
keep themſelves as cloſe as they could. We made an Eaſt
Way,and by the fame fixteen leagues. This day at noon
I reckoned myſelf to be Eaſt from the Gulf, from whence
we laſt departed, two hundred and five leagues and two
thirds of a league.
Munday November the 2.1, laſt evening we caught a Land Fodples
ſmall and white land fowl, and ſaw two or three more
;
and alſo this morning. This fight afforded us good hopes,
we were not far diſtant from ſome Coaſt or other, yet none
we could ſee in all this long and tedious voyage. In the
night paſt we had a calme, and all this morning a great fog
with much fnow and rain. We reckoned an Eby N. way,
and ten leagues. Af one in the afternoon we had a freſh, boa
gale that ſprang up at Eaſt, and at E. by N;
November the 22, moſt part of this day was calme. In
the mean while we could obſerve our ſhip to drive Eaſt.
My reckoning was an E. N. E. way, and thereby thirteen
leagues and one third. At one in the afternoon we had a
ſmall gale at W. S. W. our courſe being N. N. E. and N. E.
by N.
November the 23, this day we had a gale at N.W. and
freſhning ſtill more and more; ſo that we were forced to
take in our top-fails and ſprit-fail
. The wind was not a ſet-
led gale, but often varied from point to point. At noon
it came at N. E. and our courſe was then N. N. W. By a
North way we reckoned fixteen leagues.
November the 24th, both the night paſt and this morn
ing was foggy weather, with ſome calmes between times.
But at eight in the morning the Sun brake out, though
notwithſtanding the day was not clear. By a N.N.E. way
- 10
we

194
O Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
we reckoned fifteen leagues. This morning the wind came
about to Eaſt, and by noon it was again at N.E. We had
a clear evening and a freſh gale. 1994
November the 25th, all the night paſt we had a freſh
wind at E. and E.N.E. Inſomuch, that at eight in the morn-
ing we took in our top-fails. But at noon the wind was
not ſo freſh as it had been before. I reckoned a N.N.W.
half Weſt way, and by the ſame twenty leagues.
November the 26th, laſt night the wind was not altoge
ther ſo freſh as before ; but this morning it was again ve-
ry high. The weather was both dark and cloudy, and
brought now and then rain and ſnow. We made a N.N.E.
or any way, and hereby thirty leagues. The wind all along E.by
Jm S. and E. S. E. In the evening we had fair weather again.
We experimented for the ten days laſt paſt a great Weſt-
ern Sea, and ſaw in the ſame time ſeveral Seals.
Sunday November the 27th all the night paft we enjoy-
ed a freſh gale and clear weather. I reckoned thirty lix
30 d. variati- leagues by a N. E. by N. way. By an obſervation made,
on of the Nee- we now found Lat. 52 d. 48 South. And I judged my ſelf
dle. to be Eaſt from the Gulf, two hundred eighty five leagues.
In the evening of this day we had a very exact ſight of the
Sun, and found above 30 d.variation of the Needle.From
Obſervation.
whence ought to be concluded , that it is very difficult to
direct a courſe of Navigation in theſe parts. For in the
ſpace of only twenty five leagues failing, we have experi-
mented eight or nine degrees difference of variation, by a
good Dutch Azimouth Compaſs.
November the 28th, all laſt night we had a freſh wind at
Fowles seen,
E.S.E. Towards morning we had but little wind, all the
but no landa day being haſey weather. This day we ſaw a whole flight
of ſuch Land-fowles, of which fort we killed one before, as
was mentioned above. This fight gave us occafion to be-
lieve, that neither then, nor at this preſent, we were not
far diſtant from land, and yet we deſcryed none in the reſi-
due of this whole voyage. We made by a N.N. E. way,
thirty three leagues. Yeſterday in the evening we fet a
More land
new

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, cc.
195
new ſprit-fail, and about three this morning we alſo ſet our
main-fail
. At one after-noon, the wind came about N. E.
and N. N E. which in the evening blew very freſh, with
cloudy weather.
November the 29th. The night proved very cloudy,
and the wind blew very freſh at E. N. E. and N. E. by
E. This morning it was at Eaſt, both with ſnow, and
hail
. Towards noon the weather cleared up, and we
found by an obſervation taken, Lat. 49 D 45 S. Our
reckoning was a North way, and thirty leagues. This
day we had a fhort Eaſtern ſea, and withal, a very cold e-
vening. I took the Sun, and hereby I found variation 26
D. 30. unto the North Eaſt. This night the wind came
about W. and W. N. W. continuing ſo all the night.
November the zoth. This day the wind was N. and
N.N.E. with ſome clouds hovering in the sky. At this
time we had already almoſt four hours of night. The Four hours of
morning of this day was very fair and clear. Hereupon night.
for to give my ſelf fatisfaction in the point, as fearing
the truth of Spaniſh Books ; I worked the true Ampli-
tude of the Sun, and found his variation to be 26 25 to
the N. E. being very conformable to what I had both read
and experimented before. Hereabouts, alſo we experi-
mented a current to the Northward. Moreover, this day
we ſaw much rock-weed, which renewed our hopes, once Rock-weod.
more of feeing land. We reckoned a N. E. way and by
the ſame twenty two leagues. By an obſervation made
we found Lat. 48 D. 53 S.. This day alſo we ſaw ſeveral
of thoſe fowl-fith afore deſcribed called Paxaros-ninos ; and Paxaros-ninis
theſe of a larger ſize, than any we had ſeen before. In
the afternoon, the wind came about at N.N.E. whereby
we ſtood N. W. by W. with a freſh gale, and ſmooth wa-
ter. The weather now began to grow warmer, then her
therto, and the evening of this day was clear.
e adios
Tueſday December the firſt. The latter part of the
night paſt was very cloudy, and alſo ſometimes rainy.
About midnight we had a furious and violent Tornado , Several Tor-r.
forcing
nados,

196
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Which continue
forcing us in a moment to hand in our top-fails. At five
in the morning we ſet them again, and at eleven, we had
another Tornado, forcing us to hand our top-fails thier fe-
cond time. We made a N. N. E. two thirds Eaſt way,
and thereby thirteen "leagues and two thirds of a league.
The afternoon of this ſtormy day, proved very fair, and
the wind came to W.S. W. our courſe being N. E. by N.
In the evening the wind freſlined, with cloudy weather.
December the ſecond. Laft night we experimented a
very furious whirle-wind, which notwithſtanding, it plea-
fed God, did påſs about the length of our ſhip, to Weſt-
ward of us. However, we handed in our top-fails, and
halled fup our low-fails, in the brails. After the whirle-
wind came a freſh ſtorm of large hail-ſtones, in the night,
and ſeveral Tornados; but God be thanked, they all came
large of our ſhip. We now made a great way under a
fore-courſe and ſprit-fail
. At four of the clock this morn-
ing, our fore-fail ſplit, whereby we were forced to lower
our fore-yard. At half an hour after ten we hoyfted it a-
gain with a furious S. W. wind. We made a N. E. by E.
way, and by the ſame forty ſeven leagues and an half
. By
obſervation we now had Lat. 46 D.54 S. We riffed our
fore-fail, with reſpect to the violence of the wind. But in
the evening, this rather increaſed, and we had a very great
Sea. Our
ſtanding rigging, through the fury of this gale,
gave way in ſeveral places, but was ſoon mended again
December the third. The wind all the night paſt, was
very freſh, with ſeveral flaws both of wind and rain, at S.
W. and S. W. by S. We enjoyed now very warm wea-
ther. This morning we ſet our fore-top-fail. Our reckon-
ing gave us, e N. E. half E. way and forty five leagues.
We found Lat. by obſervation 45 D. 28 S. This day at
noon, a large ſhoal of young Porpuſſes came about our ſhip,
Porpuffes,
and played up and down.
December the 4th. All the night paſt we had a freſh
gale at W. S. W. The night was clear, onely that now
-101 and then we had a ſmall cloud affording fome rain. In
the
Warm weatber

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dve. 197
300 p. 8. to
the morning, from four of the clock till eight it rained.
But then it cleared up again, with a S. W. wind and a ve-
ry
ſmooth fea. We made by a N. E. one quarter N. way,
thirty nine leagues. By obſervation we found Lat. 44
D.OI S. At noon the wind came to S. S. W. our courſe
then being N.N.E. This day we agreed among ourſelves
having the conſent of our commander, to ſhare the eight A dividend
cheſts of money, which as yet were remaining unſhared. made of dishe
140xy,
Yeſterday in the evening, we let out the reiff of our fore-
ſail, and hoyſted up our fore-yard. This evening I found
variation 17 D. N. E.
Munday, December the 5th. All the night paſt, a
clear night, and this a fair day, with a freſh wind at S.S
W. We reckoned a N. E. 5. D. N. way, and by the ſame
forty two leagues. An obfervation gave us Lat. 42 D.
29.S. This afternoon we ſhared of the cheſts abovemen-
tioned, three hundred pieces of eight each man. I now each man.
reckoned my ſelf to be Eaſt from my departure four hun-
dred ſeventy one leagues and one third of a league. At
night again we ſhared twenty two pieces of eight more to
each.
December the 6th. We had a clear ſtar-light-night the
laſt and a fair morning this day, with a freſh gale at S. W.
At noon we took in our fore-top-fail
. We reckoned a N.
E. half N. way, and hereby fifty leagues and two thirds.
An obſervation taken afforded us 40D. 31 S. This e-
vening was cloudy.
December the 7th. The night was both windy and
cloudy. At one in the morning, we took in our top-fails,
and at three, handed our ſprit-fail, and ſo we ſcudded away
before the wind, which now was very freſh at Weft.
This morning a guſt of wind came and tore our main-fail
into an hundred pieces, which made us put away before
the wind, till we could provide for that accident. My
reckoning was a N. E, three quarters E. way, and by the
fame thirty three leagues. By obſervation we found Lat.
39 D. 37 S. We had now a great Sea, and a freſh wird.
D d
At

198
Bucaniers of America. Part. IV.
At three in the afternoon we ſet another fore-fail; the firſt
being blown to pieces. Moreover, at the fame time we
furled our ſprit-fail. At five the wind came at W.S. W.
with very bad weather. This day our worthy comman-
A plot againft der Captain Sharp, had very certain intelligence given him,
Captain Sharp that on Chriſtmas-day, which was, now at hand, the
diſcovered.
company, or at leaſt a great part thereof, had a deſign to
ſhoot him; he having appointed that day foine time
ſince to be merry. Hereupon he made us ſhare the wine
amongſt us, as being perſwaded they would ſcarce attempt
any ſuch thing in their fobriety. The wine we ſhared fell
out to three jarrs unto each meſs. That night the wind
encreaſed.
December the 8th. The night paft was both cloudy
and windy ; the wind often varying between the N. W.
and S. W. points. This morning it varyed between W.
and N. W. by W. About noon this day, we brought a
new main-fail to the yard, but did not ſet it then, by rea-
ſon there blowed too much wind. I reckoned a N. E.
half N. way, and by the ſame thirty leagues. By obſerva-
tion made we found Lat. 38 D.29 S. In the afternoon
we had one or two ſqualls of wind and rain; but the vio-
lence of both fell at ſtern of us. In the evening it blew
again very hard. I obſerved this day, the riſing and ſet-
The variation. ting of the Sun, and found the exact variation to be 12
D. 15 N. E.
December the 9th. The night was ſtarry-light , but
withal, very windy. About the break of day, the wind
came to N. W. and at ſeven we ſet our fore-top-fail
, and
ſtood N.N.E. with not much wind. We made fince our
laſt reckoning a N. E. quarter E. way, and twenty nine
leagues. We found by obſervation Lat. 37 D. 30 S. The
Their Vegel is fea was much fallen, but our fhip now began to complain
Teaky.
of ſeveral leakes, through our tedious and long Voyage.
This afternoon we hoyſted up our main-yard and ſet up
back-ſtays and main-lwifter ; whoſe ring-bolt gave way,
but was mended. In the evening of this day we had but
little wind.
Decembe

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
199
December the roth. The night was very clear, but till
ten of the clock this forenoon, we had no wind. Then a
ſmall breeze ſprang up at N. and N. by E. We made an
E N. E. one third N. way, and hereby twenty one leagues.
An obfervation gave us Lat. 37 D.OIS. In the afternoon
of this day our chief Surgeon cut off the foot of a Negro The foot of a
Negro cut off
boy, which was periſhed with cold. Now it was like to
be bad weather again. Hereupon we furled our top-fails,
and lay under a pair of courſes. But in the evening we
lay under a fore-fail and mizen, with miſty weather.
Sunday, December the 11th. All the night paſt, we had
a freſh wind at N. and ſometimes at N: N.W. The wea-
ther was very cloudy with drizling rain. We made an
E. way, and thereby twenty five leagues. This day
brought a great ſea. About ten in the morning, one of
our main Throuds gave way. In the evening fell fome
ſmall rain.
December the 12th. All the night paſt we had miſty
rain, and but little wind; yea, in the morning a perfect
calm. At noon came up a ſmall gale at E. S. Ē. and S.E.
bringing with it cloudy weather. We reckoned a N. E.
by E. way, and by the fame eighteen leagues. Yeſterday
dyed the Negro boy whoſe leg was cut off by our Surgeon, Two Negro's
as was mentioned the day before. This afternoon alſo dyed dyes
another Negro, ſomething bigger than the former, named
Chepillo. The boy's name was Beafero. All this evening
but ſmall wind.
December the 13th. All night the wind was at E.S.
E. our courſe being N.N.E. At three in the morning it
came about at S.S. W. and at nine at E. by N. I reckoned
a N. E. by N. way, and fifteen leagues. The weather
was haſey. In the afternoon the wind was at N. E. our
courſe being N. N. W. We enjoyed now a very ſmooth
ſea, and ſaw multitudes of Grampuſſes, Whales, and Por-
Grampuſes,
VVbales, and
puſſes, every day as we ſailed along.
Porpuſes.
December the 14th. The evening paſt was cloudy, as
alſo the night foggy. Hereupon we took in our top-fails.
Dd 2
At

200
Part I V.
Bucaniers of America.
ther.
At half an hour after three this morning, we ſtood N. E.
the wind being then at N. N. W. At five we put out our
top-fails again. At ſeven of the morning, we ſaw a Tur-
tle floating upon the ſea. We reckoned a N. N. E. way.
This days obſervation afforded us 34 D. 32. S. At this
Very bot wea- time we had very hot weather, and great dews in the
night. My whole Eaſting I reckoned to be now, fix
hundred ſeventy ſeven leagues and one third of a
league.
December the 15th. We had a fine night the laſt paſt,
and a great dew. The wind in the interim was between
N. and N. W. I reckoned a N. E. half E. way, and by the
ſame thirty one leagues. We had an obſervation that
gave us Lat. 33 D.46 S. At noon the wind came about
at N. N. W. our courſe being N. E. We had this day a
very clear evening, and at the ſame time a freſh wind.
December the 16th. We had a fair night and wind at
N. N. W. and N. W. by N. This morning I took the
Variation of Sun at its riſing, and found N. E. variation 20 D. 30. My
reckoning was a N. N. E. way, and thirty ſix leagues and
one third of another. By obſervation I found Lat. 32 D.
09 S. At noon this day the wind came about to N.W.
December the 17th. Moſt part of the laſt night, the
wind was at N. W. as before. But towards morning a
a fine and eaſie gale ſprang up at W. N. W. This mor-
Dolphins ſeen. ning we ſaw ſeveral Dolphins playing upon the ſea, which
made us hope they would at laſt
befriend us, and ſuddain-
ly ſhew us fome land or other. We reckoned a N. E. by
N. one third N. way, and by the ſame twenty five leagues.
An obſervation gave us, now Lat. 31 D.04. A fair e-
vening
December the 18th. We had a clear night paſt, toge-
ther with a ſmooth gale at N. W. which this morning was
at W. by S. We had now a ſmooth fea, for ſeveral days
paſt. Our reckoning was twenty five leagues, by a N.
E. by N. way. By obſervation we perceive Lat. 29 D.
48 S.
December
the Needle.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
201
December the 19th. A clear night the laſt paſt, and a
freſh breeze at S. S. W. and S. W. by E. laſting untill nine
in the morning. Then ſprang up a wind at S.E. by E.
I reckoned this day a N.N.E. half E. way, and upon the
ſame thirty leagues. By obſervation made, we took Lat.
28 D. 29 S. The day was very fair, and a ſmooth ſea,
with weather that was very hot. My whole Eaſting I Very hot wea-
reckoned now to be feven hundred and fixty leagues.
This evening I found variation 02 D. 50 N. E.
ther.
w
CHA P. XXV.
The Bucaniers continue their Navigation, without
feeing any Land, till they arrive at the Caribby
Hands in the West Indies. They give away
their Ship to ſome of their Companions that were
poor; and diſperce for ſeveral Countrys. The
Author of this Journal arriveth in England.
Ecember the zoth, 1681. The night before this
day was ſomething cloudy, but the weather was
fair and the wind but little. At noon the wind came a-
bout N. by E. our courſe being W.N.W. We made a
N. N. W. way, and thereby as I reckoned twenty two
leagues. By an obſervation made we took Lat, 27 D. 25
S. The evening of this day was cloudy, and now and then
there fell a ſhower of rain.
December the 21ſt. At eight of the clock laſt night,
the wind came N. W. by N. but withal, with ſuch dark
weather, that we were forced to take in our top-fails. The
night was ſomething rainy, and the weather, this mor-
ning calm and rainy. About ten we had a ſmall breeze at
N. W. We reckoned a N. by E. way, and by the ſame ſix-
teen leagues. The afternoon of this day was calm and
ſtill.
December

Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
weather.
December the 22d. We had a fair and clear night the
laſt paſt, which produced this day a ſmooth fea, and ex-
Extream hot tream hot weather, and very little wind near the Sun; fo
that no obſervation was made.
December the 23d. The night was very fair. At mid-
night or thereabouts, a freſh gale ſprang up at S. E. and E.
S. E. which ſometime was E. This freſhned by degrees.
We had in the-day very hot and clear weather. By a
N. way I reckoned fifteen leagues.
December the 24.. Laſt night we had both a freſh
gale, and a clear night. The wind was at E. by S. We
reckoned a N. E. by E. way, and by it thirty one leagues.
Chriſtmas-day. Sunday, December the 25th. This day being Chriſt-
mas-day, for celebration of that great feſtival, we killed
yeſterday in the evening a low. This ſow we had brought
from the Gulf of Nicoya, being then a fucking pig of three
weeks old, more or leſs, but now weighed about four-
The weather fçore and ten pound. With this hogs-fleſh we made our
Chriſtmas-dinner, being the onely fleth we had eaten ever
fince we turned away our prizes under the Æquinoctial,
and left the Iſland of Plata. We had this day ſeveral flaws
of wind, and ſome rain' ; but the weather otherwiſe was
pretty clear. I reckoned a N. by E. way, and thirty three
leagues by the fame. It was now alſo extream hot wea-
ther, as we ſignified before.
December the 26th. We had this day ſeveral guſts of
wind, which forced us to ſtand by our top-fails. Yet
were they but very ſhort, and all the reft of the while we
enjoyed an indifferent freſh gale at E. and E. by S. We
reckoned a N. by E. way, and twenty eight leagues.
December the 27th. We had fair weather, and a freſh
wind at E. and E. by S. I reckoned a N. by E. way, and
upon the ſame thirty two leagues. The evening of this
day was cloudy.
December the 28. Laſt night was cloudy with a freſh
wind. We reckoned a N. E. way, and by the fame forty
fix leagues. We found by an obſervation made Lat.15
D.
extream bot.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, evc.
303
D. 30 S. My whole Eaſting I reckoned this day to be
eight hundred and twenty five leagues. Now we ſaw
much flying-fiſh, with ſome Dolphins, Bonito's, and Albi- Much füb feen.
cores; but they will not take the hook. oid
December the 29th. All laſt night was cloudy, with a
freſh wind between E. and E. S. E. The weather all the
afternoon was haſey. I reckoned a N. by E. way, and
hereupon forty leagues and one third. In the afternoon
we had a S. E. by E. wind, which blew very freſh. The
evening was clear. At Sunſet I found variation to N. W. Variation.
04 D. 19.
So sienos bal
December the zoth. The night paft was cloudy. To-
wards morning the wind came about at E. At fix it
came E. S. E. and at ten to S. E. by S. We made a N. by
E. way, and forty three leagues. By obſervation we found
Lat. 11 D. 03 S. The evening of this day was clear. linh
December the 31ſt. We had a cloudy night the laſt
paſt, but the morning was haſey. We came now, to a-HAN
ſtrict allowance of onely three good pints of water each
ogni sto
day. We made a N. by E. way, and found Lat. by. obfer-
vation 08 D. 55 S. In the afternoon we had an E. S. E.
and S. E. by E. wind. My whole Eaſting I reckoned now
to be eight hundred eighty four leagues and one third. At
noon we ſtood away N. W. w grooid A mon argniso in radius
- Sunday, January the firſt 1681. All the night paſt
was cloudy, as this day alſo with ſome fhowers of rain.
We made a N W.one eight N. way, and forty leagues.
In the afternoon came about a freſh wind at S. E. and E.
S. E. doldstev arw bniw on and
Fanuary the 2d. The weather this day was both dull
and cloudy. We reckoned à NJ W. one quarter N. way,
and by the ſame thirty two leagues. By obſervation we
found, that our Lat. now wás 06 D. 6 S. The wind came
pretty freſh at S. Este er ol
erholding bansa beri
January the 3d. We had ſeveral ſqualis of wind, and
fome rain. But, withal a freſh wind at S. E. and E.S. E.
Our reckoning was a N. W. one quarter N. way, and thira
ty

204
a Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
ty four leagues. The afternoon was clear, but the en
vening cloudy. 2003 lovit 010
- January the 4th. All the night paſt was very cloudy;
but this forenoon it cleared up. Yefterday we put a-
broad our main-top-fail, ſtudden-fails; but took them in
at night. At four this morning we ſet our larboard ſtud-
den-fail, and before noon fitted up top-gallant maſts, and
yard. We made a N. W. way, and by it forty leagues and
two thirds. By obſervation we had now Lat. 03 D. og
away S. This afternoon alſo, we fet our top-gallant-fail, being
forced to make out all its running rigging. The wind
was pretty freſh at S. E. and S.E. by E.
di Fanuary the 5th. Moſt part of the night paſt was
clear, and ſtar-light, though with fome rain towards the
Imorning. This being come, we put out our top-gallant-
fail, and both our top-rail
, ſtudden-lails. At noon like-
wiſe, we put up our fore-top-gallant maſts, and yard. We
A buge Albi- caught an Albicore, this day, weighing about one hun-
core takén.
dred and twenty pound weiglit
. The wind was at S. E.
by S. and S. S. E. We made a N. W.way, and reckoned
thereby thirty five leagues. By obſervation we found
Lat. 02 D.03 S. We had now mighty hot weather.
A Fanuary the 6th. Yeſterday in the evening, we
Another Small caught another Albicore which weighed onely eight or
nine pound weight. We made a N. W. way, and reckon-
ed thirty five leagues, as before. Now by an obſervation
made, we could perceive onely Lat. coo D.49 S. The e-
vening of this day was very clear. omto noontos ott
Fanuary the 7th. The wind was variable between S.
S. E. and S. S. W. though not altogether fo freſh as before.
Our reckoning was a N. W. bone quarter N. way, and
thirty fix leagues by the fame.w.This day an obſervation
They paß the gave us Lat.oo D. 32 N. of the Aquinoctial, which now
Aquinoctial.
we had paſſed again. In the afternoon of this day we
An Albicore of caught another Albicore which weighed more than the
firſt we took; that is, between one hundred thirty five,
and one hundred and forty pound. But little wind ſtir-
ring this afternoon,
Fanuary
onl.
1351.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 205
Or
Stw Sm
ABONOS "OSIN
nostri
January the 8th. This evening laſt paſt
, we had' little
better than a calm. At nine this morning, we had a freſh
wind at S.S. E. with dark weather, ſo that we thought it
convenient, to take in our main-top-ſail
. But, at noon
we ſet it again, and alſo, our larboard top-ſtudden-fail with
both top-gallant-ſails. We made a N. W. way, and by it
thirty four leagues. By an obſervation made we found
Lat. OI D. 55 N. We had now extream hot weather, and
"a very ſmall allowance of water.
January the 9th. Laſt night we took in top-fails all
night, the wind then whiffling between S. and W. points.
We had nowithſtanding, for the moſt part very little wind.
The morning of this day was rainy, and thereupon, with
good diligence, we ſaved a bompkin of water. There was
now a great ripling ſea, rifing very high; and it is repor-
ted, that ſometimes and ſomewhere hereabouts, is to be
ſeen an enchanted Iſland; which others ſay,and dare aſſert, Ax enchantedt
that they have failed over. I reckoned a N. W. by N. one
Iſland.
quarter N. way, and twenty five leagues. This afternoon
we had very dark and calm weather, looking, as if we
ſhould have much rain. Now, reckoning up my meridi-
an I found my ſelf E. from my departure, ſeven hundred
and two leagues. In the evening we had very rainy wea-
ther and a cockling ſea.
January the roth. All the night paſt was cloudy. A-
bout midnight ſprang up a ſmall
breeze varying all round and
the compaſs. At five this morning we had a breeze at S.
E. and a very clear sky, which afterwards continued to
frefhen, with the ſame clearnefs as before. We made a N.
W. by N. one quarter N. way, and by the ſame two leagues is
and two thirds. By a clear obfervation we had now Lat.
03 D. 16 N. At four this evening the wind was at E. S.
E. the weather being violent hot; in ſo much, that our al-
lowance of water was tedious unto us for its ſhortneſs.
At the ſame time we had an indifferent ſmooth ſea from
the E
January the rith. All the night paſt we had little or
Еe
no

206
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
way, as
variation.
This
no wiod. But about two in the morning, the wind freſh-
ned again at E. N. E. and brought both a clear and hot day.
We made twenty three leagues by a N W.one quarter W.
This days obſervation gave us Lat. 04 D. 06. N.
In the afternoon we had a ſhower of rain; and afterward
a freſh wind at E. N. E. But the evening grew dull.
January the 12th. In the night paſt we had two or
three ſqualls of wind, and ſome ſhowers of rain. In the
mean while the wind blew freſh at N. E. and N. E. by E.
as it alſo continued to do in the day. Ireckoned a N. W.
way, and forty four leagues and one third. Our obſerva.
tion this day gave us 05 D. 49. N. Yeſterday and to day
we ſet our main-top-ſail. Now, I could not finde much
Little or no variation of the needle.
1 January the 1,30h. We had a freſh gale all the laſt night,
but
more Northerty than before ; for now it was N. E. by
N. We reckoned a W. N. W. way, and thereupon
a hall leagues and two thirds. An obſervation taken ſhewed us
Lat. 06 D.41 N. We had a N.N.E. ſea and
weather.
ergoloo! Yilang isboabe
Januarythe 14th. We had a clear night the laſt
, and a
freſh wind at ENE. We made a N. W. one fifth W.
way, and thirty eight leaguess By obſervation we found
Lat. 07 D. 46 N.
We had a ſmooth fea; and now we
some, to onely, flaree horns of water a day
Their allow- made in all but a quart allowance for each man. The e-
ance ſhortned. vening was clear, and we had a freſh wind.
Sunday, January the 15th. The night paſt was clear,
and the wind freſh at E.N.E, and again at N E. by E. very
One of their frethe1 About eleven of the clock at night, dyed one of
men dyeth. our companions, named William Stephens. It was com-
monly believed that he poyſoned himſelf with Manzanil.
la in Gelfo dulce, for he never had been in health ſince that
four leagues and a N. W. way. An obſervation
gave us
this day 090.18N. All the laſt night we kept out our top-
gallant-fails. We saw hereabouts, many flying-fih being
Very clear
, which
were come to
asv
very

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, evc.
807
ſelf now,
,
very large in fize. This morning alſo, we threw over i
board our dead man, and gave him two French volly's and States
one Engliſh one. I found now again very fmall variationslib siit tudtorid
January the i Stha We had a clear, night, and a very
freſh wind at N. E. and E. N. E. with a long homeingiſeau
My reckoning was a N. W.one ſeventh W. way, and there
by forty eight leagues and one third. The obſervations -vid 2:1) kg 103
made this day gave us Lat, Jo Dri48 No I reckoned myts - vids mob
Eaft from my departure five hundred fifty three
leagues. We had a cloudy evening, ogrel risvs) vrot be
January the 17th. All the night paſt we enjoyed a
freſh wind, and ſo this day alſo, at N. E. by N. We made
a N.W. half W. way, and thereupon forty ſeven leagües
and one third of a league. By obſervation we found Latout
12 D. 19 N. We had now a long North fea. At noon
this day we ſteered away N. N.W. The day was very
hot, but the night both cool and dewy.
Fanuary the 18th. All the night paſt was both cloudy
and windy. At fix this morning our ſprit-fail-top-mált
broke, I reckoned a W. N. W. way, and forty cight
leagues by the ſame. We found by obſervation Late 135
D. 12 N. At noon we ſteered away W. the wind being
th clear evening
January the 19th. We had a clear night the laſt
, and a
freſh wind at E. N. E. which fometimes came in puſhes:18
Our reckoning was a W. half Southerly
way, and by the I
fame forty fix leagues. We found by obſervation Lat. 13
D. or N. Yeſterday in the evening we put up a new
ſprit-fail-top-maſt; with a fine ſmooth gale at N. E. by E.
January the 20th The night paſt was clear, and not
very freſh; but at day-break it freſhened again. Laſt night
we ſaw a great ſhoal of fifh ; whereof we caught none, by Sigets
reaſon the Porpuſies frightened them from us, as they oft-
times had done before. Yeſterday in the evening alſo, we
ſaw a Man of War-Fowl, and that gave us good hopes we A Man of War-
ſhould er’e long fee land. Theſe hopes, and the great de- Fowl.
fires we had to end our voyage; gave us occaſion this day
at , a
Ee 2
to

208
gue Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Seeth land.
to put in, or ftake down, each man of our company a
A reward to piece of eight for a reward unto him, that ſhould firſt
bim that first diſcover land. We reckoned a W. one fixth Northerly
way, and by it thirty eight leagues. An obfervation gave
us this day Lat. 13 D. IIN. The wind was at N. E. and
E. N. E. This day we paſſed over many riplings, and
Porpaffes hin- alſo ſaw many multitudes of fiſh; but the Porpuſſes did
der their fib- always hinder us of having any good of them.
ing
On January the 21ſt. We made a W.way, and reckon-
ed forty ſeven leagues. By obſervation we found Lat.13
D.07 N. The wind was at E. N. E, and from thence
came a long ſea. The evening was very clear.
Fanuary the 22d. We had a fair and a clear day, the
wind being at E. We reckoned a W. by N. one third W.
way, and forty leagues. An obſervation ſkewed us Lat.
13 D. 17 N. We had a clear evening, and a freſh wind at
E. N.E.
January, the 2 zd. This day was both clear and hor,
with a freſh wind at E. N. E. My reckoning was a W.
way, and forty fix leagues. Our obfervation made this
day afforded us Lat. 13.D. 15 N. In the evening we had
fome rain..
January the 24th. This day brought us likewife clear
weather, ſuch as the day before. I reckoned a W. way,
and forty leagues and one third. By obſervation we found
Lat. 13 D. 12. N. The afternoon was cloudy, and had
ſome rain, the wind freſhning at E.N.E. and at E. by N. I
reckoned now, that I was Eaſt from my departure three
hundred and eleven leagues. We had a cloudy evening.
January the 25th. Both laſt night and this morning
the weather was cloudy. This morning we faw ſeveral
Tropick - birds Tropick-birds of divers ſorts. Our reckoning was a W.
feer.
three quarters N.way, and forty three leagues. We found
by obſervation Lat. 13 D. 29 N. This afternoon we faw.
A Booby ſeen: a Booby flying clofe aboard the Horiſon. The weather
They look ont was haſey. But now we began to look out ſharp on all
Barp for land. fides for land, expecting to fee it every minute. I reckon-
120.1.
ed

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
200
ed my ſelf to be Eaſtward of my departure two hundred
fixty eight leagues.
January the 26th. The night laft paſt was indifferent
clear. Yet notwithſtanding, this morning we had a ſmart
flower of rain, and it was very windy. Hereupon we
furled our ſprit-fail, the weather being very haſey to the
Weſtward. We reckoned a W. way, and thereby forty ſix
leagues and one third. By obſervation taken we found
Lat. 13 D. 17.N. At noon this day, we had a very
fierce Tornado, and rain together; but withal, a clear af- A fierte Ternda
ternoon. We had a high E. N. E. fea; and ſaw multi- do.
tudes of flying-fiſh, alſo ſeveral fowls, and amongſt theſe,
two or three Booby's. The evening was haſey.
January the 27th. All night paſt we had a freſh wind,
and clear weather. This morning our fore-top-maſt
back-ſtay gave way, and at day-break, the ſtar-board-theet
of our fore-top-fail brake. We had feveral Tornado's this
day, and dark weather. Our reckoning was a W. way,
and forty eight leagues by the ſame. We had a clear e-
vening, and a dark night. This day alſo a certain bird,
called a Noddy, came on board us, which we cook for a A Noddy como
certain token that we were not, now very far from land. etl aboards
Saturday, January the 28th. We had a very clear
night the laſt paft. About an hour before day one of our
company happened to deſcry land, which proved to be the They deſcry the
Illand of Barbado's, at S.S. W. from us, and at two leagues and of Bar-
.
and an half diſtance, more or leſs. Hereupon we clapt on
a wind, N. and by W. At day-break we were onely four
leagues diſtant from Chalky-Mount, at which time we ſtood
S. W. by S. As we failed we ſaw ſeveral fhips at anchor
in Spikes-Road. Soon after a Shalop paſſed by, between
us and the ſhoar, but would not come within call of us.
Hereupon we ſtood in, within a mile of the ſhore ; and
made a wiff unto a Pinnace which we ſaw coming out of
the road aforementioned. She came cloſe aboard us, and
as it fhould ſeem, was the Barge of one of his Majeſties
Frigats, the Richmond then lying at the Bridge - town at They are afraid
anchor, mond-Frigar.
a

Bucaniers of America.
Part iv.
go.
anchor. "They told us of a peace at home, but would not
come on board us, though often invited thereunto. Nei-
ther dared we be ſo bold, as to put in there at Barbado's ;
for hearing of a Frigat lying there, we feared leaſt the ſaid
Frigat ſhould ſeize us for Privateers, and for having acted
in all our voyage without Commiſſion. Thus we ftood
They bear 4- away from thence for the Iſland of Antego.
so ay for Ante-
Here I cannot eaſily expreſs the infinit joy we were
poſſeſſed withal, this day to ſee our own country-men a-
gain. They told us that a fhip, which we ſaw in the
offing to leward of the Illand, was a Briſtol-man, and an
Interloper; but, we feared that ſame veſſel, to be the
Frigat aforementioned. I reckoned a way of twenty five
leagues. So that I was now by my account, to Eaſtward
of my departure one hundred fifty one leagues. Now we
ſtood N. by W. and by obſervation found Lat. 13 D. 17
N. we being then N. W. from the body of the Mand of
Barbado's, between ſeven and eight leagues. This after-
They give li- noon we freed the Negro who was our fhooemaker by
berty to a Ne- his trade, giving him his liberty for the good ſervice he had
done us in all the courſe of this voyage. We gave alſo
unto our good commander Captain Sharp, a Mulato boy,
as a free gift of the whole company, for to wait upon him,
in token of the reſpects we all were owing unto him, for
the ſafety of our conduct through ſo many dangerous ad-
This being done, we fhared ſome ſmall parcels
of money, that had not as yet been touched of our former
Ibe taft divi- prizes; and this dividend amounted unto twenty four
pieces of eight each man.
At one of the clock this day, from our fore-yard we de-
Ifand of San- ſeryed the Mand of Santa Lucia, being one of the Weſtern
Inands, not far diftant from that of Barbados. I had c-
mitted to tell a pailage which happened in our ſhip, on
Thurſday laſt, which was the 26th day of this Month, and
juft two days before we made the Iſland aforementioned
A Dag ſold fox of Barbados. On that day therefore a little Spaniſh ſhock-
Dog, which we had found in our laſt Wine-prize, taken
under
690.
ventures.
dend made
& Lucia

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
nica.
under the Æquinoctial, and had kept alive till now, was
fold at the maſt by publick cry, for forty pieces of eight,
his owner ſaying that all he could get for him ſhould be
fpent upon the company at a publick merriment. Our
commander Captain Sharp bought the Dog, with intenti-
on to eat him, in caſe we did not ſee land very ſoon. This
money therefore, with one hundred pieces of eight more,
which our Boatſwain, Carpinter and Quartermaſter had
refuſed to take at this laſt dividend, for ſome quarrel they
had againſt the ſharers thereof; was all laid up in ſtore
till we came to land, to the intent of ſpending it alhore, at
a common feaſt, or drinking bout. At Sunſet the Iſland
of Santa Lucia bore W. S. W. from us, and was at ten
leagues diſtance. Alſo the Iſland of Martinica bore N. W. He of Martie -
by W. of us at twelve or thirteen leagues diſtance. We
had this day a very clear evening.
Sunday, January the 29th. We had a clear night and
a freſh wind at E. by N. and at E.N.E. Our reckoning
was a N. N. W. half W. way, and hereby forty ſix leagues.
By obſervation we took Lat. 15 D. 46 N. At noon this
day we ſaw the Iſland named la Defeada, or the Deſired I- la Deffeada:
land, which then bore N. W. from us, and ſeemed to be
at eight leagues diſtance more or leſs. At fix of the clock
in the evening, we ſaw likewiſe Marigalanta, another of Marigalanta.
the Cariby Inands, at S.W. by W. from us, and that of
Guadalupe, ſtreaking it ſelf in ſeveral hammocks of land, Guadalupe.
both Weſtward and Northward : as alſo la Deſſeada above-
mentioned at S. E, which from thence ſhoweth like table-
land, and at each end hath a low point running out. At
fix this evening it was W. S. W. and at five or fix leagues
diſtance from us. At the ſame time we faw the Iſland of
Monſerrate, at a great diſtance from our ſhip; and making Monferrate.
three round hammocks cloſe together. This evening
likewiſe, we caught an Albicore of twenty pound weight.
Munday, January the 3oth. We had a fair niglit all
the laſt paſt, and a freſh wind. Hereupon, all night we
halled up our main-fail in brails, ſtanding at the ſame time
N

Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
N. by W. with the wind at E.N.E. At midnight we
ſtood N. W. At three in the morning we lay by until
five. Then we ſtood away W. N. W. until fix; and at
that hour we ſtood W. At eight of the clock we ſaw the
be Antigua. Ihand of la Antigua, called by us Antego, to the Southward
of us, making three round hammocks of land, and a long
high hill to Northwd. Hereupon, we ſtood W. S.W.
for it. At noon we found Lat. 17 D. N. the Iſland being
then juſt W. from us.
We came about to th:S. of the Iſland, and ſent a Canoa
on ſhore,for to get Tobacco, and other neceſſaries that we
wanted; as alſo to ask leave of the Governour to come in-
to the Port. The Gentry of the place and common peo-
ple, were very willing and deſirous to receive us. But on
Wedneſday, February the firſt, the Governour flatly deny-
ed us entry; at which all the Gentry were much greived,
and thewed themſelves very kind unto us. Hereupon
They give -- we agreed among our felves, to give away, and leave the
way the ſhip. Thip unto them of our company, who had no money left
them of all their purchaſe in this Voyage, having loſt it
And diſperse. all at play; and then to divide our felves into two Ships,
which were now bound for England. Thus Imý felf, and
thirteen more of our company, went on board Captain
Robert Porteen his ſhip, called the Lisbon Merchant, and
ſet fail-from la Antigua on February the eleventh, and lan-
with ded at Dartmouth in England, March the 26th, Anno 1682.
FINIS.

SITAT
bid
so sdt osvatos toinen
1.
Ato shTHE 20T) snobren A
lite 90
Ts
adto sul
2'' x 1
not tooth vertit
To the Second Volum bo's
STI
u OF THE
OF THE 50. I no dich
BUCANIERS
A.
Lbicores, a ſort of fiſh ſo called by the Spaniards, 47,
А
203. An huge one taken, 204. Another taken of
one hundred and thirty five pound weight,
ibid.
Alexander (John) one of the Bucaniers, and a Scotchman,
drowned at the Gulf of Nicoya,
145
Captain Alleſton, a Commmander among the Bucaniers : his
Forces, p. 2. He is left to guard the fhips, rode 4
Captain Alonſo, a Spaniſh Officer, killed by the Bucaniers,
Top 5 25 164
Ahorcados, two rocks ſo called, nigh the Iſland of Solango,
167
Anchova's, huge ſhoals of them,
103
Captain Andræas, a chief Commander among the Indians :
'he conducteth the Bucaniers to the Golden Iſland, 3. He
embarketh with them for Santa Maria, 8. He returneth
home with the King of Darien from Panama,
35
Captain Antonio, a man of great parts, and a chief Commare
der among the Indians of Darien, 5. He joyneth the Bu-
caniers, and perſwadeth them to undertake the fourney of
Santa Maria, ibid. He returneth home from before Pa-
nama,
35
Ff
Anti-

The TABLE.
109
143
Antigua, alias Antego, one of the Caribe Iſlands, 212. Its
Governour denieth entry to the Bucaniers,
ibid.
Argandona (Don Tomas) Commander of a Spaniſh Veſſel,
taken before Guayaquil, 81. He is ſet at liberty,
Arequipa, an Engliſh Gentleman inhabitant thereof, and mara
ried there, fought the Bucaniers at Hilo,
Arica, deſigned upon by the Bucaniers, 53. Being arrived
there, they dare not to land, 93. is deſigned upon the le-
cond time, 126. its Governour is Proprietor of Yqueque,
129. The Town aſſaulted and taken, but the Fort ſian-
deth out, 130, &c. A deſcription of its Coaſt, and ſcitu-
ation, 136. Some account of the place,
135
Alligators, their bigneſs and nature,
43
Armadilla of Panama deſtroyed by the Bucaniers, 27. De-
ſcription of that bloudy fight, ibid. &c. Three Armadil-
la-barks ſent to keep the mouth of the River of Santa Ma-
ria, for fear of the Bucaniers,
145
Captain Affientos his brother killed by the Bucaniers,
164
yigurbog svih
B.
Don Baltazar, a Gentleman of Quality, taken in a Vefſel be-
fore Guayaquil, 82. He is ſet at liberty,
109
Barahona (Don Jacinto) Admiral of the Armadilla of Pana-
ma, 28. He is killed in the engagement, inol 30
Barbadas Iſland deſcryed by the Bucaniers, being the firſt
land they ſaw,
Barbacoa, a part of the Continent of America, in the South
Sea,
olt's incogardeno 49
Barcos de la Armadila, 27. Two of them taken by the Bu-
caniers pli bl a softsinaast du ibid. &c.
Barco de aviſo, or a Packet-boat, taken by the Bucaniers, 161
Bark-logs, 70. Their uſe, teine to
Beafero, or rather Viviero, a Negrc-boy, whoſe leg was cut
- öff at Sea, dyeth, contohnston 199
Boca del Toro, the place of the general rendezvous of the
Bucaniers;
209
78
I
Boni-

The TABLE.
Bonitos, a fort of fiſh ſo called, 47. many caught, 141, 142
feen,
203.
Booby, a bird ſo called ſeen at Sea, being a token of land nigh
at hand,
Sus 208
Captain Bournano , a French Commander ; his forces; bis
attempts on a place called Chepo : be tampereth with the
Indians of Darien, 2. He leaveth the Bucaniers, and
why,
3
Bucaniers, they land on Darien, being in all three hundred
and thirty one men: their march towards Santa Maria,
4. Their Arms and proviſions, ibid. Four of their number
tire, and return to the ſhips, 5. Difficulties of this march,
ibid. &c. They are jealous of the Indians,yet without cauſe,
9. They take the Town and Fort of Santa Maria, Io. They
find little purchaſe there, the Gold being conveyed away,
ibid. They reſolve to go for Panama, 12. Are deſerted
by the Indians, excepting the chief Commanders of them.
Are encouraged by a Spaniard, who promiſeth to guide
them Safely, ibid. They take two Barks by the way, 24.
Item, ſeveral priſoners (whom they kill in cold blood) as
alſo a Peragua at Chepillo, 25, 26. They engage the Ar-
madilla of Panama, and deſtroy it by a fierce and bloody
fight, 27, &c. They block up Panama by Sea, and take
ſeveral Veſſels before the Town, 31. They go to the Iſle
of Tavoga, where they take other prizes, 36. Thence to
Otoque, and Cayboa, 38, 39. They are repulſed from
Puebla Nueba, 41. They take here one Veſſel, and deſtroy
two more,42. Are deſerted by many of their company, 43.
They careen at Gorgona, and alter their Veſel, 49, &c.
They loſe a ſhip of their company, and find her again, 55,
62. They deſign to plunder Arica, 54. Eight of their com-
pany loft at the Iſle of Gallo, 75. They take a prize off of
Guayaquil
, 72. Their cruelty towards a Spaniſh Fryer,
75. They arrive at Arica, but dare not land. 92. Hence
they bare away for Hilo: take the place : plunder and de-
ſtroy a Sugar-work : are cheated by the Spaniards; and
at laſt forced to retire with little or no pillage, &c. They
Ff 2

The TABLE.
arrive at Coquimbo, take the City of la Serena; plux-
der it, and are forced again to retire without any conſide-
rable purchaſe, 104, &c. Multitudes of dangers they
were in at the Iſle of Juan Fernandez, 116, &c. They
niutiny among themſelves, and chooſe a new Commander,
120. They out-brave three Spaniſh men of war, and give
them the go-by, 122. Their cruelty towards an old man at
Y queque, 128. They attempt Arica the ſecond time,
126. Are beaten out of the Town, yet make a bold re-
treat, 132, &c. They reſolve to go
home over-land, 1375
They land at Guaſco, 139. They jurprize Hilo the ſecond
time, 142. They mutiny again among themſelves, 140.
They go to the Gulf of Nicoya, where they take down the
decks of their fhip, and hereby mend its Jayling, 140, &c.
Forty Seven of their Companions leave them, and go bome
over-land, 141. They take ſome priſoners and two Barks
at the Gulf of Nicoya, 144. They careen at Golfo Dulce
and reſolve to go and cruize under the Æquinoctial, 150,
156. They take there ſeveral prizes, 158, &c. eſpeci.
ally one very rich, 162. They are in danger of being maf-
facred by their own ſlaves, 165. They attempt the fur-
prizal of Paita, but în vain, 168, &c. They ſtand away
for the Streights of Magallanes, 170. They arrive at a
place incognito, which they call the Duke of Torks Iſlands,
and are in great dangen of being lost at their arrival,
178. They run many other dangers in the ſaid place by
ſtreſs of weather, ibid. &c. Some of them reſolve to ſhoot
Captain Sharp on Chriſtmas-day, 198. They arrive at
Barbadas, but dare not put in there for fear of the Rich-
mond-Frigat,209. They bare away for Antego,and arrive
at the ſaid Iſland, 2. 12. They give away, their ſhip to the
pooreſt of their company, and diſperſe for ſeveral places,
212. Some of them arrive in England,
ibid.
Ma Ball, one of the Bucaniers, killed,
25
Mr. Bullock, one of the Bucaniers, and a Surgeon, made pri-
Yoner at Arica, and derained there by the Spaniards, 163
lesynligion to oltre i susrettisorot AB)
Cab-

The TABLE.
122
142
113
Cape Paſſao,
61
C.
Cabbage-trées,
Cacao-nut, whereof Chocolate is made, the beſt ſort, 71.
Cacao-trees in great plenty at the Iſle of Cano,
Caldero, a Port of this name in the Gulf of Nicoya, 143
Calms, very great, and where,
68
Camarones, a river of this name nigh Yqueque, 13
Cammock (William), one of the Bucaniers, dyeth
Cannis, a Dutchman, Interpreter to the Bucaniers, 95. He
runneth away to the Enemy,
147
Canoas, none about Guayaquil,
70
Cano,an Iſland of this name : its latitude and appearance at
Sea, 143. Some account thereof,
142
Cape of San Francisco,
58,160
51,161, 164
Cape St. Lawrence,
Cape Blanco, 77, 149. New Cape Blanco, a place focal
led,
147
Carabaxal (Don Diego) one of the Commanders of the Spa-
niſh Armadilla, 28. He eſcapeth from the fight, 29
Carpenters (Spaniſh) do the Bucaniers good ſervice at the
Gulf of Nicoya, and are rewarded by them, 146
Cavallo, a place ſo called in the Gulf of Nicoya. 145
Cayboa, an Iſland famous for the fiſhery of Pearl, 39. its
fcituation, ibid. Some account thereof,
43
Chandy, or Chanduy, a Point ſo called, 71,167
Chappel (James) one of the Bucaniers, with whom the Aus
thor fought a Duel, at the Iſle of Plate,
165
Santa Clara, a place ſo named, where a rich Veſſel was caſt
away,
167
Chepillo, an Iſland nigh Panama, where the Bucaniers meet,
25. They take there ſeveral priſoners, and a Peragua,
25,26
Chira, au Iſland of this name, in the Gulf of Nicoya,
144, 146
Chocolate, much uſed by the Bucaniers,
Chriſtmas-day folemnized by the Bucaniers, 116, 202
Don
100

The TABLE.
ΙΟΙ
Don Chriſtoval, a perſon of Quality, taken before Guaya-
quil, 82. He is ſet at liberty,
109
Comet, one ſeen and obſerved, with what followed,
Coaſts very deep,
55
Colan, a Town of this name, its deſcription, 170, 171
Cold, in extremity, whereabouts the Bucaniers experimented
it,
193
Cockles as large as two fifts, 146. like unto thoſe in Eng-
land,
192
Captain Cook, a Commander among the Bucaniers : his Fora
ces, 2. What party he led at their firſt landing, 4. He
is put into a Veſſel taken at Puebla Nueba ; but ſoon quit-
teth that Command, 44. is put into irons, and where-
fore,
Cook (William) ſervant unto Captain Cook, dieth, 137.
He accuſeth his Maſter of ſeveral Crimes,
ibid.
Copper-furnaces and Mines,
138
Coquimbo-Bay, 103. its deſcription and topography, III
Coves, or Cuevas, what they are,
Cox (Captain John) one of the Bucaniers, is put into a Vef-
ſel taken at Puebla Nueba,44. His Veſſel is Junk by order,
76. He is ſent to parly with the Enemy at Hilo,
95
Cox's River,
Captain Coxon ſetteth forth towards Darien, 1. His forces,
2. What party he led at the firſt landing, 4. He is cho-
ſen to be chief Commander of the Bucaniers, 12. He ena
gageth a Spaniſh Bark, but miſſeth of his deſign, 25. is
branded with cowardize, 35. He mutineth, and retur-
neth home, with many more over-land,
ibid.
ΙΣΙ
2
188
D.
Darien,a Province of America,whoſe Indian King meeteth the
Bucaniers : his hábit and attire: as alſo the of Queen, 6,7.
The women free, airy, and brisk, ibid. The Indians of this
Country can tell no farther than twenty, 8. They wage al-
moſt continual Wars againſt the Spaniards, 2. Wherea-
bouts is the place of their general rendezvous in the ſaid
Wars,

The TABLE.
153
Wars, 9. The Kings Daughter redeemed by the Engliſh
at Santa Maria, 12. Cruelty of the Indians againſt the Spa-
niards, ibid. They deſert the Bucaniers, ibid. Are forced
to a Peace with the Spaniards by a Stratagem contrived in
the Name of the Engliſh,
Drake (Sir Francis) fome memoires of him, 63. Hedi-
vided the Plate by whole bowls unto his Company, and
threw much over-board, idid. He built a Church at the
River Loa in the South Sea,
142
Deſſeada, one of the Caribe-Iſlands,
Dog, one ſold by the Bucaniers at the maſt for forty pieces of
eight,
Dolphins caught, 141. Seen at Sea with hopes of land,
202, 203
Duke of Yorks Iſlands, ſo called by the Bucaniers : an aca
count of them as far as they were ſearched, 178. &c.
Their draught
186
2II
210
E.
Earthquake, which hapned at the City of la Serena, while the
Bucaniers were there,
108
Eclipſe of the Sun obſerved, 84. What followed, ibid.
Embargo laid on all Spaniſh Veſſels in the South Sea., for -
fear of the Bucaniers, 76. it is taken off,
129
Enchanted Iſland,
205
Engliſh Gulf
, a place ſo named by the Bucaniers, its draught,
188
E
Farol, or Farollon, de Glantanos, an Iſland ſo called nigh
Panama, 24. The Bucaniers arrive there, and ſeize the
watchman of the Iſle,
ibid,
Fowls' very great ſeen at Sea, and where, 102, ſeen, again,
114. A ſtrange Sea-fowl like an Eagle,
18
Franciſco, a Negro, attempteth to make his eſcape, 154. He
is detained priſoner for this attempt,
159
Franciſco, an Indian, attempteth the ſame,
ibid.
Franciſco, a Biſcayner, and a Pilot of the South Sea, 163
Gal-

The TABLE.
G. RONAS
,
*Galapagos, an Iſland of the South Sea, where the Bucaniers
deſigned to careen, 48. Great currents and calms there-
abouts,
64
Gallo, an Iſland nigh Gorgona, its latitude and appearance
at Sea,
56
Grampuſſes,
53, 61, 199
Guayaquil, deſigned upon by Sawkins ; alſo by Captain
Sharp, 45. They change this reſolution, 53. An account
of the ſaid place,
71
Goat-key, a place ſo called,
74
Goats in vsuge quantity at the Iſle of Juan Fernandez, 116
Gold, whereabouts gathered in great quantity, 11,50,53,127
Golden Iſland, whereabouts ſcituated: the Bucaniers meet at
the ſaid place,
4.
Golfo Dulce, a draught thereof, 155. it is named King
Charles his Harbour, by Captain Sharp,
154
Gorgona Iſland, its latitude, ſcituation, appearance at Sea,
and deſcription, 50, 51, &c. its continual rains,
Gorgcnilla, another Iſland,
Gulf of San Miguel, 4, 15, 16. its ſmoothneſs of water,
Gulf of Ballona, 14. its deſcription, 20. How it lieth in re-
lation to the Bay of Panama,
40
Gulf of Nicoya, its deſcription, 148. The Bucaniers arrive
there, and ſearch it, 143. They take there ſome priſoners
and two barks,
144
Gulf of the Engliſh, or Engliſh Gulf, its draught and deſcripti-
Guadalupe, one of the Caribe-Iſlands, its appearance at Sea,
Guaſco its Point, 138. An account of this place, 139. De-
ſcription of its Port,
144
Guyones, a Cape ſo named, its latitude and appearance at
Sea,
150
H.
Captain Harris, a chief Commander among the Bucaniers, 2.
he led at their firſt landing upon Darien, 4.
He
di 49
56
18
on,
188
2II
What party

taken94
, .
154
136
The Town
The TABLE.
He taketh a Spaniſh Bark, 25. is killed in the engagement
before Panama,
32
The Sugar-work burnt, 97. The inhabitauts force the Bu-
caniers to retreat, ibid. What they got there, 98. The
place ſurprized and taken again,
142
Hernando, a Negro of this name, runneth away from the Bu-
caniers,
Houſes of Darien, how they are built, even neater than thoſe
at Jamaica,
I.
tuio 1990
Juan Fernandez, an Iſland of this name, its appearance at
Sea, defcription, and ſome account thereof, 115, &c. A
particular obſervation made there by the Author and o-
tbers,
ibid,
Juan Diaz, a River ſo called nigh Arica,
Captain Juan, a Spaniſh Commander, promiſeth to condułt the
Bucaniers to Guayaquil, 45. He is ſet at liberty, 109
Joſeph Gabriel, a Spaniard, dieth, 53. He promiſeth to de-
liver Panama into the hands of the Bucaniers, ibid.
10 sd
Iſlands of Ice,
codi Kotiv
192
Iſland enchanted,
205
K.
King of Darien goeth with the Bucaniers to take Panama, 13.
He promiſeth 50000 men to alift the Engliſh, ibid. He
returneth home from Panama,
35
King Golden-cap, Son unto the King of Darien, 13. He go-
eth with the Bucaniers on the expedition of Panama,ibid.
He rem rineth behind after his Father was returned home,
quina de MO 2909
35
King Charle’s his Harbour
154
King Charles the firſt of England aſſiſted by the Merchant s of
Lima,
L.
Land of San Tiago, da bom nad podlagd 8
linn MM
57
Land of San Matteo,
57
Land-fowls
, 88. ſeen ai Sea, yet no land, 193, 194
Land
SE331
Steel
63
Gg

The TAB LE.
210
Land ſeen, but not found, about the Latitude of 57, D. South,
191
Leaves of a certain nature, eaten by the Inhabitants of Yque-
que,
ou 128
Lapina, the Embarcadero of Guayaquil, rist of
71
Lima, its Merchants Send a ſhip laden with Plate unto the
King of England, 63. its Table uſed by the Author, 101.
Whereabouts the ſhip was lost,
167
Limpets in ſtrange quantities at the Duke of Yorks Iſlands,
180, &c. Limpet point,
BOIBOS 188
Loa, a River ſo called, 142. The Bucaniers could not find
it, ibid. A Church built there by Sir Francis Drake, ibid.
Lobos, an Iſland ſo called, or the Iſle of Seals, 140, 169
Lopez (Don Diego) Commander of el Santo Roſario, being
a rich prize taken under the Æquinoctial, 163. is killed
in the fight,
ibid.
Santa Lucia, an Iſle of this name, being one of the Weſtern I-
ſlands,
Lyons adore the Croſs at Tumbez, 2 medida
Lyon of the Sea, or a Sea-Lyon, its deſcription, and where
ſeen by the Author,
M.
Captain Mackett, a Commander among the Bucaniers ; his
forces, 2, He is left to guard the ſhips,
4
Magallan-Clouds, very famous among the Bucaniers,
85
Man-of-war-fowl, a Sea-fowl ſo called in the Weſt-India's
207
Manta, a Port and Town ſo called,
60, 61, 165
Manzanilla-tree, the effects of the drops falling from off the
leaves, 44. One of the Bucaniers poyſoned therewith, 206
Santa Maria, a Town fa called, with a Garriſon : is deſigned
upon by the Bucaniers: its fcituation, 4. is taken and
burnt,
IO, 14
Santa Martha, a Spaniſh Town taken by Captain Sawkins,
38. The Biſhop thereof made Biſhop of Panama.
Marigalanta, one of the Caribe Iſlands,
Martinica-Iſland, another of the Weſtern Iſles, ibid.
San
76
ΙΙΟ
211

The TABLE.
127
7,8
211
Bar
21
99
San Matteo its Bay, 158. Land of San Matteo,
57
Mero, a Point of land of this name, si bien mn op
168
Mexillones, a Bay ſo called,
142
Mines of Silver
very
rich, coral
San Miguel, the Gulf
ibid.
2 tot 80
Miſcelaw, how it is prepared,
Monte de Chriſto, its latitudea nd appearance at Sea, 61
Montgomery (Robert) one of the Bucaniers, dieth,
82
Monferrate, one of the Caribe-Iſlands, its appearance at Sea,
badirishna
Mora de Sama,
bo's 91,92
Moro de Horſe
, its appearance at Sea, Seri I von ico 141
Morro Moreno, its appearance at Sea,
ibid.
Mulato-boy, one given by the Bucaniers unto Captain Sharp
for to wait on him,
2
Mules fleſh eaten by the Bucaniers at Hilo,
Mufſeis in great quantities found at the Duke of Torks Iſlands,
180. Huge ones, 183. Thoſe Indians open them more rece
dily with their fingers, than we with knives, ibid.
Muſiel Point, 902 18712 June 2n nil
N.
Negro's, two of them make their eſcape, 154. More at-
tempt it, but are taken, oh
ibid.
Negro, a Shoomaker to the Bucaniers, ſet at liberty for his
good ſervice,
Needle, its variation obſerved by the Author, at ſeveral places
and times. 189, 192, 194, 198, 200, 203, 206
Nicoya, the Gulf.
Night, whereabouts the Bucaniers found none,
192
Noddy, a bird of this name ſeen at Sea, with hopes of ſeeing
land,
209
O.
Obſervation made by the Author, concerning the Navigation
about the latitude of 52 D. S. where the Needle varieth
194
Orſon, a name fo given to an Indian boy taken in the Engliſh
Gulf,
185
Gg 2
Oiſters
188
2IO
very much,
2011

The TABLE.
38, 40
II2
Oo 2010 e su
,
Oiſters very large and great at Cayboa,
44
Otoque, an iſland of the Bay of Panama,
P.
Paita, 77,78. The Bucaniers deſign upon the ſaid place,
168. Deſcription of its Bay and ſcituation, 191
Panama taken by Sir Henry Morgan, 1. Deſigned upon a-
new, 3. The Bucaniers arrive there, and block it up by
Sea, 27, &c. Deſcription of the preſent ſtate thereof, 33.
It hath been burnt three times within this few years, ibid.
its Bay deſcribed,
40
Pardela, a bird of this name,
II7
Paxaros, an Iſland ſo called ; its appearance at Sea,
deſcription,
190, 195
Plate Iſland, or Iſle of Plate, 55,62, 140, 165, 167
San Pedro, a Ship of this name, twice taken by the Bucaniers
in the ſpace of fourteen months,
158
Pena Horadada, a high and ſteep rock of this name near
DIT
Gut sot.
Paita,
169
Penguin, a Sea-fowl fo called, 181. Some account of them,
183
Penguin-ſhoal,
la viologico 188
Preſident of Panama, fendeth a meffage to the Bucaniers,
38. Their anſwer,
Tomo sutartoo: 2 m ibid.
Peter, an Indian boy, runneth away from the Bucaniers, 146
Peralta (Don Franciſco) a valiant Spaniſh Commander, 28.
His undaunted Courage in the engagement before Pana-
ma, 30. He highly commendeth the valour of the Engliſh,
32. He diſſwadeth the Bucaniers from attempting the ſhips
at Perico, 31. He giveth an account of the preſent ſtate
of Panama, 33. is removed from the Admiral,on board the
fhip of Mr. Cox, 45. He directeth the Bucaniers to the
Iſland of Gorgona, 49. He admireth the failings of the
Engliſh, 64. is taken frantick, but recovereth, 103. He
23 ſet at liberty
Perico, an Iſland before Panama, where the Bucaniers take
veral Veſels,
Philie
:
109
2.7. &c.

The T ABLE.
Philippinas Iſlands, how the Spaniards Sail unto them, 47
Pilots of the Spaniſh Nation, their ignorance,
63
Piura, an in-land City, unto which Paita ſerveth as a Port or
Embarcadero,
169
Point St. Helen,
69,167
Point Chandy, or Chanduy,
Point Parina,
Point of Mangroves, 57. its draught and deſcription, 65
Punta de Mero,
168
Punta de Hilo,
Punta Borrica, its latitude and appearance,
151
Punta Mula, a Point ſo called in Golfo Dulce, - 151, 155
Punta de San Lorenzo, 17. Onder it is a great ripling,
71,167
77,78
89,90
21
I
46
71
Puebla Nueba, a Town on the Continent, where Captain Saw-
kins was killed,
41
Puerto Velo taken the ſecond time,
Porpus, a white one ſeen, 147. Toung Porpuſſes, 196, 199.
They hinder the fiſhing of the Bucaniers,
208
Priſoners releaſed by the Bucaniers, 81. Others detained,
ibid.109
Q.
Quicara, its latitude and appearance at Sea,
Quito, a great City, unto which Guayaquil ſerveth for an
Embarcadero,
R.
Rains very continual, and almoſt inceſſant, at Gorgona, 49
Reflection of the white ſand very great at Hilo,
99
Richmond-Frigat hindreth the Bucaniers from landing at
the Iſle of Barbadas,
209
Mr. Ringroſe the Author embarketh on the River of Santa
Maria, 8. His misfortune going to Panama, 14, &c. He
is caſt away, 17. He ſaveth the lives of fox Spaniards,
19. is made priſoner by the ſame, but releaſed for his gene-
roſity, 21, 22. He overtaketh the reſt of the fleet, 23. He
putteth to flight one of the Veſſels of the Armadilla, 29.
He reſolveih to ſtay, and not go home over-land with the
defere

The TABLE.
212
deſertors, 43. He repenterh of this reſolution, and where-
fore, 49. He maketh Quadrants at Sea, 68, 176. He
is ſent down with a party of men from the City of la Serena
to the Bay of Coquimbo, 60. and returnerh, 108. is ſent
with a flag of truce to the enemy at Hilo, 95. His advice
is not followed, to the prejudice of that enterprize, 96. He
is in great danger of being caſt away in the Iſle of Juan Fer-
nandez, 117. is ſtrucken blind by a ſtrange accident, but
recovereth again, 153. He fighteth a Duel at the Iſle of
Plate, 165. He arriveth in England,
Rio de Juan Diaz, a River of this name,
92
Rockweed ſeen at Sea, yet no land,
195
Roſario, or el Santo Roſario, the name of a great Prize taken
under the Æquinoctial,
163, 164
Captain Row, a Commander among the Bucariers ; his for-
ces, 2. He leaveth the Bucaniers, and why,
3
S.
Salvador, an Indian ſlave dieth,
146
San Tiago, a River of this name,
159
San Tiago, a flave ſo named, ſhot in the water by Captain
Sharp, for plotting the deſtruction of the Bucaniers, 165
Captain Sawkins ſetteth forth towards Darien, 1. What
party he led at the firſt landing, 4. He leadeth the fora
"Zorn with fourſcore men, 7. He goeth to purſue them that
fled from Santa Maria, 12.
He behaveth himſelf very
couragiouſly in the engagement before Panama, 29. is
three times beaten off from the ſhip of Captain Peralta,
30. yet at laſt taketh him,ibid. He is choſen in chief, 36.
He took the Town of Santa Martha fome years ago, 38. is
complemented by the Biſhop of Panama, ibid. He is kil-
led before Puebla Nueba,
41
Captain Sharp ſetteth forth towards Darien; with what de-
Jign and forces, 1. What party he led at the firſt landing,
4.
He was then very faint and weak, ibid. He was abſent
at the engagement before Panama, 36. He taketh in his
abſence a Spaniſh bark, ibid. Is choſen in chief at Cayboa,
42. He taketh there three ſeveral Veſſels, ibid. Hede-
figneth

The TABLE.
210
of Plate,
140
figneth upon Guayaquil, 45. but changeth reſolution, 53:
He ſtriketh Tortoiſes very dexterouſly, 66. He is reme-
ved from his Command, Watling being choſen in his place,
120. His prophecy at Yqueque, ſeeing the cruelty of the
Bucaniers, 128. He is choſen in chief again, 133. He
maketh a bold retreat from Arica to the ſhip, 133. He
fhooteth in the water one of the ſlaves, who had
plotted the
deſtructiou of the Bucaniers, 165. He ſtriketh two Paxa-
ros Ninos, 19r. He diſcovereth and preventeth a Plot
againſt his life, 198. He buyeth a dog for forty pieces of
eight, with intention to eat him, 211. Is preſented with
a Mulato-boy from the reſt of the Company,
Slaves of the Bucaniers, they plot to maſſacre them at the Iſle
165
Snakes of buge bigneſs, 53: Water-Snakes,
61
Strawberriesvery large at la Serena,
105
Seals, 87. Huge quantities at the Iſle of Juan Fernandez,
116. Iſle of Seals,
Sea-graſs,
88
la Serena, a City ſo called, taken by the Bucaniers, 104. its
deſcription, 105,&c. The Town fired,
Shergal (Henry) one of the Bucaniers, drowned,
Shergal's River,
188
Stephens (Williamn) one of the Bucaniers, dyeth, 206
Silveſtre, 4 Negro of this name, runneth away from the Bu-
caniers,
Silla de Paita,
Captain Springer, one of the Bucaniers, 29. He putteth to
flight one of the Veſſels of the A.midilla,
ibid.
Solango,an Iſle of this name its lat, and appearance, 69,167
Sloath, an animal
ſo called, taken,
53
South-Sea, an obſervation made therein,
82
Snowy hills and mountains,
188
Sundays ordered to be kept among the Bucaniers,
Scurvy much troubleth the Bucamers,
99
T
Tavaga, a little Iſland before Panama , where the Buca-
niers
109
178
154
78,169
121

The TAB LE.
66,141
ma,
niers lay ſeveral days, and took ſeveral prizes, 36,&c.
Trinidad (La Santiſſima) or the Bleſſed Trinity, a ſhip ſo cal-
led taken before Panama, 32. He choſeth her for his chief
Veſel, 44. They take down her Round-koule, 54. And ber
decks, 140, &c. In this Veſel the Bucaniers came home,
212. They give her away to the pooreſt of the Company,
ibid.
Tocamora, a great and rich place, deſigned upon by the Buca-
niers, 2. They quit this deſign for another,
3
Tornados,
156, 195, 196, 209
Tortoiſes, the pleaſanteſt meat in the world, 2. Great quanti-
ties of them, and where,
Tropick-birds, ſo called,
208
Tucames
, a Port of this name ; its appearance at Sea, 158
Tumbes, the firſt place ſetled in the South Seas after Pana-
76
Thunder and lightning, very great at Cayboa,
45
Truxillo, a rich Veſſel of this place taken before Panama,
37
V.
Vanero, a place ſo called in the Gulf of Nicoya, 147
Variation of the Needle. See Needle.
Velas, a Port ſo called, its appearance at Sea, 150
Vice-Roy of Lima preſleth ſhips, and armeth them againſt the
Bucaniers, 73. Another new Vice-Roy dareth not ad-
venture up to Lima from Panama, in a fhip of twenty
five
guns, for fear of the Bucaniers, '160. He reſolveth to go
under the conduct of three ſail of ſhips, 161. He behead-
eth Admiral Ponce for not deſtroying the Bucaniers at
Gorgona.
167
Water-key, an Iſland ſo called,
Water ſnakes,
61, 87
Captain Watling choſen to command in chief, 120.
an old Privateer, ibid. He putteth Captain Cook in
irons, 121. He ordereth Sundays to be kept, ibid. is
daunted at the ſight of three Spaniſh men of war, 123. His
cruelty at Y queque, 128. He is ſlain at Arica, 132
Whales,
2
He was

The TABLE.
88, 192,199
Whales, 53. a ſign of land,
William, a Moſquito-Indian left behind at the Iſle of Juan
Fernandez, 122. He is found there, and taken priſoner
by the Spaniards,
159
Winds very inconſtant in ſome parts of the South-Sea,
47
Old Wives, a ſort of fiſh fo called,
47
Woman, one very beautiful taken in the Roſario, 163
Y.
Yqueque, an Iſland of this name : fome account thereof, 127
&c. Cuſtoms of the inhabitants,
ibid.
z.
Zamblas, certain Iſlands ſo called: whereabouts. they lie :
habit of the Indians of thoſe Iſles: their women fairer than
the faireſt of Europe : theſe can ſee in the dark better than
in the light, 2, 3. The natives diffwade the Bucaniers
from the deſign of Tocamora, 3. Great rains falling there,
binder ten ſail of Privateers
from landing, and going to the
South Sea,
154
Stor to bude na eno asennom
i bod polozovali boloistolsd tediosos e
LOVE bo odliciod 900 inom 32 ose
be
Sara FIN IS.
Boya
tots borobila Today
ben borst. 01 as voel ons vi
1907 to be
G
bono
s brood
watoto
borli dratyw grow
2017
Hh
BOOKS

TAT
tetto
Si oslob
darbus,
A Catalogue of BOOKS printed and ſold by
William Crooke Bookfeller, at the Sign of the
Green Dragon without Templerbar, nigh the
Paſſage into the Temple by Devereux-Court,
1685.
Terustad teadon 9000 Sam4sport
bidi
DIV INITYö mwal
BRO
Revis Demonſtratio, being the Truth of the Chriſtian Religia
Don, proved by Reaſon, 12°. price Bound 10 do
2. The Primitive Inſtitution, ſhewing the antiquity and uſefulneſs
of Catechiſing, together with his ſuitableneſs to heal the diſtempers
of the Church By L. Addison, D.D. and Dean of Litchfield.
Price I s. 6 de senuilib 29 si
3. A Sermon preacht at the Funeral of a ſober religious man,
found drown'd in a Pit. In 80. price Bound is
4. Mr. Howel's Vifitation-Sermon before the Biſhop of Chicheſter,
I
46. price 6 d.
5. Dr. Haſcards two Sermons, the one on the Fifth of Novem-
ber, the other before the Lord Mayor of London, both in 4
6. Mr. Manningham's two Sermons, one before the Lord Mayor,
the other at St. Maries in Oxford. In 4.°.
7. A Sermon preached at the Savoy-Church in French, and
ſince printed in French and Engliſka, 12•, price bound 8 do
8. A Modeſt Plea for the Clergy, wherein is conſidered the reaſons
why the Clergy are fo contemned and neglected. By L. A. D. D.
and Dean of Litchfield. Price I s. 6 d.
9. Hugo Grotius his Catechiſm, Greek, Latin, and Engliſh, with
a Praxis of all the Greek words therein contained. In 80 price
bound 2 s.
10. The Spirit of Prophecy, proving that Chriſt and his Apoſtles
were Prophets : written by the directions of, and recommended to
the Preſs,by the late Peter Gunning, then Lord Biſhop of Ely. In 8°
price 3 s.
11. The King-killing Doctrine of the Jeſuites, in a fincere diſcourſe
to the French King: written by a Roman Catholick. In 49 price
I S.
[31

DIVINITY
12. Juftifing Faith; or the Faith by which the Juk do live,
together with the excellency of the Common-Prayer-Book. In 8°
price bound 1 s.
lengigyan
*13. Mercy Triumphant, or the Kingdom of Chriſt enlarged be-
yond the narrow bounds which have been wont to be ſet to it. By
SITUS
Ed. Lane, M. Avand Reftor of Sparſhalt.
ORCA
14. Du Moulin's Refle&tions reverberated, being a full anſwer to the
damping Doctrine of Dr. Lewis du Moulin : alſo, a Confutation of
Edmond Hickeringill againſt the Ecclefiaftical Courts. By E.Lane, &c.
In 4º. 15.6 d.
15. A Diſcourſe about Confcience, relating to the preſent Dif-
ferences among us, in oppoſition to both extremes of Popery and
Fanaticiſm, In 49. price 6 do 100pm
rede
16. A Thankſgiving-Sermon for the Diſcovery of the late Fa-
natick Plot Septemb. 9. 1683. By Fohn Hariſon, D.D. Rector of
Pulborrow, 49
loca v.16
17. An Introduction to the Sacrament : or, a fhort, plain, and
fafe
way to the Communion-Table, being an Inftruction for the
worthy receiving the Lords Supper; Collected for, and familiarly
addreſſed to every particular Communicant. By L. Addiſon, D. D.
Deanjof Litchfield.
18. The Proteſtant Religion the ſafe way to Salvation : or, an
Anſwer to a Book enticuled, Mercy and Truth, or Charity maintained,
by Catholicks which pretend to prove the contrary ; together with
the Apoftolical Inſtitution of Epiſcopacy , as alſo nine Sermons on
fpecial occaſions. By William Chillingworth, M. A. of Oxford, the
fifth Edition 3 to which is now added Mr. Chillingworths Reaſons
againſt Popery, to perſwade Mr. L. to return to the Church of Eng-
land. In fol. price 14. 5.
- 19. The Caſe of Reſiſtance of Supreme Powers ſtated and re-
ſolved. By W. Sherlock, D. D.
20. A Continuation and Vindication of the Defence of Dr. Stile
ling fleet's Uureaſonableneſs of Separation, in Anſwer to Mr. Baxter
and Mr.Lobb, &c. with an Examination of Mr.Humphreys materials
for Union. | By W. Sherlork, D.D.
21. Primitive Chriſtianity : or, the Religion of the Antient
Chriſtians in the firſt Ages of the Goſpel. By W. Gave, D.D.
oil 22. The Hiſtory of the Charter-houſe, (being once a Carthufian
Order) ſetting out the Gift of Mr. Sutton in making it ſo famous
an Hoſpital, with all the Laws and Inſtitutions of it, &c. written
by Mr. Heiron of the ſaid Foundation. In 80.
1 23. Dr. Barrows two Sermons; the one at the Spittle in Eaſter,
the other a Paſſion-Sermon. In 8°.
Hh 2
24.

LAW. P
TH
24.
The Souls Communion with her Saviour: or, the Hiſtory of
our Lord Jeſus Chriſt, written by the four Evangeliſts: digeſted
into Devotional Meditations; 12°. price I s. 6 d.
25. Reſponſo Valedictoria ad ſecundum Sandii Epiftolam, &c. Per
Sam. Gardiner, S. T.D. In 8°: price I s. 6 d.
26. A Demonſtration of the Divine Authority of the Law of
Nature, and of the Chriſtian Rcligion, in two parts, by Sam. Par-
ker, D. D. in 4.
27. The Practiſe of Chriſtianity, in two parts. By Dr. Sherlock.
In 8º. price 5 s.
28. A Collection of private Devotions in the practice of the
ancient Church, called the hours of Prayer ; taken out of the Scri-
ptures, Fathers, &c. By Doctor Cozens late Biſhop of Durham,
12°. price 2 s.
107 26-
29. Robinſon's Annalium Mundi Univerſalium. Folio.
With other forts of Divinity Books.
LA W.
to UNICO 0:1 di we
brol grossiste
He Juriſdiction of the Authority of Court-Leets, Court-Ba-
rons, Court-Marſhalſea, &c. together with the moſt neceſſary
learning of Tenures, and all their Incidents of Effoyns, &c. with
the Return and Forms of ſeveral Original and Judicial Writs, now
in uſe, relating to Writs of Errour, Writs of falſe Judgment, and
other Proceedings of frequent ufe in the Courts of Weſtminſter, by
J. Kitchin of Grays-Inn Eſq; To which is added Brevia ſelecta, be-
ing a choice Collection of ſpecial Writs; the Fifth Edition, in 8a.
price 7 s.
2. Praxis Curie Admiralitatis Anglie, Author F.Clarke. In 12°
-3. haxis cum
3. The Reports of Sir Henry Hobart, Chief Juſtice of the Com-
mon-Pleas, folio, price 10 s.
4. The ſecond part of the Inſtitutes of the Laws of England, con-
taining the Expoſition of the Statutes. By Sir Edw. Coke, folio,
price 15 s.
The third Part of the Inſtitutes of the Laws of England, concer-
ning the Pleas of the Crown. By Sir Edw. Coke, folio, price 6 s.
6. The fourth Part of the Inſtitutes of the Laws of England, 000-
cerning the Juriſdiction of Courts. By Sir Edw. Coke, in folio,
SON
price 10 s.
zabto
7. The Law of charitable Uſes reviſed, and much enlarged, with
many Caſes in Law, both ancient and modern ; with the Readings
of Sir Francis Moor upon the Statute of the 43 of Eliz, digeſted by
G. Duke Eſq; folio.
nl.gomise omat s 2010 ods
13
8. Of

L A W.
8. Officina Brevium, ſelect and approved Forms of Judicial Writs,
and other Proceſs, with their Returns and Entries in the Court of
Common-Pleas; as alſo ſpecial pleadings to Writs, fol.
9. Toung Clerks Guide, in four parts, or an exact Collection of
their Englilh Preſidents, 80,
10. Reports of divers Caſes in Law, taken by R. Brownlow and
J. Goldsbrough Eſquires, both Prothonotaries; with directions how
to proceed in any intricate Actions, both real and perſonal, with
an exact Table; the third Edition, in
4°
11. The Touchſtone of Preſidents, relating to Judicial proceedings
at Common Law, in 8°.
12. Actions on the Caſe for Deeds, viz. Contracts, Affumpfits,
Deceipts, Nuſances, Trover, and Converſion, &c. with two Tables,
by W. Sheppard Efq; 8o.
13. A Dialogue betwixt a Student and a Philoſopher, about the
Common Law of England, by Thomas Hobbs of Malmsbury. In 8º.
14. Several Statutes of Bankrupt, with the Judges Reſolution
thereon. In 8º. price i s. 6 d.
TOOTORS
15. Les Reports des tres Honorable, Edw. Seigneur Littleton Bao.
ron de Mounſlow, Cuſtos de la Grand Seale d'Angleterre, de ſes
Majeſtie pluis Honorable Privy Council,en le Cortrts del Common Bank &
Exchequer, en le 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,&c. ans del Reigne de Roy Charles
le I.
16. The Complete Clark, containing the beſt Forms of all ſorts
of Preſidents for Conveyances and Aſſurances, and other Inſtru-
ments now in uſe and practice ; with forms of Bills, Pleadings,
and Anſwers in Chancery, &c. whereunto now are divers Prefi-
dents that were wanting, and alſo fome Saxon Preſidents, with
expoſition of Words uſed in ancient Charters, &c. with Alphabe-
tical Tables of the whole Contents of the Book. In 4º.
17. The Compleat Sollicitor, entring Clerk and Attorney,fully in-
ſtructed in the practice, methods, and Clerkſhip of all his Majeſties
Courts of Equity and Common Law, Superiour and Inferiour, as
well as thoſe at Weſtminſter, and in the City of London, as effewhere
throughout the Kingdom of England: a Collection more correct,
uniform, and univerſally advantageous, thap any Treatiſe hereto-
fore extant of the ſame kind. In 8°,
18. The Laws againſt Conventicles, written at the requeſt of
the Juſtices of Peace of Middleſex, by Order of the Council, by the
late Sir Edmund Saunders Lord Chief Juſtice of England. In 8.
price I s. 6 d.
119. The Reports of all the pleadings to them of the late Lord
the place to shoot Chicf
sig, och 11 batzue botas

HISTORY
Chief Juſtice Sir Edm. Saunders are printing in folio in twê Vo
lumes.
Tom With other uſeful Law-Books.
to be
arobilo? Old
HISTORY. ib lo noge
.01
.SI
A
N Inſtitution of general Hiſtory, or the Hiſtory of the World;
being a compleat body thereof, in two Volumes, by W.
Homel, late Chancellour of Lincoln. In folio.
2. Hiſtorical Colle&tions ; being an account of the Proceedings of
the Four laft Parliaments of Queen Elizabeth, by H. Townſend, Efq;
in folio.
3. Clelia, the whole work, in five parts ; written in French now
put into Engliſh, in folio.
4. Scarron's Comical Romance; being an Hiſtorical account of
a company of Stage-players, full of variety of Novels, rare Adven-
tures, amorous Intreagues, &c. being both witty and pleaſant. In
folio.
.1109192
5. Popiſh Cruelties, being an account of the Treaſons of Dr.
Perry againſt Queen Elizabeth, with his Confeſſion of it at his Try-
al, and his Denial at his Execution, folio, price I s.
6. The Life of Thomas Hobbs of Malmsbury, written by himſelf
in Latin, fince tranſlated into Engliſh. In folio, price 6 d.
7. An Hiſtorical Narration of Hereſy, with an account of the Pu-
niſhments thereof. By Thomas Hobbs of Malms bury. In folio, price
6 d.
8. Megalopſichy ; being a particular and exact account of the
laſt ſeventeen years of Queen Elizabeths Reign, both Military and
Civil; the firft written by Sir W.Monſon one of the ſaid Queens Ad-
mirals; the ſecond written by H.Townſend Efq; a Member of her laſt
Parliament. Wherein is a true and faithful Relation of all the ex-
peditious attempts, deſigns, ſucceſſes, and errours, both of the Eng-
liſh and Spaniſh, in the Wars from the year 1585, to the faid
Queens Death ; with a full account of the eminent Speeches and
Debates, &c. in the ſaid time: To which is added, Dr. Parry's
Tryal in the year 1584, all written at the time of the A&tions, by
perſons that were eminently acting therein. Folio, price bound
10 S.
9. A Voyage into the Levant, being a relation of a Journey lately
performed from England to Grand Cairo, by Sir Henry Blunt, 120,
price is.
10. A deſcription of Candia, with an exact account of the laſt
Siege and Surrender of it to the Turks. In 8°. price I s.
11. A

HISTORY.
11. A Diſcourſe of the Dukedom of Modena, containing the 0.
riginal, Antiquity, &c. of that Dukedom. In 4º. price 6 d.
12. The Travels of Ulyſes, how he went to Hell and came back
again, &c. by Tho. Hobbs, price i s.
13. The preſent ſtate of London, containing the Antiquity, Fame,
Walls, Rivers, Gates, Churches, Bridge, with the Cuſtoms and In:
franchiſements. By 7. Bridal Eſq; price i sa
14. The Wonders of the Peak in Darbyſhire, commonly called the
Devils Arſe of Peak. By Tbo. Hobbs, 8º. price i so
15. The Life and Death of Mahomet, being the firft eſtate of
Mahometiſm, Thewing all the deſigns that that Impoſtor Mahomet
had to carry on and ſettle the Turkish Religion ; written by L. Ad-
diſon D.D. price I s. 6 d.
16. The Hiſtorians Guide : or, Britain's Remembrancer ; being
a ſummary account of all the Actions, Exploits, Sieges, Battels, De-
figns, Attempts, &c. taking notice of the Year, Month, and day of
the Month, all eminent Paffages that have been for 80 years lant
paft; price I s. A portable Book.
17. The Connexion ; being Collections of ſome principal matters
in the Reign of King James, being the time that nothing of this
nature is printed, being betwixt the end of Megalapfichy, or the
laſt ſeventeen years of Queen Elizabeth, and the beginning of Mr.
Ruſhworth, Heath, Nallon, Whitlock, and others, price is. 6 d.
18. The Moors baffled; being a diſcourſe of the Government of
Tangier, under the Earl of Tiviot ; fhewing the fubtilty and polli-
cies of both parties : written by Dr. Addiſon, who lived there ma-
ny years, 40. price 6 d.
19. All the Works of Homer, both Illiads and Oddyſes, tranſla-
ted out of Greek into Engliſh, by Thomas Hobbs of Malmsbury, price
20. Conſiderations on the Loyalty, Religion, Manners, and Re-
putation of Thomas Hobbs, 8:. price bound 1 s.
2 1. The Memoires and rare Adventures of Henrietta Sylvia Mo-
liere, a great Lady in France, now living, written by her ſelf, in fix
parts in French, and now tranſlated into Engliſ, price 4 s.
22. Tho. Hobbs Angli Malmsb. Vita, being an account of Mr.
Hobbs, of the Books he wrote of the times, when, and the occaſion
thereof, of the Books and Authors againſt him, of his Converſatia -
on, Acquaintance, &c. part wrote by himſelf, the reſt by Dr. B. in
8o. printed 1681.
23. Behemoth, being the Hiſtory of the Civil Wars of England,
and the Councels and Artifices by which they were carried on,
from 1640, to 1660. printed now from his own perfect Copy, in
which
01
ba
5 s. 6 d.lv

HISTORY.
which is marry pages more than was in the former Counterfeit E-
dition"; none of which Editions before this, had leſs than a thout
ſand faults in them, whole Lines left out in a hundred places, which
did extremely pervert the fence of the Author Tho. Hobbs.
24. The Tracts of Mr. Tho. Hobbs of Malmsbury, in two Volumes
in 8. gathering nine of his Treatiſes together, which are alſo to
be had ſingle, viz. I. His Life in Latin. 2. His Conſiderations on
his Loyalty, Religion, &c. 3. His Art of Rhetorick, in Engliſh. 4.
His Dialogue about the Common Law of England. 5. His ten Dia-
logues of Natural Philoſophy. 6. His Civil Wars of England, the
perfect Edition. 7. His Hiſtorical Narration of Hereſy. 8. His
Anſwer to Biſhop Brambal in defence of his Leviathan. 9. His ſeven
Problems, with an Apology for his writings to the King, price
bound 12 s. triomonte
25. A Nemo Survey of the preſent State of the World, newly
written in French, and now tranſlated into Engliſh, in 8°.
26. Compendium Geographicum: or, a more exact, plain, and
cafie Introduction into all Geography than yet extant, after the
lateſt Diſcoveries and new Alteration ; very uſeful, eſpecially for
young Noblemen and Gentlemen ; the like not printed in Engliſh.
By P.Chamberlayne of the Inner-Temple, Gent. the ſecond Edition
with Additions, 12º. price bound i so
27. Bucaniers of America : or, a true Account of the moſt re-
markable Aſſaults committed of late years upon the Coaſts of the
Weſt-Indies, by the Bucaniers of Jamaica and Tortuga, both Engliſh
and French, &c. Written in Dutch, Spaniſh, &c. and now put into
Engliſh ; the ſecond Edition, with the Addition of Captain
Cookes, and another Relation to it, in 4º.
28. The preſent State of the Jeros, wherein is contained an exact
Account of their Cuftoms, Secular and Religious ; to which is an-
nexed a ſummary Diſcourſe of the Miſna, Talmud, and Gemara.
By L. Addiſon D. D. Dean of Litchfield, and Archdeacon of Coven-
try, 12°. price bound 1 s. 6 d.
29. French Intrigues : or, the Hiſtory of their Deluſory Promiſes
ſince the Pyrenean Treaty : printed in French at Cologne, and now
made Engliſh, price i so
With other Curious Hiſtories, Coco
19033





1684
Sue quieralist, Alestondre Clinien
I may
cat, in
in Map ali
B
OraXOXDUKKASVX KARS KARKARYAKAR*

양
​